Daewoo Lanos - Engine Control

DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 1F
ENGINE CONTROLS
CAUTION:DisconnectthenegativebatterycabIebeforeremovingorinstaIIinganyeIectricaIunitorwhena
tooIorequipmentcouIdeasiIycomeincontactwithexposedeIectricaIterminaIs.DisconnectingthiscabIe
wiIIheIppreventpersonaIinjuryanddamagetothevehicIe.TheignitionmustaIsobeinLOCKunIess
otherwisenoted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 1F-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scan TooI Data TabIe 1F-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 1F-5 . . . . . . . . . . .
Schematic and Routing Diagrams 1F-6 . . . . . . . . . . .
ECM Wiring Diagram (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC -
1 of 5) (IEFI-6 ECM) 1F-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 of 5) (IEFI-6 ECM) 1F-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 of 5) (IEFI-6 ECM) 1F-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 of 5) (IEFI-6 ECM) 1F-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 of 5) (IEFI-6 ECM) 1F-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ECM Wiring Diagram (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC - 1 of 5) (ITMS-6F ECM) 1F-11 . . . . .
Connector End View 1F-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Locator 1F-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Locator (SOHC) 1F-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Locator (DOHC) 1F-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnosis 1F-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TroubIe Code Diagnosis 1F-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIearing TroubIe Codes 1F-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IdIe Learn Procedure 1F-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic System Check (1.3L and
1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic System Check (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic Aids 1F-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Cranks But WiII Not Start (1.3L and
1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Cranks But WiII Not Start
(1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-33 . . .
No Service Engine Soon Lamp
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-40 . . . . . . . . . . . .
WiII Not FIash Service Engine Soon Lamp
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-48 . . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI System Pressure Test 1F-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI Pump ReIay Circuit Check
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-56 . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure Check
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-64 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Park/NeutraI Switch (1.3L and
1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Park/NeutraI Switch
IdIe Air ControI System Check
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-72 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition System Check
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-80 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition System Check
Engine CooIing Fan Circuit Check -
Without A/C (1.3L and
1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Without A/C (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine CooIing Fan Circuit Check - With A/C
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-96 . . . . . . . . . . . .
(1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-104 . .
FueI Injector BaIance Test 1F-111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 1 TCMPWM Low (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 2 TCMPWM High (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 3 Fan Number Two Low
1F -- 2 ENGINE CONTROLS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 4 Fan Number Two High
DTC 5 Fan Number One Low
DTC 6 Fan Number One High
DTC 7 EGR On/Off SoIenoid Low (1.3L
SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-126 . . . . . . .
DTC 8 EGR On/Off SoIenoid High (1.3L
DTC 12 No PuIse Reference 1F-130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 13 Oxygen Sensor Not ToggIing
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-132 . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 13 Oxygen Sensor Not ToggIing (1.3L
DTC 14 CooIant Temperature High
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-140 . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 15 CooIant Temperature Low
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-148 . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 16 Knock Sensor FaiIure (1.3L
DTC 17 Injector Shorted to Ground/Battery
DTC 18 DSNEF ControI Error FaiIure
DTC 19 58X SignaI Error (A and B)
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-164 . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 21 ThrottIe Position Sensor High
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-168 . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 22 ThrottIe Position Sensor Low
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-172 . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 23 ManifoId Air Temperature High
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-176 . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 24 VehicIe Speed Sensor Error -
ManuaI TransaxIe (1.3L and
1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManuaI TransaxIe (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic TransaxIe (1.3L and
1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-184 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic TransaxIe (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 25 ManifoId Air Temperature Low
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-188 . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 27 Air Conditioning Pressure
Sensor High Error (1.3L and
1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 27 Air Conditioning Pressure
Sensor High Error (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 29 FueI Pump ReIay Short To Ground
DTC 32 FueI Pump ReIay Short To Battery
DTC 33 ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure
Sensor High (1.3L and
1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensor High (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 34 ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure Sensor
Low (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-208 . . . . . . .
Sensor Low (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 35 IdIe Air ControI Error
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-216 . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 36 Exhaust Gas RecircuIation Error
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-224 . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 41 EIectronic Spark Timing "B"
Shorted to Battery (1.3L and
1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shorted to Battery (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 42 EIectronic Spark Timing "A"
Shorted to Battery (1.3L and
1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-230 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 44 Oxygen Sensor Lean (1.3L and
1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-234 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 44 Oxygen Sensor Lean
DTC 45 Oxygen Sensor Rich
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-238 . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 49 Battery VoItage Too High
DTC 51 ECM Error (Checksum or
KKPGMID Error) (1.3L and
1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ENGINE CONTROLS 1F -- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 53 ECM ImmobiIized Error
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
DTC 54 CO Adjust Error
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-246 . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 55 EEPROM or Config Reg Error
DTC 61 CCP SoIenoid Shorted to Ground
DTC 62 CCP SoIenoid Shorted to Battery
Shorted to Ground (1.3L and
1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shorted to Ground (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shorted to Ground (1.3L and
1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) 1F-260 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) 1F-262 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 87 A/C Cut Shorted to Ground
DTC 88 A/C Cut Shorted to Battery
DTC 93 QDM FaiIure (QDM FaiIure)
Symptom Diagnosis 1F-271 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Important PreIiminary Checks 1F-271 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intermittents 1F-271 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hard Start 1F-273 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surges or ChuggIes 1F-275 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lack of Power, SIuggishness, or
Sponginess 1F-277 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detonation/Spark Knock 1F-278 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hesitation, Sag, StumbIe 1F-280 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cuts Out, Misses 1F-281 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Poor FueI Economy 1F-283 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rough, UnstabIe, or Incorrect
IdIe, StaIIing 1F-284 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excessive Exhaust Emissions or Odors 1F-286 . . . .
DieseIing, Run-On 1F-287 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backfire 1F-288 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 1F-289 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 1F-289 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI Tank 1F-289 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI Pump 1F-291 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI FiIter 1F-292 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI RaiI and Injectors (SOHC) 1F-293 . . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI RaiI and Injectors (DOHC) 1F-294 . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI Pressure ReguIator (SOHC) 1F-296 . . . . . . . . . .
FueI Pressure ReguIator (DOHC) 1F-297 . . . . . . . . . .
CooIant Temperature Sensor (SOHC) 1F-298 . . . . .
CooIant Temperature Sensor (DOHC) 1F-299 . . . . .
ThrottIe Position Sensor (TypicaI) 1F-299 . . . . . . . . . .
ThrottIe Body (TypicaI) 1F-300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oxygen Sensor (TypicaI) 1F-302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CO Potentiometer (Leaded FueI OnIy) 1F-303 . . . . .
ManifoId Air Temperature
Sensor (TypicaI) 1F-303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IdIe Air ControI VaIve (TypicaI) 1F-304 . . . . . . . . . . . .
VariabIe Geometry Induction System 1F-305 . . . . . . .
ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure
Sensor (TypicaI) 1F-305 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust Gas RecircuIation VaIve (SOHC) 1F-306 . . .
Exhaust Gas RecircuIation VaIve (DOHC) 1F-306 . .
Exhaust Gas RecircuIation VaIve
SoIenoid (TypicaI) 1F-307 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Knock Sensor 1F-307 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evaporative Emission Canister 1F-309 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Canister Purge SoIenoid (TypicaI) 1F-309 . . . . . . . . .
Crankshaft Position Sensor (TypicaI) 1F-310 . . . . . . .
EIectronic ControI ModuIe (TypicaI) 1F-311 . . . . . . . .
Direct Ignition System Ignition
CoiI (TypicaI) 1F-311 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GeneraI Description and System
Operation 1F-313 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition System Operation 1F-313 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Direct Ignition System Ignition CoiI 1F-313 . . . . . . . . .
Crankshaft Position Sensor 1F-313 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IdIe Air System Operation 1F-313 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI ControI System Operation 1F-313 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evaporative Emission ControI
System Operation 1F-314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evaporative Emission Canister 1F-314 . . . . . . . . . . . .
VariabIe Geometry Induction
Positive Crankcase VentiIation ControI
CooIant Temperature Sensor 1F-315 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ThrottIe Position Sensor 1F-315 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Oxygen Sensor 1F-315 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CO Potentiometer (Leaded FueI OnIy) 1F-315 . . . . .
Exhaust Gas RecircuIation VaIve
and SoIenoid 1F-315 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManifoId Air Temperature Sensor 1F-316 . . . . . . . . . .
IdIe Air ControI VaIve 1F-316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure Sensor 1F-316 . . . . . . . .
EIectronic ControI ModuIe 1F-317 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI Injector 1F-317 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Knock Sensor 1F-317 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Octane Number Connector 1F-318 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SPECIFICATIONS
SCAN TOOL DATA TABLE
Parameter Units DispIayed TypicaI Data VaIue
Engine Speed rpm $ 50 rpm from desired rpm in drive (A/T)
$ 50 rpm from desired rpm in neutraI (M/T)
Desired IdIe rpm ECM idIe command (varies with temperature)
Engine CooIant Temperature degrees CeIsius 85-105EC
MAT/InternaI Air
Temperature
degrees CeIsius 10-90EC
MAP kPa/voIts 29-48 kPa/1-2 voIts
(varies with manifoId and barometric pressure)
Barometric Pressure kPa/voIts varies with aItitude
FueIing Mode open/cIosed "CIosed Loop" (may enter "Open Loop" at extended idIe)
ThrottIe Position voIts 0.3-1.0 v
Air/FueI Ratio - -
Oxygen Sensor SignaI miIIivoIts 1-1000 mv (varies continuousIy)
Injector-PuIse Width miIIiseconds 0.8-2.5 ms
Spark Advance degrees varies
FueI Integrator counts 110 X 145
BIock Lever counts 115 X 138
IdIe Air ControI counts 1-50
P/N Switch (A/T OnIy) P-N and R-D-L Park/NeutraI (P/N)
VehicIe Speed kph, mph 0
A/C Pressure kPa varies
Ignition/Battery VoItage voIts 13.5-14.8 v
CooIing Fan ReIay on/off on/off
A/C Request yes/no no
A/C CIutch on/off off
Low Fan Request on/off on/off
Prom ID 0-9999 PROM ID number varies
Canister Purge SoIenoid on/off off
CO Adjust (Leaded FueI) count 128
High-Speed Fan on/off off
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
FASTENER TIGHTENING SPECIFICATIONS
AppIication N:m Lb-Ft Lb-In
CooIant Temperature Sensor 20 15 -
Crankshaft Position Sensor Retaining BoIt 10 - 89
Direct Ignition System Ignition CoiI Retaining BoIts 10 - 89
Evaporative Emission Canister FIange BoIt 20 15 -
Exhaust Gas RecircuIation VaIve Retaining BoIts 20 15 -
FueI Pressure ReguIator Retaining BoIt - SOHC 12 - 106
FueI Pressure ReguIator Retaining Screw 12 - 106
FueI Tank Retaining BoIts 20 15 -
IdIe Air ControI VaIve Retaining BoIts 3 - 27
Knock Sensor BoIt 20 15 -
ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure Sensor
Mounting Bracket BoIt
10 - 89
Retaining BoIts and Nuts
8 - 71
Oxygen Sensor 41 30 -
Parking Brake CabIe Retainer CIamps 10 - 89
ThrottIe Body Retaining BoIts 15 11 -
ThrottIe Position Sensor Retaining BoIts 2 - 18
VariabIe Geometry Induction System Vacuum Actuator
AssembIy Mounting Bracket BoIt
16 12 -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SCHEMATIC AND ROUTING DIAGRAMS
A202F001
E
C
M
W
I
R
I
N
G
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
(
1
.
3
L
A
N
D
1
.
5
L
S
O
H
C
-
1
O
F
5
)
(
I
E
F
I
-
6
E
C
M
)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A22F002A
E
C
M
W
I
R
I
N
G
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
(
1
.
3
L
A
N
D
1
.
5
L
S
O
H
C
-
2
O
F
5
)
(
I
E
F
I
-
6
E
C
M
)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A302F003
E
C
M
W
I
R
I
N
G
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
(
1
.
3
L
A
N
D
1
.
5
L
S
O
H
C
-
3
O
F
5
)
(
I
E
F
I
-
6
E
C
M
)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F004
E
C
M
W
I
R
I
N
G
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
(
1
.
3
L
A
N
D
1
.
5
L
S
O
H
C
-
4
O
F
5
)
(
I
E
F
I
-
6
E
C
M
)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F005
E
C
M
W
I
R
I
N
G
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
(
1
.
3
L
A
N
D
1
.
5
L
S
O
H
C
-
5
O
F
5
)
(
I
E
F
I
-
6
E
C
M
)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F006
E
C
M
W
I
R
I
N
G
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
(
1
.
3
L
S
O
H
C
A
N
D
1
.
6
L
D
O
H
C
-
-
1
O
F
5
)
(
I
T
M
S
-
6
F
E
C
M
)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A22F007A
E
C
M
W
I
R
I
N
G
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
(
1
.
3
L
S
O
H
C
A
N
D
1
.
6
L
D
O
H
C
-
-
2
O
F
5
)
(
I
T
M
S
-
6
F
E
C
M
)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A302F008
E
C
M
W
I
R
I
N
G
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
(
1
.
3
L
S
O
H
C
A
N
D
1
.
6
L
D
O
H
C
-
-
3
O
F
5
)
(
I
T
M
S
-
6
F
E
C
M
)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F009
E
C
M
W
I
R
I
N
G
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
(
1
.
3
L
S
O
H
C
A
N
D
1
.
6
L
D
O
H
C
-
-
4
O
F
5
)
(
I
T
M
S
-
6
F
E
C
M
)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F010
E
C
M
W
I
R
I
N
G
D
I
A
G
R
A
M
(
1
.
3
L
S
O
H
C
A
N
D
1
.
6
L
D
O
H
C
-
-
5
O
F
5
)
(
I
T
M
S
-
6
F
E
C
M
)
1997 DAEWOO T-100 BL3
CONNECTOR END VIEW
A302F065 A302F066
A202F067 A202F068
A302F091 A102F080
CONNECTOR END VIEW (Cont'd)
A102F085 A102F088
A102F076 A102F074
A102F077 A102F086
A102F081 A102F078
A202F069 A102F089
A102F082 A102F075
A102F084 B302F150
COMPONENT LOCATOR
COMPONENT LOCATOR -- SOHC
A302F001
Components on ECM Harness
11 EIectronic ControI ModuIe (ECM)
12 AssembIy Line Diagnostic Link (ALDL)
Diagnostic Connector
13 MaIfunction Indicator Lamp
14 ECM/ABS Harness Ground
15 Fuse PaneI (2)
ECM-ControIIed Devices
21 FueI Injector (4)
22 IdIe Air ControI (IAC) VaIve
23 FueI Pump ReIay
24 Engine Fan ReIays
25 A/C Compressor ReIay
26 Direct Ignition System (DIS) Ignition CoiI
27 ControIIed Canister Purge (CCP) SoIenoid
28 Exhaust Gas RecircuIation (EGR) SoIenoid
Information Sensors
31 ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
32 Oxygen (O
) Sensor
33 ThrottIe Position Sensor (TPS)
34 CooIant Temperature Sensor (CTS)
35 ManifoId Air Temperature (MAT) Sensor
36 VehicIe Speed Sensor (VSS)
(ManuaI TransaxIe OnIy)
37 P/N Switch (Automatic TransaxIe onIy)
38 Crankshaft Position Sensor (CPS)
39 Knock Sensor
40 CO Potentiometer
Not ECM-Connected
41 Evaporative Emission Canister
(under vehicIe, behind right rear wheeI)
42 OiI Pressure Switch
43 Air CIeaner
COMPONENT LOCATOR -- DOHC
A302F002
Components on ECM Harness
11 EIectronic ControI ModuIe (ECM)
12 AssembIy Line Diagnostic Link (ALDL)
Diagnostic Connector
13 MaIfunction Indicator Lamp
14 ECM/ABS Harness Ground
15 Fuse PaneI (2)
ECM-ControIIed Devices
21 FueI Injector (4)
22 IdIe Air ControI (IAC) VaIve
23 FueI Pump ReIay
24 Engine Fan ReIays
25 A/C Compressor ReIay
26 Direct Ignition System (DIS) Ignition CoiI
27 ControIIed Canister Purge (CCP) SoIenoid
28 VariabIe Geometry Induction System (VGIS)
29 Exhaust Gas RecircuIation (EGR) SoIenoid
Information Sensors
31 ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure (MAP) Sensor
32 Oxygen (O
) Sensor
33 ThrottIe Position Sensor (TPS)
34 CooIant Temperature Sensor (CTS)
35 ManifoId Air Temperature (MAT) sensor
36 VehicIe Speed Sensor (VSS)
(ManuaI TransaxIe OnIy)
37 P/N Switch (Automatic TransaxIe OnIy)
38 Crankshaft Position Sensor (CPS)
39 Knock Sensor
40 CO Potentiometer
Not ECM-Connected
41 Evaporative Emission Canister
(under vehicIe, behind right rear wheeI)
42 OiI Pressure Switch
43 Air CIeaner
DIAGNOSIS
TROUBLE CODE DIAGNOSIS
CLEARING TROUBLE CODES
Notice: To prevent eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM)
damage, the key must be OFF when disconnecting or
reconnectingthe power tothe ECM(for exampIe battery
cabIe, eIectronic controI moduIe pigtaiI connector, eIec-
tronic controI moduIe fuse, jumper cabIes, etc.).
When the ECM sets a diagnostic troubIe code (DTC),
the service engine soon (SES) Iamp wiII be turned on
and a DTC wiII be stored in the ECM's memory. If the
probIem is intermittent, the Iight wiII go out after 10 sec-
onds if the fauIt is no Ionger present. The DTC wiII stay
in the ECM's memory untiI the battery voItage
tothe ECMis removed. Removingbattery voItage for 10
seconds wiII cIear aII stored DTCs.
DTCs shouId be cIeared after repairs have been com-
pIeted. Some diagnostic tabIes wiII teII you to cIear the
codes before usingthe chart. This aIIows the ECMtoset
the DTCwhiIe goingthrough the chart, which wiII heIpto
find the cause of the probIem more quickIy.
IDLE LEARN PROCEDURE
Whenever the battery cabIes, the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM), or the ECM fuse is disconnected or re-
pIaced, the foIIowing idIe Iearn procedure must be per-
formed:
1. Turn the ignition ON for 5 seconds.
2. Turn the ignition OFF for 5 seconds.
4. Start the engine in P/N (park/neutraI).
5. AIIow the engine run untiI the engine cooIant is
above 85EC (185EF).
6. Turn the air conditioning (A/C) ON for 10 seconds, if
equipped.
7. Turn the A/C OFF for 10 seconds, if equipped.
8. If the vehicIe is equipped with an automatic trans-
axIe, appIy the parking brake. WhiIe pressing the
brake pedaI, pIace the transaxIe in drive (D).
9. Turn the A/C ON for 10 seconds, if equipped.
10. Turn the A/C OFF for 10 seconds, if equipped.
11. Turn the ignition OFF. The idIe Iearn procedure is
compIete.
DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEMCHECK
(1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
The diagnostic system check is an organized approach
to identifying a probIem created by an eIectronic engine
controI system maIfunction. It must be the starting
point for any driveabiIity compIaint diagnosis because it
directs the technician to the next IogicaI step in diagnos-
ing the compIaint. Understanding the tabIe and using it
correctIy wiII reduce diagnostic time and prevent the un-
necessary repIacement of parts.
Test Description
The number(s) beIow refer to step(s) on the diagnostic
tabIe.
1. Checkfor proper operationof the service engine soon
(SES) Iamp. When the ignition is ON and the engine
is OFF, the SES Iamp shouIdcome on and remain on
steadiIy.
2. No SES at this point indicates that there is a probIem
with the SES circuit or the eIectronic controI moduIe
(ECM) controI of that circuit.
3. This step checks the abiIity of the ECMto controI the
SES Iamp. With the assembIy Iine diagnostic Iink
(ALDL) terminaI grounded, the SES Iamp shouId
fIash a Code 12 three times, foIIowedby any diagnos-
tic troubIe code (DTC) stored in memory. Depending
upon the type of ECM, an ECMerror may resuIt inthe
inabiIity to fIash Code 12.
4. Most procedures use a scan tooI to aid diagnosis;
therefore, seriaI data must be avaiIabIe. If an ECMer-
ror is present, the ECM may be abIe to iIIuminate the
SES Iamp, but not enabIe seriaI data.
5. AIthough the ECMis powered up, an "Engine Cranks
But WiII Not Start" symptom couId exist because of
an ECM or system probIem.
6. This step wiII isoIate if the customer compIaint is an
SES or a driveabiIity probIem with no SES. Refer to
the DTC in this section for a Iist of vaIid DTCs. An in-
vaIid DTC may be the resuIt of a fauIty scan tooI or a
fauIty ECM.
7. Comparison of actuaI controI system data with the
typicaI vaIues is a quick check to determine if any pa-
rameter is not within Iimits. Keep in mind that a basic
engine probIem (such as incorrect vaIve timing or a
vacuum Ieak) may substantiaIIy aIter sensor
vaIues.
8. InstaIIation of a scan tooI wiII provide a good ground
path for the ECM and may hide a driveabiIity com-
pIaint due to poor ECM grounds.
9. If the actuaI data is not within the typicaI vaIues estab-
Iished, refer to the tabIes in "Symptom Diagnosis" to
provide a functionaI check of the suspect component
or system.
Diagnostic System Check (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Step Action VaIue(s) Yes No
1
Verify the customer compIaint(s).
Are the customer's compIaint(s) verified?
-
Go to Step 2 -
2
Turn the ignition ON.
Is the service engine soon (SES) Iamp on steadiIy?
- Go to Step 4 Go to Step 3
3
Jumper the assembIy Iine diagnostic Iink (ALDL) ter-
minaIs A and B.
Does the SES fIash Code 12?
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"WiII Not FIash
SES"
4
1. Connect the scan tooI to the ALDL.
2. Turn the ignition ON.
Does the scan tooI dispIay seriaI data?
-
Go to Step 5 Go to Step 12
5
Start the engine.
Does the engine start?
-
Go to Step 6
Go to
"Engine
Cranks But
WiII Not Start"
6
1. Turn the ignition OFF.
Are any diagnostic troubIe codes (DTCs) dispIayed?
-
7
1. Start the engine.
2. Compare the scan tooI data with typicaI vaIues.
Are the vaIues normaI or within the normaI range?
-
8
Refer to the appIicabIe DTC tabIe. Start with the
DTC with the Iowest numericaI vaIue and move up.
Are the DTC(s) identified as vaIid troubIe code(s)?
-
Go to the
appIicabIe DTC
tabIe Go to Step 6
9
Are there any symptoms that have been identified?
-
Go to the
appIicabIe
symptom tabIe Go to Step 11
10
Identify the component that has a seriaI data vaIue
outside the normaI range.
Has the component been identified?
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
-
11
1. CIear any DTC(s) from the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) memory.
2. Verify that the DTC(s) have been cIeared.
3. Road test the vehicIe.
4. Recheck for the presence of any DTC(s).
Is the repair compIete?
-
System OK Go to Step 1
12
1. Attach the scan tooI to another vehicIe.
Does the scan tooI read seriaI data?
-
13
Check for an open or short in the wire between ECM
terminaI B7 and ALDL connector M.
Is the probIem found?
-
14
1. Repair the open or short as necessary.
-
Diagnostic System Check (1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
15
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
Go to Step 6 -
16
1. RepIace the scan tooI.
3. Ignition ON.
-
Go to Step 5 -
DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEMCHECK
(1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The diagnostic system check is an organized approach
to identifying a probIem created by an eIectronic engine
controI system maIfunction. It must be the starting
point for any driveabiIity compIaint diagnosis because
it directs the technician to the next IogicaI step in diag-
nosingthe compIaint. Understandingthe tabIe andusing
it correctIy wiII reduce diagnostic time and prevent the
unnecessary repIacement of parts.
Test Description
tabIe.
1. Checkfor proper operationof the service engine soon
(SES) Iamp. When the ignition is ON and the engine
is OFF, the SES Iamp shouIdcome on and remain on
steadiIy.
2. No SES at this point indicates that there is a probIem
with the SES circuit or the eIectronic controI moduIe
(ECM) controI of that circuit.
3. This step checks the abiIity of the ECMto controI the
SES Iamp. With the assembIy Iine diagnostic Iink
(ALDL) terminaI grounded, the SES Iamp shouId
fIash a Code 12 three times, foIIowedby any diagnos-
tic troubIe code (DTC) stored in memory. Depending
upon the type of ECM, an ECMerror may resuIt inthe
inabiIity to fIash Code 12.
4. Most procedures use a scan tooI to aid diagnosis;
therefore, seriaI data must be avaiIabIe. If an ECMer-
ror is present, the ECM may be abIe to iIIuminate the
SES Iamp, but not enabIe seriaI data.
5. AIthough the ECMis powered up, an "Engine Cranks
But WiII Not Start" symptom couId exist because of
an ECM or system probIem.
6. This step wiII isoIate if the customer compIaint is an
SES or a driveabiIity probIem with no SES. Refer to
the DTC in this section for a Iist of vaIid DTCs. An in-
vaIid DTC may be the resuIt of a fauIty scan tooI or a
fauIty ECM.
7. Comparison of actuaI controI system data with the
typicaI vaIues is a quick check to determine if any pa-
rameter is not within Iimits. Keep in mind that a basic
engine probIem (such as incorrect vaIve timing or a
vacuum Ieak) may substantiaIIy aIter sensor vaIues.
8. InstaIIation of a scan tooI wiII provide a good ground
path for the ECM and may hide a driveabiIity com-
pIaint due to poor ECM grounds.
9. If the actuaI data is not within the typicaI vaIues estab-
Iished, refer to the tabIes in "Symptom Diagnosis" to
provide a functionaI check of the suspect component
or system.
Diagnostic System Check (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
Verify the customer compIaint(s).
Are the customer's compIaint(s) verified?
- Go to Step 2 -
2
Is the service engine soon (SES) Iamp on steadiIy?
3
Jumper the assembIy Iine diagnostic Iink (ALDL) ter-
minaIs A and B.
Does the SES fIash Code 12?
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"WiII Not FIash
SES"
4
-
5
Start the engine.
-
Go to Step 6
Go to
"Engine
Cranks But
WiII Not Start"
6
Are any diagnostic troubIe codes (DTCs) dispIayed?
-
7
2. Compare the scan tooI data with typicaI vaIues.
Are the vaIues normaI or within the normaI range?
-
8
Refer to the appIicabIe DTC tabIe. Start with the
DTC with the Iowest numericaI vaIue and move up.
Are the DTC(s) identified as vaIid troubIe code(s)?
-
Go to the
appIicabIe DTC
tabIe Go to Step 6
9
Are there any symptoms that have been identified?
-
Go to the
appIicabIe
symptom tabIe Go to Step 11
10
Identify the component that has a seriaI data vaIue
outside the normaI range.
Has the component been identified?
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
-
11
1. CIear any DTC(s) from the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) memory.
2. Verify that the DTC(s) have been cIeared.
4. Recheck for the presence of any DTC(s).
-
12
1. Attach the scan tooI to another vehicIe.
-
13
Check for an open or short in the wire between ECM
terminaI D11 and ALDL connector M.
-
14
1. Repair the open or short as necessary.
-
Diagnostic System Check (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
15
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
Go to Step 6
-
16
1. RepIace the scan tooI.
3. Ignition ON.
-
Go to Step 5
-
DIAGNOSTIC AIDS
If an intermittent probIem is evident, foIIow the guide-
Iines beIow.
PreIiminary Checks
Before using this section you shouId have aIready per-
formed the "Diagnostic System Check."
Perform a thorough visuaI inspection. This inspection
can often Iead to correcting a probIem without further
checks and can save vaIuabIe time. Inspect for the foI-
Iowing conditions:
- EIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) grounds for being
cIean, tight, and in their proper Iocation.
- Vacuum hoses for spIits, kinks, or coIIapsing and im-
proper connections as shown on the VehicIe Emis-
sion ControI Information IabeI. Inspect thoroughIy for
any type of Ieak or restriction.
- Air Ieaks at the throttIe body mounting area and the
intake manifoId seaIing surfaces.
- Ignition wires for cracks, hardness, improper routing,
and carbon tracking.
- Wiring for improper connections.
- Wiring for pinches or cuts.
Diagnostic TroubIe Code TabIes
Do not use the diagnostic troubIe code (DTC) tabIes to
try to correct an intermittent fauIt. The fauIt must be
present to Iocate the probIem.
Incorrect use of the DTC tabIes may resuIt in the unnec-
essary repIacement of parts.
FauIty EIectricaI Connections or Wiring
Most intermittent probIems are caused by fauIty eIectri-
caI connections or wiring. Perform a carefuI inspection
of suspect circuits for the foIIowing:
- Poor mating of the connector haIves.
- TerminaIs not fuIIy seated in the connector body.
- ImproperIy formedor damagedterminaIs. AII connec-
tor terminaIs in a probIem circuit shouId be carefuIIy
inspected, reformed, or repIaced to insure contact
tension.
- Poor terminaI-to-wire connection. This requires re-
moving the terminaI from the connector body.
Road Test
If a visuaI inspection does not findthe cause of the prob-
Iem, the vehicIe can be driven with a voItmeter or a scan
tooI connected to a suspected circuit. An abnormaI voIt-
age or scan tooI reading wiII indicate that the probIemis
in that circuit.
If there are no wiring or connector probIems found and
a DTC was stored for a circuit having a sensor, except
for DTC 44 and DTC 45, repIace the sensor.
Intermittent Service Engine Soon (SES) Lamp
An intermittent service engine soon (SES) Iamp with no
DTC present may be caused by the foIIowing:
- EIectricaI system interference caused by a defective
reIay, ECM-driven soIenoid, or switch.
- Improper instaIIation of eIectricaI options such as
Iights, two-way radios, sound systems, or security
systems.
- Ignition controI wires not routed away from ignition
wires, ignitionsystemcomponents, andthegenerator.
- Ignition secondary wires shorted to ground.
- SES Iampdriver wire or diagnostic test terminaI inter-
mittentIy shorted to ground.
- Intermittent Ioss of ECM ground connections.
FueI System
Some intermittent driveabiIity probIems can be attrib-
uted to poor fueI quaIity. If a vehicIe is occasionaIIy run-
ning rough, staIIing, or otherwise performing badIy, ask
the customer about the foIIowing fueI buying habits:
- Do they aIways buy fromthe same source? If so, fueI
quaIity probIems can usuaIIy be discounted.
- Do they buy their fueI fromwhichever fueI station is ad-
vertising the Iowest price? If so, check the fueI tank for
signsof debris, water, or other contamination.
ENGINE CRANKS BUT WILL NOT START (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Test Description
tabIe.
3. By performing a compression test, it can be deter-
minedif the engine has the mechanicaI abiIity torun.
9. It is important to check for the presence of spark
fromaII of the ignition wires. If spark is present from
one to three of the ignition coiI terminaIs, the crank-
shaft position sensor (CPS) is OK.
19. In checking the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM)
outputs for the eIectronic spark timing signaI, it rec-
ommended to use an osciIIoscope to view the vary-
ing voItage signaIs. In measuringthese outputs with
a voItmeter, intermittent errors may occur that can-
not be seen by a voItmeter.
35. This step checks for proper operation of the ECM's
controI of the fueI pump circuit.
59. This step checks for a ground signaI being suppIied
by the ECM to operate the fueI injectors. If there is
nogroundpresent duringthe crankingof the engine,
andthe fueI injector wiringis OK, the ECMis at fauIt.
Engine Cranks But WiII Not Start (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Caution: UseonIy eIectricaIIy insuIatedpIiers whenhandIingignitionwires withtheenginerunningtopreC
vent aneIectricaI shock.
Caution: Do not pinch or restrict nyIonfueI Iines. DamagetotheIines couIdcausea fueI Ieak, resuItingin
possibIefireor personaI injury.
1
Was the Diagnostic System Check performed?
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check_
2
Crank the engine.
Does the engine start and continue to run?
- System OK Go to Step 3
3
Perform a cyIinder compression test.
Is the cyIinder compression for aII of the cyIinders at
or above the vaIue specified?
689 kPa
(100 psi) Go to Step 7 Go to Step 4
4
Inspect the timing beIt aIignment.
Is the timing beIt in aIignment?
5
AIign or repIace the timing beIt as needed.
- Go to Step 2 -
6
Repair the internaI engine damage as needed.
- Go to Step 2 -
7
Inspect the fueI pump fuse.
8
RepIace the fuse.
- Go to Step 2 -
9
Check for the presence of spark from aII of the
ignition wires whiIe cranking the engine.
Is spark present from aII of the ignition wires?
-
10
1. Measure the resistance of the ignition wires.
2. RepIace any of the ignition wire(s) with a
resistance above the vaIue specified.
3. Check for the presence of spark from aII of the
ignition wires.
Is spark present from aII of the ignition wires? 30,000 : Go to Step 2 Go to Step 11
Engine Cranks But WiII Not Start (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
11
2. Disconnect the crankshaft position sensor (CPS)
connector.
4. Measure the voItage between the CPS connector
terminaIs 1 and 3.
Does the voItage measure near the vaIue specified?
1.08 v Go to Step 12 Go to Step 13
12
Measure the voItage between the CPS connector
terminaIs 2 and 3.
Does the voItage measure near the vaIue specified? 1.08 v Go to Step 19 Go to Step 14
13
terminaIs 1 and ground.
14
15
Check for an open or short in the wire between the
CPS connector terminaI 3 and ground.
-
16
CPS connector terminaI 1 and the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) connector terminaI A2.
-
17
CPS connector terminaI 2 and the ECM connector
terminaI B3.
-
18
Repair the wiring as needed.
- Go to Step 2 -
19
1. Disconnect the direct ignition system (DIS)
ignition coiI connector to prevent the vehicIe from
starting.
2. Measure the voItage at the ECM connector
terminaI A2 by backprobing the ECM connector.
Are the voItage readings near the vaIues specified?
1.08 v with
ignition ON,
1.20 v during
cranking Go to Step 20 Go to Step 21
20
Measure the voItage at the ECM connector terminaI
B3 by backprobing the ECM connector.
1.08 v with
ignition ON,
1.20 v during
21
RepIace the CPS.
- Go to Step 2 -
22
2. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector at the DIS
ignition coiI.
3. Connect a test Iight between terminaI D of the
DIS ignition coiI connector and ground.
Is the test Iight on?
-
23
Connect a test Iight between terminaI C of the DIS
ignition coiI connector and battery positive.
-
24
Check for an open in the wiring between the ignition
switch and the DIS ignition coiI connector terminaI D.
-
Go to Step 26
-
25
Check for an open in the wire from the DIS ignition
coiI to ground.
-
Go to Step 26
-
26
1. Repair the wiring as needed.
2. Connect the DIS ignition coiI connector.
ignition wires.
-
27
2. Disconnect the DIS ignition coiI connector.
3. WhiIe cranking the engine, measure the voItage
at the DIS ignition coiI connector terminaI B.
DoesthevoItagefIuctuatewithinthevaIuesspecified?
0.2-2.0 v Go to Step 28 Go to Step 29
28
WhiIe cranking the engine, measure the voItage at
the DIS ignition coiI connector terminaI A.
Does the voItage fIuctuate within the vaIues
specified? 0.2-2.0 v Go to Step 32 Go to Step 30
29
coiI connector terminaI B to the ECM connector
terminaI D10.
-
30
coiI connector terminaI A to the ECM connector
terminaI C3.
-
31
ignition wires.
-
32
RepIace the DIS ignition coiI.
Is the repair compIete? - Go to Step 2 -
33
RepIace the ECM.
- Go to Step 2 -
34
2. Connect a fueI pressure gauge.
3. Crank the engine.
Is any fueI pressure present?
-
35
2. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector at the fueI
pump.
3. Connect a test Iight between the fueI pump
connector terminaIs 3 and 2.
5. With the ignition ON, the test Iight shouId Iight for
the time specified.
Is the test Iight on? 2 sec Go to Step 36 Go to Step 46
36
RepIace the fueI pump.
37
Is the fueI pressure within the vaIue specified? 283-324 kPa
(41-47 psi) Go to Step 41 Go to Step 38
38
1. Check the fueI fiIter for a restriction.
2. Inspect the fueI Iines for kinks and restrictions.
-
39
1. RepIacethefueI fiIter and/or thefueI Iinesas
needed.
Is the fueI pressure within the vaIue specified?
283-324 kPa
40
1. Disconnect the vacuum Iine from the fueI
pressure reguIator.
2. Inspect the vacuum Iine for the presence of fueI.
3. Inspect the fueI pressure reguIator vacuum port
for the presence of fueI.
Is any fueI present?
-
41
Check the fueI for contamination.
Is the fueI contaminated?
42
1. Remove the contaminated fueI from the fueI tank.
2. CIean the fueI tank as needed.
-
Go to Step 2
-
43
RepIace the fueI pressure reguIator.
- Go to Step 2 -
44
1. RemovethefueI pumpassembIyfromthefueI tank.
2. Inspect the fueI pump sender and the fueI
coupIing hoses for a restriction.
3. Inspect the in-tank fueI fiIter for a restriction.
-
45
RepIace the fueI pump sender, the in-tank fueI fiIter,
and/or the fueI coupIing hoses as needed.
-
Go to Step 2
-
46
pump.
connector terminaI 3 and a known good ground.
the time specified.
47
Repair the open wire between the fueI pump
connector terminaI 2 and ground.
-
Go to Step 2
-
48
2. Disconnect the fueI pump reIay.
3. Connect a test Iight between the fueI pump reIay
-
49
1. TurntheignitionOFF.
2. Connect a test Iight betweenthefueI pumpreIay
connector terminaI 85 andbatterypositive.
3. TurntheignitionON.
4. WiththeignitionON, thetest Iight shouIdIight for
thetimespecified.
2 sec Go to Step 50 Go to Step 55
50
2. Connect a test Iight betweenthefueI pumpreIay
connector terminaI 30 andground.
-
51
2. CheckthewirebetweenthefueI pumpreIay
connector terminaI 87 andthefueI pumpconnector
terminaI 3 for anopenor short toground.
-
52
Repair the wire between the fueI pump reIay
connector terminaI 87 and the fueI pump connector
terminaI 3.
-
Go to Step 2
-
53
RepIace the fueI pump reIay.
- Go to Step 2 -
54
1. Inspect theI/PfusebIockfuseF17.
2. Checkfor anopeninthewiringbetweentheignition
switchandthefueI pumpreIayconnector terminaI
86.
-
Go to Step 65
-
55
Check the wire between the fueI pump reIay
connector terminaI 85 and the ECM connector
terminaI B6 for an open.
-
56
terminaI B6.
-
Go to Step 2
-
57
connector terminaI 30 and the fuse EF16.
-
Go to Step 2
-
58
2. Disconnect thefueI injector harnessconnectors
fromaII of thefueI injectors.
3. TurntheignitionON.
4. Connect a test Iight betweenthefueI injector
harnessconnector 1 andground.
5. Repeat step4 for eachof theremainingfueI
injectors.
Is the test Iight on at aII of the fueI injectors?
-
59
2. Connect a test Iight between the fueI injector
harness connector terminaI 2 and battery positive.
4. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 for each of the remaining
fueI injectors.
Does the test Iight fIash for aII of the fueI injectors?
-
60
Measure the resistance of each fueI injector.
Is the resistance within the vaIue specified?
11.6-12.4 : System OK Go to Step 61
61
RepIace any of the fueI injectors with a resistance
out of specification.
-
Go to Step 2
-
62
Repair the open wire(s) between the fueI injector
harness connector(s) terminaI 1 and the engine har-
ness C104 terminaI 9.
-
Go to Step 2
-
63
1. Check for an open between the fueI injector
harness connector terminaI 2 and the ECM
connector terminaI C10 for the fueI injectors 1
and 4.
and 3.
-
64
Repair the open fueI injector harness wire(s).
- Go to Step 2 -
65
RepIace the fuse or repair the wiring as needed.
- Go to Step 2 -
66
1. Inspect the I/P fuse F14.
2. Check for an open between the circuits from
terminaI 1 for each of the four fueI injectors and
the ignition switch.
-
Go to Step 65
-
ENGINE CRANKS BUT WILL NOT START (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Test Description
tabIe.
3. By performing a compression test, it can be deter-
minedif the engine has the mechanicaI abiIity torun.
9. It is important to check for the presence of spark
fromaII of the ignition wires. If spark is present from
one to three of the ignition coiI terminaIs, the crank-
shaft position sensor (CPS) is OK.
19. In checking the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM)
outputs for the eIectronic spark timing signaI, it rec-
ommended to use an osciIIoscope to view the vary-
ing voItage signaIs. In measuringthese outputs with
a voItmeter, intermittent errors may occur that can-
not be seen by a voItmeter.
35. This step checks for proper operation of the ECM's
controI of the fueI pump circuit.
59. This step checks for a ground signaI being suppIied
by the ECM to operate the fueI injectors. If there is
nogroundpresent duringthe crankingof the engine,
andthe fueI injector wiringis OK, the ECMis at fauIt.
Engine Cranks But WiII Not Start (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Caution: Do not pinch or restrict nyIonfueI Iines. DamagetotheIines couIdcausea fueI Ieak, resuItingin
possibIefireor personaI injury.
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check_
2
Crank the engine.
Does the engine start and continue to run?
3
Perform a cyIinder compression test.
Is the cyIinder compression for aII of the cyIinders at
or above the vaIue specified?
689 kPa
(100 psi) Go to Step 7 Go to Step 4
4
Inspect the timing beIt aIignment.
Is the timing beIt in aIignment?
5
AIign or repIace the timing beIt as needed.
- Go to Step 2 -
6
Repair the internaI engine damage as needed.
- Go to Step 2 -
7
Inspect the fueI pump fuse.
8
RepIace the fuse.
- Go to Step 2 -
9
Check for the presence of spark from aII of the igni-
tion wires whiIe cranking the engine.
-
10
2. RepIace any of the ignition wire(s) with a
resistance above the vaIue specified.
ignition wires.
30,000 : Go to Step 2 Go to Step 11
Engine Cranks But WiII Not Start (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
11
connector.
terminaIs 1 and 3.
12
terminaIs 2 and 3.
13
terminaI 1 and ground.
14
15
-
16
CPS connector terminaI 1 and the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) connector terminaI B14.
-
17
terminaI A16.
-
18
Repair the wiring as needed.
- Go to Step 2 -
19
starting.
2. Measure the voItage at the ECM connector
terminaI B14 by backprobing the ECM connector.
1.08 v with
ignition ON,
1.20 v during
20
Measure the voItage at the ECM connector terminaI
A16 by backprobing the ECM connector.
1.08 v with
ignition ON,
1.20 v during
21
RepIace the CPS.
- Go to Step 2 -
22
2. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector at the DIS
ignition coiI.
3. Connect a test Iight between terminaI D of the
DIS ignition coiI connector and ground.
-
23
Connect a test Iight between terminaI C of the DIS
ignition coiI connector and battery positive.
-
24
Check for an open in the wiring between the ignition
switch and the DIS ignition coiI connector terminaI D.
-
Go to Step 26
-
25
coiI to ground.
-
Go to Step 26
-
26
ignition wires.
-
27
2. Disconnect the DIS ignition coiI connector.
Does the voItage fIuctuate within the vaIues
specified?
28
DoesthevoItagefIuctuatewithinthevaIuesspecified? 0.2-2.0 v Go to Step 32 Go to Step 30
29
coiI connector terminaI B to the ECM connector
terminaI C14.
-
30
coiI connector terminaI A to the ECM connector
terminaI D14.
-
31
ignition wires.
-
32
RepIace the DIS ignition coiI.
33
RepIace the ECM.
- Go to Step 2 -
34
Is any fueI pressure present?
-
35
pump.
connector terminaIs 3 and 2.
the time specified.
36
RepIace the fueI pump.
37
Is the fueI pressure within the vaIue specified? 283-324 kPa
(41-47 psi)
38
1. Check the fueI fiIter for a restriction.
2. Inspect the fueI Iines for kinks and restrictions.
-
39
1. RepIace the fueI fiIter and/or the fueI Iines as
needed.
Is the fueI pressure within the vaIue specified?
283-324 kPa
40
1. Disconnect the vacuum Iine from the fueI
pressure reguIator.
2. Inspect the vacuum Iine for the presence of fueI.
3. Inspect the fueI pressure reguIator vacuum port
for the presence of fueI.
Is any fueI present?
-
41
Check the fueI for contamination.
42
1. Remove the contaminated fueI from the fueI tank.
2. CIean the fueI tank as needed.
-
Go to Step 2
-
43
RepIace the fueI pressure reguIator.
- Go to Step 2 -
44
1. Remove the fueI pump assembIy from the fueI
tank.
2. Inspect the fueI pump sender and the fueI
coupIing hoses for a restriction.
3. Inspect the in-tank fueI fiIter for a restriction.
-
45
RepIace the fueI pump sender, the in-tank fueI fiIter,
and/or the fueI coupIing hoses as needed.
-
Go to Step 2
-
46
pump.
connector terminaI 3 and a known good ground.
the time specified.
47
Repair the open wire between the fueI pump con-
nector terminaI 2 and ground.
-
Go to Step 2
-
48
-
49
connector terminaI 85 and battery positive.
the time specified.
50
-
51
2. Check the wire between the fueI pump reIay
connector terminaI 87 and the fueI pump
connector terminaI 3 for an open or short to
ground.
-
52
Repair the wire between the fueI pump reIay con-
nector terminaI 87 and the fueI pump connector ter-
minaI 3.
-
Go to Step 2
-
53
RepIace the fueI pump reIay.
- Go to Step 2 -
54
1. Inspect the I/P fuse bIock fuse F17.
2. Check for an open in the wiring between the
ignition switch and the fueI pump reIay connector
terminaI 86.
-
Go to Step 65
-
55
Check the wire between the fueI pump reIay connec-
tor terminaI 85 and the ECM connector terminaI A12
for an open.
-
56
nector terminaI 85 and the ECM connector terminaI
A12.
-
Go to Step 2
-
57
nector terminaI 30 and the fuse EF16.
-
Go to Step 2
-
58
2. Disconnect the fueI injector harness connectors
from aII of the fueI injectors.
harness connector 1 and ground.
5. Repeat Step 4 for each of the remaining fueI
injectors.
Is the test Iight on at aII of the fueI injectors?
-
59
harness connector terminaI 2 and battery positive.
4. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 for each of the remaining
fueI injectors.
Does the test Iight fIash for aII of the fueI injectors?
-
60
Measure the resistance of each fueI injector.
61
RepIace any of the fueI injectors with a resistance
out of specification.
-
Go to Step 2
-
62
Repair the open wire(s) between the fueI injector
harness connector(s) terminaI 1 and the engine har-
ness connector C104 terminaI 9.
-
Go to Step 2
-
63
and 4.
and 3.
-
64
Repair the open fueI injector harness wire(s).
- Go to Step 2 -
65
RepIace the fuse or repair the wiring as needed.
- Go to Step 2 -
66
1. Inspect the I/P fuse F14.
2. Check for an open between the circuit from
terminaI 1 for each of the four fueI injectors and
the ignition switch.
-
Go to Step 65
-
%/$1.
A202F011
NO SERVICE ENGINE SOON LAMP (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
There shouId aIways be a steady service engine soon
(SES) Iamp when the ignition is ON and the engine is
stopped. Battery voItage is suppIied directIy to the SES
buIb. The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) wiII controI
the SES Iamp and turn it on by providing a ground path
through the ECMconnector terminaI C1 wire to the SES
Iamp.
Diagnostic Aids
- If the engine runs OK, inspect for a fauIty maIfunction
indicator Iamp buIb.
- If the engine cranks but wiII not start, check for open
fuses and poor ECM connections. ParticuIarIy check
for ECM ignition and battery feeds, incIuding cIean
and tight ECM ground connections.
Test Description
tabIe.
4. This step checks for battery voItage in the instru-
ment paneI SES Iamp buIb socket.
8. This step, aIong with step 9, checks for battery feed
to the ECM.
10. This step checks for ignition feed to the ECM.
24. At this point the SES Iamp wiring is OK. The prob-
Iem is a fauIty ECM.
No Service Engine Soon Lamp (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
Start the engine.
2
2. Disconnect the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM)
connectors.
4. Connect a test Iight between the ECM connector
terminaI C1 and ground.
Is the service engine soon (SES) Iamp on?
-
3
Inspect the kick paneI fuse F11.
Is the fuse OK?
4
Check the ignition feed to the SES buIb using a voIt-
meter.
Is the voItage within the vaIue specified?
11-14 v Go to Step 5 Go to Step 16
5
Inspect the SES buIb.
Is the SES buIb OK?
6
Check for an open or short to voItage in the wire be-
tween the ECM connector terminaI C1 and the SES
buIb.
-
7
Inspect the ECM fuse F5/F17.
8
2. Disconnect the ECM red connector.
3. Connect a test Iight to ECM connector terminaI
B1 and ground.
-
9
-
10
-
11
Inspect the ECM connector terminaIs B1, C16, and
C4 for damage or poor mating.
-
12
Repair the ECM connector terminaI(s) as needed.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check_
-
13
Inspect for damage or poor mating at the ECM con-
nector terminaI C1.
-
14
Check the ECM connector terminaIs A12 and D1 for
ground.
Are the grounds OK?
-
No Service Engine Soon Lamp (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
15
2. RepIace the fuse.
Is the SES Iamp on?
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check" Go to Step 4
16
Repair the open in the ignition feed wire to the SES
buIb.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
17
RepIace the SES buIb.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
18
Repair the wire between the ECM connector termi-
naI C1 and the SES buIb.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
19
2. RepIace the ECM fuse.
Is the SES Iamp on?
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
20
naI B1 and the F5.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
21
naI C16 and the F5.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
22
naI C4 and fuse F17.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
23
Repair the open wire between the ECM connector
terminaIs A12 and/or D1 and ground.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
24
RepIace the ECM.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
%/$1.
A202F012
NO SERVICE ENGINE SOON LAMP (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
(SES) Iamp when the ignition is ON and the engine is
stopped. Battery voItage is suppIied directIy to the SES
buIb. The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) wiII controI
the SES Iamp and turn it on by providing a ground path
through the ECM connector terminaI B10 wire to the
SES Iamp.
Diagnostic Aids
- If the engine runs OK, inspect for a fauIty maIfunction
indicator Iamp buIb.
Test Description
tabIe.
4. This step checks for battery voItage in the instru-
ment paneI SES Iamp buIb socket.
8. This step checks for battery feed to the ECM.
9. This step checks for ignition feed to the ECM.
22. At this point the SES Iamp wiring is OK. The prob-
Iem is a fauIty ECM.
No Service Engine Soon Lamp (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
Start the engine.
2
connectors.
terminaI B10 and ground.
-
3
Inspect the kick paneI fuse F11.
Is the fuse OK?
4
Check the ignition feed to the SES buIb using a voIt-
meter.
5
Inspect the SES buIb.
Is the SES buIb OK?
6
Check for an open or short to voItage in the wire be-
tween the ECM connector terminaI B10 and the SES
buIb.
-
7
Inspect the ECM fuse F5/F17.
8
3. Connect a test Iight to ECM connector terminaI
A6 and ground.
-
9
2. Disconnect the ECM white connector.
-
10
Inspect the ECM connector terminaIs A6 and C16
for damage or poor mating.
-
11
Repair the ECM connector terminaI(s) as needed.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check_
-
12
Inspect for damage or poor mating at the ECM con-
nector terminaI B10.
-
13
Check the ECM connector terminaIs B1 and D16 for
ground.
Are the grounds OK?
-
14
Is the SES Iamp on?
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
No Service Engine Soon Lamp (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
15
Repair the open in the ignition feed wire to the SES
buIb.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
16
RepIace the SES buIb.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
17
naI B10 and the SES buIb.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
18
2. RepIace the ECM fuse.
Is the SES Iamp on?
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
19
naI A6 and the fuse F5.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
20
naI C16 and the fuse F17.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
21
Repair the open wire between the ECM connector
terminaIs B1 and/or D16 and ground.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
22
RepIace the ECM.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
%/$1.
A202F013
WILL NOT FLASH SERVICE ENGINE SOON LAMP (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
(SES) Iamp when the ignition is ON and the engine
stopped. Battery ignition voItage is suppIied directIy to
the SES buIb. The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) wiII
turn the SES on by grounding the ECMconnector termi-
naI C1 wire. With the assembIy Iine diagnostic Iink
(ALDL) A and B terminaIs grounded, the SES Iamp
shouId fIash a Code 12 foIIowed by any diagnostic
troubIe codes (DTCs) stored in the ECM memory. A
steady SES Iampsuggests a short togroundin the ECM
connector terminaI C1 wire, or an open in the diagnostic
test wire. A steady but dim Iight indicates a faiIed quad-
driver. The tabIe wiII confirm and suggest the cause.
Diagnostic Aids
- If the engine runs OK, inspect for a fauIty SES buIb.
Test Description
tabIe.
3. If the SES Iamp is on when the ECM white connec-
tor is disconnected, the wire to the ECM connector
terminaI C1 is shorted to ground.
5. This stepwiII check for an open diagnostic test wire. 11. At this point the SES wiring is OK. The probIem is a
fauIty ECM.
WiII Not FIash Service Engine Soon Lamp (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"No Service
Engine Soon
Lamp"
2
2. Jumper the assembIy Iine diagnostic Iink (ALDL)
terminaIs A and B.
Does the SES Iamp fIash the diagnostic troubIe code
(DTC) 12?
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
3
2. Disconnect the ECM white connector.
Is the SES on?
-
4
Repair the short to ground in the wire between the
eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) connector terminaI
C1 and the SES buIb.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
5
2. Reconnect the ECM white connector.
4. Backprobe the ECM connector terminaI D8 with a
test Iight connected to ground.
Does the SES fIash DTC 12?
-
6
Check for an open wire between the ECM connector
terminaI D8 and the ALDL terminaI B.
-
7
Repair the open wire between the ALDL terminaI A
and ground.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
8
Check for damage or poor mating at the ECM con-
nector terminaI D8.
-
9
Repair the ECM connector terminaI D8.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
10
naI D8 and the ALDL terminaI B.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
11
RepIace the ECM.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
A202F014
WILL NOT FLASH SERVICE ENGINE SOON LAMP
Circuit Description
(SES) Iamp when the ignition is ON and the engine
stopped. Battery ignition voItage is suppIied directIy to
the SES buIb. The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) wiII
turn the SES on by grounding the ECMconnector termi-
naI B10 wire. With the assembIy Iine diagnostic Iink
(ALDL) A and B terminaIs grounded, the SES Iamp
shouId fIash a Code 12 foIIowed by any diagnostic
troubIe codes (DTCs) stored in the ECM memory. A
steady SES Iampsuggests a short togroundin the ECM
connector terminaI B10 wire, or an open in the diagnos-
tic test wire. A steady but dim Iight indicates a faiIed
quad-driver. The tabIe wiII confirm and suggest the
cause.
Diagnostic Aids
- If the engine runs OK, inspect for a fauIty SES buIb.
Test Description
tabIe.
3. If the SES Iamp is on when the ECM red connector
is disconnected, the wire to the ECM connector ter-
minaI B10 is shorted to ground.
5. This stepwiII check for an open diagnostic test wire. 11. At this point the SES wiring is OK. The probIem is a
fauIty ECM.
WiII Not FIash Service Engine Soon Lamp (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"No Service
Engine Soon
Lamp"
2
2. Jumper the assembIy Iine diagnostic Iink (ALDL)
terminaIs A and B.
Does the SES Iamp fIash the diagnostic troubIe code
(DTC) 12?
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
3
Is the SES on?
-
4
Repair the short to ground in the wire between the
ECM connector terminaI B10 and the SES buIb.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
5
2. Reconnect the ECM red connector.
4. Backprobe the ECM connector terminaI B9 with a
test Iight connected to ground.
Does the SES fIash DTC 12?
-
6
Check for an open wire between the ECM connector
terminaI B9 and the ALDL terminaI B.
-
7
Repair the open wire between the ALDL terminaI A
and ground.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
8
Check for damage or poor mating at the ECM con-
nector terminaI B9.
-
9
Repair the ECM connector terminaI B9.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
10
naI B9 and the ALDL terminaI B.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
11
RepIace the ECM.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
FUEL SYSTEMPRESSURE TEST
Circuit Description
The fueI pump is an in-tank fueI pump mounted to a fueI
sender assembIy. The fueI pump wiII remain on as Iong
as the engine is cranking or running and the eIectronic
controI moduIe (ECM) is receivingreference puIses from
the crankshaft position sensor (CPS). If there are no
reference puIses, the ECM wiII turn off the fueI pump
2 seconds after the ignitionswitch is turnedONor 2 sec-
onds after the engine stops running. The fueI pump de-
Iivers fueI tothe fueI raiI andthe fueI injectors, where the
fueI system pressure is controIIed from 284 to 325 kPa
(41 to 47 psi) by the fueI pressure reguIator. The excess
fueI is returned to the fueI tank.
Test Description
tabIe.
2. When the engine is idIing, the intake manifoId vacuum
is high. This vacuum is appIied to the fueI pressure
reguIator diaphragm, offsetting the spring pressure in-
side the fueI pressure reguIator and Iowering the fueI
pressure.
10. If there is fueI bIeeding back through the fueI return
outIet, this is due to a fauIty fueI pressure reguIator.
14. Another symptomoften present when the fueI injec-
tors are Ieaking is hard starting. Leaking fueI injec-
tors can cause a fIooding condition.
23. FueI Ieaking from the fueI pump inIet is due to a
fauIty one-way check vaIve in the fueI pump.
Caution: The fueI system is under pressure. To
avoid fueI spiIIage and the risk of personaI injury
or fire, it is necessary to reIieve the fueI system
pressure before disconnecting the fueI Iines.
Caution: Do not pinch or restrict nyIon fueI Iines.
Damage to the Iines couId cause a fueI Ieak, resuItC
ing in possibIe fire or personaI injury.
FueI Pressure ReIief Procedure
1. Remove the fueI cap.
2. Remove the fueI pump fuse EF18 from the engine
fuse bIock.
3. Start the engine and aIIow the engine to staII.
4. Crank the engine for an additionaI 10 seconds.
FueI System Pressure Test
1
1. ReIieve the fueI system pressure.
2. InstaII a fueI pressure gauge.
Is the fueI pressure within the vaIues specified and
hoIding steady?
284-325 kPa
2
1. Disconnect the fueI pressure reguIator vacuum
hose.
3. AIIow the engine to idIe.
4. Connect the fueI pressure reguIator vacuum
hose.
Does the fueI pressure decrease?
-
3
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the fueI
pressure reguIator.
3. Connect a vacuum pump with a gauge to the fueI
pressure reguIator vacuum port.
4. AppIy 41-47 kPa (12-14 in. Hg) of vacuum to the
fueI pressure reguIator.
-
4
1. Locate and correct the cause of the vacuum
restriction to the fueI pressure reguIator.
2. Confirm the operation of the fueI pressure
reguIator.
-
System OK
-
FueI System Pressure Test (Cont'd)
5
Is the fueI pressure within the vaIues specified but
not hoIding steady?
284-325 kPa
6
Inspect the fueI Iines for a Ieak.
7
1. RepIace the fueI Iine(s) as needed.
hoIding steady?
284-325 kPa
(41-47 psi) System OK
-
8
1. Remove the fueI pump assembIy.
2. With the fueI pump under pressure, inspect the
fueI pump coupIing hoses for Ieaking.
-
9
1. Tighten or repIace the fueI pump coupIing hoses
as needed.
hoIding steady?
284-325 kPa
(41-47 psi)
System OK
-
10
With the fueI system under pressure, inspect the fueI
return outIet for Ieaking.
-
11
1. RepIace the fueI pressure reguIator.
hoIding steady?
284-325 kPa
-
12
With the fueI system under pressure, inspect the fueI
inIet for Ieaking.
-
13
1. RepIace the fueI pump assembIy.
hoIding steady?
284-325 kPa
-
14
1. Remove the fueI raiI and the fueI injectors as an
assembIy.
2. With the fueI system under pressure, inspect aII
of the fueI injectors for Ieaking.
-
Go to Step 15
-
15
1. RepIace the Ieaking fueI injector(s).
hoIding steady?
284-325 kPa
-
FueI System Pressure Test (Cont'd)
16
1. RepIace the fueI pressure reguIator.
2. Disconnect the fueI pressure reguIator vacuum
hose.
5. Connect the fueI pressure reguIator vacuum
hose.
-
System OK
-
17
Is the fueI system pressure beIow the vaIues speci-
fied and hoIding steady?
284-325 kPa
18
Is the fueI system pressure beIow the vaIues speci-
fied and not hoIding steady?
284-325 kPa
(41-47 psi) Go to Step 19
-
19
Inspect the fueI Iines for Ieaks.
20
2. With the fueI pump under pressure, inspect the
fueI pump coupIing hoses for Ieaking.
-
21
2. With the fueI system under pressure, inspect the
fueI return outIet for Ieaking.
-
22
2. With the fueI system under pressure, inspect the
fueI inIet for Ieaking.
-
23
1. Remove the fueI raiI and the fueI injectors as an
assembIy.
2. With the fueI system under pressure, inspect aII
of the fueI injectors for Ieaking.
-
%/$1.
A22F015A
FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT CHECK (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
When the ignition switch is turned ON, the eIectronic
controI moduIe (ECM) wiII activate the fueI pump reIay
and run the in-tank fueI pump. The fueI pump wiII oper-
ate as Iong as the engine is cranking or running and the
ECM is receiving ignition reference puIses.
If there are no reference puIses, the ECM wiII shut off
the fueI pump within 2 seconds after the ignition switch
is turned ON.
Diagnostic Aids
An intermittent probIem may be caused by a poor con-
nection, rubbedthrough wire insuIation, or a broken wire
inside the insuIation.
Test Description
tabIe.
3. This step checks for the ECM providing a ground for
the operation of the fueI pump reIay.
7. By confirming that the wiring is OK using Steps 2
through 6, it can be determined that the fueI pump
reIay is at fauIt.
8. If there is no voItage present at the fueI pump reIay
connector terminaI 86, the probIem is an open I/P
fuse bIock fuse F17, or an open in the wiringbetween
the fueI pump reIay and the ignition switch.
9. After determining that there is no ground being pro-
vided by the ECM to the fueI pump reIay, the fauIt is
either the ECM or the wiring between the ECM and
the fueI pump reIay.
FueI Pump ReIay Circuit Check (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
3. Listen for in-tank fueI pump operation.
Does the fueI pump operate for the time specified?
2 sec System OK Go to Step 2
2
-
3
the time specified.
4
-
5
Check for an open or short to ground in the wire
between the fueI pump reIay connector terminaI 87
and the fueI pump connector terminaI 3.
-
6
1. Repair the wire between the fueI pump reIay
connector terminaI 3.
2. InstaII the fueI pump reIay.
2 sec System OK
-
7
1. RepIace the fueI pump reIay.
2 sec System OK
-
8
Check for an open wire between the fueI pump reIay
connector terminaI 86 and the ignition switch.
Is the probIem found? -
Go to Step 13
-
9
connector terminaI 85 and the eIectronic controI
-
FueI Pump ReIay Circuit Check (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
10
1. RepIace the fuse EF16 or repair the wire between
the fueI pump reIay connector terminaI 85 and the
ECM connector terminaI B6.
2 sec System OK
-
11
fuse EF16.
2 sec System OK
-
12
1. RepIace the ECM.
2 sec System OK
-
13
ignition system.
2 sec System OK
-
%/$1.
A20F016A
FUEL PUMP RELAY CIRCUIT CHECK (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
When the ignition switch is turned ON, the eIectronic
controI moduIe (ECM) wiII activate the fueI pump reIay
and run the in-tank fueI pump. The fueI pump wiII oper-
ate as Iong as the engine is cranking or running and the
ECM is receiving ignition reference puIses.
If there are no reference puIses, the ECM wiII shut off
the fueI pump within 2 seconds after the ignition switch
is turned ON.
Diagnostic Aids
An intermittent probIem may be caused by a poor con-
nection, rubbedthrough wire insuIation, or a broken wire
inside the insuIation.
Test Description
tabIe.
3. This step checks for the ECM providing a ground for
the operation of the fueI pump reIay.
7. By confirming that the wiring is OK using Steps 2
through 6, it can be determined that the fueI pump
reIay is at fauIt.
8. If there is no voItage present at the fueI pump reIay
connector terminaI 86, the probIem is an open I/P
fuse bIock fuse F17, or an open in the wiringbetween
the fueI pump reIay and the ignition switch.
9. After determining that there is no ground being pro-
vided by the ECM to the fueI pump reIay, the fauIt is
either the ECM or the wiring between the ECM and
the fueI pump reIay.
FueI Pump ReIay Circuit Check (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
3. Listen for in-tank fueI pump operation.
2 sec System OK Go to Step 2
2
-
3
the time specified.
4
-
5
Check for an open or short to ground in the wire
between the fueI pump reIay connector terminaI 87
and the fueI pump connector terminaI 3.
-
6
2 sec System OK
-
7
2 sec System OK
-
8
connector terminaI 86 and the ignition switch.
-
Go to Step 13
-
9
connector terminaI 85 and the eIectronic controI
-
FueI Pump ReIay Circuit Check (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
10
terminaI A12.
2 sec System OK
-
11
EF16.
2 sec System OK
-
12
1. RepIace the ECM.
2 sec System OK
-
13
the fueI pump connector terminaI 86 and the
ignition switch.
2 sec System OK
-
%/$1.
A202F018
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE CHECK (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
The manifoId absoIute pressure (MAP) sensor mea-
sures the changes in the intake manifoIdpressure which
resuIt from engine Ioad (intake manifoId vacuum) and
rpmchanges. The MAP sensor converts these changes
into a voItage output. The eIectronic controI moduIe
(ECM) sends a 5-voIt reference voItage tothe MAP sen-
sor. As the intake manifoIdpressure changes, the output
voItage of the MAP sensor aIso changes. A Iow voItage
(high vacuum) output of 1 to 2 voIts is present at idIe. A
high voItage (Iow vacuum) output of 4.0 to 4.8 voIts is
present at wide open throttIe. The MAP sensor
is aIso used under certain conditions to measure baro-
metric pressure. This aIIows the ECM to make adjust-
ments for aItitude changes. The ECM uses the MAP
sensor for fueI deIivery and ignition timing changes.
Test Description
tabIe.
2. AppIying 34 kPa (10 inches Hg) of vacuum to the
MAP sensor shouId cause the voItage to change.
Subtract the second voItage reading from the first.
That voItage vaIue shouId be more than 1.5 voIts.
When appIying vacuum to the MAP sensor, the
change in the voItage shouIdhappen instantIy. AsIow
voItage change indicates a fauIty MAP sensor.
3. Disconnect the MAP sensor from the bracket and
twist the MAP sensor. Output changes more than
0.1 voIt indicate a fauIty connector or connection.
ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure Check (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
2. Connect a scan tooI to the assembIy Iine
diagnostic Iink (ALDL).
4. Compare the manifoId absoIute pressure (MAP)
sensor voItage reading from the scanner with that
from a known good vehicIe.
Is the difference in the two voItage readings Iess
than the vaIue specified? 0.4 v Go to Step 2 Go to Step 5
2
2. Connect a scan tooI to the ALDL.
3. Disconnect the MAP sensor vacuum Iine.
4. Connect a hand vacuum pump to the MAP
sensor.
6. Note the MAP sensor voItage.
7. AppIy 34 kPa (10 in. Hg) of vacuum to the MAP
sensor and note the voItage change.
Is the difference in voItage readings more than the
vaIue specified?
1.5 v System OK Go to Step 3
3
Inspect the MAP sensor connector terminaIs.
4
Repair the MAP sensor connector terminaIs as
needed.
-
System OK
-
5
RepIace the MAP sensor.
- System OK -
A202F019
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE CHECK
Circuit Description
The manifoId absoIute pressure (MAP) sensor mea-
sures the changes in the intake manifoIdpressure which
resuIt from engine Ioad (intake manifoId vacuum) and
rpmchanges. The MAP sensor converts these changes
into a voItage output. The eIectronic controI moduIe
(ECM) sends a 5-voIt reference voItage tothe MAP sen-
sor. As the intake manifoIdpressure changes, the output
voItage of the MAP sensor aIso changes. A Iow voItage
(high vacuum) output of 1 to 2 voIts is present at idIe. A
high voItage (Iow vacuum) output of 4.0 to 4.8 voIts is
present at wide open throttIe. The MAP sensor
is aIso used under certain conditions to measure baro-
metric pressure. This aIIows the ECM to make adjust-
ments for aItitude changes. The ECM uses the MAP
sensor for fueI deIivery and ignition timing changes.
Test Description
tabIe.
2. AppIying 34 kPa (10 inches Hg) of vacuum to the
MAP sensor shouId cause the voItage to change.
Subtract the second voItage reading from the first.
That voItage vaIue shouId be more than 1.5 voIts.
When appIying vacuum to the MAP sensor, the
change in the voItage shouIdhappen instantIy. AsIow
voItage change indicates a fauIty MAP sensor.
3. Disconnect the MAP sensor from the bracket and
twist the MAP sensor. Output changes more than
0.1 voIt indicate a fauIty connector or connection.
ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure Check (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
4. Compare the manifoId absoIute pressure (MAP)
sensor voItage reading from the scanner with that
from a known good vehicIe.
Is the difference in the two voItage readings Iess
than the vaIue specified? 0.4 v Go to Step 2 Go to Step 5
2
3. Disconnect the MAP sensor vacuum Iine.
4. Connect a hand vacuum pump to the MAP
sensor.
6. Note the MAP sensor voItage.
7. AppIy 34 kPa (10 in. Hg) of vacuum to the MAP
sensor and note the voItage change.
Is the difference in voItage readings more than the
vaIue specified?
1.5 v System OK Go to Step 3
3
Inspect the MAP sensor connector terminaIs.
4
Repair the MAP sensor connector terminaIs as
needed.
-
System OK
-
5
RepIace the MAP sensor.
- System OK -
A202F020
PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
The park/neutraI (P/N) switch contacts are a part of the
seIector position switch. The contacts are cIosed to
groundin park andneutraI andopen in the drive ranges.
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) suppIies ignition
voItage through a current Iimiting resistor to the signaI
wire andsenses a cIosedswitchwhenthe voItage onthe
signaI wire drops to Iess than 1 voIt. The ECM uses the
P/N signaI as one of the inputs to controI idIe air and
spark timing.
Test Description
tabIe.
1. This step checks for the P/N switch cIosed to ground
in the park position. Different makes of scan tooIs
wiII read P/N differentIy. Refer to the tooI operations
manuaI for the type of dispIay used.
2. This step checks for an open P/N switch in the drive
range.
Park/NeutraI Switch (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
2. PIace the transaxIe in park (P).
Does the scan tooI indicate park or neutraI?
-
2
PIace the transaxIe in drive (D).
Does the scan tooI indicate drive?
3
Disconnect the park/neutraI (P/N) switch.
4
Check the P/N switch adjustment.
5
Adjust the P/N switch.
- System OK -
6
RepIace the P/N switch.
- System OK -
7
Check for an open or short to ground in the wire be-
tween the P/N switch connector terminaI 1 and the
D9.
-
8
Repair the open or short to ground in the wire be-
ECM connector terminaI D9.
-
System OK
-
9
RepIace the ECM.
- System OK -
10
1. Disconnect the P/N switch.
2. Jumper the P/N switch connector terminaIs 1
and 4.
Does the scan tooI indicate park?
-
11
Jumper the P/N switch connector terminaI 1 to
ground.
-
12
Repair the open wire between the P/N switch con-
-
System OK
-
A202F021
PARK/NEUTRAL SWITCH (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The park/neutraI (P/N) switch contacts are a part of the
seIector position switch. The contacts are cIosed to
groundin park andneutraI andopen in the drive ranges.
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) suppIies ignition
voItage through a current Iimiting resistor to the signaI
wire andsenses a cIosedswitchwhenthe voItage onthe
signaI wire drops to Iess than 1 voIt. The ECM uses the
P/N signaI as one of the inputs to controI idIe air and
spark timing.
Test Description
tabIe.
1. This step checks for the P/N switch cIosed to ground
in the park position. Different makes of scan tooIs wiII
read P/N differentIy. Refer to the tooI operations
manuaI for the type of dispIay used.
2. This step checks for an open P/N switch in the drive
range.
Park/NeutraI Switch (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
2. PIace the transaxIe in park (P).
Does the scan tooI indicate park or neutraI?
-
2
PIace the transaxIe in drive (D).
3
Disconnect the park/neutraI (P/N) switch.
4
Check the P/N switch adjustment.
5
Adjust the P/N switch.
- System OK -
6
RepIace the P/N switch.
- System OK -
7
Check for an open or short to ground in the wire be-
B8.
-
8
Repair the open or short to ground in the wire be-
-
System OK -
9
RepIace the ECM.
- System OK -
10
1. Disconnect the P/N switch.
2. Jumper the P/N switch connector terminaIs 1
and 4.
-
11
Jumper the P/N switch connector terminaI 1 to
ground.
-
12
Repair the open wire between the P/N switch con-
-
System OK
-
A202F022
IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEMCHECK (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) controIs the en-
gine idIe speed with the idIe air controI (IAC) vaIve. To
increase the idIe speed, the ECM puIIs the IAC pintIe
away from its seat, aIIowing more air to pass by the
throttIe bore. To decrease the idIe speed, it extends the
IAC vaIve pintIe toward its seat, reducing bypass air
fIow. A scan tooI wiII read the ECM commands to the
IACvaIve in counts. The higher counts indicate more air
bypass (higher idIe). The Iower counts indicate Iess air is
aIIowed to bypass (Iower idIe).
Diagnostic Aids
If the idIe is too high, stop the engine. FuIIy extend the
IAC vaIve with an IAC tester. Start the engine. If the idIe
speed is above 800 rpm, Iocate and repair the vacuum
Ieak. AIso, check for a binding throttIe pIate or throttIe
Iinkage, or an incorrect base idIe setting.
Test Description
tabIe.
2. The IAC vaIve is extended and retracted by the IAC
driver. IAC vaIve movement is verified by an engine
speed change. If no change in engine speed occurs,
the vaIve can be removed from the throttIe body and
tested. Connect the IAC driver to the removed IAC
vaIve and turn the ignition ON. Do not start the en-
gine.
5. This step checks the quaIity of the IAC vaIve move-
ment in Step 2. FuIIy extending the IAC vaIve may
cause an engine staII. This may be normaI.
6. Steps 2 and 5 verify proper IAC vaIve operation.
This step checks the IAC circuit for a wiring or ECM
fauIt.
IdIe Air ControI VaIve Reset Procedure
Whenever the battery cabIe or the ECM connector or
the ECM fuse EF31 is disconnected or repIaced (more
than 10 seconds), the foIIowing idIe Iearn procedure
must be performed:
4. Start the engine in park/neutraI (P/N).
5. AIIow the engine to run untiI the engine cooIant is
above 85EC (185EF).
6. Turn the air conditioning(A/C) ONover 10 seconds,
if equipped.
7. Turn the A/C OFF over 10 seconds, if equipped.
9. Turn the A/C ON over 10 seconds, if equipped.
compIete.
IdIe Air ControI System Check (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
2. Connect the idIe air controI (IAC) driver to the
IAC vaIve.
5. With the IAC driver, extend and retract the IAC
vaIve. Engine rpm shouId increase and decrease
as the IAC vaIve is cycIed.
Does the engine rpm change?
-
3
1. Remove the IAC vaIve.
2. Inspect the IAC passages for restrictions.
-
4
CIean the IAC passages.
- System OK -
5
3. Using the IAC driver, extend and retract the IAC
Does the rpm change smoothIy within the vaIue spe-
cified with each fIash of the IAC driver?
700-1500
rpm Go to Step 6 Go to Step 3
6
2. Connect the IAC driver to the IAC vaIve.
3. InstaII an IAC node Iight to the IAC vaIve
connector.
5. CycIe the IAC driver.
6. Watch the node Iights of the IAC driver.
Do both Iights cycIe red and green but never off as
the rpm is changed?
-
7
1. Measure the resistance of the IAC vaIve between
terminaIs A and B.
terminaIs C and D.
Does the resistance measure within the vaIue speci-
fied?
40-80 : Go to Step 8 Go to Step 19
8
terminaIs B and C.
terminaIs A and D.
Does the ohmmeter show the specified vaIue?
R
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 19
9
Inspect the IAC connector terminaIs.
10
Repair or repIace the IAC connector terminaIs as
needed.
-
System OK
-
IdIe Air ControI System Check (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
11
IAC connector terminaI B and the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) connector terminaI C9.
-
12
IAC connector terminaI A and the ECM connector
terminaI C8.
-
13
IAC connector terminaI D and the ECM connector
terminaI C5.
-
14
IAC connector terminaI C and the ECM connector
terminaI C6.
-
15
Repair the wire as needed.
- System OK -
16
Inspect the ECM connector terminaIs.
17
Repair the ECM connector terminaIs as needed.
- System OK -
18
RepIace the ECM.
- System OK -
19
RepIace the IAC vaIve.
- System OK -
%/$1.
A202F023
IDLE AIR CONTROL SYSTEMCHECK (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) controIs the en-
gine idIe speed with the idIe air controI (IAC) vaIve. To
increase the idIe speed, the ECM puIIs the IAC pintIe
away from its seat, aIIowing more air to pass by the
throttIe bore. To decrease the idIe speed, it extends the
IAC vaIve pintIe toward its seat, reducing bypass air
fIow. A scan tooI wiII read the ECM commands to the
IACvaIve in counts. The higher counts indicate more air
bypass (higher idIe). The Iower counts indicate Iess air is
aIIowed to bypass (Iower idIe).
Diagnostic Aids
If the idIe is too high, stop the engine. FuIIy extend the
IAC vaIve with an IAC tester. Start the engine. If the idIe
speed is above 800 rpm, Iocate and repair the vacuum
Ieak. AIso, check for a binding throttIe pIate or throttIe
Iinkage, or an incorrect base idIe setting.
Test Description
tabIe.
2. The IAC vaIve is extended and retracted by the IAC
driver. IAC vaIve movement is verified by an engine
speed change. If no change in engine speed occurs,
the vaIve can be removed from the throttIe body and
tested. Connect the IAC driver to the removed IAC
vaIve and turn the ignition ON. Do not start the en-
gine.
5. This step checks the quaIity of the IAC vaIve move-
ment in Step 2. FuIIy extending the IAC vaIve may
cause an engine staII. This may be normaI.
6. Steps 2 and 5 verify proper IAC vaIve operation.
This step checks the IAC circuit for a wiring or ECM
fauIt.
IdIe Air ControI VaIve Reset Procedure
Whenever the battery cabIe or the ECM connector or
the ECM fuse EF31 is disconnected or repIaced (more
than 10 seconds), the foIIowing idIe Iearn procedure
must be performed:
4. Start the engine in park/neutraI (P/N).
5. AIIow the engine to run untiI the engine cooIant is
above 85EC (185EF).
6. Turn the air conditioning(A/C) ONover 10 seconds,
if equipped.
9. Turn the A/C ON over 10 seconds, if equipped.
compIete.
IdIe Air ControI System Check (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
2. Connect the idIe air controI (IAC) driver to the IAC
vaIve.
5. With the IAC driver, extend and retract the IAC
Does the engine rpm change?
-
3
-
4
CIean the IAC passages.
- System OK -
5
cified with each fIash of the IAC driver?
700-1500
rpm Go to Step 6 Go to Step 3
6
3. InstaII an IAC node Iight to the IAC vaIve
connector.
5. CycIe the IAC driver.
6. Watch the node Iights of the IAC driver.
Do both Iights cycIe red and green but never off as
the rpm is changed?
-
7
terminaIs A and B.
terminaIs C and D.
Does the resistance measure within the vaIue speci-
fied?
8
terminaIs B and C.
terminaIs A and D.
R
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 19
9
Inspect the IAC connector terminaIs.
10
Repair or repIace the IAC connector terminaIs as
needed.
-
System OK
-
IdIe Air ControI System Check (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
11
IAC connector terminaI B and the eIectronic controI
-
12
IAC connector terminaI A and the ECM connector
terminaI A3.
-
13
IAC connector terminaI D and the ECM connector
terminaI A1.
-
14
IAC connector terminaI C and the ECM connector
terminaI A2.
-
15
- System OK -
16
Inspect the ECM connector terminaIs.
17
Repair the ECM connector terminaIs as needed.
- System OK -
18
RepIace the ECM.
- System OK -
19
RepIace the IAC vaIve.
- System OK -
%/$1.
A202F024
IGNITION SYSTEMCHECK (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
The direct ignition system (DIS) uses a waste spark
method of spark distribution. In this type of DIS system,
the crankshaft position sensor (CPS) is mounted to the
oiI pump near a sIotted wheeI that is a part of the crank-
shaft puIIey. The CPS sends reference puIses to the
eIectroniccontroI moduIe (ECM). The ECMthentriggers
the DIS ignitioncoiI. Once the ECMtriggers the DIS igni-
tion coiI, both of the connected spark pIugs fire at the
same time. One cyIinder is on its compression stroke at
the same time that the other is on the exhaust stroke,
resuIting in Iower energy needed to fire the spark pIug
in the cyIinder on its exhaust stroke. This Ieaves the re-
mainder of the high voItage to be used to fire the spark
pIug in the cyIinder on its compression stroke. Since the
CPS is in a fixed position, timing adjustments are not
possibIe or needed.
Test Description
tabIe.
2. It is important to check for the presence of spark toaII
of the cyIinders to isoIate the probIem to either DIS
ignitioncoiI inputsor outputs.
5. In checking the ECM outputs for the eIectronic spark
timing signaI, it recommended to use an osciIIoscope
to view the varying voItage signaIs. In measuring
these outputs with a voItmeter, intermittent errors
mayoccur that cannot beseenbyavoItmeter.
6. After confirming ECMinputs for the eIectronic spark
timingtothe DIS ignitioncoiI are OK, it can be deter-
mined that a fauIty DIS ignition coiI is the probIem.
11. After confirming proper CPS inputs to the ECMand
the Iack of wiring probIems, it can be determined
that the ECM is at fauIt.
24. This step, aIong with Step 25, checks for battery
voItage and a ground to the DIS ignition coiI.
Ignition System Check (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
1. Remove the spark pIugs.
2. Inspect for wet sparkpIugs, cracks, wear, improper
gap, burnedeIectrodes, or heavydeposits.
3. RepIace the spark pIugs as needed.
-
2
-
3
2. RepIace any ignition wire(s) with a resistance
above the vaIue specified.
ignition wires.
30,000 : System OK Go to Step 4
4
Is spark present from at Ieast one of the ignition
wires, but not aII of the ignition wires? - Go to Step 5 Go to Step 12
5
ignition coiI connector.
Does the voItage fIuctuate within the vaIues speci-
fied?
6
fied? 0.2-2.0 v Go to Step 10 Go to Step 8
7
coiI connector terminaI B to the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) connector terminaI D10.
-
8
coiI connector terminaI A to the ECM connector ter-
minaI C3.
-
9
ignition wires.
-
System OK
-
Ignition System Check (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
10
1. RepIace the DIS ignition coiI.
ignition wires.
-
System OK
-
11
1. RepIace the ECM.
ignition wires.
-
System OK
-
12
connector.
3. Measure the resistance between the CPS
terminaIs 1 and 2.
13
terminaIs 1 and 3.
terminaIs 2 and 3.
Is the resistance infinite (open circuit)? R Go to Step 14 Go to Step 28
14
terminaIs 1 and 3.
15
Is the voItage within the vaIue specified? 0.95-1.10 v Go to Step 17 Go to Step 16
16
Check the wire between the CPS connector termi-
naI 1 and the ECM connector terminaI A2 for an
open or short.
-
17
naI 3 and ground for an open or short.
-
18
Repair the wire between the CPS connector termi-
naI 1 and the ECM connector terminaI A2.
-
System OK
-
19
naI 3 and ground.
-
System OK
-
20
terminaIs 2 and 3.
21
Ignition System Check (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
22
naI 2 and the ECM connector terminaI B3 for an
open or short.
-
23
naI 2 and the ECM connector terminaI B3.
-
System OK
-
24
2. Connect a test Iight between the DIS ignition coiI
connector terminaI D and ground.
-
25
Connect a test Iight between the DIS ignition coiI
connector terminaI C and battery positive.
-
26
Check for an open or short to ground in the wiring
between the DIS ignition coiI connector terminaI D
and the ignition switch.
-
Go to Step 29
-
27
Repair the wire between the DIS ignition coiI con-
nector terminaI C and ground.
-
System OK
-
28
RepIace the CPS.
- System OK -
29
RepIace the fuse F15 or repair the open in the wiring
-
System OK
-
A202F025
IGNITION SYSTEMCHECK (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The direct ignition system (DIS) uses a waste spark
method of spark distribution. In this type of DIS system,
the crankshaft position sensor (CPS) is mounted to the
oiI pump near a sIotted wheeI that is a part of the crank-
shaft puIIey. The CPS sends reference puIses to the
eIectroniccontroI moduIe (ECM). The ECMthentriggers
the DIS ignitioncoiI. Once the ECMtriggers the DIS igni-
tion coiI, both of the connected spark pIugs fire at the
same time. One cyIinder is on its compression stroke at
the same time that the other is on the exhaust stroke,
resuIting in Iower energy needed to fire the spark pIug
in the cyIinder on its exhaust stroke. This Ieaves the re-
mainder of the high voItage to be used to fire the spark
pIug in the cyIinder on its compression stroke. Since the
CPS is in a fixed position, timing adjustments are not
possibIe or needed.
Test Description
tabIe.
2. It is important to check for the presence of spark to
aII of the cyIinders to isoIate the probIem to either
DIS ignition coiI inputs or outputs.
5. Incheckingthe ECMoutputs for the eIectronicspark
timingsignaI, it recommendedtouseanosciIIoscope
to view the varying voItage signaIs. In measuring
these outputs with a voItmeter, intermittent errors
mayoccur that cannot beseenbyavoItmeter.
6. After confirming ECMinputs for the eIectronic spark
timingtothe DIS ignitioncoiI are OK, it can be deter-
mined that a fauIty DIS ignition coiI is the probIem.
11. After confirming proper CPS inputs to the ECMand
the Iack of wiring probIems, it can be determined
that the ECM is at fauIt.
24. This step, aIong with Step 25, checks for battery
voItage and a ground to the DIS ignition coiI.
Ignition System Check (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
1. Remove the spark pIugs.
2. Inspect for wet sparkpIugs, cracks, wear, improper
gap, burnedeIectrodes, or heavydeposits.
3. RepIace the spark pIugs as needed.
-
2
-
3
2. RepIace any ignition wire(s) with a resistance
above the vaIue specified.
ignition wires.
Is spark present from aII of the ignition wires? 30,000 : System OK Go to Step 4
4
Is spark present from at Ieast one of the ignition
wires, but not aII of the ignition wires? - Go to Step 5 Go to Step 12
5
6
7
coiI connector terminaI B to the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) connector terminaI C14.
-
8
coiI connector terminaI A to the ECM connector ter-
minaI D14.
-
9
ignition wires.
-
System OK
-
Ignition System Check (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
10
1. RepIace the DIS ignition coiI.
ignition wires.
-
System OK
-
11
1. RepIace the ECM.
ignition wires.
-
System OK
-
12
connector.
terminaIs 1 and 2.
13
terminaIs 1 and 3.
terminaIs 2 and 3.
Is the resistance infinite (open circuit)? R Go to Step 14 Go to Step 28
14
terminaIs 1 and 3
15
16
naI 1 and the ECM connector terminaI B14 for an
open or short.
-
17
naI 3 and ground for an open or short.
-
18
naI 1 and the ECM connector terminaI B14.
-
System OK
-
19
naI 3 and ground.
-
System OK
-
20
terminaIs 2 and 3.
21
Ignition System Check (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
22
naI 2 and the ECM connector terminaI A16 for an
open or short.
-
23
naI 2 and the ECM connector terminaI A16.
-
System OK
-
24
2. Connect a test Iight between the DIS ignition coiI
connector terminaI D and ground.
-
25
Connect a test Iight between the DIS ignition coiI
connector terminaI C and battery positive.
-
26
-
Go to Step 29
-
27
Repair the wire between the DIS ignition coiI con-
nector terminaI C and ground.
-
System OK
-
28
RepIace the CPS.
- System OK -
29
RepIace the fuse F15 or repair the open in the wiring
-
System OK
-
A202F052
ENGINE COOLING FAN CIRCUIT CHECK -- WITHOUT A/C
Circuit Description
The engine cooIing fan circuit operates the cooIing fan.
The cooIing fan is controIIed by the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) basedoninput fromthe cooIant tempera-
ture sensor (CTS). The ECM controIs the Iow-speed
cooIing fan operation by internaIIy grounding the ECM
connector terminaI A9. This energizes the Iow-speed
cooIing fan reIay and operates the cooIing fan at Iow
speed. The Iow-speed cooIing fan operation is achieved
by the cooIing fan resistor causing a drop in the voItage
suppIied to the cooIing fan. The ECM controIs the high-
speed cooIing fan operation by internaIIy grounding the
ECM connector terminaI B4. This energizes the high-
speedcooIingfan reIay, bypassingthe radiator fanresis-
tor. This resuIts in high-speed cooIing fan operation.
Diagnostic Aids
- If the owner compIainedof an overheating probIem, it
must be determined if the compIaint was due to an
actuaI boiI over, or the engine cooIant temperature
gauge indicated overheating. If the engine is over-
heating and the cooIing fans are on, the cooIing sys-
tem shouId be checked.
- If the I/P fuse bIock fuse F19 or the engine fuse bIock
fuse EF4 become open (bIown) immediateIy after
instaIIation, inspect for a short to ground in the wiring
of the appropriate circuit. If the fuses become open
(bIown) when the cooIingfan is tobe turnedon by the
ECM, suspect a fauIty cooIing fan motor.
- The ECM wiII turn the cooIing fans on at Iow speed
when the cooIant temperature is 93EC (199EF). The
ECM wiII turn the cooIing fans off when the cooIant
temperature is 90EC (194EF).
- The ECM wiII turn the cooIing fans on at high speed
ECM wiII change the cooIing fans from high speed to
Iow speed when the cooIant temperature is 94EC
(201EF).
- The cooIing fan circuit can be checkedquickIy by dis-
connecting the ECM 24-pin connector and grounding
the connector terminaI A9. This shouId create Iow-
speed cooIing fan operation with the ignition ON. By
grounding the ECM connector terminaIs A9 and B4
and turning the ignition ON, high-speed cooIing fan
operation shouId be achieved.
Test Description
tabIe.
4. This step, aIongwith Step 5, checks for the abiIity of
the ECM to operate the cooIing fans.
22. By directIy grounding the ECM connector terminaIs
A9 andB4, the cooIingfanshouIdrunat highspeed.
Engine CooIing Fan Circuit Check -- Without A/C (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
1. Check the I/P fuse bIock fuse 19.
2. RepIace the fuse as needed.
Is the fuse OK?
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
3
1. Check the engine fuse bIock fuse EF4.
Is the fuse OK?
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
4
2. Connect the scan tooI to the assembIy Iine
4. The cooIing fan shouId run at Iow speed when the
cooIant temperature reaches 93EC (199EF).
Does the cooIing fan run at Iow speed?
-
5
4. The cooIing fan shouId run at high speed when
the cooIant temperature reaches 97EC (207EF).
Does the cooIing fan run at high speed?
-
6
24-pin connector.
3. Connect a fused jumper between the ECM
connector terminaI A9 and ground.
-
7
3. Disconnect the cooIing fan connector.
4. Connect a test Iight between the cooIing fan
connector terminaI B and ground.
-
Engine CooIing Fan Circuit Check -- Without A/C (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
8
connector terminaI A and battery positive.
-
9
2. Disconnect the Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay.
3. Connect a test Iight between the Iow-speed
cooIing fan reIay connector terminaI 85 and
ground.
-
10
ground.
-
11
Connect a test Iight between the Iow-speed cooIing
fan reIay connector terminaI 87 and battery positive.
-
12
battery positive.
-
13
Repair the open wire between the Iow-speed cooIing
fan reIay connector terminaI 85 and the ignition
switch.
-
System OK
-
14
fan reIay connector terminaI 30 and the fuse EF4.
-
System OK
-
15
fan reIay connector terminaI 86 and the ECM con-
nector terminaI A9.
-
System OK
-
16
Check for an open wire between the Iow-speed
cooIing fan connector terminaI 87 and the cooIing
fan connector terminaI B.
-
17
Check for an open wire between the cooIing fan
connector terminaI A and ground.
-
18
RepIace the cooIing fan.
- System OK -
19
RepIace the Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay.
- System OK -
20
- System OK -
Engine CooIing Fan Circuit Check -- Without A/C (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
21
RepIace the ECM.
- System OK -
22
2. Disconnect the ECM 24-pin connector.
connector terminaI B4 and ground.
-
23
2. Disconnect the high-speed cooIing fan reIay.
3. Connect a test Iight between the high-speed
ground.
-
24
ground.
-
25
Connect a test Iight between the high-speed cooIing
-
26
2. Connect a test Iight between the high-speed reIay
-
27
RepIace the high-speed cooIing fan reIay.
- System OK -
28
Repair the open wire between the high-speed cooI-
ing fan connector terminaI 86 and the ignition switch.
-
System OK
-
29
ing fan reIay connector terminaI 30 and the fuse
EF4.
-
System OK
-
30
ing fan reIay connector terminaI 87 and the cooIing
-
System OK
-
31
ing fan reIay connector terminaI 85 and the ECM
connector terminaI B4.
-
System OK
-
A202F053
ENGINE COOLING FAN CIRCUIT CHECK -- WITHOUT A/C
Circuit Description
The engine cooIing fan circuit operates the cooIing fan.
The cooIing fan is controIIed by the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) basedoninput fromthe cooIant tempera-
ture sensor (CTS). The ECM controIs the Iow-speed
cooIing fan operation by internaIIy grounding the ECM
connector terminaI A10. This energizes the Iow-speed
cooIing fan reIay and operates the cooIing fan at Iow
speed. The Iow-speed cooIing fan operation is achieved
by the cooIing fan resistor causing a drop in the voItage
suppIied to the cooIing fan. The ECM controIs the high-
speed cooIing fan operation by internaIIy grounding the
ECM connector terminaI A14. This energizes the high-
speedcooIingfan reIay, bypassingthe radiator fanresis-
tor. This resuIts in high-speed cooIing fan operation.
Diagnostic Aids
- If the owner compIained of an overheating probIem,
it must be determined if the compIaint was due to an
heating and the cooIing fans are on, the cooIing sys-
tem shouId be checked.
- If the I/P fuse bIock fuse F19 or the engine fuse bIock
fuse EF4 become open (bIown) immediateIy after
instaIIation, inspect for a short to ground in the wiring
of the appropriate circuit. If the fuses become open
(bIown) when the cooIingfan is tobe turnedon by the
ECM, suspect a fauIty cooIing fan motor.
(201EF).
connecting the ECM connector and grounding the
connector terminaI A10. This shouId create Iow-
groundingthe ECMconnector terminaIs A10 andA14
Test Description
tabIe.
4. This step, aIong with step 5, checks for the abiIity of
A10 and A14, the cooIing fan shouId run at high
speed.
Engine CooIing Fan Circuit Check -- Without A/C (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
1. Check the I/P fuse bIock fuse 19.
Is the fuse OK?
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
3
Is the fuse OK?
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
4
4. The cooIing fan shouId run at Iow speed when the
cooIant temperature reaches 93EC (199EF).
-
5
4. The cooIing fan shouId run at high speed when
-
6
connector.
-
7
3. Disconnect the cooIing fan connector.
-
(Cont'd)
8
-
9
ground.
-
10
ground.
-
11
Connect a test Iight between the Iow-speed cooIing
-
12
battery positive.
-
13
fan reIay connector terminaI 85 and the ignition
switch.
-
System OK
-
14
fan reIay connector terminaI 30 and the fuse EF4.
-
System OK
-
15
nector terminaI A10.
-
System OK
-
16
Check for an open wire between the Iow-speed
cooIing fan connector terminaI 87 and the cooIing
-
17
Check for an open wire between the cooIing fan
connector terminaI A and ground.
-
18
RepIace the cooIing fan.
- System OK -
19
- System OK -
20
- System OK -
(Cont'd)
21
RepIace the ECM.
- System OK -
22
2. Disconnect the ECM connector.
-
23
ground.
-
24
ground.
-
25
Connect a test Iight between the high-speed cooIing
-
26
2. Connect a test Iight between the high-speed reIay
-
27
- System OK -
28
ing fan connector terminaI 86 and the ignition switch.
-
System OK
-
29
ing fan reIay connector terminaI 30 and the fuse
EF4.
-
System OK
-
30
ing fan reIay connector terminaI 87 and the cooIing
-
System OK
-
31
connector terminaI A14.
-
System OK
-
A202F026
ENGINE COOLING FAN CIRCUIT CHECK -- WITH A/C (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
The engine cooIing fan circuit operates the main cooIing
fan and the auxiIiary cooIing fan. The cooIing fans are
controIIedby the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) based
on inputs from the cooIant temperature sensor (CTS)
and the air conditioning pressure (ACP) sensor. The
ECMcontroIs the Iow-speedcooIing fan operation by in-
ternaIIy grounding the ECM connector terminaI A9. This
energizes the Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay and operates
the main cooIing fan and the auxiIiary cooIing fan at Iow
speed as the cooIing fans are connected in a series cir-
cuit. The ECM controIs the high-speed cooIing fan op-
eration by internaIIy grounding the ECM connector
terminaI A9 and the ECM connector terminaI B4 at
the same time. This energizes the Iow-speedcooIingfan
reIay, the high-speed cooIing fan reIay, and the series/
paraIIeI cooIing fan reIay resuIting in high-speed fan op-
eration as the cooIing fans are now connected in a
paraIIeI circuit.
Diagnostic Aids
heating and the cooIing fans are on, the cooIing
system shouId be checked.
- If the engine fuse bIock fuses EF4 become open
(bIown) immediateIy after instaIIation, inspect for a
short togroundin the wiring of the appropriate circuit.
If the fuses become open (bIown) when the cooIing
fans are tobe turnedon by the ECM, suspect a fauIty
cooIing fan motor.
(208EF).
when the air conditioning (A/C) system is on. The
ECM wiII change the cooIing fans from Iow speed
to high speed when the high-side A/C pressure is
1 882 kPa (273 psi), then return to Iow speed when
the high-side A/C pressure is 1 448 kPa (210 psi).
When the A/C systemis on, the ECMwiII change the
cooIing fans fromIowto high speed when the cooIant
temperature reaches 117EC (243EF) then return to
Iow speed when the cooIant temperature reaches
114EC (237EF).
connectingthe ECMredconnector andgroundingthe
connector terminaI A9. This shouId create Iow-speed
cooIingfan operation with the ignition ON. By ground-
ingthe ECMconnector terminaIs A9 andB4 andturn-
ing the ignition ON, high-speed cooIing fan operation
shouId be achieved.
Test Description
tabIe.
the ECM to operate the cooIing fans in response to
A/C pressure readings.
16. After confirming battery voItage and the ECM sup-
pIying a ground to the coiI side of the Iow-speed
cooIingfanreIay, jumper connector terminaIs 30 and
87 to determine if the reIay is at fauIt or a wiring
probIem is present.
31. This stepchecks for the presence of battery voItage
tothe main cooIingfan when the A/Cis on. If battery
voItage is present andthe cooIing fans are not oper-
ating, the probIem is in the ground side of the cooI-
ing fan circuit.
A9 and B4, the main and auxiIiary cooIing fans
shouId run at high speed.
Engine CooIing Fan Circuit Check -- With A/C (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Is the fuse OK?
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
3
1. Check the I/P fuse bIock fuse F19.
Is the fuse OK?
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
4
2. Turn the air conditioning (A/C) switch OFF.
5. The cooIing fans shouId run at Iow speed when
Do the cooIing fans run at Iow speed?
-
Engine CooIing Fan Circuit Check -- With A/C (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
5
2. Turn the A/C switch OFF.
5. The cooIing fans shouId run at high speed when
Do the cooIing fans run at high speed?
-
6
3. Turn the A/C switch ON.
Does the A/C compressor cIutch engage?
-
7
1. Diagnose the A/C compressor cIutch circuit.
2. Repair the A/C compressor cIutch circuit as
needed.
-
Go to Step 8
-
8 Do the cooIing fans run at Iow speed? - Go to Step 9 Go to Step 31
9
2. Connect the A/C pressure gauges.
the high-side A/C pressure reaches 1 882 kPa
(273 psi).
-
System OK
-
10
3. The cooIant temperature shouId be above 97EC
(207EC).
4. Disconnect the main cooIing fan connector.
6. Connect a test Iight between the main cooIing fan
-
11
(207EC).
-
12
ground.
-
13
2. Connect the Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay.
red connector.
-
14
Check for an open wire between the Iow-speed cooI-
-
15
ground.
-
16
Connect a fused jumper between the Iow-speed
cooIing fan reIay connector terminaIs 30 and 87.
-
17
1. Disconnect the series/paraIIeI cooIing fan reIay.
2. Connect a fused jumper between the Iow-speed
3. Connect a fused jumper between the
series/paraIIeI cooIing fan reIay connector
terminaIs 30 and 87.
-
18
Check the wire between the Iow-speed cooIing fan
reIay connector terminaI 87 to the main cooIing fan
connector terminaI B for an open.
-
19
Check the wire between the main cooIing fan
connector terminaI A and the series/paraIIeI cooIing
fan reIay connector terminaI 30 for an open.
-
20
Check the wire between the series/paraIIeI cooIing
fan reIay connector terminaI 87 and the auxiIiary
cooIing fan connector terminaI B for an open.
-
21
Check for an open wire between the auxiIiary cooIing
fan connector terminaI A and ground.
-
22
Repair the open wire as needed.
- System OK -
23
Repair the open between the Iow-speed cooIing fan
reIay connector terminaI 30 and the fuse EF4.
-
System OK
-
24
reIay connector terminaI 86 and the ignition switch.
-
System OK
-
25
nector terminaI A9.
-
System OK
-
26
- System OK -
27
RepIace the series/paraIIeI cooIing fan reIay.
- System OK -
28
RepIace the main cooIing fan.
- System OK -
29
RepIace the auxiIiary cooIing fan.
- System OK -
30
RepIace the ECM.
- System OK -
31
-
32
-
33
ground.
-
34
ground.
-
35
2. Connect a test Iight between the series/paraIIeI
ground.
-
36
battery positive.
-
37
1. Connect the main cooIing fan connector.
2. Connect the high-speed cooIing fan reIay.
3. Connect the series/paraIIeI cooIing fan reIay.
-
38
2. Check for an open wire between the high-speed
cooIing fan reIay connector terminaI 86 and the
-
39
battery positive.
-
40
battery positive.
-
41
4. Connect a fused jumper between the high-speed
-
42
-
Go to Step 27
-
43
- System OK -
44
ing fan reIay connector terminaI 85 and the ignition
switch.
-
System OK
-
45
ing fan reIay connector terminaI 30 and the battery.
-
System OK
-
46
Repair the open wire between the series/paraIIeI
cooIing fan reIay connector terminaI 86 and the igni-
tion switch.
-
System OK
-
47
cooIing fan reIay connector terminaI 87 and ground.
- System OK -
48
ing fan reIay connector terminaI 87 and the auxiIiary
cooIing fan connector terminaI B.
-
System OK
-
49
cooIing fan reIay connector terminaI 85 and the ECM
-
System OK
-
%/$1.
A202F027
ENGINE COOLING FAN CIRCUIT CHECK -- WITH A/C
Circuit Description
The engine cooIing fan circuit operates the main cooIing
fan and the auxiIiary cooIing fan. The cooIing fans are
controIIedby the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) based
on inputs from the cooIant temperature sensor (CTS)
and the air conditioning pressure (ACP) sensor. The
ECMcontroIs the Iow-speedcooIing fan operation by in-
ternaIIy grounding the ECM connector terminaI A10.
This energizes the Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay and op-
erates the main cooIing fan and the auxiIiary cooIing fan
at Iow speed as the cooIing fans are connected in a se-
ries circuit. The ECM controIs the high-speed cooIing
fan operation by internaIIy grounding the ECM connec-
tor terminaI A10 andthe ECMconnector terminaI A14 at
the same time. This energizes the Iow-speedcooIingfan
reIay, the high-speed cooIing fan reIay, and the series/
paraIIeI cooIing fan reIay resuIting in high-speed fan op-
eration as the cooIing fans are now connected in a
paraIIeI circuit.
Diagnostic Aids
heating and the cooIing fans are on, the cooIing
system shouId be checked.
- If the engine fuse bIock fuses EF3 or EF8 become
open (bIown) immediateIy after instaIIation, inspect
for a short to ground in the wiring of the appropriate
circuit. If the fuses become open (bIown) when the
cooIing fans are tobe turnedon by the ECM, suspect
a fauIty cooIing fan motor.
(201EF).
when the air conditioning (A/C) system is on. The
ECM wiII change the cooIing fans from Iow speed to
high speed when the high-side A/C pressure is 1 882
kPa (273 psi), then return to Iow speed when the
high-side A/C pressure is 1 448 kPa (210 psi). When
the A/C system is on, the ECM wiII change the cooI-
ingfans fromIowtohighspeedwhenthe cooIant tem-
perature reaches 115EC (239EF) then return to Iow
speed when the cooIant temperature reaches 112EC
(234EF).
connectingthe ECMredconnector andgroundingthe
connector terminaI A10. This shouId create Iow-
groundingthe ECMconnector terminaIs A10 andA14
Test Description
tabIe.
the ECM to operate the cooIing fans in response to
A/C pressure readings.
16. After confirming battery voItage and the ECM sup-
pIying a ground to the coiI side of the Iow-speed
cooIingfanreIay, jumper connector terminaIs 30 and
87 to determine if the reIay is at fauIt or a wiring
probIem is present.
tothe main cooIingfan when the A/Cis on. If battery
voItage is present andthe cooIing fans are not oper-
ating, the probIem is in the ground side of the cooI-
ing fan circuit.
A10 and A14, the main and auxiIiary cooIing fans
shouId run at high speed.
Engine CooIing Fan Circuit Check -- With A/C (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Is the fuse OK?
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
3
1. Check the I/P fuse bIock fuse F19.
Is the fuse OK?
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
4
2. Turn the air conditioning (A/C) switch OFF.
5. The cooIing fans shouId run at Iow speed when
-
Engine CooIing Fan Circuit Check -- With A/C(1.3L SOHCand 1.6L DOHCITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
5
2. Turn the A/C switch OFF.
-
6
-
7
1. Diagnose the A/C compressor cIutch circuit.
2. Repair the A/C compressor cIutch circuit as
needed.
-
Go to Step 8
-
8 Do the cooIing fans run at Iow speed? - Go to Step 9 Go to Step 31
9
2. Connect the A/C pressure gauges.
the high-side A/C pressure reaches 1 882 kPa
(273 psi).
-
System OK
-
10
(199EC).
-
11
(199EC).
-
12
ground.
-
13
red connector.
-
14
Check for an open wire between the Iow-speed cooI-
-
15
ground.
-
16
Connect a fused jumper between the Iow-speed
-
17
-
18
Check the wire between the Iow-speed cooIing fan
reIay connector terminaI 87 to the main cooIing fan
connector terminaI B for an open.
-
19
Check the wire between the main cooIing fan
connector terminaI A and the series/paraIIeI cooIing
fan reIay connector terminaI 30 for an open.
-
20
Check the wire between the series/paraIIeI cooIing
fan reIay connector terminaI 87 and the auxiIiary
cooIing fan connector terminaI B for an open.
-
21
Check for an open wire between the auxiIiary cooIing
fan connector terminaI A and ground.
-
22
Repair the open wire as needed.
- System OK -
23
reIay connector terminaI 30 and the fuse EF4.
-
System OK
-
24
reIay connector terminaI 86 and the ignition switch.
-
System OK
-
25
nector terminaI A10.
-
System OK
-
26
- System OK -
27
RepIace the series/paraIIeI cooIing fan reIay.
- System OK -
28
RepIace the main cooIing fan.
- System OK -
29
RepIace the auxiIiary cooIing fan.
- System OK -
30
RepIace the ECM.
- System OK -
31
-
32
-
33
ground.
-
34
ground.
-
35
ground.
-
36
battery positive.
-
37
1. Connect the main cooIing fan connector.
-
38
2. Check for an open wire between the high-speed
ECM connector terminaI A14.
-
39
battery positive.
-
40
battery positive.
-
41
4. Connect a fused jumper between the high-speed
-
42
-
Go to Step 27
-
43
- System OK -
44
ing fan reIay connector terminaI 85 and the ignition
switch.
-
System OK
-
45
ing fan reIay connector terminaI 30 and the battery.
-
System OK
-
46
cooIing fan reIay connector terminaI 86 and the igni-
tion switch.
-
System OK
-
47
cooIing fan reIay connector terminaI 87 and ground.
-
System OK
-
48
ing fan reIay connector terminaI 87 and the auxiIiary
cooIing fan connector terminaI B.
-
System OK
-
49
cooIing fan reIay connector terminaI 85 and the ECM
-
System OK
-
FUEL INJECTOR BALANCE TEST
A fueI injector tester is usedtoenergize the injector for a
precise amount of time, thus spraying a measured
amount of fueI into the intake manifoId. This causes a
drop in the fueI raiI pressure that can be recorded and
usedtocompare each of the fueI injectors. AII of the fueI
injectors shouId have the same pressure drop 10 kPa
(1.5 psi).
Injector BaIance Test ExampIe
CyIinder 1 2 3 4
First Reading 296 kPa
(43 psi)
296 kPa
(43 psi)
296 kPa
(43 psi)
296 kPa
(43 psi)
Second Reading 131 kPa
(19 psi)
117 kPa
(17 psi)
124 kPa
(18 psi)
145 kPa
(21 psi)
Amount Of Drop 165 kPa
(24 psi)
179 kPa
(26 psi)
172 kPa
(25 psi)
151 kPa
(22 psi)
Average Range: 156-176 kPa
(22.5-25.5 psi)
Injector OK FauIty Injector -
Too Much
Pressure Drop
Injector OK FauIty Injector -
Too LittIe
Pressure Drop
avoid fueI spiIIage and the risk of personaI injury or
fire, it is necessary to reIieve the fueI system presC
sure before disconnecting the fueI Iines.
Caution: Do not pinch or restrict nyIon fueI Iines.
Damage to the Iines couId cause a fueI Ieak, resuItC
ing in possibIe fire or personaI injury.
Notice: In order toprevent fIoodingof the engine, donot
perform the Injector BaIance Test more than once (in-
cIuding any retest on fauIty fueI injectors) without run-
ning the engine.
Test
1. An engine cooI down period of 10 minutes is neces-
sary in order to avoid irreguIar readings due to hot
soak fueI boiIing.
2. Connect the fueI pressure gauge carefuIIy to avoid
any fueI spiIIage.
3. The fueI pump shouId run about 2 seconds after the
ignition is turned to the ON position.
4. Insert a cIear tube attached to the vent vaIve of the
fueI pressure gauge into a suitabIe container.
5. BIeed the air from the fueI pressure gauge and the
hose untiI aII of the air is bIed from the fueI pressure
gauge.
6. The ignition switch must be in the OFF position at
Ieast 10 seconds in order to compIete the eIectronic
controI moduIe (ECM) shutdown cycIe.
7. Turn the ignition ONin order to get the fueI pressure
to its maximum IeveI.
8. AIIow the fueI pressure to stabiIize and then record
this initiaI pressure reading. Wait untiI there is no
movement of the needIe on the fueI pressure gauge.
9. FoIIowthe manufacturer's instructions for the use of
the adapter harness. Energize the fueI injector test-
er once and note the fueI pressure dropat its Iowest
point. Record this second reading. Subtract it from
the first reading to determine the amount of the fueI
pressure drop.
10. Disconnect the fueI injector tester from the fueI in-
jector.
11. After turningthe ignition ON, in order toobtainmaxi-
mum pressure once again, make a connection at
the next fueI injector. Energize the fueI injector test-
er and record the fueI pressure reading. Repeat this
procedure for aII the injectors.
12. Retest any of the fueI injectors for which the pres-
sure dropexceeds the 10 kPa (1.5 psi) specification.
13. RepIace any of the fueI injectors that faiI the retest.
14. If the pressure dropof aII of the fueI injectors is with-
in 10 kPa (1.5 psi), thenthe fueI injectors are fIowing
normaIIy and no repIacement shouId be necessary.
15. Reconnect the fueI injector harness and review the
symptom diagnostic tabIes.
A202F059
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) 1
TCMPWMLOW (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The throttIe position angIe is computed by the transaxIe
controI moduIe (TCM) and the eIectronic controI moduIe
(ECM) fromthe throttIe positionsensor (TPS) voItage in-
put.
DTC 1 WiII Set When
- TCMPWM output short to ground (TPS: 0 - 5%) is
present for more than 2 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
- An intermittent probIem may be caused by a poor
connection, rubbed through wire insuIation, or a bro-
ken wire inside the insuIation.
Test Description
tabIe.
4. This step checks to see if the TCM is receiving TPS
signaI voItage.
DTC 1 -- TCMPWM Low (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Step Action VaIue Yes No
1
Determine whether the Diagnostic System Check
has been performed.
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
2. Connect a voItmeter to terminaI C13 of the
transaxIe controI moduIe (TCM) and ground.
Does the voItmeter show the vaIue specified?
6 v Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
3
2. RepIace the TCM.
-
System OK
-
DTC 1 -- TCMPWM Low (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
4
1. To determine if the TCM is receiving throttIe
position sensor (TPS) signaI voItage, begin by
turning the ignition OFF.
2. Disconnect the eIectricaI connectors at the TCM.
3. Disconnect the eIectricaI connectors at the
eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM).
4. Check the wire from terminaI C13 of the TCM to
terminaI A9 of the ECM for a short to ground.
-
5
Repair the short to ground between terminaI C13 of
the TCM and terminaI A9 of the ECM.
-
System OK
-
6
RepIace the ECM.
- System OK -
A202F059
TCMPWMHIGH (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The throttIe position angIe is computed by the transaxIe
controI moduIe (TCM) and the eIectronic controI moduIe
(ECM) fromthe throttIe positionsensor (TPS) voItage in-
put.
DTC 2 WiII Set When
- TCMPWM output short to battery voItage (TPS: 95 -
100%) is present for more than 2 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
connection, rubbed through wire insuIation, or a
broken wire inside the insuIation.
Test Description
tabIe.
4. This step checks to see if the TCM is receiving TPS
signaI voItage.
DTC 2 -- TCMPWM High (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
has been performed.
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
2. Connect a voItmeter to terminaI C13 of the
transaxIe controI moduIe (TCM) and ground.
Does the voItmeter show the vaIue specified?
3
2. RepIace the TCM.
-
System OK
-
DTC 2 -- TCMPWM High (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
4
1. To determine if the TCM is receiving throttIe
position sensor (TPS) signaI voItage, begin by
turning the ignition OFF.
2. Disconnect the eIectricaI connectors at the TCM.
3. Disconnect the eIectricaI connectors at the
4. Check the wire from terminaI C13 of the TCM to
terminaI A9 of the ECM for a short to battery
voItage.
-
5
Repair the short to battery voItage between terminaI
C13 of the TCM and terminaI A9 of the ECM.
-
System OK
-
6
RepIace the ECM.
- System OK -
A202F027
FAN NUMBER TWO LOW (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The high-speed cooIing fan reIay is controIIed by the
eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM). The ECM appIies a
ground to the high-speed cooIing fan reIay, whiIe aIso
appIying ground to the Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay, to
achieve high-speed cooIing fan operation. The ECMde-
termines when to activate the high-speed cooIing fan
reIay depending on the cooIant temperature and the air
conditioning (A/C) system high-side pressure.
DTC 3 WiII Set When
- An open or short to ground condition exists and this
condition is present for more than 2 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
Test Description
tabIe.
4. This step checks for an open or shorted reIay.
11. This stepchecks for the abiIity of the ECMtoground
the fan circuits.
DTC 3 -- Fan Number Two Low (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
has been performed.
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Inspect the fuse F19.
Is the fuse in good condition?
-
3
2. CIear any diagnostic troubIe codes (DTCs) from
the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM).
3. Perform the Diagnostic System Check.
-
System OK
-
4
2. Measure the resistance between the high-speed
cooIing fan reIay terminaIs 85 and 86.
Is the circuit open or shorted to ground?
-
5
1. RepIace the high-speed cooIing fan reIay.
2. CIear any DTCs from the ECM.
-
System OK
-
6
2. Measure the resistance between the
series/paraIIeI cooIing fan reIay terminaIs 85
and 86.
-
7
1. RepIace the series/paraIIeI cooIing fan reIay.
-
System OK
-
8
between the high-speed cooIing fan reIay connector
terminaI 85 and the ECM connector terminaI A14.
-
9
between the series/paraIIeI cooIing fan reIay
connector terminaI 85 and ECM connector terminaI
A14.
-
10
1. Repair the open or short to ground in the wiring.
-
System OK
-
11
4. Connect the ECM red connector.
5. Jumper terminaIs A and B of the assembIy Iine
diagnostic Iink (ALDL) connector.
7. With a test Iight connected to battery voItage,
backprobe the ECM connector terminaI A14.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
Go to Step 12
DTC 3 -- Fan Number Two Low (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
12
3. Inspect for a poor connection at the ECM
-
13
1. Repair or repIace the connector terminaI as
needed.
-
System OK
-
14
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
%/$1.
A202F027
FAN NUMBER TWO HIGH (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The high-speed cooIing fan reIay is controIIed by the
ground to the high-speed cooIing fan reIay, whiIe aIso
appIying ground to the Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay, to
achieve high-speed cooIing fan operation. The ECMde-
termines when to activate the high-speed cooIing fan
reIay depending on the cooIant temperature and the air
conditioning (A/C) system high-side pressure.
DTC 4 WiII Set When
- A short to battery voItage condition exists and this
Diagnostic Aids
Test Description
tabIe.
2. This step checks the wires for a short to battery voIt-
age.
4. This step checks for a shorted reIay.
DTC 4 -- Fan Number Two High (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
has been performed.
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
red connector.
2. Disconnect the high-speed cooIing fan reIay and
the series/paraIIeI cooIing fan reIay.
3. Measure the voItage between the ECM connector
terminaI A14 and ground.
Does the voItage measure within the vaIue
specified? 0 v Go to Step 4 Go to Step 3
3
1. Repair the short to voItage between the
high-speed cooIing fan reIay or the series/paraIIeI
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
4
Measure the resistance between the high-speed
Does the resistance measure near the vaIue
specified? { 0 : Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
5
1. RepIace the high-speed cooIing fan reIay.
-
System OK
-
6
Measure the resistance between the series/paraIIeI
7
1. RepIace the series/paraIIeI cooIing fan reIay.
-
System OK
-
8
Inspect for a poor connection at the ECM connector
terminaI A14.
-
9
needed.
-
System OK
-
10
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
A202F027
FAN NUMBER ONE LOW (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay is controIIed by the
ground to the Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay to achieve
Iow-speed cooIing fan operation. The ECM determines
when to activate the Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay de-
pending on the cooIant temperature and the air condi-
tioning(A/C) systemhigh-side pressure.
DTC 5 WiII Set When
- An open or short to ground condition exits and this
Diagnostic Aids
Test Description
tabIe.
8. This step checks for the abiIity of the ECM to ground
the fan circuits.
DTC 5 -- Fan Number One Low (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
has been performed.
-
Go to Step 2 Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Inspect the fuse F19.
Is the fuse in good condition?
-
3
-
System OK
-
4
2. Measure the resistance between the Iow-speed
-
5
1. RepIace the Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay.
-
System OK
-
6
between the Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay connector
terminaI 85 and the ECM connector terminaI A10.
-
7
1. Repair the open or short to ground in the wiring.
-
System OK
-
8
diagnostic Iink (ALDL) connector.
6. With a test Iight connected to battery voItage,
backprobe the ECM connector terminaI A10.
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
Go to Step 9
9
3. Inspect for a poor connection at the ECM
-
10
needed.
-
System OK
-
11
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
A202F027
FAN NUMBER ONE HIGH (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay is controIIed by the
ground to the Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay to achieve
Iow-speed cooIing fan operation. The ECM determines
when to activate the Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay de-
pending on the cooIant temperature and the air condi-
tioning (A/C) system high-side pressure.
DTC 6 WiII Set When
- A short to battery voItage condition exists and this
Diagnostic Aids
Test Description
tabIe.
2. This step checks the wires for a short to battery
voItage.
DTC 6 -- Fan Number Two High (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
has been performed.
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
red connector.
3. Measure the voItage between the ECM connector
terminaI A10 and ground.
specified? 0 v Go to Step 4 Go to Step 3
3
1. Repair the short to voItage between the
Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay connector terminaI 86
and the ECM connector terminaI A10.
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
4
Measure the resistance between the Iow-speed
5
1. RepIace the Iow-speed cooIing fan reIay.
-
System OK
-
6
Inspect for a poor connection at the ECM connector
terminaI A10.
-
7
needed.
-
System OK
-
8
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
A202F057
EGR ON/OFF SOLENOID LOW (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) operates a soIe-
noid to controI the back pressure (BP) exhaust gas
recircuIation (EGR) vaIve.
The soIenoid is normaIIy cIosed. By providing a ground
path, the ECM energizes the soIenoid, which then aI-
Iows vacuum to pass to the EGR vaIve.
The ECMmonitors EGR effectiveness by de-energizing
the EGR soIenoid and shutting off vacuum to the EGR
vaIve. With the EGR vaIve cIosed and the oxygen (O
)
sensor fIuctuating normaIIy, short-term fueI trim counts
wiII be greater than they were during normaI operation.
DTC 7 WiII Set When
- A short to ground condition exits.
- This condition is present for more than 2 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
- Inspect the ECM wiring harness connectors for im-
proper mating, broken Iocks, improperIy formed or
damaged terminaIs, a poor terminaI-to-wire connec-
tion, or a damaged harness.
- If the connections and the wiring harness are in good
condition, connect a test Iight between the controIIed
canister purge (CCP) soIenoid connector terminaI 2
and battery positive whiIe moving reIatedconnectors.
If the fauIt is induced, the test Iight wiII turn on. This
may heIp to isoIate the Iocation of an intermittent
probIem.
Test Description
tabIe.
2. Withthe ignitionOFF the ECMshouIdnot be appIying
ground to the EGR soIenoid.
3. If the test Iight is stiII on after disconnecting the ECM
red connector the wire between the EGR soIenoid
and the ECM is shorted to ground. If the test Iight
goes off, the ECM is at fauIt.
DTC 7 -- EGR On/Off SoIenoid Low (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
has been performed.
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
1. Disconnect the exhaust gas recircuIation (EGR)
soIenoid connector.
2. Connect a test Iight between the EGR soIenoid
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
3
Disconnect the ECM red connector.
-
4
1. Repair the short to ground in the wire between
the EGR soIenoid connector terminaI 2 and the
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
5
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
A202F057
EGR ON/OFF SOLENOID HIGH (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) operates a soIe-
noid to controI the back pressure (BP) exhaust gas
The soIenoid is normaIIy cIosed. By providing a ground
path, the ECM energizes the soIenoid, which then aI-
Iows vacuum to pass to the EGR vaIve.
The ECMmonitors EGR effectiveness by de-energizing
the EGR soIenoid and shutting off vacuum to the EGR
vaIve. With the EGR vaIve cIosed and the oxygen (O
)
sensor fIuctuating normaIIy, short-term fueI trim counts
wiII be greater than they were during normaI operation.
DTC 8 WiII Set When
- A short to battery voItage condition exits.
Diagnostic Aids
tion, or a damaged harness.
condition, connect a test Iight between the controIIed
canister purge (CCP) soIenoid connector terminaI 2
and battery positive whiIe moving reIatedconnectors.
If the fauIt is induced, the test Iight wiII turn on. This
may heIp to isoIate the Iocation of an intermittent
probIem.
Test Description
tabIe.
red connector, the wire between the CCP soIenoid
and thd ECM is shorted to voItage. If the test Iight
DTC 8 -- EGR On/Off SoIenoid High (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
has been performed.
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
1. Disconnect the exhaust gas recircuIation (EGR)
soIenoid connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the EGR soIenoid.
specified?
9 0 W Go to Step 6 Go to Step 3
3
1. Disconnect the EGR soIenoid connector.
2. Connect a test Iight between the EGR soIenoid
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
4
Disconnect the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) red
connector.
-
5
1. Repair the short to voItage in the wire between
the EGR soIenoid connector terminaI 2 and the
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
6
1. RepIace the EGR soIenoid.
-
System OK
-
7
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
NO PULSE REFERENCE
Circuit Description
This is a normaI code that the eIectronic controI moduIe
(ECM) stores when the engine is not running and the
ignition key is ON.
DTC 12 WiII Set When
- The engine is not running and the ignition key is ON.
Diagnostic Aids
- This code indicates a normaI condition with no maI-
function noted.
- This code indicates that the ECM has the abiIity to
store codes.
%/$1.
A202F028
OXYGEN SENSOR NOT TOGGLING (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) suppIies a voItage
of about 450 miIIivoIts between the ECM terminaIs
B11 and B10. The oxygen (O
) sensor varies the voIt-

age within a range of about 1 voIt if the exhaust is rich,
down to about 100 miIIivoIts if the exhaust is Iean. The
O
sensor is Iike an open circuit and produces no voIt-

age when it is beIow360EC(680EF). Anopen O
sensor
circuit or a coIdO
sensor causes "open Ioop"operation.

- The engine has been runningfor at Ieast 50 seconds.
- Diagnostic troubIe codes (DTCs) 21, 22, 33, and 34
are not set.
- The throttIe angIe is above 5 percent.
- The cooIant temperature is above 80EC (176EF).
- The O
sensor is steady between 350 miIIivoIts and

550 miIIivoIts.
- These conditions are present for 30 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
NormaI scan tooI voItage varies between 100 miIIivoIts
and 999 miIIivoIts whiIe in cIosed Ioop.
Test Description
tabIe.
1. If the conditions for DTC 13 are present, the engine
controIs system wiII not operate in cIosed Ioop.
5. By making a vacuum Ieak, a Iean running condition
shouId now be present. If the O
sensor toggIes be-

Iow 450 miIIivoIts, the O
sensor is sensing the Iean

runningcondition.
6. BymakingasIight vacuumIeakat themanifoIdabso-
Iute pressure (MAP) sensor, a rich runningcondition
sensor toggIes
above 550 miIIivoIts, the O
sensor is sensing the

richrunningcondition.
10. An open or short to ground in the O
sensor circuit
wiII not aIIow the ECM to operate in cIosed Ioop.
DTC 13 -- Oxygen Sensor Not ToggIing (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
3. Run the engine untiI it reaches operating
temperature.
4. Check for cIosed Ioop operation.
Does the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) go into
cIosed Ioop?
-
3
temperature.
2. Check the oxygen (O
) sensor reading at different

throttIe settings.
Does the scan tooI read the O
sensor input toggIing

between the vaIues specified? 100-900 mv Go to Step 7 Go to Step 4
4
2. Disconnect the O
sensor connector.
3. Check the O
sensor pigtaiI Iead at the sensor.

Is the Iead properIy attached to the sensor?
-
5
1. Reconnect the O
sensor connector.
temperature.
4. Make a vacuum Ieak by disconnecting or partiaIIy
disconnecting a vacuum hose. Do not disconnect
the manifoId absoIute pressure (MAP) sensor.
Does the O
sensor input stay fixed at or beIow the

vaIue specified? 300 mv Go to Step 6 Go to Step 8
6
temperature.
2. Make a sIight vacuum Ieak at the MAP sensor
vacuum hose.
Does the O
sensor input stay fixed at or above the

7
1. CIear the intermittent diagnostic troubIe code
(DTC) 13 from the ECM.
Does DTC 13 reset in the ECM?
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids_
8
2. Disconnect the O
sensor connector.
4. Measure the voItage at the O
sensor connector
on the ECM side of the connector.
Is the voItage within the vaIue specified? 300-600 mv Go to Step 9 Go to Step 10
9
1. RepIace the O
sensor.
-
System OK
-
DTC 13 -- Oxygen Sensor Not ToggIing (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
10
Check for an open or short to ground between the
O
sensor connector and the ECM connector termi-

naI B11.
-
11
1. Repair the wire as needed.
-
System OK
-
12
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
%/$1.
A202F029
OXYGEN SENSOR NOT TOGGLING (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
D9 and C9. The oxygen (O
) sensor varies the voItage

within a range of about 1 voIt if the exhaust is rich, down
toabout 100 miIIivoIts if the exhaust is Iean. The O
sen-
sor is Iike an open circuit and produces no voItage when
it is beIow 360EC (680EF). An open O
sensor circuit or
a coId O
sensor causes "open Ioop" operation.

are not set.
- The O
sensor is steady between 340 miIIivoIts and

540 miIIivoIts.
Diagnostic Aids
NormaI scan tooI voItage varies between 100 miIIivoIts
and 999 miIIivoIts whiIe in cIosed Ioop.
Test Description
tabIe.
1. If the conditions for DTC 13 are present, the engine
controIs system wiII not operate in cIosed Ioop.
5. By making a vacuum Ieak, a Iean running condition
sensor toggIes be-

Iow 450 miIIivoIts, the O
sensor is sensing the Iean

runningcondition.
6. By making a sIight vacuum Ieak at the manifoId ab-
soIute pressure (MAP) sensor, a rich running condi-
tion shouIdnowbe present. If the O
sensor toggIes
above 550 miIIivoIts, the O
sensor is sensing the

rich running condition.
10. An open or short to ground in the O
sensor circuit
wiII not aIIow the ECM to operate in cIosed Ioop.
DTC 13 -- Oxygen Sensor Not ToggIing (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
temperature.
4. Check for cIosed Ioop operation.
Does the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) go into
cIosed Ioop?
-
3
temperature.
2. Check the oxygen (O
) sensor reading at different

throttIe settings.
sensor input toggIing

between the vaIues specified? 100-900 mv Go to Step 7 Go to Step 4
4
2. Disconnect the O
sensor connector.
3. Check the O
sensor pigtaiI Iead at the sensor.

Is the Iead properIy attached to the sensor?
-
5
1. Reconnect the O
sensor connector.
temperature.
4. Make a vacuum Ieak by disconnecting or partiaIIy
disconnecting a vacuum hose. Do not disconnect
the manifoId absoIute pressure (MAP) sensor.
Does the O
sensor input stay fixed at or beIow the

6
temperature.
2. Make a sIight vacuum Ieak at the MAP sensor
vacuum hose.
Does the O
sensor input stay fixed at or above the

7
1. CIear the intermittent diagnostic troubIe code
(DTC) 13 from the ECM.
Does DTC 13 reset in the ECM?
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids_
8
2. Disconnect the O
sensor connector.
4. Measure the voItage at the O
sensor connector
on the ECM side of the connector.
Is the voItage within the vaIue specified? 300-600 mv Go to Step 9 Go to Step 10
9
1. RepIace the O
sensor.
-
System OK
-
DTC 13 -- Oxygen Sensor Not ToggIing (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
10
O
sensor connector and the ECM connector termi-

naI D9.
-
11
1. Repair the wire as needed.
-
System OK
-
12
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
%/$1.
A202F030
COOLANT TEMPERATURE HIGH (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
The cooIant temperature sensor (CTS) uses a thermis-
tor to controI the signaI voItage to the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM). The ECM appIies a voItage to the CTS.
When the engine is coId, the CTS resistance is high.
Therefore, the ECMwiII see a high signaI voItage. As the
engine warms, the CTS resistance becomes Iess, and
the voItage drops. At normaI engine operating tempera-
ture the CTS signaI wiII measure about 1.5 to 2.0 voIts.
- The engine has been running for more than 2 sec-
onds.
- The CTS signaI voItage indicates a cooIant tempera-
ture above 145EC (293EF).
Diagnostic Aids
- If the connections are OK, monitor the cooIant tem-
perature whiIe moving reIated connectors and the
wiringharness. If the faiIure is induced, the dispIay on
the scan tooI wiII change. This may heIpto isoIate the
Iocation of an intermittent maIfunction.
- The "Temperature Vs. Resistance VaIues" scaIe may
be used to test the cooIant sensor at various tem-
peratures to evaIuate the possibiIity of a "shifted" or
"mis-scaIed" CTS which may resuIt in driveabiIity
compIaints.
COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TEMPERATURE VS. RESISTANCE VALUES
(APPROXIMATE)
EC EF OHMS
100
90
80
70
60
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
* 5
* 10
* 15
* 20
* 30
* 40
212
194
176
158
140
122
113
104
95
86
77
68
59
50
41
32
23
14
5
* 4
* 22
* 40
177
241
332
467
667
973
1188
1459
1802
2238
2796
3520
4450
5670
7280
9420
12300
16180
21450
28680
52700
100700
Test Description
tabIe.
4. This test simuIates the conditions for setting Diag-
nostic TroubIe Code (DTC) 14. If the ECMrecognizes
the Iow signaI voItage (high temperature) and the
scan tooI dispIays 180EC (356EF), the ECM wiring
is OK.
6. This stepchecks for voItage reference fromthe ECM.
DTC 14 -- CooIant Temperature High (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
temperature.
Does the scan tooI dispIay the engine cooIant tem-
perature within the vaIue specified?
80-110EC
(176-230EF)
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 3
3
2. Disconnect the cooIant temperature sensor (CTS)
connector.
BeIow
* 30EC
(* 22EF)
4
1. Jumper terminaIs A and B of the CTS connector.
Above
180EC
(356EF)
5
1. RepIace the CTS.
temperature.
-
System OK
-
6
Measure the voItage at the CTS connector
terminaI B.
7
2. Disconnect the eIectronic controId moduIe (ECM)
white connector.
3. Inspect the ECM pins and the connector for bent
or damaged terminaIs. Repair or repIace as
needed.
4. Check the wire between the CTS connector
terminaI A and the ECM connector terminaI D2 for
a short to ECM reference voItage.
-
8
1. RepIace the eIectronic controI moduIe.
temperature.
-
System OK
-
DTC 14 -- CooIant Temperature High (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
9
Check the wire for a short to ground between the
CTS connector terminaI B and the ECM connector
terminaI B12.
-
10
or damaged terminaIs or pins.
-
11
1. Repair the connector terminaIs and straighten the
ECM pins as needed.
2. If the ECM pins are broken, the ECM must be
repIaced.
Are the terminaIs and pins repaired?
-
Go to Step 6
-
12
the CTS connector terminaI A and the ECM
connector terminaI D2.
temperature.
-
System OK
-
13
the CTS connector terminaI B and the ECM
temperature.
-
System OK
-
%/$1.
A202F031
COOLANT TEMPERATURE HIGH (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
onds.
ture above 145EC (293EF).
Diagnostic Aids
- If the connections are OK, monitor the cooIant tem-
perature whiIe movingreIatedconnectors andthe wir-
ing harness. If the faiIure is induced, the dispIay on
the scan tooI wiII change. This may heIpto isoIate the
compIaints.
(APPROXIMATE)
EC EF OHMS
100
90
80
70
60
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
* 5
* 10
* 15
* 20
* 30
* 40
212
194
176
158
140
122
113
104
95
86
77
68
59
50
41
32
23
14
5
* 4
* 22
* 40
177
241
332
467
667
973
1188
1459
1802
2238
2796
3520
4450
5670
7280
9420
12300
16180
21450
28680
52700
100700
Test Description
tabIe.
scan tooI dispIays 180EC (356EF), the ECM wiring is
OK.
DTC 14 -- CooIant Temperature High (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
temperature.
80-110EC
(176-230EF)
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 3
3
connector.
BeIow
* 30EC
(* 22EF)
4
1. Jumper terminaIs A and B of the CTS connector.
Above
180EC
(356EF)
5
1. RepIace the CTS.
temperature.
-
System OK
-
6
terminaI B.
7
red connector.
or damaged terminaIs. Repair or repIace as
needed.
terminaI A and the ECM connector terminaI B2 for
a short to ECM reference voItage.
-
8
1. RepIace the ECM.
temperature.
-
System OK
-
DTC 14 -- CooIant Temperature High (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
9
CTS connector terminaI B and the ECM connector
terminaI B3.
-
10
-
11
1. Repair the connector terminaIs and straighten the
ECM pins as needed.
repIaced.
-
Go to Step 6
-
12
the CTS connector terminaI A and the ECM
temperature.
-
System OK
-
13
the CTS connector terminaI B and the ECM
temperature.
-
System OK
-
%/$1.
A202F030
COOLANT TEMPERATURE LOW (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
onds.
ture beIow * 35EC (* 31EF).
Diagnostic Aids
- If connections are OK, monitor the cooIant tempera-
ture whiIe moving reIated connectors and the wiring
harness. If the faiIure is induced, the dispIay on the
scan tooI wiII change. This may heIp to isoIate the
compIaints.
(APPROXIMATE)
EC EF OHMS
100
90
80
70
60
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
* 5
* 10
* 15
* 20
* 30
* 40
212
194
176
158
140
122
113
104
95
86
77
68
59
50
41
32
23
14
5
* 4
* 22
* 40
177
241
332
467
667
973
1188
1459
1802
2238
2796
3520
4450
5670
7280
9420
12300
16180
21450
28680
52700
100700
Test Description
tabIe.
OK.
DTC 15 -- CooIant Temperature Low (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
temperature.
Does the scan tooI dispIay engine cooIant tempera-
ture within the vaIue specified?
80-110EC
(176-230EF)
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 3
3
connector.
ture beIow the vaIue specified?
* 30EC
(* 22EF)
4
Jumper terminaIs A and B of the CTS connector.
ture above the vaIue specified?
180EC
(356EF) Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
5
1. RepIace the CTS.
temperature.
-
System OK
-
6
terminaI B.
7
white connector.
or damaged terminaIs. Repair or repIace
damaged terminaIs as needed.
an open or short to battery voItage.
-
8
1. RepIace the ECM.
temperature.
-
System OK
-
DTC 15 -- CooIant Temperature Low (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
9
Check the wire between the CTS connector terminaI
B and the ECM connector terminaI B12 for an open
or short battery voItage.
-
10
2. Disconnect ECM red connector.
3. Check the ECM pins and the connector for bent
-
11
1. Repair the ECM connector terminaIs and
straighten the ECM pins as needed.
repIaced.
-
Go to Step 6
-
12
1. Repair the open or short to voItage in the wire
between the CTS connector terminaI A and the
temperature.
-
System OK
-
13
between the CTS connector terminaI B and the
temperature.
-
System OK
-
%/$1.
A202F031
COOLANT TEMPERATURE LOW (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
onds.
ture beIow * 35EC (* 31EF).
Diagnostic Aids
- If connections are OK, monitor the cooIant tempera-
ture whiIe moving reIated connectors and the wiring
harness. If the faiIure is induced, the dispIay on the
scan tooI wiII change. This may heIp to isoIate the
compIaints.
(APPROXIMATE)
EC EF OHMS
100
90
80
70
60
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
* 5
* 10
* 15
* 20
* 30
* 40
212
194
176
158
140
122
113
104
95
86
77
68
59
50
41
32
23
14
5
* 4
* 22
* 40
177
241
332
467
667
973
1188
1459
1802
2238
2796
3520
4450
5670
7280
9420
12300
16180
21450
28680
52700
100700
Test Description
tabIe.
OK.
DTC 15 -- CooIant Temperature Low (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
temperature.
ture within the vaIue specified?
80-110EC
(176-230EF)
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 3
3
connector.
ture beIow the vaIue specified?
* 30EC
(* 22EF) Go to Step 4 Go to Step 6
4
Jumper terminaIs A and B of the CTS connector.
ture above the vaIue specified?
180EC
(356EF) Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
5
1. RepIace the CTS.
temperature.
-
System OK
-
6
terminaI B.
7
red connector.
or damaged terminaIs. Repair or repIace
damaged terminaIs as needed.
terminaI A and the ECM connector terminaI B2 for
an open or short to battery voItage.
-
8
1. RepIace the ECM.
temperature.
-
System OK
-
DTC 15 -- CooIant Temperature Low (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
9
Check the wire between the CTS connector terminaI
B and the ECM connector terminaI B3 for an open or
short battery voItage.
-
10
2. Disconnect ECM red connector.
3. Check the ECM pins and the connector for bent
-
11
1. Repair the ECM connector terminaIs and
straighten the ECM pins as needed.
repIaced.
-
Go to Step 6
-
12
between the CTS connector terminaI A and the
temperature.
-
System OK
-
13
between the CTS connector terminaI B and the
temperature.
-
System OK
-
%/$1.
A202F064
KNOCK SENSOR FAILURE (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The knock sensor is used to detect engine detonation,
aIIowing the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) to retard
ignition controI spark timing based on the knock sensor
signaI being received. The knock sensor produces an
AC signaI. The knock sensor signaI's ampIitude and fre-
quency depend upon the amount of knock being experi-
enced. The ECMcontains a non-repIaceabIe knockfiIter
moduIe caIIed a signaI-to-noise enhancement fiIter
(SNEF) moduIe. This fiIter moduIe in the ECM deter-
mines whether knock is occurring by comparing the sig-
naI IeveI on the knock sensor circuit with the voItage
IeveI on the noise channeI. The noise channeI aIIows the
ECM to reject any faIse knock signaI by knowing the
amount of normaI engine mechanicaI noise present.
NormaI engine noise varies depending on engine speed
andIoad. When the ECMdetermines that anabnormaIIy
Iow noise channeI voItage IeveI is being experienced,
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) 16 wiII set.
- The engine speed is above 2,800 rpm.
- Maximum integrated vaIue is above 192.
- Minimum integrated vaIue is beIow 20.
- The setup time is more than 8 seconds.
DTC 16 -- Knock Sensor (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1 Was the Diagnostic System Check was performed? - Go to Step 2 -
2
RepIace the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM).
-
Go to "Diagnos-
tic System
Check"
-
A202F033
INJECTOR SHORTED TO GROUND/BATTERY
Circuit Description
When the ignition switch is turned to ON or START, the
eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) wiII energize and de-
energize the fueI injector soIenoidcoiI. With the soIenoid
coiI energized, a pIunger is activated, which aIIows pres-
surized fueI to be sprayed through the fueI injector into
the combustion chamber where it is mixed with air from
the intake manifoId. This creates the proper air/fueI mix-
ture needed for combustion.
- The fueI pump is running.
- Battery voItage is equaI to or greater than 9 voIts.
- A fueI injector fauIt has been detected more than
three times in successive 1-second intervaIs.
Test Description
tabIe.
to the fueI injectors.
3. If the fueI injector test Iight does not fIash for one
of the fueI injectors, there is an open fueI injector
controI wire to the ECM or the ECM is fauIty.
13. An open coiI in a fueI injector wiII prevent the fueI in-
jector from operating.
DTC 17 -- Injector Shorted to Ground/Battery (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
1. Disconnect the fueI injector harness from aII of
the fueI injectors.
3. Measure the voItage at aII of the fueI injector
harness terminaIs.
Is battery voItage present onIy on terminaI 1 of each
connector?
-
3
Connect a fueI injector test Iight to each of the fueI
injector harness connectosr whiIe cranking the
engine.
Does the test Iight bIink on aII connectors?
-
4
Does the fueI injector test Iight stay off for one or
more of the fueI injector(s)? - Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5
5
Does the fueI injector test Iight stay on for one or
more of the fueI injector(s)? - Go to Step 11 -
6
1. Check for a short to battery positive between the
fueI injector harness connector terminaI 2 and the
eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) connector
terminaI C4 for fueI injectors 1 and 4.
2. Check for a short to battery positive between the
fueI injector harness connector terminaI 2 and the
ECM connector terminaI C6 for fueI injectors 2
and 3.
-
7
1. Repair the short to battery positive as needed.
2. Connect an injector test Iight to each injector
harness connector whiIe cranking the engine.
Does the test Iight bIink on aII of the connectors?
-
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
-
8
Is battery voItage not present at terminaI 1 of any
injector harness connector? - Go to Step 10 Go to Step 9
9
Is battery voItage present at terminaI 2 of any injec-
tor harness connector? - Go to Step 6 -
10
1. Check for a short to ground in the fueI injector
harness.
2. Check the fueI injector harness connectors for
damaged terminaIs.
3. Perform repairs as needed.
4. Check for battery voItage at terminaI 1 of aII of
the fueI injector harness connectors.
Is battery voItage present onIy on terminaI 1 of each
connector?
-
Go to Step 3
-
DTC 17 -- Injector Shorted to Ground/Battery (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
(Cont'd)
11
1. Check for a short to ground between the fueI
injector harness connector terminaI 2 and ECM
connector terminaI C4 for injectors 1 and 4.
2. Check for a short to ground between the fueI
injector harness connector terminaI 2 and ECM
connector terminaI C6 for injectors 2 and 3.
-
12
1. Repair the short to ground as needed.
2. Connect a fueI injector test Iight to each of the
fueI injector harness connectors whiIe cranking
the engine.
-
13
Measure the resistance of each fueI injector. The
resistance wiII increase sIightIy at higher tempera-
tures.
Is the fueI injector resistance within the vaIue speci-
fied?
14
1. RepIace any of the fueI injectors with a resistance
that is out of specification.
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
15
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
%/$1.
A202F064
DSNEF CONTROL ERROR FAILURE (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) uses the knock
sensor todetect engine detonation, aIIowingthe ECMto
retard ignition controI spark timing based on the knock
sensor signaI being received. The knock sensor pro-
duces anACsignaI. The signaI ampIitude andfrequency
are dependent upon the amount of knock being experi-
enced.
- Knock detection is enabIed.
- Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) 16 is not set.
- The engine speed is above 2,000 rpm.
- Maximum integrated vaIue is above 110 for at Ieast
2 seconds.
- Minimum integrated vaIue is beIow 1 for at Ieast 2
seconds.
- Noise vaIue is above 32 counts for at Ieast 4 seconds.
- Noise vaIue is beIow 0 counts for at Ieast 4 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
- Repair any engine mechanicaI probIem before pro-
ceeding with diagnostics.
- Make sure the correct fueI octane rating is used.
Test Description
tabIe.
2. This step checks the signaI circuit and not sensor
voItage.
6. Check the ground side of the circuit for an open, a
short to ground, or a short to battery.
DTC 18 -- DSNEF ControI Error FaiIure (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
Perform the Diagnostic System Check.
Is the Diagnostic System Check compIete?
- Go to Step 2 -
2
2. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector at the
3. Connect a digitaI voItmeter (DVM) to monitor AC
voItage between terminaI C11 of the ECM
connector and ground.
4. Tap on the engine with an extension near the
knock sensor whiIe observing the signaI on the
DVM.
Is any signaI indicated on the DVM whiIe tapping on
the engine?
-
3
1. Connect the eIectricaI connector at the ECM.
2. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector at the knock
sensor.
3. Using a test Iight to battery positive, probe
terminaI B on the ECM side of the knock sensor.
Did the test Iight iIIuminate?
-
4
Check the wire from terminaI C11 on the ECM to
terminaI A on the ECM side of the knock sensor for
an open, a short to ground, or a short to battery.
Does the wire indicate an open, a short to ground, or
a short to battery?
-
5
Repair the wire from terminaI C11 of the ECM to ter-
minaI A on the ECM side of the knock sensor.
-
Go to "Diagnos-
tic System
Check"
-
6
RepIace the ECM.
-
Go to "Diagnos-
tic System
Check"
-
7
RepIace the knock sensor.
-
Go to "Diagnos-
tic System
Check''
-
8
Repair the wire from terminaI B of the knock sensor
to terminaI D15 of the ECM.
-
Go to "Diagnos-
tic System
Check"
-
A202F034
58X SIGNAL ERROR (A AND B) (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
The crankshaft position sensor (CPS) is a HaII-effect
sensor which senses a sIotted wheeI that is attached to
the crankshaft puIIey. The sIotted wheeI interrupts a
magnetic fieId and produces a reference signaI fromthe
sensor.
- The revoIutions of the 58X signaI are fewer than 64.
- There are 10 or more consecutive missing puIses.
- The manifoId absoIute pressure (MAP) drops when
the starter motor running is beIow 0.6 kPa for more
than 3 seconds.
- VoItage drops when the starter motor is running beIow
0.5 vfor morethan3seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
Check for poor connections at the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) and at the CPS.
Test Description
tabIe.
3. It is important toinspect aII of the connector terminaIs
to prevent inaccurate diagnosis.
6. The specified vaIue during cranking is an average
voItage produced as the sensor voItage osciIIates.
DTC 19 -- 58X SignaI Error (A and B) (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Start the engine and aIIow it to idIe.
-
Go to Step 3
Go to "Engine
Cranks But
WiII Not Start"
3
connector.
3. Inspect the CPS terminaIs.
Are any terminaIs damaged?
-
DTC 19 -- 58X SignaI Error (A and B) (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
4
Inspect the CPS connector terminaIs.
Are any connector terminaIs damaged?
5
1. Repair or repIace any damaged terminaIs.
-
System OK
-
6
1. Connect the CPS connector.
starting.
3. Connect a voItmeter between ground and the
ECM connector terminaI A2 by backprobing the
ECM connector.
1.08 v with
the ignition
ON,
1.20 v during
7
Connect a voItmeter between ground and the ECM
connector terminaI B3 by backprobing the ECM
connector.
1.08 v with
the ignition
ON,
1.20 v during
8
1. Connect the DIS ignition coiI connector
2. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
9
terminaI A2.
-
10
terminaI B3.
-
11
-
12
2. Repair the wiring needed.
-
System OK
-
13
2. RepIace the CPS.
-
System OK
-
A202F035
58X SIGNAL ERROR (A AND B) (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The crankshaft position sensor (CPS) is a HaII-effect
sensor which senses a sIotted wheeI that is attached to
the crankshaft. The sIotted wheeI interrupts a magnetic
fieId and produces a reference signaI from the sensor.
DTC WiII Set When
- Starting manifoId absoIute pressure (MAP) is Iess
than 0.600 kPa (0.178 inches Hg).
- Starting battery voItage is Iess than 0.5 voIt for at
Ieast 3 seconds.
- There are 10 or more consecutive missing puIses.
- The revoIutions of the 58X signaI are fewer than 64.
Diagnostic Aids
Check for poor connections at the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) and at the CPS.
Test Description
tabIe.
3. It is important toinspect aII of the connector terminaIs
to prevent inaccurate diagnosis.
6. The specified vaIue during cranking is an average
voItage produced as the sensor voItage osciIIates.
DTC 19 -- 58X SignaI Error (A and B) (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Start the engine and aIIow it to idIe.
-
Go to Step 3
Go to "Engine
Cranks But
WiII Not Start"
3
connector.
3. Inspect the CPS terminaIs.
Are any terminaIs damaged?
-
DTC 19 -- 58X SignaI Error (A and B) (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
4
Inspect the CPS connector terminaIs.
Are any connector terminaIs damaged?
5
1. Repair or repIace any damaged terminaIs.
-
System OK
-
6
1. Connect the CPS connector.
2. Disconnect the direct ignition system (DIS) ignition
coiI connector to prevent the vehicIe from starting.
3. Connect a voItmeter between ground and the
ECM connector terminaI B14 by backprobing the
ECM connector.
1.08 v with
the ignition
ON,
1.20 v during
cranking
7
Connect a voItmeter between ground and the ECM
connector terminaI A16 by backprobing the ECM
connector.
1.08 v with
the ignition
ON,
1.20 v during
8
1. Connect the DIS ignition coiI connector
2. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
9
terminaI B14.
-
10
terminaI A16.
-
11
-
12
2. Repair the wiring needed.
-
System OK
-
13
2. RepIace the CPS.
-
System OK
-
A202F036
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR HIGH (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
The throttIe position sensor (TPS) provides a voItage
signaI that changes in reIation to the throttIe pIate angIe.
The signaI voItage wiII vary from about 0.4 to 0.8 voIt
at idIe to nearIy 5.0 voIts at wide-open throttIe. The TPS
is one of the most important inputs usedby the eIectron-
ic controI moduIe (ECM) for fueI controI and other func-
tions such as idIe, wide-open throttIe, deceIeration
enIeanment, and acceIeration enrichment.
- Diagnostic TroubIe Codes (DTCs) 33 and 34 are not
set.
- The engine speed is Iess than 1,750 rpm.
- The manifoId absoIute pressure (MAP) reading is be-
Iow 65 kPa (19 inches Hg).
- The TPS reading is greater than 200 counts.
- AII of the above conditions are present for 5 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
- Inspect the ECM connector terminaIs and the TPS
connector terminaIs for improper mating and poor
terminaI-to-wire connections.
- Observe the TPS voItage on a scan tooI with the
ignition ON and the engine stopped. Press the acceI-
erator pedaI whiIe watching for smooth changes in
the voItage readings of the TPS.
Test Description
tabIe.
3. This step checks the voItage reference from the
ECM and aIso the ground wire to the ECM.
4. This step checks the TPS signaI wire. If the scan
tooI shows the TPS voItage above 4 voIts, the signaI
wire is OK.
10. After checking the TPS wiring and confirming the
ECM's abiIity to read a TPS signaI, it can be deter-
mined that the TPS is at fauIt.
DTC 21 -- ThrottIe Position Sensor High (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
3. Operate the throttIe Iever from cIosed to open
whiIe watching the throttIe position sensor (TPS)
voItage on the scan tooI.
Does the scan tooI show the TPS voItage change
smoothIy within the vaIue specified?
0.10-0.90 v
to
3.9-4.9 v
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 3
3
2. Disconnect the TPS connector.
4. Measure the voItage between the TPS connector
terminaIs A and B.
specified?
4
Jumper the TPS connector terminaIs A and C.
Does the scan tooI show the TPS voItage above the
vaIue specified?
5
Measure the voItage between the TPS connector
terminaI A and ground.
specified?
6
Checkfor ashort tobatteryvoItageinthewirebetween
theTPSconnector terminaI BandtheeIectronic
controI moduIe(ECM) connector terminaI D2.
-
7
Check for a short to battery voItage in the wire
between the TPS connector terminaI A and the ECM
-
8
Check for a short to voItage in the wire between the
TPS connector terminaI C and the ECM connector
terminaI A8.
-
9
2. RepairthewireortheconnectorterminaIasneeded.
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
10
2. RepIace the TPS.
-
System OK
-
11
2. RepIace the eIectronic controI moduIe.
-
System OK
-
A202F037
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR HIGH (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
set.
- The engine speed is Iess than 3,000 rpm.
- The manifoId absoIute pressure (MAP) reading is be-
Iow 85 kPa (25 inches Hg).
- The TPS reading is greater than 240 counts.
Diagnostic Aids
- Observe the TPS voItage on a scan tooI with the
Test Description
tabIe.
3. This step checks the voItage reference from the
ECM and aIso the ground wire to the ECM.
4. This step checks the TPS signaI wire. If the scan
tooI shows the TPS voItage above 4 voIts, the signaI
wire is OK.
10. After checking the TPS wiring and confirming the
ECM's abiIity to read a TPS signaI, it can be deter-
mined that the TPS is at fauIt.
DTC 21 -- ThrottIe Position Sensor High (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Does the scan tooI show the TPS voItage change
smoothIy within the vaIue specified?
0.10-0.90 v
to
3.9-4.9 v
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 3
3
terminaIs A and B.
DoesthevoItagemeasurewithinthevaIuespecified?
4
Jumper the TPS connector terminaIs A and C.
vaIue specified?
5
6
Checkfor ashort tobatteryvoItageinthewirebetween
theTPSconnector terminaI BandtheeIectronic
controI moduIe(ECM) connector terminaI B2.
-
7
between the TPS connector terminaI A and the ECM
-
8
TPS connector terminaI C and the ECM connector
terminaI D5.
-
9
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
10
2. RepIace the TPS.
-
System OK
-
11
2. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
A202F036
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR LOW (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
set.
- The TPS reading is Iess than 10 counts.
- The condition is present for 5 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
- Observe the TPS voItage on a scanner with the
Test Description
tabIe.
1. When measuring the voItage between the TPS ter-
minaIs A and B, 4.5 to 5.5 voIts confirms the 5-voIt
reference and ground from the ECM are OK.
11. If there is a probIem with the voItage reference or
the ground from the ECM, confirm that the wiring is
OK. If there is no probIem present in the wiring, the
ECM is at fauIt.
DTC 22 -- ThrottIe Position Sensor Low (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Does the scan tooI show the TPS voItage changing
smoothIy within the vaIues specified?
0.10-0.90 v
to
3.9-4.9 v
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 3
3
terminaIs A and B.
4
Connect a fused jumper between the TPS connector
terminaIs A and C.
vaIue specified?
5
terminaI A and the ground.
6
2. Check for an open in the wire between the TPS
connector terminaI B and the eIectronic controI
-
7
2. Check for an open or short to ground in the wire
between the TPS connector terminaI A and the
-
8
2. Check for an open or short to ground between the
TPS connector terminaI C and the ECM
-
9
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
10
1. RepIace the TPS.
-
System OK
-
11
1. Ignition OFF.
2. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
A202F037
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR LOW (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
- The TPS reading is Iess than 11 counts.
set.
Diagnostic Aids
- Observe the TPS voItage on a scanner with the
Test Description
tabIe.
1. When measuring the voItage between the TPS ter-
minaIs A and B, 4.5 to 5.5 voIts confirms the 5-voIt
reference and ground from the ECM are OK.
11. If there is a probIem with the voItage reference or
the ground from the ECM, confirm that the wiring is
OK. If there is no probIem present in the wiring, the
ECM is at fauIt.
DTC 22 -- ThrottIe Position Sensor Low (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Does the scan tooI show the TPS voItage changing
smoothIy within the vaIues specified?
0.10-0.90 v
to
3.9-4.9 v
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 3
3
terminaIs A and B.
4
Connect a fused jumper between the TPS connector
terminaIs A and C.
vaIue specified?
5
terminaI A and the ground.
6
2. Check for an open in the wire between the TPS
connector terminaI B and the eIectronic controI
-
7
between the TPS connector terminaI A and the
-
8
2. Check for an open or short to ground between the
TPS connector terminaI C and the ECM
-
9
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
10
1. RepIace the TPS.
-
System OK
-
11
1. Ignition OFF.
2. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F038
MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE HIGH (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
The manifoId air temperature (MAT) sensor is a thermis-
tor which measures the temperature of the air entering
the engine. The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) appIies
5 voIts through a puII-up resistor to the MAT sensor.
When the temperature is coId, the MAT sensor resist-
ance is high and the ECM wiII monitor a high signaI
voItage on the MAT circuit. If the intake air is warm, the
sensor resistance is Iower, causing the ECM to monitor
a Iower voItage.
- The engine has been running Ionger than 50 seconds.
- The MAT sensor signaI voItage indicates a tempera-
tureabove145EC(293EF).
Diagnostic Aids
Inspect the wiring harness for damage. If the harness
appears to be OK, observe the MAT sensor dispIay on
the scantooI whiIe movingthe connectors andthe wiring
harnesses reIated to the MAT sensor. A change in the
dispIay wiII indicate the Iocation of the fauIt.
MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
(APPROXIMATE)
EC EF OHMS
100
90
80
70
60
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
* 5
* 10
* 15
* 20
* 30
* 40
212
194
176
158
140
122
113
104
95
86
77
68
59
50
41
32
23
14
5
* 4
* 22
* 40
177
241
332
467
667
973
1188
1459
1802
2238
2796
3520
4450
5670
7280
9420
12300
16180
21450
28680
52700
100700
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 23 -- ManifoId Air Temperature Sensor High (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
temperature.
Does the scan tooI show the manifoId air tempera-
ture (MAT) sensor reading within the vaIue speci-
fied?
10-80EC
(50-176EF)
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 3
3
2. Disconnect the MAT sensor connector.
Does the scan tooI show the MAT sensor reading
beIow the vaIue specified?
Lower Than
* 35EC
4
Check for a fauIty connector or terminaIs at the MAT
sensor connector.
-
5
MAT connector terminaI 2 and the eIectronic controI
-
6
Check the wire for a short to ECM reference voItage
between the MAT connector terminaI 1 and the ECM
-
7
the ECM.
temperature.
-
8
2. RepIace the MAT sensor.
temperature.
-
System OK
-
9
2. RepIace the ECM.
temperature.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F039
MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE HIGH (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The manifoId air temperature (MAT) sensor is a thermis-
a Iower voItage.
- The engine has been running Ionger than 120 sec-
onds.
tureabove140EC(284EF).
Diagnostic Aids
(APPROXIMATE)
EC EF OHMS
100
90
80
70
60
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
* 5
* 10
* 15
* 20
* 30
* 40
212
194
176
158
140
122
113
104
95
86
77
68
59
50
41
32
23
14
5
* 4
* 22
* 40
177
241
332
467
667
973
1188
1459
1802
2238
2796
3520
4450
5670
7280
9420
12300
16180
21450
28680
52700
100700
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 23 -- ManifoId Air Temperature Sensor High (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
temperature.
Does the scan tooI show the manifoId air tempera-
ture (MAT) sensor reading within the vaIue speci-
fied?
10-80EC
(50-176EF)
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 3
3
beIow the vaIue specified?
Lower Than
* 35EC
4
sensor connector.
-
5
MAT connector terminaI 2 and the eIectronic controI
-
6
Check the wire for a short to ECM reference voItage
between the MAT connector terminaI 1 and the ECM
-
7
the ECM.
temperature.
-
8
temperature.
-
System OK
-
9
2. RepIace the ECM.
temperature.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F040
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ERROR -- MANUAL TRANSAXLE
Circuit Description
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) appIies and moni-
tors12voItsonthesignaI wirebetweenthevehicIespeed
sensor (VSS) andthe ECM. The signaI wire connects to
the VSS which aIternateIy grounds the signaI wire when
the drive wheeIs are turning. This puIsing action takes
pIace 2,289 times per kiIometer (3,683 times per miIe).
The ECMwiII caIcuIate vehicIe speed based on the time
betweenthepuIses. ThisinformationisaIsodispIayedby
thevehicIespeedometer.
- The engine speed is between 1,600 rpm and 4,300
rpm.
- The VSS indicates a speed Iess than 8 km/h (5 mph).
- The manifoId absoIute pressure (MAP) sensor signaI
indicates Iess than 23 kPa (7 inches of Hg).
Diagnostic Aids
- Scan tooI data shouId indicate a vehicIe speedwhen-
ever the drive wheeIs are turningat more than 5 km/h
(3 mph).
Test Description
tabIe.
4. By momentariIy touching the VSS connector terminaI
2 severaI times a second, a simuIated VSS signaI is
created. If voItage and ground are present at the
VSS, the VSS is fauIty.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 24 -- VehicIe Speed Sensor Error (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Does the scan tooI read vehicIe speed?
- Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 3
3
2. Disconnect the vehicIe speed sensor (VSS)
connector.
4. Connect a test Iight between the VSS connector
terminaI B and ground.
-
4
With a test Iight connected to ground, momentariIy
touch the VSS connector terminaI B severaI times a
second.
-
5
Connect a test Iight between the VSS connector
terminaI C and ground.
-
6
terminaI A and battery positive.
-
7
Repair the open wire between the VSS connector
terminaI C and the ignition switch.
-
System OK
-
8
-
System OK
-
9
Repair the short to voItage in the wire between the
VSS connector terminaI B and the eIectronic controI
-
System OK
-
10
RepIace the VSS.
- System OK -
11
2. Check for an open wire between the VSS
connector terminaI B and the ECM connector
terminaI B2.
-
12
terminaI B and the ECM connector terminaI B2.
-
System OK
-
13
RepIace the ECM.
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F041
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ERROR -- MANUAL TRANSAXLE
Circuit Description
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) appIies and moni-
tors12voItsonthesignaI wirebetweenthevehicIespeed
sensor (VSS) andthe ECM. The signaI wire connects to
the VSS which aIternateIy grounds the signaI wire when
the drive wheeIs are turning. This puIsing action takes
pIace 2,289 times per kiIometer (3,683 times per miIe).
The ECMwiII caIcuIate vehicIe speed based on the time
betweenthepuIses. ThisinformationisaIsodispIayedby
thevehicIespeedometer.
- Diagnostic TroubIe Codes (DTCs) 21, 22, 33, and 34
are not set.
rpm.
indicates Iess than 24 kPa (7 inches of Hg) for more
than 4 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
- Scan tooI data shouId indicate a vehicIe speedwhen-
ever the drive wheeIs are turningat more than 5 km/h
(3 mph).
Test Description
tabIe.
4. By momentariIy touching the VSS connector terminaI
2 severaI times a second, a simuIated VSS signaI is
created. If voItage and ground are present at the
VSS, the VSS is fauIty.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 24 -- VehicIe Speed Sensor Error (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
- Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 3
3
2. Disconnect the vehicIe speed sensor (VSS)
connector.
-
4
With a test Iight connected to ground, momentariIy
touch the VSS connector terminaI B severaI times a
second.
-
5
Connect a test Iight between the VSS connector
terminaI C and ground.
-
6
terminaI A and battery positive.
-
7
terminaI C and the ignition switch.
-
System OK
-
8
-
System OK
-
9
Repair the short to voItage in the wire between the
VSS connector terminaI B and the eIectronic controI
-
System OK
-
10
RepIace the VSS.
- System OK -
11
2. Check for an open wire between the VSS
connector terminaI B and the ECM connector
terminaI D10.
-
12
terminaI B and the ECM connector terminaI D10.
-
System OK
-
13
RepIace the ECM.
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F054
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ERROR -- AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
Circuit Description
VehicIespeedisprovidedtothetransaxIecontroI moduIe
(TCM) by the automatic transaxIe output (shaft) vehicIe
speedsensor (VSS), whichis a permanent magnet (PM)
generator mountedtothetransaxIecase. The PMgener-
ator produces an AC voItage as the speed sensor rotor
teeth pass in front of the sensor's magnetic fieId. The
ACvoItageIeveI increasesas thespeedof the vehicIein-
creases. The TCM then converts the AC voItage into a
digitaI signaI. The TCMuses the vehicIe speed to deter-
mine shift timing, torque converter cIutch (TCC) appIy,
TCCreIease, andgear ratiocaIcuIations. A digitaI output
signaI is then sent fromthe TCMtothe eIectroniccontroI
moduIe (ECM). This signaI is aIso sent to the instrument
paneI for operationof thespeedometer.
rpm.
- The manifoId absoIute pressur (MAP) sensor signaI
Diagnostic Aids
- The condition may be intermittent. Check for a Ioose
VSS mounting or poor connections.
- If diagnosing for a possibIe intermittent short or open
condition, move or massage the wiring harness whiIe
observing the test equipment for a change.
Test Description
tabIe.
2. This stepchecks for an output signaI fromthe TCMto
4. It is important to remember that the vehicIe speed
output is aIso sent to the instrument paneI for
speedometer operation.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 24 -- VehicIe Speed Sensor Error -- Automatic TransaxIe
Notice: Inorder toavoiddamage tothe drive axIes whenraisingthe drive wheeIs, support the Iower controI arms inthe
normaI horizontaI position. Do not run the vehicIe in gear with the wheeIs hanging down at fuII traveI.
1
Check for the presence of any transaxIe controI
moduIe (TCM) diagnostic troubIe code(s) (DTCs) for
the vehicIe speed sensor (VSS).
Is a TCM DTC present?
- Go to the
appIicabIe DTC
TabIe Go to Step 2
2
2. Raise and suitabIy support the drive wheeIs.
3. Measure the voItage by backprobing the
eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) 24-pin
4. Start the engine and aIIow the engine to idIe.
5. PIace the transaxIe in drive (D).
Is a fIuctuating voItage present?
-
3
2. Check for an open or short in the wire between
the ECM connector terminaI B2 and the TCM
-
4
ECM connector terminaI B2 and the instrument
paneI connector terminaI B16.
-
5
- System OK -
6
RepIace the ECM.
- System OK -
7
RepIace the TCM.
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F055
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ERROR -- AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
Circuit Description
VehicIespeedisprovidedtothetransaxIecontroI moduIe
(TCM) by the automatic transaxIe output (shaft) vehicIe
speedsensor (VSS), whichis a permanent magnet (PM)
generator mountedtothetransaxIecase. The PMgener-
ator produces an AC voItage as the speed sensor rotor
teeth pass in front of the sensor's magnetic fieId. The
ACvoItageIeveI increasesas thespeedof the vehicIein-
creases. The TCM then converts the AC voItage into a
digitaI signaI. The TCMuses the vehicIe speed to deter-
mine shift timing, torque converter cIutch (TCC) appIy,
TCCreIease, andgear ratiocaIcuIations. A digitaI output
signaI is then sent fromthe TCMtothe eIectroniccontroI
moduIe (ECM). This signaI is aIso sent to the instrument
paneI for operationof thespeedometer.
- Diagnostic TroubIe Codes (DTCs) 21, 22, 33, and 34
is not set.
rpm.
- The VSS indicates a speedIess than 6 km/h (3.5 mph).
Diagnostic Aids
- The condition may be intermittent. Check for a Ioose
VSS mounting or poor connections.
- If diagnosing for a possibIe intermittent short or open
condition, move or massage the wiring harness whiIe
observing the test equipment for a change.
Test Description
tabIe.
2. This stepchecks for an output signaI fromthe TCMto
the ECM.
4. It is important to remember that the vehicIe speed
output is aIso sent to the instrument paneI for
speedometer operation.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 24 -- VehicIe Speed Sensor Error -- Automatic TransaxIe
(1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Notice: Inorder toavoiddamage tothe drive axIes whenraisingthe drive wheeIs, support the Iower controI arms inthe
normaI horizontaI position. Do not run the vehicIe in gear with the wheeIs hanging down at fuII traveI.
1
Check for the presence of any transaxIe controI
moduIe (TCM) diagnostic troubIe code(s) (DTCs) for
the vehicIe speed sensor (VSS).
Is a TCM DTC present?
- Go to the
AppIicabIe DTC
TabIe Go to Step 2
2
2. Raise and suitabIy support the drive wheeIs.
3. Measure the voItage by backprobing the
eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) 24-pin
4. Start the engine and aIIow the engine to idIe.
5. PIace the transaxIe in drive (D).
Is a fIuctuating voItage present?
-
3
2. Check for an open or short in the wire between
the ECM connector terminaI D10 and the TCM
-
4
ECM connector terminaI B2 and the instrument
paneI connector terminaI B16.
-
5
- System OK -
6
RepIace the ECM.
- System OK -
7
RepIace the TCM.
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F038
MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE LOW (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
The manifoIdair temperature (MAT) sensor is a thermis-
a Iower voItage.
- TheenginehasbeenrunningIonger than50seconds.
ture Iess than * 35EC (* 31EF).
Diagnostic Aids
Test Description
tabIe.
6. This step checks for reference voItage and ground
from the ECM.
(APPROXIMATE)
EC EF OHMS
100
90
80
70
60
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
* 5
* 10
* 15
* 20
* 30
* 40
212
194
176
158
140
122
113
104
95
86
77
68
59
50
41
32
23
14
5
* 4
* 22
* 40
177
241
332
467
667
973
1188
1459
1802
2238
2796
3520
4450
5670
7280
9420
12300
16180
21450
28680
52700
100700
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 25 -- ManifoId Air Temperature Low (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
Was the Diagnostic SystemCheck performed?
--
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
SystemCheck"
2
temperature.
DoesthescantooI showthemanifoIdairtemperature
(MAT)sensorreadingwithinthevaIuespecified?
10-80-C
(50-176-F)
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 3
3
3. Jumper the MAT connector terminaIs.
above the vaIue specified?
180-C
(356-F) Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5
4
sensor connector.
Is the probIemfound?
--
5
Measure the voItage between terminaIs 1 and 2 of the
MAT connector.
DoesthevoItagemeasurewithinthevaIuespecified? 4.5-5.5 v Go to Step 11 Go to Step 6
6
Measure the voItage between the MAT terminaI 2 and
the battery ground (negative) post.
7
2. Checkfor anopenor short tobatteryvoItageinthe
wirebetweentheMAT connector terminaI 1andthe
eIectroniccontroI moduIe(ECM) connector terminaI
A11.
--
8
2. Check for an open or short to battery voItage in the
wire between the MAT connector terminaI 2 and the
--
9
3. CIear any diagnostic troubIe codes (DTCs) fromthe
ECM.
temperature.
5. Performthe Diagnostic SystemCheck.
--
SystemOK
--
10
3. CIear any DTCs fromthe ECM.
4. Runthe engine untiI it reachesoperating
temperature.
--
SystemOK
--
11
1. RepIace the ECM.
2. Run the vehicIe untiI it reaches operating
temperature.
--
SystemOK
--
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F039
MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE LOW (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
a Iower voItage.
- The engine has been running Ionger than 120 sec-
onds.
ture Iess than * 38.5EC (* 37EF).
Diagnostic Aids
Test Description
tabIe.
from the ECM.
(APPROXIMATE)
EC EF OHMS
100
90
80
70
60
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
* 5
* 10
* 15
* 20
* 30
* 40
212
194
176
158
140
122
113
104
95
86
77
68
59
50
41
32
23
14
5
* 4
* 22
* 40
177
241
332
467
667
973
1188
1459
1802
2238
2796
3520
4450
5670
7280
9420
12300
16180
21450
28680
52700
100700
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 25 -- ManifoId Air Temperature Low (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
Was the Diagnostic SystemCheck performed?
--
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
SystemCheck"
2
temperature.
DoesthescantooI showthemanifoIdairtemperature
(MAT)sensorreadingwithinthevaIuespecified?
10-80-C
(50-176-F)
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 3
3
3. Jumper the MAT connector terminaIs.
above the vaIue specified?
180-C
(356-F)
4
sensor connector.
--
5
Measure the voItage between terminaIs 1 and 2 of the
MAT connector.
6
Measure the voItage between the MAT terminaI 2 and
the battery ground (negative) post.
7
2. Checkforanopenorshort tobatteryvoItageinthe
wirebetweentheMATconnectorterminaI 1andthe
eIectroniccontroI moduIe(ECM)connectorterminaI
D15.
--
8
2. Check for an open or short to battery voItage in the
wire between the MAT connector terminaI 2 and the
--
9
3. CIear any diagnostic troubIe codes (DTCs) fromthe
ECM.
temperature.
--
SystemOK
--
10
3. CIear any DTCs fromthe ECM.
4. Run the engine untiI It reaches operating
temperature.
--
SystemOK
--
11
1. RepIace the ECM.
2. Run the vehicIe untiI it reaches operating
temperature.
--
SystemOK
--
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F042
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH ERROR
Circuit Description
The air conditioning (A/C) system uses an air condition-
ingpressure (ACP) sensor mountedinthehigh-pressure
side of the A/C refrigerant systemto monitor the A/Cre-
frigerant pressure. The eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) uses this information to turn the cooIing
fans on at high speedwhen the A/C refrigerant pressure
is high and to keep the A/C compressor disengaged
when the A/C refrigerant pressure is excessiveIy high
or Iow.
- TheACPsensor readingisabove3 115kPa(452psi).
- This condition is present for 10 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
- Inspect the wiring harness for damage. If the wiring
harness appears OK, observe the A/C pressure dis-
pIay on the scan tooI whiIe moving the connectors
and the wiring harnesses reIated to the ACP sensor.
A change in the A/Cpressure dispIay onthe scantooI
wiII indicate the Iocation of the fauIt.
- A fauIt in the A/C system or inoperative cooIing fans
may set an ACP diagnostic troubIe code (DTC).
Test Description
tabIe.
from the ECM.
3. A voItage over 2 voIts indicates an A/C refrigerant
system pressure over 1 241 kPa (180 psi).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 27 -- Air Conditioning Pressure Sensor High Error (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
1. Disconnect the air conditioning pressure (ACP)
sensor connector.
3. Measure the voItage between the ACP connector
terminaIs A and B.
Does the voItage measure within the vaIue speci-
3
2. Connect the ACP sensor connector.
4. Measure the voItage at the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) connector terminaI D11 by
backprobing the connector.
Does the voItage measure beIow the vaIue speci-
fied?
2 v
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 4
4
ACP connector terminaI C and the ECM connector
terminaI D11.
-
5
Measure the voItage between the ACP connector
6
Check the wire between the ACP connector
terminaI A and the ECM connector terminaI A11 for
a short to the battery voItage.
-
7
between the ACP connector terminaI B and the
-
8
2. Repair the wire or the connector terminaI as
needed.
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
9
2. RepIace the ACP sensor.
-
System OK
-
10
2. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F043
AIR CONDITIONING PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH ERROR
Circuit Description
The air conditioning (A/C) system uses an air condition-
ing pressure (ACP) sensor mounted in the high-pres-
sure side of the A/C refrigerant system to monitor the
A/C refrigerant pressure. The eIectronic controI moduIe
(ECM) uses this information to turn the cooIing fans on
at high speed when the A/C refrigerant pressure is high
and to keep the A/C compressor disengaged when the
A/C refrigerant pressure is excessiveIy high
or Iow.
- TheACPsensor readingisabove3 115kPa(452psi).
- This condition is present for 10 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
- Inspect the wiring harness for damage. If the wiring
harness appears OK, observe the A/C pressure dis-
pIay on the scan tooI whiIe moving the connectors
and the wiring harnesses reIated to the ACP sensor.
A change in the A/Cpressure dispIay onthe scantooI
wiII indicate the Iocation of the fauIt.
- A fauIt in the A/C system or inoperative cooIing fans
may set an ACP diagnostic troubIe code (DTC).
Test Description
tabIe.
from the ECM.
3. A voItage over 2 voIts indicates an A/C refrigerant
system pressure over 1 241 kPa (180 psi).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 27 -- Air Conditioning Pressure Sensor High Error
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
1. Disconnect the air conditioning pressure (ACP)
sensor connector.
3. Measure the voItage between the ACP connector
terminaIs A and B.
3
2. Connect the ACP sensor connector.
4. Measure the voItage at the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) connector terminaI C15 by
backprobing the connector.
Does the voItage measure beIow the vaIue speci-
fied?
2 v
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 4
4
ACP connector terminaI C and the ECM connector
terminaI C15.
-
5
Measure the voItage between the ACP connector
6
Check the wire between the ACP connector
a short to the battery voItage.
-
7
between the ACP connector terminaI B and the
-
8
needed.
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
9
2. RepIace the ACP sensor.
-
System OK
-
10
2. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A22F016A
FUEL PUMP RELAY SHORT TO GROUND (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
When the ignition is turned ON, the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) appIies groundtothe fueI pumpreIay coiI
side. The ECM wiII appIy this ground for 2 seconds or
untiI reference puIses are receivedby the ECMfromthe
crankshaft position sensor. This activates the fueI pump
reIay, appIying battery voItage to the fueI pump.
The fueI pumpreIay circuit is shorted toground for more
than 1.6 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
tion, and a damaged harness.
condition, connect a test Iight between the fueI pump
reIay connector terminaI 85 andbattery positive whiIe
moving reIated connectors. If the fauIt is induced, the
test Iight wiII turn on. This may heIp to isoIate the
Iocation of an intermittent probIem.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Test Description
tabIe.
2. With the ignition OFF, the ECM shouId not be appIy-
ing ground to the fueI pump reIay.
red connector, the wire between the fueI pump reIay
DTC 29 -- FueI Pump ReIay Short to Ground (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
-
2
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
3
connector.
-
4
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
5
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A22F016A
FUEL PUMP RELAY SHORT TO BATTERY
Circuit Description
When the ignition is turned ON, the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) appIies groundtothe fueI pumpreIay coiI
side. The ECM wiII appIy this ground for 2 seconds or
untiI reference puIses are receivedby the ECMfromthe
crankshaft position sensor. This activates the fueI pump
reIay, appIying battery voItage to the fueI pump.
The fueI pump reIay circuit is shorted tobattery for more
than 1.6 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
tion, and a damaged harness.
condition, connect a test Iight between the fueI pump
reIay connector terminaI 85 andbattery positive whiIe
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Test Description
tabIe.
red connector, the wire between the fueI pump reIay
and the ECM is shorted to voItage. If the test Iight
DTC 32 -- FueI Pump ReIay Short to Battery (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
- Go to Step 2 -
2
2. Measure the resistance between the fueI pump
reIay terminaIs 85 and 86.
Does the resistance measure near the vaIue speci-
fied? 9 0 : Go to Step 6 Go to Step 3
3
Connect a test Iight between the fueI pump reIay
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
4
connector.
-
5
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
6
-
System OK
-
7
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F018
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH
Circuit Description
The manifoIdabsoIute pressure (MAP) sensor responds
to changes in the manifoId vacuum. The eIectronic con-
troI moduIe (ECM) receives this information as a signaI
voItage that wiII vary fromabout 1.0 to1.5 voIts at cIosed
throttIe (idIe) to 4.5 to 5.0 voIts at wide-open throttIe.
- Diagnostic troubIe codes (DTCs) 21 and 22 are not
set.
- The throttIe angIe is beIow 3 percent.
- The MAP sensor signaI indicates greater than 98 kPa
(29 inches of Hg).
Diagnostic Aids
- If the connections are OK, monitor the MAP sensor
signaI voItage whiIe moving reIated connectors and
the wiring harness. If the faiIure is induced, the dis-
pIay on the scan tooI wiII change. This may heIp to
isoIate the Iocation of an intermittent maIfunction.
- With the ignition ON and the engine OFF, the MAP
sensor pressure isequaI tothe atmosphericpressure.
ThisinformationisusedbytheECMasanindicationof
aItitude. Comparison of these readings with a known
goodvehicIewiththesameMAPsensor isa goodway
to check the accuracy of a questionabIe MAP sensor.
ThereadingsshouIdbethesamewithin0.4voIt.
Test Description
tabIe.
4. With the ignition ON and the engine OFF, the MAP
sensor isreadingatmosphericor barometricpressure.
If this reading is beIow 4 voIts, the ECM may prevent
theenginefromstarting.
6. This step checks for a reference voItage and a
ground from the ECM.
7. This step is checking the voItage reference and the
signaI return wire to the ECM. If the ECMrecognizes
the voItage reference and there is not a probIem in
the ground side of the circuit, the MAP sensor is
fauIty.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 33 -- ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure Sensor High (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Check the vacuum Iine from the manifoId absoIute
pressure (MAP) sensor for cracks, Ieaks, or restric-
tions.
-
3
1. Repair or repIace the vacuum Iine as needed.
-
System OK
-
4
Does the scan tooI show the MAP sensor voItage
above the vaIue specified? 4 v Go to Step 5 Go to Step 6
5
1. Disconnect the vacuum Iine from the MAP
sensor.
2. AppIy 68 kPa (20 in. of Hg) of vacuum to the MAP
sensor.
within the vaIue specified? 1.0-1.5 v
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 6
6
2. Disconnect the MAP sensor connector.
4. Measure the voItage between MAP sensor
connector terminaIs A and C.
fied?
7
Connect a fused jumper between the MAP sensor
connector terminaIs B and C.
8
Measure the voItage between the MAP sensor
connector terminaI C and ground.
9
between the MAP sensor connector terminaI A and
the ECM connector terminaI A11.
-
10
between the MAP sensor connector terminaI C and
the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) connector
terminaI B8.
-
11
MAP sensor connector terminaI B and the ECM
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 33 -- ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure Sensor High (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
12
needed.
the ECM.
-
13
1. RepIace the MAP sensor.
-
System OK
-
14
2. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
%/$1.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F019
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR HIGH
Circuit Description
set.
- The throttIe angIe is beIow 5 percent.
- The MAP sensor signaI indicates greater than 95 kPa
(28 inches of Hg).
Diagnostic Aids
the wiring harness. If the faiIure is induced, the dis-
pIay on the scan tooI wiII change. This may heIp to
isoIate the Iocation of an intermittent maIfunction.
Test Description
tabIe.
fauIty.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 33 -- ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure Sensor High (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Check the vacuum Iine from the manifoId absoIute
pressure (MAP) sensor for cracks, Ieaks, or restric-
tions.
-
3
1. Repair or repIace the vacuum Iine as needed.
-
System OK
-
4
5
sensor.
sensor.
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 6
6
4. Measure the voItage between MAP sensor
fied?
7
8
9
between the MAP sensor connector terminaI A and
the ECM connector terminaI D15.
-
10
between the MAP sensor connector terminaI C and
the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) connector
terminaI D8.
-
11
MAP sensor connector terminaI B and the ECM
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 33 -- ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure Sensor High (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
(Cont'd)
12
needed.
the ECM.
-
13
-
System OK
-
14
2. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
%/$1.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F018
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR LOW
Circuit Description
set.
- The engine speed is Iess than 1,200 rpm or the en-
gine speed is greater than 1,200 rpm and the throttIe
angIe is greater than 15 percent.
- The MAP sensor signaI voItage indicates Iess the 15
kPa (4.5 inches of Hg).
- These conditions have been present for 0.125 sec-
ond.
Diagnostic Aids
the wiringharness. If thefaiIure isinduced, thedispIay
on the scan tooI wiII change. This may heIp to isoIate
theIocationof anintermittent maIfunction.
Test Description
tabIe.
fauIty.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 34 -- ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure Sensor Low (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Does the scan tooI show the manifoId absoIute pres-
sure (MAP) sensor voItage above the vaIue speci-
fied? 4 v Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
3
sensor.
sensor.
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 4
4
4. Measure the voItage between the MAP sensor
fied?
5
6
7
2. Check for an open wire between the MAP sensor
connector terminaI A and the eIectronic controI
-
8
between the MAP sensor connector terminaI C
and the ECM connector terminaI B8.
-
9
between the MAP sensor connector terminaI B
-
10
needed.
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 34 -- ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure Sensor Low (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
11
-
System OK
-
12
2. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
%/$1.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F019
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR LOW
Circuit Description
set.
- The engine speed is Iess than 1,050 rpm or the en-
gine speed is greater than 1,050 rpm and the throttIe
angIe is greater than 19 percent.
- The MAP sensor signaI voItage indicates Iess than
14 kPa (4.0 inches of Hg).
- These conditions have been present for 1 second.
Diagnostic Aids
the wiringharness. If thefaiIure isinduced, thedispIay
on the scan tooI wiII change. This may heIp to isoIate
theIocationof anintermittent maIfunction.
Test Description
tabIe.
fauIty.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 34 -- ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure Sensor Low (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Does the scan tooI show the manifoId absoIute pres-
sure (MAP) sensor voItage above the vaIue speci-
fied? 4 v Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
3
sensor.
sensor.
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 4
4
4. Measure the voItage between the MAP sensor
fied?
5
6
7
2. Check for an open wire between the MAP sensor
connector terminaI A and the eIectronic controI
-
8
between the MAP sensor connector terminaI C
and the ECM connector terminaI D8.
-
9
between the MAP sensor connector terminaI B
-
10
needed.
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 34 -- ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure Sensor Low (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
(Cont'd)
11
-
System OK
-
12
2. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
%/$1.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F022
IDLE AIR CONTROL ERROR (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) controIs the idIe
speedtoa caIcuIatedrpmbasedon inputs and the actu-
aI engine rpm. This is determined by the ignition
reference puIses received by the ECM from the crank-
shaft position sensor. The ECM uses four circuits to
move the idIe air controI (IAC) vaIve. The IAC vaIve aI-
Iows varying amounts of air to fIow into the intake
manifoId, controIIing the idIe speed.
- Diagnostic troubIe codes (DTCs) 21, 22, and 24 are
not set.
- The throttIe is cIosed.
- The engine speed is 150 rpm above or beIow the
commanded idIe speed for 30 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
- Inspect for vacuum Ieaks, unconnected or brittIe
vacuum hoses, cuts, etc.
- Inspect the intake manifoId and the throttIe body
gaskets for proper seaIing.
- An IAC vaIve which does not respond tothe ECM, an
incorrect base idIe adjustment, a damaged throttIe
body, or damage to the throttIe body Iinkage couId
create the conditions for setting DTC 35.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 35 -- IdIe Air ControI Error (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
3. Monitor the engine rpm.
4. Disconnect the idIe air controI (IAC) vaIve
connector.
6. Start the engine. AIIow the engine to idIe in park
(P), or neutraI (N) for the manuaI transaxIe, with
the air conditioning (A/C) off and the parking
brake appIied.
vaIve.
Does the rpm change as the IAC driver is cycIed?
-
3
2. Disconnect the IAC driver from the IAC vaIve.
3. Remove the IAC vaIve from the throttIe body.
Are the IAC passages restricted?
-
4
1. CIean the IAC passages.
3. Perform the IAC vaIve reset procedure.
-
System OK
-
5
CycIetheIACdriver whiIemonitoringtheenginerpm.
cified with each fIash of the IAC driver? 700-1500 rpm Go to Step 6 Go to Step 3
6
2. Connect the IAC node Iight to the IAC connector.
3. Start the engine and cycIe the IAC driver.
Do both Iights of the IAC node Iight cycIe red and
green but never turn off as the rpm is changed using
the IAC driver?
-
7
3. Measure the resistance between IAC terminaIs
A and B, then C and D.
8
Measure the resistance between IAC terminaIs B
and C, then A and D.
Does the resistance match the specified vaIue?
R
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 14
9
2. Disconnect the IAC node Iight from the IAC vaIve
connector.
3. Check for fauIty connector terminaIs.
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 35 -- IdIe Air ControI Error (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
10
Check for any open circuits or open connections
between the IAC vaIve connector terminaIs and the
ECM.
-
11
Check for a short to ground between the IAC vaIve
connector terminaIs and the ECM.
-
12
2. Check for a short to voItage between the IAC
vaIve connector terminaIs and the ECM.
-
13
needed.
-
System OK
-
14
1. RepIace the IAC vaIve.
-
System OK
-
15
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
%/$1.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F023
IDLE AIR CONTROL ERROR (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) controIs the idIe
speedtoa caIcuIatedrpmbasedon inputs and the actu-
aI engine rpm. This is determined by the ignition
reference puIses received by the ECM from the crank-
shaft position sensor. The ECM uses four circuits to
move the idIe air controI (IAC) vaIve. The IAC vaIve aI-
Iows varying amounts of air to fIow into the intake
manifoId, controIIing the idIe speed.
- Diagnostic troubIe codes (DTCs) 21, 22 and 24 are
not set.
- The throttIe is cIosed.
- Rpm error (RPMVAR) is 175 rpm above or beIowthe
commanded idIe speed for more than 20 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
- Inspect for vacuum Ieaks, unconnected or brittIe
vacuum hoses, cuts, etc.
- Inspect the intake manifoId and the throttIe body
gaskets for proper seaIing.
- An IAC vaIve which does not respond tothe ECM, an
incorrect base idIe adjustment, a damaged throttIe
body, or damage to the throttIe body Iinkage couId
create the conditions for setting DTC 35.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 35 -- IdIe Air ControI Error (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
3. Monitor the engine rpm.
4. Disconnect the idIe air controI (IAC) vaIve
connector.
6. Start the engine. AIIow the engine to idIe in park
(P), or neutraI (N) for the manuaI transaxIe, with
the air conditioning (A/C) off and the parking
brake appIied.
vaIve.
Does the rpm change as the IAC driver is cycIed?
-
3
3. Remove the IAC vaIve from the throttIe body.
Are the IAC passages restricted?
-
4
1. CIean the IAC passages.
-
System OK
-
5
CycIetheIACdriver whiIemonitoringtheenginerpm.
cified with each fIash of the IAC driver? 700-1500 rpm Go to Step 6 Go to Step 3
6
2. Connect the IAC node Iight to the IAC connector.
3. Start the engine and cycIe the IAC driver.
Do both Iights of the IAC node Iight cycIe red and
green but never turn off as the rpm is changed using
the IAC driver?
-
7
3. Measure the resistance between IAC terminaIs A
and B, then C and D.
Is the resistance within the vaIue specified? 40-80 : Go to Step 8 Go to Step 14
8
Measure the resistance between IAC terminaIs B
and C, then A and D.
Does the resistance match the specified vaIue? R
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 14
9
2. Disconnect the IAC node Iight from the IAC vaIve
connector.
3. Check for fauIty connector terminaIs.
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 35 -- IdIe Air ControI Error (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
10
Check for any open circuits or open connections
between the IAC vaIve connector terminaIs and the
ECM.
-
11
Check for a short to ground between the IAC vaIve
connector terminaIs and the ECM.
-
12
2. Check for a short to voItage between the IAC
vaIve connector terminaIs and the ECM.
-
13
needed.
-
System OK
-
14
1. RepIace the IAC vaIve.
-
System OK
-
15
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
%/$1.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION ERROR (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
A properIy operating exhaust gas recircuIation (EGR)
systemwiII directIy affect the air/fueI requirements of the
engine. Since the exhaust gas introduced into the air/
fueI mixture cannot be used in combustion due to the
Iack of oxygen in the exhaust gas, Iess fueI is neededto
maintain a correct air/fueI ratio. If the EGR systemwere
to faiI in a cIosed position, the exhaust gas wouId be re-
pIaced with air and the air/fueI mixture wouId be Ieaner.
The eIectroniccontroI moduIe (ECM) wouIdcompensate
for the Iean condition by adding fueI, resuIting in higher
Iong term fueI trim vaIues.
- The EGR vaIve is instaIIed.
- Barometric pressure is above 90.0 kPa (26.65 inches
Hg).
- Diagnostic troubIe codes (DTCs) 21, 22, and 34 are
not set.
- The engine cooIant temperature is above 75EC
(167EF).
- The Iong term fueI trim vaIues are above 151 when the
manifoId absoIute pressure (MAP) sensor indicates
greater than85kPa(25.17inchesHg) inopenthrottIe.
- There is no vehicIe speed present and the difference
between the IongtermfueI trimvaIues in openthrottIe
and cIosed throttIe is above 20.
- AII conditions present for at Ieast 60 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
- The DTC 36 tabIe is a functionaI check of the EGR
system. If the EGR systemis operatingproperIy but a
DTC 36 has been set, check other items that couId
resuIt in high Iong term fueI trim vaIues above idIe.
- It is very commonfor the EGR vaIve springtoweaken
over an extended period of time. As the EGR vaIve
spring becomes weak, the EGR vaIve is aIIowed to
open prematureIy and excessiveIy, causing exces-
sive EGR fIow. This can create the conditions needed
to set the DTC 36.
- Check for restricted or bIocked EGR passages.
- Perform a MAP sensor output check.
- Perform an injector baIance test to determine if a re-
stricted fueI injector may be causing the Iean running
condition.
- Vacuumor crankcase Ieaks wiII cause a Iean running
condition.
DTC 36 -- Exhaust Gas RecircuIation Error (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to "Diag-
nostic System
Check"
2
Inspect for Iooseness of the exhaust gas
recircuIation (EGR) vaIve by grasping the vaIve and
trying to rotate it in both directions.
Is there Iooseness in the EGR vaIve?
-
3
1. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the EGR
vaIve.
2. AppIy the specified vaIue of vacuum to the EGR
vaIve vacuum port.
3. Note the EGR vaIve diaphragm movement.
Does the EGR vaIve diaphragm move?
33.77 kPa
(10 in. Hg) Go to Step 4 Go to Step 10
4
1. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the EGR
vaIve.
2. AppIy the specified vaIue of vacuum to the EGR
vaIve vacuum port.
Does the EGR vaIve hoId the vacuum?
33.77 kPa
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 36 -- Exhaust Gas RecircuIation Error (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
5
1. PIace the transaxIe in park (P) or neutraI (N).
2. Run the warm engine at idIe.
3. Push on the under side of the EGR vaIve
diaphragm.
Does the engine rpm decrease or does the engine
staII?
-
6
1. Increase the engine rpm from idIe to 2,000 rpm.
2. Note the EGR vaIve diaphragm movement.
Does the EGR vaIve diaphragm move?
-
Go to "Diagnos-
tic Aids"
Go to Step 7
7
2. Connect a vacuum gauge directIy to the EGR
vaIve vacuum source.
4. Increase the engine rpm from idIe to 2,000 rpm.
5. Note the vacuum gauge reading.
Does the vacuum gauge read above the specified
vaIue?
20 kPa
(6 in. Hg)
8
2. Check the EGR vaIve vacuum hose for a
restriction or a Ieak.
-
System OK
-
9
2. CIean the EGR vaIve vacuum source at the
throttIe body vacuum port.
-
System OK
-
10
RepIace the EGR vaIve.
Is the repair compIete? - System OK -
11
2. Remove the EGR vaIve.
3. Inspect the EGR passages of the intake manifoId
for a restriction.
-
Go to Step 12
Go to "Diag-
nostic Aids"
12
1. CIean the EGR passages of the intake manifoId.
2. CIean the EGR vaIve passages.
3. InstaII the EGR vaIve.
4. PIace the transaxIe in park (P) or neutraI (N).
6. Push on the under side of the EGR vaIve
diaphragm.
Does the engine rpm decrease or does the engine
staII?
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F044
ELECTRONIC SPARK TIMING "B" SHORTED TO BATTERY
Circuit Description
The direct ignition system (DIS) ignition coiI is suppIied
with battery voItage when the ignition is ON. The eIec-
tronic controI moduIe (ECM) triggers the circuit for the
DISignitioncoiI. VoItageistheninducedinthesecondary
portion of the DIS ignition coiI. ControI of the DIS ignition
coiI is monitored separateIy for the two eIectronic spark
timing(EST) Iines.
- The ECM receives voItage greater than 12 voIts
through the EST "B" Iine whiIe reference puIses are re-
ceived by the ECM from the crankshaft position
sensor.
- This error occurs over 10 times.
Diagnostic Aids
- Inspect the ECM harness connectors for backed-out
terminaIs, improperIy formed or damaged terminaIs,
a poor terminaI-to-wire connection, or a damaged
wiring harness.
- If the connections and the harness are OK, connect
a digitaI voItmeter or an osciIIoscope between the af-
fected terminaI and ground whiIe moving the reIated
connectors and the wiring harness. If the fauIt is in-
duced, the voItage reading or the scope pattern wiII
change.
Test Description
tabIe.
3. This step checks both the EST "B" and the ground
from the ECM.
6. A short to voItage that is intermittent may be at fauIt
in the EST "B" wire from the ECM.
11. If there are not any probIems in the wiring of the
circuit, yet no output from the ECM, the ECM is
fauIty.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 41 -- EIectronic Spark Timing "B" Shorted to Battery (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
2. Check the DIS ignition coiI connector terminaIs to
ensure that the terminaIs are correctIy instaIIed
and none of them are touching.
-
3
1. Measure the voItage between terminaI A and
terminaI C of the DIS ignition coiI connector.
DoesthevoItagefIuctuatewithinthevaIuespecified?
4
2. Disconnect theeIectroniccontroI moduIe(ECM)
whiteconnector.
3. Checkfor anydamagedpinsor terminaIsat the
ECMconnector terminaI C3 or near terminaI C3.
-
5
2. Measure the voItage at the DIS ignition coiI
connector terminaI A.
Is any voItage present?
-
6
Measure the voItage at the DIS ignition coiI
connector terminaI A whiIe moving the connectors
and the wiring harness of the ignition circuit.
-
7
2. Repair the short to voItage between the DIS
ignition coiI connector terminaI A and the ECM
connector terminaI C3.
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
8
2. Check the wires and harnesses of the ignition
circuit for any damage that couId cause an
intermittent short to voItage.
-
9
1. Repair any wire or connector terminaI as needed.
-
System OK
-
10
2. RepIace the DIS ignition coiI assembIy.
-
System OK
-
11
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F045
ELECTRONIC SPARK TIMING "B" SHORTED TO BATTERY
Circuit Description
DIS ignition coiI. VoItage is then induced in the secondary
timing(EST) Iines.
through the EST "B" Iine whiIe reference puIses are
received by the ECM from the crankshaft position
sensor.
Diagnostic Aids
wiring harness.
change.
Test Description
tabIe.
from the ECM.
in the EST "B" wire from the ECM.
fauIty.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 41 -- EIectronic Spark Timing "B" Shorted to Battery
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
-
3
1. Measure the voItage between terminaI A and
DoesthevoItagefIuctuatewithinthevaIuespecified? 0.2-2.0 v Go to Step 10 Go to Step 4
4
whiteconnector.
ECMconnector terminaI D14or near terminaI D14.
-
5
connector terminaI A.
-
6
connector terminaI A whiIe moving the connectors
-
7
ignition coiI connector terminaI A and the ECM
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
8
2. Check the wires and harnesses of the ignition
-
9
-
System OK
-
10
-
System OK
-
11
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F044
ELECTRONIC SPARK TIMING "A" SHORTED TO BATTERY
Circuit Description
timing(EST) Iines.
through the EST "A" Iine whiIe reference puIses are
sensor.
Diagnostic Aids
wiring harness.
change.
Test Description
tabIe.
3. This step checks both the EST "A" and the ground
from the ECM.
in the EST "A" wire from the ECM.
fauIty.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 42 -- EIectronic Spark Timing "A" Shorted to Battery (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
-
3
1. Measure the voItage between terminaI B and
4
whiteconnector.
ECMconnector terminaI D10 or near terminaI D10.
-
5
connector terminaI B.
-
6
connector terminaI B whiIe moving the connectors
-
7
ignition coiI connector terminaI B and the ECM
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
8
2. Check the wires and the harnesses of the ignition
-
9
-
System OK
-
10
-
System OK
-
11
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F045
ELECTRONIC SPARK TIMING "A" SHORTED TO BATTERY
Circuit Description
timing(EST) Iines.
through the EST "A" Iine whiIe reference puIses are
sensor.
Diagnostic Aids
wiring harness.
change.
Test Description
tabIe.
from the ECM.
in the EST "A" wire from the ECM.
fauIty.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 42 -- EIectronic Spark Timing "A" Shorted to Battery
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
-
3
1. Measure the voItage between terminaI B and
DoesthevoItagefIuctuatewithinthevaIuesspecified?
4
whiteconnector.
ECMconnector terminaI C14or near terminaI C14.
-
5
connector terminaI B.
-
6
connector terminaI B whiIe moving the connectors
-
7
ignition coiI connector terminaI B and the ECM
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
8
2. Check the wires and the harnesses of the ignition
-
9
-
System OK
-
10
-
System OK
-
11
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F028
OXYGEN SENSOR LEAN (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description

O

sensor
circuit or a coIdO

are not set.
- The engine controIs system is in cIosed Ioop.
- The O
sensor voItage is beIow 200 miIIivoIts for at

Ieast 30 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
- NormaI scan tooI voItage varies between 100 miIIi-
voIts and 999 miIIivoIts whiIe in cIosed Ioop.
- Inspect the O
sensor wire. The O
sensor pigtaiI
may be positioned incorrectIy and contacting the ex-
haust manifoId.
- Check for an intermittent ground in the wire between
the O
sensor and the ECM.

- Perform an injector baIance test to determine if a re-
stricted fueI injector may be causing the Iean
running condition.
condition.
- An exhaust manifoId gasket Ieak or a cracked ex-
haust manifoIdmay cause outside air tobe puIIedinto
the exhaust and past the sensor.
Test Description
tabIe.
2. Running the engine at 1,200 rpm keeps the O
sensor
hot soanaccuratedispIayvoItagecanbemaintained.
4. If the O
sensor voItage stays fixed beIow 350 miIIi-

voIts after disconnectingthe O
sensor, there is either

a short to groundin the O
sensor wire tothe ECMor

a fauIty ECM.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 44 -- Oxygen Sensor Lean (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
temperature.
3. Run the engine at 1,200 rpm.
Does the scan tooI read the oxygen (O
) sensor
voItage fixed beIow the vaIue specified?
220 mv Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
3
1. Disconnect the O
sensor connector.
Does the scan tooI read O
sensor voItage within the

vaIue specified?
350-550 mv
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 4
4
2. Check the O
sensor signaI wire between the O
sensor and eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM)

connector terminaI B11 for a short to ground.
-
5
needed.
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
6
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F029
OXYGEN SENSOR LEAN (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description

to about 100 miIIivoIts if the exhaust is Iean. The O
sensor is Iike an open circuit and produces no voItage

when it is beIow 360EC (680EF). An open O
sensor
circuit or a coIdO

are not set.
- The O
sensor voItage is beIow 274 miIIivoIts.

- The conditions are present for 40 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
- Inspect the O
sensor wire. The O
sensor pigtaiI
may be positioned incorrectIy and contacting the ex-
haust manifoId.
- Check for an intermittent ground in the wire between
the O
sensor and the ECM.

- Perform an injector baIance test to determine if
a restricted fueI injector may be causing the Iean
running condition.
condition.
- An exhaust manifoId gasket Ieak or a cracked ex-
haust manifoIdmay cause outside air tobe puIIedinto
the exhaust and past the sensor.
Test Description
tabIe.
2. Runningthe engine at 1,200 rpmkeeps the O
sensor
4. If the O
sensor voItage stays fixed beIow 350 miIIi-

voIts after disconnectingthe O
sensor, there is either

a short to groundin the O
sensor wire tothe ECMor

a fauIty ECM.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 44 -- Oxygen Sensor Lean (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
temperature.
) sensor
voItage fixed beIow the vaIue specified?
274 mv Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
3
1. Disconnect the O
sensor connector.
Does the scan tooI read O
sensor voItage within the

vaIue specified?
350-550 mv
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 4
4
2. Check the O
sensor signaI wire between the O
sensor and eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM)

connector terminaI D9 for a short to ground.
-
5
needed.
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
6
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F028
OXYGEN SENSOR RICH (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description

O

sensor
circuit or a coIdO

are not set.
- The O
sensor voItage is above 800 miIIivoIts for at

Ieast 30 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
- FueI pressure that is too high may cause a rich
running condition.
- A Ieaking fueI pressure reguIator diaphragm wiII
cause a rich running condition.
- Check for Ieaking fueI injectors by performing a fueI
injector baIance test.
- An intermittent throttIe position sensor output wiII
cause a rich running condition due to a faIse indica-
tion of the engine acceIerating.
- A faIse rich indication due tosiIicone contaminationof
theO
sensor. ThiswiII beindicatedbythepresenceof

the DTC 45 accompanied by Iean driveabiIity condi-
tionsandapowderywhitedeposit ontheO
sensor.
Test Description
tabIe.
sensor
3. This step checks for the eIectronic controI moduIe
abiIity to read a simuIated Iean O
sensor signaI.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 45 -- Oxygen Sensor Rich (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
temperature.
) sensor
voItage fixed above the vaIue specified?
800 mv Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
3
1. Disconnect the O
sensor connector and jumper

the connector terminaI to ground on the side of
sensor voItage be-

Iow the vaIue specified?
350 mv
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 4
4
2. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F029
OXYGEN SENSOR RICH (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description

to about 100 miIIivoIts if the exhaust is Iean. The O
sensor is Iike an open circuit and produces no voItage

when it is beIow 360EC (680EF). An open O
sensor
circuit or a coIdO

are not set.
- The O
sensor voItage is above 865 miIIivoIts.

- These conditions are present for more than 10 sec-
onds.
Diagnostic Aids
- FueI pressure that is too high may cause a rich
running condition.
- A Ieaking fueI pressure reguIator diaphragm wiII
cause a rich running condition.
- Check for Ieaking fueI injectors by performing a fueI
injector baIance test.
- An intermittent throttIe position sensor output wiII
cause a rich running condition due to a faIse indica-
tion of the engine acceIerating.
- A faIse rich indication due tosiIicone contaminationof
theO
sensor. ThiswiII beindicatedbythepresenceof

the DTC 45 accompanied by Iean driveabiIity condi-
tionsandapowderywhitedeposit ontheO
sensor.
Test Description
tabIe.
sensor
3. This step checks for the eIectronic controI moduIe
abiIity to read a simuIated Iean O
sensor signaI.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 45 -- Oxygen Sensor Rich (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
temperature.
) sensor
voItage fixed above the vaIue specified?
800 mv Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
3
1. Disconnect the O
sensor connector and jumper

the connector terminaI to ground on the side of
sensor voItage be-

Iow the vaIue specified?
350 mv
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 4
4
2. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO HIGH (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) monitors the
battery voItage at the ECM connector terminaI C16. If
the ECM detects voItage above the toIerance, the
diagnostic troubIe code (DTC) 49 wiII be set.
- The battery voItage (ADBAT) is greater than 17.2
voIts for more than 2 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
- Charging the battery with a battery charger and
starting the engine may set the DTC 49.
damagedterminaIs, poor terminaI-to-wireconnection,
or adamagedharness.
- If the connections and the wiring harness check OK,
monitor the battery voItage dispIay on the scan tooI
whiIe moving reIated connectors. If the fauIt is in-
duced, the battery voItage wiII abruptIy change. This
may heIp to isoIate the Iocation of the probIem.
Test Description
tabIe.
3. If the scan tooI is showing incorrect battery voItage,
the ECM is at fauIt.
DTC 49 -- Battery VoItage Too High (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
2. Start the engine and raise the engine speed to
1,200 rpm.
3. Monitor the battery voItage on the scan tooI.
Is the voItage at or above the vaIue specified? 17.2 v Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
3
Measure the voItage across the battery.
Is the voItage at or above the vaIue specified?
4
1. Turn the headIamps ON.
2. Turn the air conditioning (A/C) ON.
3. Turn the bIower switch to HIGH.
4. Raise the engine speed to 2,000 rpm.
5. Monitor the battery voItage on the scan tooI.
Is the voItage at or above the vaIue specified? 17.2 v Go to Step 5
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
5
2. Repair thegenerator or thegenerator circuit as
needed.
-
System OK
-
6
2. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
ECMERROR (CHECKSUMOR KKPGMID ERROR)
(1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6, 1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
DTC WiII Set When
- KKPGMID is not set into $95 for the IEFI-6 ($99 for
the ITMS-6F), or the caIcuIated CHECKSUM is not
consistent with the KKSUM.
Test Description
tabIe.
2. A programmabIe read-onIy memory (PROM) that is
incorrectIy instaIIed wiII set the diagnostic troubIe
code (DTC) 51.
DTC 51 -- ECM Error (CHECKSUM or KKPGMID Error)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Check that aII of the programmabIe read-onIy
memory (PROM) pins are fuIIy inserted in the sock-
et.
-
3
1. InstaII the PROM correctIy in the socket.
3. Check for the presence of any DTCs.
Does the DTC 51 reappear?
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
4
1. RepIace the PROM.
3. Check for the presence of any DTCs.
Does the DTC 51 reappear?
-
Go to Step 5
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
5
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209T007
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (DTC) 53 ECMIMMOBILIZED ERROR
(1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6, 1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
When the ignition is turned ON, the key is tested by the
immobiIizer anti-theft system. WhiIe the key code is be-
ing read by the immobiIizer controI unit, the engine can
start and run with any key that wiII turn the Iock cyIinder.
The key code is read and compared with key codes that
have been stored in the memory of the immobiIizer con-
troI unit. If a vaIidkey is detected, the immobiIizer controI
unit sends a seriaI data reIease message to the eIec-
tronic controI moduIe (ECM). IncIuded in the reIease
message is an identification (ID) code which assures
that neither the immobiIizer controI unit nor the ECM
have been substituted to defeat the system. If the ECM
receives an invaIidreIease message, the ECMperforms
the foIIowing actions:
- DisabIes the fueI injector circuit.
- DisabIes the fueI pump circuit.
- The ECMdoes not receive the signaI from the immo-
biIizer controI moduIe within .562 seconds when the
vehicIe is stationary, or within 1.5 seconds when the
vehicIe is moving.
- The ECM receives an incorrect reIease message
fromthe immobiIizer controI unit more than five times.
The above conditions are maintained untiI the ignition is
switched OFF.
DTC 53 WiII CIear When
- The ignition switch is turned OFF or the scan tooI
CLEAR CODES command is issued.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 53 -- ECM ImmobiIized Error (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6,
1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
Connect the scan tooI using the foIIowing procedure:
1. Insert the immobiIizer data cartridge into the scan
tooI.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
4. Connect the scan tooI's power cord to the cigar
Iighter socket.
5. Turn the ignition ON, but do not start the engine.
Is communication estabIished between the scan tooI
and the immobiIizer controI unit?
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
Section 9T, ImC
mobiIizer AntiC
Theft
System
2
1. SeIect SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS from the scan tooI
menu.
2. Read the KEY STATUS message.
Does the KEY STATUS message indicate POS NR
(position number) 00?
-
Go to
Section 9T, ImC
mobiIizer AntiC
Theft
System Go to Step 3
3
1. SeIect SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS from the scan tooI
menu.
2. Read the IMMO & ECM ID CODE (immobiIization
and eIectronic controI moduIe identification code)
message.
Does the ID CODE DIFFERENT message appear?
-
Go to
Section 9T, ImC
mobiIizer AntiC
Theft
System Go to Step 4
4
Check for an open seriaI data wire between the
immobiIizer controI unit and the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM).
Is the circuit open?
-
5
Repair the open seriaI data wire between the ECM
and the immobiIizer controI unit.
-
System OK
-
6
1. RepIace the ECM.
2. Reprogram the ID code.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A302F198
CO ADJUST ERROR (1.3L AND 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
Circuit Description
The COadjuster isonIy usedonvehicIesthat useIeaded
fueI. The CO adjuster is used in pIace of the O
sensor.
- The engine controI system is in open Ioop.
- The CO potentiometer is greater than 250 counts or
Iess than 5 counts.
Diagnostic Aids
- Inspect the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) wiring
harness connectors for improper mating, broken
Iocks, improperIy formed or damaged terminaIs, a poor
terminaI-to-wireconnection, oradamagedharness.
DTC 54 -- CO Adjust Error (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Adjust the CO adjuster.
Is the CO adjustabIe and in proper adjustment?
-
3
1. To check the abiIity of the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) to provide a 5-voIt suppIy to the
CO adjuster, begin by turning the ignition OFF.
2. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector at the CO
adjuster.
4. Measure the voItage between the CO adjuster
4
2. Check for a short to battery voItage, a short to
ground, or an open in the wire between the CO
adjuster terminaI A and the ECM connector
terminaI B8.
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 54 -- CO Adjust Error (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6) (Cont'd)
5
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
6
Check for a short to battery voItage, a short to
adjuster terminaI C and the ECM connector terminaI
B11.
-
7
ground, or an open in the wire between the CO ad-
juster terminaI B and the ECM connector terminaI
A11.
-
8
1. Repair the wire or the connector terminaI, as
needed.
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
9
adjuster.
2. Measure the resistance between terminaI A and
terminaI B of the CO adjuster.
Is the resistance the vaIue specified? 12.6 : Go to Step 10 Go to Step 11
10
To check the abiIity of the CO adjuster to vary the
resistance in the circuit, begin by measuring the re-
sistance between terminaI A and terminaI C of the
CO adjuster.
Does the resistance vary with the turn of the CO
adjuster screw?
-
11
1. RepIace the CO adjuster.
-
System OK
-
12
Check for an open or a short to battery voItage be-
tween terminaI B10 of the ECM and ground.
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A302F199
CO ADJUST ERROR (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The COadjuster isonIy usedonvehicIesthat useIeaded
fueI. The CO adjuster is used in pIace of the O
sensor.
- The engine controI system is in open Ioop.
- CO potentiometer is greater than 250 counts or Iess
than 5 counts.
Diagnostic Aids
- Inspect the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) wiring
harness connectors for improper mating, broken
Iocks, improperIy formed or damaged terminaIs, a poor
terminaI-to-wireconnection, oradamagedharness.
DTC 54 -- CO Adjust Error (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
Adjust the CO adjuster.
Is the CO adjustabIe and in proper adjustment?
-
3
1. To check the abiIity of the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) to provide a 5-voIt suppIy to the
CO adjuster, begin by turning the ignition OFF.
adjuster.
4. Measure the voItage between the CO adjuster
4
adjuster terminaI A and the ECM connector
terminaI D8.
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 54 -- CO Adjust Error (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
5
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
6
adjuster terminaI C and the ECM connector
terminaI D2.
-
7
adjuster terminaI B and the ECM connector terminaI
B2.
-
8
1. Repair the wire or the connector terminaI, as
needed.
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
9
adjuster.
2. Measure the resistance between terminaI A and
terminaI B of the CO adjuster.
Is the resistance the vaIue specified? 12.6 : Go to Step 10 Go to Step 11
10
To check the abiIity of the CO adjuster to vary the
resistance in the circuit, begin by measuring the
resistance between terminaI A and terminaI C of the
CO adjuster.
Does the resistance vary with the turn of the CO
adjuster screw?
-
11
1. RepIace the CO adjuster.
-
System OK
-
12
Check for an open or a short to battery voItage
between terminaI C9 of the ECM and ground.
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
EEPROMOR CONFIG REG ERROR (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) utiIizes an eIec-
tronicaIIy erasabIe programmabIe read-onIy memory
(EEPROM). The EEPROM contains program informa-
tion and the caIibrations required for engine diagnostics
operation.
- Microprocessor configuration register is not equaI to
$0B.
Diagnostic Aids
The diagnostic troubIe code (DTC) 55 indicates that
the contents of the EEPROM have changed since the
ECMwas programmed. The onIy possibIe repair is ECM
repIacement. Remember to program the repIacement
ECMwith the correct software andcaIibrationfor the ve-
hicIe.
Test Description
tabIe.
2. When the ECMis beingrepIaced, the newECMmust
be programmed.
DTC 55 -- EEPROM or Config Reg Error (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
has been performed.
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
1. RepIace the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM).
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
%/$1.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F049
CCP SOLENOID SHORTED TO GROUND (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
Evaporative canister purgeis controIIedby theeIectronic
controI moduIe (ECM). The ECMappIies a groundtothe
controIIed canister purge (CCP) soIenoid. The ECMde-
termines when to activate the CCP soIenoid depending
on operating conditions, incIuding throttIe position, en-
gine speed, cooIant temperature, and ambient tempera-
ture.
- A short to ground condition exits.
Diagnostic Aids
tion, or adamagedharness.
condition, connect a test Iight between the CCP soIe-
noid connector terminaI 2 and battery positive whiIe
Test Description
tabIe.
ing ground to the CCP soIenoid.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 61 -- CCP SoIenoid Shorted to Ground (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
has been performed.
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
1. Disconnect the controIIed canister purge (CCP)
soIenoid connector.
2. Connect a test Iight between the CCP soIenoid
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
3
connector.
-
4
the CCP soIenoid connector terminaI 2 and the
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
5
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F049
CCP SOLENOID SHORTED TO BATTERY (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
Evaporative canister purgeis controIIedby theeIectronic
controI moduIe (ECM). The ECMappIies a groundtothe
controIIed canister purge (CCP) soIenoid. The ECMde-
termines when to activate the CCP soIenoid depending
on operating conditions, incIuding throttIe position, en-
gine speed, cooIant temperature, and ambient tempera-
ture.
- A short to battery voItage condition exits.
Diagnostic Aids
condition, connect a test Iight between the CCP soIe-
noid connector terminaI 2 and battery positive whiIe
Test Description
tabIe.
and the ECM is shorted to voItage. If the test Iight
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 62 -- CCP SoIenoid Shorted to Battery (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
has been performed.
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
1. Disconnect the controIIed canister purge (CCP)
soIenoid connector.
2. Measure the resistance of the CCP soIenoid.
3
1. Disconnect the CCP soIenoid connector.
2. Connect a test Iight between the CCP soIenoid
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
4
connector.
-
5
the CCP soIenoid connector terminaI 2 and the
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
6
1. RepIace the CCP soIenoid.
-
System OK
-
7
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F044
ELECTRONIC SPARK TIMING "B" SHORTED TO GROUND
Circuit Description
timing(EST) Iines.
- No voItage is suppIied by the ECM through the EST
"B" Iine whiIe reference puIses are received by the
ECM from the crankshaft position sensor.
Diagnostic Aids
terminaIs, improperIy formedor damagedterminaIs, a
poor terminaI-to-wireconnection, or a damagedwiring
harness.
- If connections and the harness are OK, connect a
digitaI voItmeter or an osciIIoscope between the af-
change.
Test Description
tabIe.
from the ECM.
6. An open circuit or short to groundthat is intermittent
may be at fauIt in the EST "B" wire from the ECM.
fauIty.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 63 -- EIectronic Spark Timing "B" Shorted to Ground (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
-
3
1. Connect a voItmeter between terminaI A and
terminaI C of the DIS ignition coiI.
4
white connector.
3. Check for any damaged pins or terminaIs at the
ECM connector terminaI C3 or near terminaI C3.
-
5
DIS ignition coiI connector terminaI A and the ECM
-
6
DIS ignition coiI connector terminaI A and the ECM
connector terminaI C3 whiIe moving the connectors
-
7
1. Repair the open or short to ground between the
DIS ignition coiI connector terminaI A and the
ECM connector terminaI C3.
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
8
Check the wires and wiring harnesses of the ignition
circuit for any damage that couId cause an intermit-
tent open or short to ground.
-
9
-
System OK
-
10
-
System OK
-
11
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F045
ELECTRONIC SPARK TIMING "B" SHORTED TO GROUND
Circuit Description
timing(EST) Iines.
"B" Iine whiIe reference puIses are received by the
Diagnostic Aids
harness.
change.
Test Description
tabIe.
from the ECM.
may be at fauIt in the EST "B" wire from the ECM.
fauIty.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC63 -- EIectronic Spark Timing "B" Shorted to Ground (1.3L SOHCand1.6L DOHCITMS-6F)
1
WastheDiagnosticSystemCheckperformed?
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
IstheprobIemfound?
-
3
1. Connect a voItmeter between terminaI A and
4
whiteconnector.
3. Checkfor anydamagedpinsor terminaIsat or near
theECMconnector terminaI D14.
IstheprobIemfound?
-
5
Checkfor anopenor short togroundbetweentheDIS
ignitioncoiI connector terminaI AandtheECMcon-
nector terminaI D14.
IstheprobIemfound?
-
6
Checkfor anopenor short togroundbetweentheDIS
ignitioncoiI connector terminaI AandtheECMcon-
nector terminaI D14whiIemovingtheconnectorsand
thewiringharnessof theignitioncircuit.
IstheprobIemfound?
-
7
DIS ignition coiI connector terminaI A and the
the ECM.
Istherepair compIete?
-
System OK
-
8
Checkthewiresandwiringharnessesof theignition
circuit for anydamagethat couIdcauseanintermittent
openor short toground.
IstheprobIemfound?
-
9
-
System OK
-
10
-
System OK
-
11
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F044
ELECTRONIC SPARK TIMING "A" SHORTED TO GROUND
Circuit Description
timing(EST) Iines.
"A" Iine whiIe reference puIses are received by the
Diagnostic Aids
harness.
change.
Test Description
tabIe.
from the ECM.
may be at fauIt in the EST "A" wire from the ECM.
fauIty.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 64 -- EIectronic Spark Timing "A" Shorted to Ground (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
-
3
1. Connect a voItmeter between terminaI B and
4
white connector.
ECMconnector terminaI D10or near terminaI D10.
-
5
DIS ignition coiI connector terminaI B and the ECM
-
6
connector terminaI D10 whiIe moving the connectors
-
7
DIS ignition coiI connector terminaI B and the
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
8
-
9
-
System OK
-
10
-
System OK
-
11
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F045
ELECTRONIC SPARK TIMING "A" SHORTED TO GROUND
Circuit Description
timing(EST) Iines.
"A" Iine whiIe reference puIses are received by the
Diagnostic Aids
harness.
change.
Test Description
tabIe.
from the ECM.
may be at fauIt in the EST "A" wire from the ECM.
fauIty.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC64 -- EIectronic Spark Timing "A" Shorted to Ground (1.3L SOHCand1.6L DOHCITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
-
3
1. Connect a voItmeter between terminaI B and
4
white connector.
ECMconnector terminaI C14or near terminaI C14.
-
5
-
6
connector terminaI C14 whiIe moving the connectors
-
7
DIS ignition coiI connector terminaI B and the
ECM connector terminaI C14.
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
8
-
9
-
System OK
-
10
-
System OK
-
11
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F051
A/C CUT SHORTED TO GROUND (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
When the air conditioning (A/C) switch is turned ON,
the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) grounds the A/C
compressor reIay to initiate A/C compressor operation.
Under various operating conditions, the ECM wiII inter-
rupt A/C compressor operation.
- A short to ground condition exits and is present for
more than 2 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
condition, connect a test Iight between the A/C
compressor reIay connector terminaI 85 and battery
positive whiIe moving reIated connectors. If the fauIt
is induced, the test Iight wiII turn on. This may heIp to
isoIate the Iocation of an intermittent probIem.
Test Description
tabIe.
ing ground to the A/C compressor reIay.
red connector, the wire between the A/C compressor
reIay and the ECM is shorted to ground. If the test
Iight goes off, the ECM is at fauIt.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 87 -- A/C Cut Shorted to Ground (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
has been performed.
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
1. Disconnect the air conditioning (A/C) compressor
reIay.
2. Connect a test Iight between the A/C compressor
reIay connector terminaI 86 and battery positive.
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
3
connector.
-
4
the A/C compressor reIay connector terminaI 86
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
5
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F051
A/C CUT SHORTED TO BATTERY (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
When the air conditioning (A/C) switch is turned ON,
the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) grounds the A/C
compressor reIay to initiate A/C compressor operation.
Under various operating conditions, the ECM wiII inter-
rupt A/C compressor operation.
- A short to battery voItage condition exits and is
present for more than 2 seconds.
Diagnostic Aids
condition, connect a test Iight between the A/C com-
pressor reIay connector terminaI 85 and groundwhiIe
Test Description
tabIe.
red connector, the wire between the A/C compressor
reIay and the ECM is shorted to voItage. If the test
Iight goes off, the ECM is at fauIt.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 88 -- A/C Cut Shorted to Battery (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
has been performed.
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
1. Disconnect the air conditioning (A/C) compressor
reIay.
2. Measure the resistance between the A/C
compressor reIay terminaIs 85 and 86.
3
Connect a test Iight between the A/C compressor
reIay connector terminaI 86 and ground.
-
Go to Step 4
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids"
4
connector.
-
5
the A/C compressor reIay connector terminaI 86
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
6
1. RepIace the A/C compressor reIay.
-
System OK
-
7
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F047
QDMERROR (1.3L SOHC AND 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
Circuit Description
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) is used to controI
severaI components such as those iIIustrated above.
The ECM controIs these devices through the use of a
quad-driver moduIe (QDM). When the ECM is com-
manding a component on, the voItage potentiaI of the
output circuit wiII be Iow(near 0 voIts). When the ECMis
commanding the output circuit to a component off, the
voItage potentiaI of the circuit wiII be high (near battery
voItage). The primary function of the QDM is to suppIy
the ground for the component being controIIed.
The ECMhas an internaIIy protectedQDM. This internaI
protection can be compared to a circuit breaker. If too
much current fIows in a controIIed circuit, this type of
QDM turns itseIf off. This aIIows the QDM to survive a
shorted reIay, soIenoid, or wire. Repair the fauIt in the
output circuit and the QDM wiII return to normaI opera-
tion. It is not necessary to repIace the ECM unIess it is
determined that the ECM itseIf is fauIty.
Each QDM has a fauIt Iine which is monitored by the
ECM. The ECM wiII compare the voItage at the QDM
based on accepted vaIues of the fauIt Iine. If the QDM
fauIt detectioncircuit senses a voItage other than the ac-
cepted vaIue, the diagnostic troubIe code (DTC) 93 wiII
be set.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
- A QDM fauIt has been detected consecutiveIy three
times.
Diagnostic Aids
- ReIated symptoms of a QDMfauIt, such components
on aII the time or never on, wiII isoIate the probIem
circuit.
- Monitor the voItage at connector terminaIs shown
in the wiring diagram whiIe moving reIated harness
connectors, incIuding the ECM harness. This may
heIpinIocatinganintermittent condition.
- Check for bent connector terminaIs at the ECM
connectors and the connectors of the reIays and
soIenoids.
- Check for bent pins at the ECM.
- If the DTC 93 reoccurs with no apparent connector
probIem, repIace the ECM.
Test Description
tabIe.
2. The ECM does not know which controIIed circuit
caused the DTC 93. This step wiII go through each
of the circuits to determine which is at fauIt.
3. By grounding the assembIy Iine diagnostic Iink
(ALDL), this causes the ECM to actuate aII reIays
and soIenoids.
4. By removing the jumper from the ALDL, onIy the
ignition feed shouId be present to the reIay or soIe-
noid. The ECM shouId no Ionger be suppIying a
ground to compIete the circuit.
5. With the ECM connectors disconnected, onIy a
short to ground in the wiring between the affected
component and the ECM wiII aIIow the test Iight to
turn on.
7. If there are no probIems found in the wiring and the
connections are OK, repIace the affected reIay or
soIenoid.
11. If there is noignitionfeedtothe affectedcomponent,
check for a bIown fuse or open in the wiring. If the
fuse is bIown, Iocate and repair the short to ground
in that ignition feed circuit.
DTC 93 -- QDM ERROR (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F)
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Diagnostic
System Check"
2
red connector.
3. Connect an ammeter (set to 2 amp scaIe)
between each of the foIIowing ECM connector
terminaIs and ground:
- A10 - Fan Iow reIay.
- A14 - Fan high reIay.
- A15 - Air conditioning (A/C) compressor reIay.
- A12 - FueI pump reIay.
- A13 - ControIIed canister purge (CCP)
A13 - soIenoid.
Does the amperage of aII circuits measure within the
vaIue specified?
<0.75 amps
but not 0.0
amps
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids" Go to Step 3
3
3. Use the wiring diagram to determine the specific
component terminaIs to be tested.
4. Disconnect the reIay/soIenoid from the affected
circuit.
7. Connect atest Iight betweentheconnector
terminaIsfor thecomponent of theaffectedcircuit.
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 93 -- QDM ERROR (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F) (Cont'd)
4
Remove the jumper from the ALDL.
5
4. Connect atest Iight betweentheconnector
terminaIsfor thecomponent of theaffectedcircuit.
-
6
2. Repair the short to ground between the
component of the affected circuit and the ECM.
the ECM.
-
System OK
-
7
2. Check for poor connections and repair as needed.
3. If the connections are OK, repIace the component
of the affected circuit.
-
System OK
-
8
Connect the test Iight between the ignition feed con-
nector terminaI for the component of the affected
circuit and ground.
-
9
2. Check for an open in the wiring between the
component of the affected circuit and the ECM.
-
10
1. Repair the open wire.
-
System OK
-
11
1. Repair the open in the affected component
ignition feed circuit.
-
System OK
-
12
1. RepIace the ECM.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SYMPTOMDIAGNOSIS
IMPORTANT PRELIMINARY CHECKS
Important: SeveraI symptomprocedures caII for a carefuI visuaI/physicaI inspection. AIways performthe visuaI/physi-
caI test first. VisuaI inspections may Iead to correcting a probIem without further checks and can save vaIuabIe time.
1
Are any diagnostic troubIe code(s) (DTCs) stored in
the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) memory?
-
Go to
Appropriate
DTC TabIe Go to Step 2
2
1. Inspect aII of the ECM ground connections.
2. Inspect aII of the vacuum hoses for spIits, kinks,
or improper connections.
3. Check for air Ieaks at aII of the mounting areas of
the intake manifoId seaIing surfaces.
4. Inspect the ignition wires for cracking, hardness,
proper routing, or carbon tracking.
5. Inspect the wiring for proper connections,
pinches, or cuts.
Are aII checks compIete?
-
Go to
Appropriate
Symptom TabIe
-
INTERMITTENTS
Definition: The probIem may or may not turn on the
service engine soon (SES) warningor store a diagnostic
troubIe code (DTC).
Important: Do not use the DTC tabIes for intermittent
probIems. A fauIt must be present in order to Iocate the
probIem. If a fauIt is intermittent, use of DTC tabIes may
resuIt in the repIacement of good parts.
1
Were the Important PreIiminary Checks performed?
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
_Important
PreIiminary
Checks"
2
1. Perform a carefuI inspection of any suspect
circuits.
2. Inspect for poor mating of the connector haIves,
or terminaIs not fuIIy seated into the connector
body.
3. Inspect for improperIy formed or damaged
terminaIs.
4. Inspect for poor terminaI-to-wire connections.
This requires removing the terminaI from the
connector body to inspect it.
Are any probIems present?
-
3
Repair the eIectricaI connections as needed.
- System OK -
4
Road test the vehicIe with a voItmeter connected to
a suspected circuit or a scan tooI connected to the
assembIy Iine diagnostic Iink (ALDL).
Does the voItmeter or the scan tooI indicate an ab-
normaI voItage or scan reading?
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Intermittents (Cont'd)
5
RepIace the sensor in the affected circuit, if a diag-
nostic troubIe code (DTC) is stored for this circuit
(except for the DTCs 44 and 45).
-
System OK
-
6
Does an intermittent service engine soon (SES)
warning or a DTC occur? - Go to Step 7 Go to Step 8
7
1. Check for a fauIty reIay, eIectronic controI moduIe
(ECM) driven soIenoid, or switch.
2. Check for improper instaIIation of eIectricaI
devices, such as Iights, two-way radios, eIectric
motors, etc.
3. Inspect the ignition controI wires for proper
routing away from ignition wires, ignition system
components, and the generator.
4. Check for a short to ground in the SES circuit or
the ALDL "test" terminaI.
5. Inspect the ECM ground connections.
6. Correct or repair the affected circuits as needed.
-
System OK
-
8
1. Check for a Ioss of DTC memory.
2. Disconnect the throttIe position sensor (TPS).
3. Run the engine at idIe untiI the SES comes on.
Is DTC 22 stored in memory?
-
9
RepIace the ECM.
- System OK -
10 Does the vehicIe staII whiIe driving? - Go to Step 11 Go to Step 12
11
Monitor the oxygen (O
) sensor and the injector

base puIse width with the scan tooI.
Does the scan tooI dispIay a steady Iow voItage
(about 0 mv) for the O
sensor with the controI mod-

uIe commanding an injector base puIse width of the
vaIue specified?
8 ms Go to Step 9 Go to Step 12
12
1. Check for an open diode across the air
conditioning (A/C) cIutch and for other open
diodes.
2. Repair or repIace any components as needed.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
HARD START
Definition: The engine cranks OK, but does not start for
a Iongtime. The engine eventuaIIy runs or may start and
immediateIy die.
Important: Ensure that the driver is using the correct
starting procedure. Before diagnosing, check service
buIIetins for updates.
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
''Important
PreIiminary
Checks"
2
2. Check the cooIant temperature sensor (CTS) and
the manifoId air temperature (MAT) sensor using
the scan tooI.
3. Compare the cooIant temperature and the MAT
with the ambient temperature when the engine is
coId.
Do the CTS and the MAT readings differ from the
ambient temperature by more than the vaIue speci-
fied?
3EC (5EF) Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
3
1. Measure the resistance of the CTS and the MAT
sensor.
2. Compare the resistance vaIue to specifications
using the Temperature Vs. Resistance tabIes for
diagnostic troubIe codes (DTCs) 14 and 23.
3. If the resistance is not the same, repIace the
fauIty sensor.
-
System OK
-
4
1. Check for a sticking throttIe shaft or a binding
Iinkage that may cause a high throttIe position
sensor (TPS) voItage. Repair or repIace the parts
as needed.
2. Check the TPS voItage reading with the throttIe
cIosed.
5
1. Check the manifoId absoIute pressure (MAP)
sensor response and accuracy.
2. RepIace the MAP sensor as needed.
-
6
Check the fueI pump operation.
Does the fueI pump operate for the specified time
when the ignition switch is turned ON?
2 sec Go to Step 7
Go to "FueI
Pump ReIay
Circuit Check"
7
Check the fueI system pressure.
Is the fueI pressure within the specifications?
284-325 kPa
8
Check for water contamination in the fueI.
9
RepIace the contaminated fueI.
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Hard Start (Cont'd)
10
1. Check the fueI injector driver circuit.
2. Disconnect aII of the fueI injector harness
connectors at the fueI injectors.
3. Connect an injector test Iight between the
harness terminaIs of each fueI injector connector.
4. Note the test Iight whiIe cranking the engine.
Does the test Iight bIink at aII connectors?
-
11
Check the fueI injector driver wiring harness, the
connectors, and the connector terminaIs for the
proper connections.
-
12
Repair the wiring harness, the connector, or the con-
nector terminaI as needed.
-
System OK
-
13
tures.
fied at 20EC (68EF)?
11.6-12.4 : Go to Step 15 Go to Step 14
14
RepIace any fueI injector with a resistance that is out
of specifications.
-
System OK
-
15
Perform an injector baIance test.
16
RepIace any restricted or Ieaking fueI injectors as
needed.
-
System OK
-
17
1. Check for the proper ignition voItage output for
each cyIinder with a spark tester.
2. Inspect the spark pIugs for cracks, wear, improper
gap, burned eIectrodes, or heavy deposits.
3. Inspect the ignition wires for short conditions.
4. Inspect aII of the ignition grounds for Ioose
connections.
5. Inspect the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) for
the proper operation.
-
18
Correct or repIace any fauIty ignition components.
- System OK -
19
Does the engine misfire or cut out under Ioad or at
idIe? -
Go to
"Ignition System
Check" Go to Step 20
20 Does the engine start, but then immediateIy staII? - Go to Step 21 Go to Step 23
21
1. Remove the crankshaft position sensor (CPS).
2. Inspect for fauIty connections and repair as
needed.
-
22
Repair the fauIty connections as needed.
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Hard Start (Cont'd)
23
1. Check for the proper vaIve timing.
2. Check the cyIinder compression.
3. Inspect the pushrods, the rocker arms, the vaIve
springs, and the camshaft Iobes for excessive
wear.
4. Inspect the intake manifoId and the exhaust
manifoId passages for casting fIash.
-
24
Repair or repIace any components as needed.
- System OK -
25
Check the idIe air controI (IAC) vaIve operation. Re-
pair or repIace components as needed.
-
System OK
-
26
Check the base idIe setting of the throttIe body.
Is the base idIe setting properIy adjusted?
27
Check the TPS circuit for proper operation. Repair
or repIace components as needed.
-
System OK
-
28
Adjust the base idIe setting to specifications.
- System OK -
29
Repair the fueI system as needed.
- System OK -
30
RepIace the ECM.
- System OK -
SURGES OR CHUGGLES
Definition: Engine power varies under steady throttIe or
cruise and feeIs as if the vehicIe speeds up and sIows
down with no change in the acceIerator pedaI position.
Important: Make sure the driver understands torque
converter cIutch (TCC) and air conditioning (A/C) com-
pressor operation as described in the owner's manuaI.
The speedometer reading and the speed reading on the
scan tooI shouId be equaI.
Before diagnosing the symptom, check service buIIetins
for updates.
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
_Important
PreIiminary
Checks"
2
Connect the scan tooI to the assembIy Iine diagnos-
tic Iink (ALDL).
Does the oxygen (O
) sensor respond quickIy to dif-

ferent throttIe positions?
-
3
1. Check the O
sensor for siIicone or other

contaminants from fueI or use of improper room
temperature vuIcanizing (RTV) seaIant.
2. RepIace the contaminated O
sensor.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Surges or ChuggIes (Cont'd)
4
1. Drive the vehicIe at the speed of the compIaint.
2. Monitor the Iong-term fueI trim reading using the
scan tooI.
Is the Iong-term fueI trim reading within the vaIue
specified?
115-150
counts
5
Is the Iong-term fueI trim reading beIow the vaIue
specified?
115 counts
Go to
"Diagnostic Aids
for DTC 45" Go to Step 6
6
Is the Iong-term fueI trim reading above the vaIue
specified?
150 counts
Go to
"Diagnostic Aids
for DTC 44"
-
7
Check the fueI system pressure whiIe the condition
exists.
Is the fueI system pressure within specifications?
284-325 kPa
(41-47 psi)
8
Check the in-Iine fueI fiIter.
Is the fiIter dirty or pIugged?
9
Does the injector baIance test pinpoint the probIem?
10
1. Check for proper ignition voItage output using a
spark tester.
2. Inspect the spark pIugs for cracks, wear, improper
gap, burned eIectrodes, or heavy deposits.
-
11
Repair or repIace any ignition system components
as needed.
-
System OK
-
12
1. Inspect the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM)
grounds for being cIean, tight, and in their proper
Iocations.
2. Inspect the vacuum Iines for kinks or Ieaks.
-
13
Repair the eIectricaI connections or the vacuum
Iines as needed.
-
System OK
-
14
Check the generator output voItage.
Is the generator voItage within the vaIue specified?
15
Repair the generator.
- System OK -
16
1. Check for intermittent exhaust gas recircuIation
(EGR) vaIve operation.
2. Check torque converter cIutch (TCC) operation.
-
System OK
-
17
- System OK -
18
RepIace the fueI fiIter.
- System OK -
19
RepIace the Ieaking or restricted fueI injectors.
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
LACK OF POWER, SLUGGISHNESS, OR SPONGINESS
Definition: The engine deIivers Iess than expected power. There is IittIe or no increase in speedwhen the acceIerator
pedaI is partiaIIy appIied.
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
_Important
PreIiminary
Checks"
2
1. Verify the customer's compIaint.
2. Compare the performance of the customer's
vehicIe with a simiIar unit.
Does the probIem exist?
-
Go to Step 3 System OK
3
1. Inspect the air fiIter for excessive contamination.
2. RepIace the air fiIter as needed.
3. Check the transaxIe shift pattern and downshift
operation.
Does the transaxIe operate properIy?
-
4
Is the fueI system pressure within specifications?
284-325 kPa
5
Repair the transaxIe as needed.
- System OK -
6
- System OK -
7
Check for a restricted fueI fiIter or contaminated fueI.
8
- System OK -
9
1. Check the ignition system output for aII of the
cyIinders using a spark tester.
2. Check for proper ignition controI operation.
Is the ignition system operating properIy?
-
10
1. With the engine at normaI operating temperature,
connect a vacuum gauge to a vacuum port on the
intake manifoId.
2. Operate the engine at 1,000 rpm.
3. Record the vacuum reading.
4. Increase the engine speed to 2,500 rpm.
5. Note the vacuum reading at a steady 2,500 rpm.
Does the vacuum decrease more than the vaIue
specified?
10 kPa
11
as needed.
-
System OK
-
12
Inspect the exhaust system for restrictions and
damaged or coIIapsed pipes.
Is the probIem found? - Go to Step 13 Go to Step 14
13
- System OK -
14
1. Check the cyIinder compression and vaIve timing.
2. Inspect the camshaft for excessive wear.
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Lack of Power, SIuggishness, or Sponginess (Cont'd)
15
Repair or repIace any engine components as need-
ed.
-
System OK
-
16
1. Check the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM)
grounds for being cIean, tight, and in their proper
Iocation.
2. Check the exhaust recircuIation gas (EGR) vaIve
for being open or partiaIIy open aII the time.
3. Checkthetorqueconverter cIutch(TCC) operation.
4. Checktheair conditioning(A/C) systemoperation.
5. Check the generator output.
6. Repair the generator if the output is not within the
specified range.
Are aII checks and repairs compIete?
12-16 v System OK
-
DETONATION/SPARK KNOCK
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
_Important
PreIiminary
Checks"
2
1. FiII the fueI tank with a known good grade of
gasoIine that has the octane rating of the vaIue
specified.
2. ReevaIuate the vehicIe's performance.
Does the detonation probIem stiII exist?
87-89 octane Go to Step 3 System OK
3
1. Inspect for Iow engine cooIant.
2. Check for restricted airfIow to the radiator or
restricted cooIant fIow.
3. Check for a fauIty thermostat.
4. Check for an incorrect cooIant soIution.
-
4
Repair or repIace any cooIing system components
as needed.
-
System OK
-
5
1. Check the voItage using the scan tooI.
2. RepIace the cooIant temperature sensor (CTS) if
the resistance is not within specifications as Iisted
in the Diagnostic Aids for Diagnostic TroubIe
Code (DTC) 14.
-
6
RepIace the CTS or repair the circuit as needed.
- System OK -
7
1. Check the ignition system output with a spark
tester.
2. Inspect the spark pIugs for the proper heat range
and gap.
3. Check for the proper operation of the ignition
controIs.
Is the ignition system operating properIy?
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Detonation/Spark Knock (Cont'd)
8
Repair or repIace the ignition system components as
needed.
-
System OK
-
9
2. Road test the vehicIe at the speed of the
compIaint.
3. Monitor the Iong-term fueI trim reading from the
scanner data stream.
Is the Iong-term fueI trim reading above the vaIue
specified?
150 counts
Go to
"Diagnostic Aids
for
DTC 44'' Go to Step 10
10
284-325 kPa
11
Repair or repIace the fueI system components as
needed.
-
System OK
-
12
1. Inspect for carbon buiIdup inside the engine.
2. Remove the carbon with a top engine cIeaner.
FoIIow the instructions suppIied with the product.
3. Check the basic engine parts such as the
camshaft, the cyIinder head, the pistons, etc. for
excessive wear.
4. RepIace any excessiveIy worn parts.
Is the procedure compIete?
-
Go to Step 13
-
13
1. Check the exhaust gas recircuIation (EGR) vaIve
for proper operation.
2. Check the air intake system for proper operation.
3. Check the torque converter cIutch (TCC)
operation and transaxIe shift points.
4. Check the service buIIetins for programmabIe
read-onIy memory (PROM) updates.
6. Repair or repIace any fauIty components.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
HESITATION, SAG, STUMBLE
Definition: There is a momentary Iack of response as
the acceIerator is pushed down. This can occur at any
vehicIe speed. It is usuaIIy the most severe when first
trying to make the vehicIe move, as froma stop. Hesita-
tion, sag, or stumbIe may cause the engine to staII if se-
vere enough.
Important: Before diagnosing this condition, check
service buIIetins for programmabIe read-onIy memory
(PROM) updates.
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
_Important
PreIiminary
Checks"
2
1. Check the fueI system pressure. If the pressure
is not within the vaIue specified, service the fueI
system as needed.
2. Inspect the throttIe position sensor (TPS) for
binding or sticking. The TPS voItage shouId
increase at a steady rate as the throttIe is moved
toward wide-open throttIe (WOT).
284-325 kPa
3
- System OK -
4
1. Check the manifoId absoIute pressure (MAP)
sensor response and accuracy.
2. Inspect the fueI for water contamination.
3. Check the canister purge system for proper
operation.
-
5
- System OK -
6
connectors.
2. Connect an injector test Iight between the
harness terminaIs of each fueI injector.
-
7
1. Repair or repIace the fauIty fueI injector drive
harness, the connector, or the connector terminaI.
2. If the connections and the harnesses are good,
repIace the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) for
an internaI open in the fueI injector driver circuit.
-
System OK
-
8
tures.
fied?
11.6-12.4 : Go to Step 10 Go to Step 9
9
RepIace any of the fueI injectors for which there is a
resistance that is out of specifications.
-
System OK
-
10
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Hesitation, Sag, StumbIe (Cont'd)
11
RepIace any restricted or Ieaking fueI injectors.
- System OK -
12
Check the fueI system pressure after a coId start or
during moderate or fuII throttIe acceIeration.
Is the fueI pressure within specifications?
284-325 kPa
13
Repair the restriction in the fueI system or repIace
the fauIty fueI pump.
-
System OK
-
14
1. Check for fauIty ignition wires.
2. Inspect for fouIed spark pIugs.
3. Check the ignition system output on each cyIinder
with a spark tester.
-
15
Repair or repIace any ignition components as
needed.
-
System OK
-
16
1. Check the generator output voItage.
2. Repair or repIace the generator if the generator
output is Iess than the vaIue specified.
operation.
Are aII checks and needed repairs compIete? 12-16 v System OK
-
CUTS OUT, MISSES
Definition: There is a steady puIsation or jerking that foIIows engine speed, usuaIIy more pronounced as engine Ioad
increases. The exhaust has a steady spitting sound at idIe or Iow speed.
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
_Important
PreIiminary
Checks"
2
Check the ignition system output voItage for aII of
the cyIinders using a spark tester.
Is spark present on aII of the cyIinders?
-
Go to Step 3
Go to
_Ignition
System Check"
3
1. Inspect thesparkpIugsfor excessivewear,
insuIationcracks, improper gap, or heavydeposits.
2. Check the resistance of the ignition wires.
RepIace any ignition wires that have a resistance
greater than the vaIue specified.
30,000 : Go to Step 4 Go to Step 5
4
- System OK -
5
With the engine running, spray the ignition wires with
a fine water mist to check for arcing and shorting to
ground.
-
6
RepIace the ignition wires.
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Cuts Out, Misses (Cont'd)
7
1. Perform a cyIinder compression test.
2. If the compression is Iow, repair the engine as
needed.
3. Inspect for proper vaIve timing, bent pushrods,
worn rocker arms, broken or weak vaIve springs,
and worn camshaft Iobes.
manifoId passages for casting fIash.
-
8
9
1. Check the fueI system for a pIugged in-Iine fueI
fiIter.
2. Check the fueI system for Iow fueI pressure. If the
fueI pressure is beIow the vaIue specified, service
the fueI system as needed.
3. Inspect for contaminated fueI.
284-325 kPa
10
11
2. Connect an injector test Iight to the harness
terminaIs of each fueI injector connector.
3. Note the test Iight whiIe cranking the engine for
each fueI injector.
Does the test Iight bIink for aII of the fueI injectors?
-
12
1. Repair or repIace the fauIty injector drive circuit
harness, the connector, or the connector terminaI.
2. If theharness, theconnectors, andtheterminaIsare
OK, repIacetheeIectroniccontroI moduIe(ECM).
-
System OK
-
13
tures.
Is the injector resistance within the vaIue specified? 11.6-12.4 : Go to Step 15 Go to Step 14
14
RepIace any fueI injectors with a resistance that is
out of specifications.
-
System OK
-
15
16
RepIace any restricted or Ieaking fueI injectors.
17
1. Check for eIectromagnetic interference.
2. Monitor the engine rpm with a scan tooI.
Does the scan tooI rpm change greatIy with IittIe
change in actuaI engine rpm?
-
Go to Step 18
-
18
1. Inspect the routing of the ignition wires.
2. Inspect aII of the ignition system grounds.
3. Correct the routing or repair the ground
connections as needed.
Are aII checks and needed repairs compIete?
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
POOR FUEL ECONOMY
Definition: FueI economy, as measured by an actuaI
road test, is noticeabIy Iower than expected. AIso, fueI
economy is noticeabIy Iower than it was on this vehicIe
at one time, as previousIy shown by an actuaI road test.
Important: Driving habits affect fueI economy. Check the
owner'sdrivinghabitsbyaskingthefoIIowingquestions:
1. Is the air conditioning (A/C) system (i.e. defroster
mode) turned on aII the time?
2. Are the tires at the correct air pressure?
3. Have excessiveIy heavy Ioads been carried?
4. Does the driver acceIerate too much and too often?
Suggest the driver read the section in the owner's
manuaI about fueI economy.
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
_Important
PreIiminary
Checks"
2
1. Inspect the air fiIter for excessive contamination.
2. Inspect for fueI system Ieaks.
Are aII needed checks compIete?
-
Go to Step 3
-
3
1. Inspect the spark pIugs for excessive wear,
insuIation cracks, improper gap, or heavy
deposits.
2. RepIace any fauIty spark pIugs.
and proper connections.
Are aII needed checks and repairs compIete?
-
Go to Step 4
-
4
1. Inspect the engine cooIant IeveI.
2. Check the thermostat for being aIways open or for
an incorrect heat range.
3. RepIace the thermostat as needed.
Are aII needed checks and repairs compIete?
-
Go to Step 5
-
5
1. Check the transaxIe shift pattern. Ensure that aII
transaxIe gears are functioning.
2. Checkthetorqueconverter cIutch(TCC) operation
withascantooI. ThescantooI shouIdindicaterpm
dropwhentheTCCiscommandedon.
3. Check for proper caIibration of the speedometer.
4. Check the brakes for dragging.
6. Repair, repIace, or adjust any components as
needed.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
ROUGH, UNSTABLE, OR INCORRECT IDLE, STALLING
Definition: The engine runs unevenIy at idIe. If the con-
dition is bad enough, the vehicIe may shake. AIso, the
idIe varies in rpm(caIIed"hunting"). Either conditionmay
be severe enough to cause staIIing. The engine idIes at
incorrect idIe speed.
Important: Before diagnosing the symptom, check ser-
vice buIIetins for updates.
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
_Important
PreIiminary
Checks"
2
2. Monitor the oxygen (O
) sensor reading at
different throttIe positions.
Does the O
sensor change quickIy from rich to Iean

at the different throttIe positions?
-
3
Check the O
sensor for contamination from fueI or

improper use of room temperature vuIcanizing (RTV)
seaIant.
Is the O
sensor contaminated?
-
4
RepIace the contaminated O
sensor as needed.
5
1. Check for a sticking throttIe shaft or binding
throttIe Iinkage that may cause incorrect throttIe
position sensor (TPS) voItage.
2. Check the TPS voItage reading with the throttIe
cIosed.
Is the TPS voItage within the vaIue specified? 0.4-0.8 v Go to Step 6
Go to
"Diagnostic
Aids for
DTC 21"
6
1. Check the cooIant temperature sensor (CTS)
voItage reading using the scan tooI.
2. Compare the CTS reading with the ambient
temperature when the engine is coId.
Does the CTS temperature reading differ from the
ambient temperature by more than the vaIue
specified? 3EC (5EF) Go to Step 7 Go to Step 9
7
Check for high resistance in the CTS circuit or the
sensor itseIf.
-
8
RepIace the CTS or repair the circuit as needed.
9
Check the manifoId absoIute pressure (MAP) sensor
for response and accuracy.
-
10
RepIace the MAP sensor or repair the MAP sensor
circuit as needed.
-
System OK
-
11
1. Road test the vehicIe at the speed of the
compIaint.
2. Monitor the fueI trim reading using the scan tooI.
Is the fueI trim reading within the vaIue specified?
115-150
counts Go to Step 14 Go to Step 12
12
Is the fueI trim reading beIow the vaIue specified?
115 counts
Go to
"Diagnostic Aids
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Rough, UnstabIe, or Incorrect IdIe, StaIIing (Cont'd)
13
Is the fueI trim reading above the vaIue specified?
150 counts
Go to
"Diagnostic Aids
for DTC 44_
-
14
2. Connect an injector test Iight between the harness
terminaIs of each fueI injector connector.
Does the test Iight bIink for aII of the fueI injectors?
-
15
1. Repair or repIace the fauIty injector drive circuit
harness, the connector, or the connector terminaIs
as needed.
2. If theharness, theconnectors, andtheterminaIsare
OK, repIacetheeIectroniccontroI moduIe(ECM).
-
System OK
-
16
Measure the resistance of each of the fueI injectors.
The resistance wiII increase sIightIy at higher
temperatures.
IstheresistancewithinthevaIuespecified? 11.6-12.4 : Go to Step 18 Go to Step 17
17
RepIace any fueI injectors with a resistance that is
out of specifications.
-
System OK
-
18
19
RepIace any Ieaking or restricted fueI injectors.
20
1. With the engine OFF, disconnect the fueI pressure
reguIator vacuum hose.
2. ThoroughIy inspect the fueI pressure reguIator
vacuum port and the fueI pressure reguIator
vacuum hose for the presence of fueI.
-
21
RepIace the fueI pressure reguIator as needed.
22
1. Check the ignition system output voItage for aII of
the cyIinders using a spark tester.
2. Inspect thesparkpIugsfor excessivewear,
insuIationcracks, improper gap, or heavydeposits.
or improper connections.
4. RepIace any ignition wires that have a resistance
over the vaIue specified.
Is the probIem found? 30,000 : Go to Step 23 Go to Step 24
23
Repair or repIace any ignition system components as
needed.
-
System OK
-
24
1. Inspect for vacuum Ieaks.
2. Check for proper positive crankcase ventiIation
(PCV) operation.
3. Check the idIe air controI (IAC) vaIve operation.
4. Inspect the ECM ground connections.
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Rough, UnstabIe, or Incorrect IdIe, StaIIing (Cont'd)
25
- System OK -
26
for proper operation.
2. Inspect the battery cabIes and the ground straps
for proper connections.
3. Check the generator voItage output. Repair or
repIace the generator if the voItage output is not
within the vaIue specified.
27
- System OK -
28
1. Inspect for broken engine mounts.
2. Check for proper vaIve timing.
3. Perform a cyIinder compression test.
4. Inspect for bent pushrods, wornrocker arms, broken
or weakvaIvesprings, andaworncamshaft.
5. Perform repairs as needed.
Are aII of the checks and needed repairs compIete?
-
System OK
-
EXCESSIVE EXHAUST EMISSIONS OR ODORS
Definition: Excessive exhaust emissions cause a vehicIe to faiI an emission test or have an excessive rotten egg
smeII. Excessive odors do not necessariIy indicate excessive emissions.
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
_Important
PreIiminary
Checks"
2
temperature.
2. Perform an emission test.
Does the vehicIe pass the emission test?
-
3
3. Monitor the Iong-term fueI trim memory.
Is the Iong-term fueI trim memory within the vaIue
specified?
115-150
counts Go to Step 6 Go to Step 4
4
Is the Iong-term fueI trim memory beIow the vaIue
specified?
115 counts
Go to
"Diagnostic Aids
5
Is the Iong-term fueI trim memory above the vaIue
specified?
150 counts
Go to
"Diagnostic Aids
for DTC 44"
-
6
1. Check for a properIy instaIIed fueI cap.
2. Check the fueI system pressure.
3. Perform an injector baIance test.
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Excessive Exhaust Emissions or Odors (Cont'd)
7
1. Repair or repIace any fueI system components as
needed.
-
System OK
-
8
1. Check the ignition system for proper operation.
insuIation cracks, improper gap, or heavy deposits.
3. Check the ignition wires for cracking, hardness, or
improper connections.
-
9
1. Repair or repIace any ignition system components
as needed.
-
System OK
-
10
2. Inspect the cataIytic converter for contamination.
3. Inspect for carbon buiIdup on the throttIe body,
the throttIe pIate, and inside the engine. Remove
any carbon buiIdup with a top engine cIeaner.
for not opening.
5. Check for proper positive crankcase ventiIation
(PCV) operation.
-
System OK
-
DIESELING, RUN-ON
Definition: DieseIing is a condition in which an engine continues to run after the ignition switch is turned OFF.
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Important
PreIiminary
Checks_
2
Does the engine run smoothIy after the ignition
switch is turned OFF? - Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
3
1. Check the ignition switch and the ignition switch
adjustment.
2. RepIace the ignition switch if needed.
-
System OK
-
4
1. Check the evaporative emission system.
2. Check for Ieaking fueI injectors.
3. Check the idIe air controI (IAC) vaIve operation.
5. Check for the proper base idIe setting.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
BACKFIRE
Definition: A backfire occurs when fueI ignites in the in-
take manifoId, or in the exhaust system, making a Ioud
popping noise.
Important: Before diagnosing the symptom, check ser-
vice buIIetins for updates.
1
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
_Important
PreIiminary
Checks"
2
1. Inspect for crossed or crossfiring ignition wires.
2. Check the ignition system output voItage for aII
cyIinders using a spark tester.
burned eIectrodes, improper gap, or heavy
deposits.
-
3
as needed.
-
System OK
-
4
1. Check the fueI system operation.
2. Check the fueI injectors by performing an injector
baIance test.
-
5
Repair or repIace any fueI system components as
needed.
-
System OK
-
6
1. Inspect the exhaust gas recircuIation (EGR)
gasket for a Ieak or a Ioose fit.
2. Check the EGR vaIve for proper operation.
manifoId for a casting fIash.
-
7
- System OK -
8
1. Inspect the timing beIt for proper instaIIation and
tension.
2. Check the engine compression.
3. Inspect the intake manifoId gasket and the
exhaust manifoId gasket for Ieaks.
4. Check for sticking or Ieaking vaIves.
Are aII checks and corrections compIete?
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F090
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
FUEL TANK
RemovaI Procedure
avoidfueI spiIIageandtheriskof personaI injuryor
fire, it is necessary to reIievethefueI systempresC
surebeforedisconnectingthefueI Iines.
1. ReIieve the fueI pressure. Refer to"FueI Pump"inthis
section.
2. Disconnect the negative battery cabIe.
3. Drain the fueI tank.
4. Disconnect the parking brake cabIe retainer cIamps
and the support aIong the fueI tank to provide cIear-
ance for the tank.
A102F068
5. Remove the fueI tankfiIIer tube cIampat the fueI tank.
6. Disconnect the fueI tank fiIIer tube.
7. Disconnect the fueI tank vent tube at the fueI tank.
8. Disconnect the fueI vapor Iine near the fueI tank fiIIer
tube.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F069
9. Disconnect the fueI pump harness connector at the
right rear corner of the fueI tank.
10. Disconnect the fueI inIet Iine and the fueI return Iine
near the right front of the fueI tank.
11. Disconnect the wiring harness cIips andthe fueI Iine
cIips as needed.
A102F070
12. Support the fueI tank.
13. Remove the fueI tank retaining boIts.
14. CarefuIIy Iower the fueI tank.
15. Remove the fueI tank.
16. Transfer any parts as needed.
A102F068
InstaIIation Procedure
1. Raise the fueI tank into position.
2. InstaII the fueI tank mounting boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the fueI tank retaining boIts to 20 N:m
(15 Ib-ft).
3. Connect the fueI outIet Iine and the fueI return Iine.
4. Connect the wiring harness cIips and the fueI Iine
cIips as needed.
5. Connect the fueI pump eIectricaI connector.
6. Connect the fueI vapor Iine.
7. Connect the fueI tank fiIIer tube.
8. Connect the fueI tank vent tube.
9. InstaII the fueI tank fiIIer tube cIamp at the fueI tank.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F090
10. InstaII the parkingbrake cabIe retainer cIamps and
the support.
Tighten
Tighten the parking brake cabIe retainer cIamps to
10 N:m (89 Ib-in ).
11. Connect the negative battery cabIe.
12. FiII the fueI tank.
13. Perform a Ieak check of the fueI tank and the fueI
Iine connections.
A102F024
FUEL PUMP
RemovaI Procedures
1.1. Remove the fueI cap.
1.2. Remove fueI pump fuse EF8 from the engine
fusebIock.
1.3. Start theengineandaIIowtheenginetostaII.
1.4. Cranktheenginefor anadditionaI 10seconds.
3. Remove the rear seat. Refer to Section 9H, Seats.
4. Remove the fueI pump access cover.
A102F025
5. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector at the fueI pump
assembIy.
6. Disconnect the fueI outIet Iine.
7. Disconnect the fueI tank return Iine.
8. Turn the Iock ringcountercIockwise tocIear the tank
tabs.
9. Remove the fueI pump assembIy from the tank.
10. Remove and discard the gasket.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F026
1. CIean the gasket mating surface on the fueI tank.
2. Position the new gasket in pIace.
3. InstaII the fueI pump into the fueI tank in the same
Iocation as removed for ease of Iine and connector
instaIIation.
4. Position the Iock ring in pIace and turn it cIockwise
untiI it contacts the tank stop.
5. Connect the fueI pump assembIy connector.
6. InstaII the fueI pump outIet Iine.
7. InstaII the fueI tank return Iine.
8. InstaII the pump access cover.
10. Perform an operationaI check of the fueI pump.
11. InstaII the rear seat. Refer to Section 9H, Seats.
A102F091
FUEL FILTER
RemovaI Procedure
avoid fueI spiIIage and the risk of personaI injury or
fire, it is necessary to reIieve the fueI system presC
sure before disconnecting the fueI Iines.
2. ReIieve the fueI system pressure. Refer to "FueI
Pump" in this section.
3. Disconnect the inIet/outIet fueI Iines by moving the
Iine connector Iock forward andpuIIing the hose off of
the fueI fiIter tube.
4. PuII the fueI fiIter out of the retaining cIamp.
A102F014
1. InstaII the newfueI fiIter intothe retainingcIamp. Note
the fIow direction.
2. Connect the inIet/outIet Iines. Secure the Iines with
the connector Iock.
4. Perform a Ieak test of the fueI fiIter.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F005
FUEL RAIL AND INJECTORS (SOHC)
RemovaI Procedure
1. ReIieve the fueI pressure. Refer to "FueI Pump" in
this section.
3. Disconnect the fueI injector harness connectors.
4. Remove the exhaust gas recircuIation vaIve. Refer
to"Exhaust Gas RecircuIation VaIve (SOHC)"inthis
section.
5. Remove the fueI pressure reguIator. Refer to "FueI
Pressure ReguIator (SOHC)" in this section.
A102F006
6. Remove the fueI inIet Iine.
7. Remove the fueI raiI mounting boIts.
Notice: Before removaI, the fueI raiI assembIy may be
cIeaned with a spray-type cIeaner, foIIowing package in-
structions. Do not immerse the fueI raiIs in Iiquid cIean-
ing soIvent. Use care in removing the fueI raiI assembIy
to prevent damage to the eIectricaI connectors and the
injector spray tips. Prevent dirt and other contaminants
from entering open Iines and passages. Fittings shouId
be capped and hoIes pIugged during service.
Important: If a fueI injector becomes separated from
the fueI raiI andremains inthe cyIinder head, repIace the
fueI injector O-ring seaIs and the retaining cIip.
8. Remove the fueI raiI with the fueI injectors attached.
A102F007
9. Remove the fueI injector retainer cIips.
10. Remove the fueI injectors by puIIing themdown and
out.
11. Discard the fueI injector O-rings.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F008
Important: Different fueI injectors are caIibrated for
different fIow rates. When ordering new fueI injectors,
be certain to order the identicaI part number that is in-
scribed on the oId fueI injector.
1. Lubricate the new fueI injector O-rings with engine
oiI. InstaII the new O-rings on the fueI injectors.
2. InstaII the fueI injectors intothe fueI raiI sockets with
the fueI injector terminaIs facing outward.
3. InstaII the fueI injector retainer cIips onto the fueI in-
jectors and the fueI raiI Iedge.
4. Make sure that the cIip is paraIIeI to the fueI injector
harness connector.
A102F006
5. InstaII the fueI raiI assembIy into the cyIinder head.
6. InstaII the fueI raiI retaining boIts.
Tighten
TightenthefueI raiI retainingboItsto25 N:m(18 Ib-ft).
7. Connect the fueI inIet hose Iine.
8. Connect thefueI injector harnessconnectors. Rotate
the fueI injector as required to avoid stretching the
wireharness.
9. InstaII the fueI pressure reguIator. Refer to "FueI
Pressure ReguIator (SOHC)" in this section.
10. InstaII the exhaust gas recircuIation vaIve, if
equipped. Refer to"Exhaust Gas RecircuIationVaIve
(SOHC)"inthissection.
12. Perform a Ieak check of the fueI raiI and the fueI in-
jectors.
A102F033
FUEL RAIL AND INJECTORS (DOHC)
RemovaI Procedure
1. ReIieve the fueI system pressure. Refer to "FueI
Pump" in this section.
3. Disconnect the fueI injector harness connectors.
4. Remove the fueI Iine at the fueI pressure reguIator.
Refer to "FueI Pressure ReguIator (DOHC)" in this
section.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F035
5. Remove the fueI inIet Iine.
6. Remove the fueI raiI mounting boIts.
Notice: Before removaI, the fueI raiI assembIy may be
cIeaned with a spray-type cIeaner, foIIowing package in-
structions. Do not immerse the fueI raiIs in Iiquid cIean-
ing soIvent. Use care in removing the fueI raiI assembIy
to prevent damage to the eIectricaI connectors and the
injector spray tips. Prevent dirt and other contaminants
from entering open Iines and passages. Fittings shouId
be capped and hoIes pIugged during service.
Important: If an injector becomes separated from the
raiI andremains in the cyIinder head, repIace the injector
O-ring seaIs and the retaining cIip.
7. Remove the fueI raiI with the fueI injectors attached.
A102F036
8. Remove the fueI injector retainer cIips.
9. Remove the fueI injectors by puIIing down and out.
10. Discard the fueI injector O-rings.
A102F063
Important: Different injectors are caIibrated for different
fIow rates. When ordering new fueI injectors, be certain
toorder the identicaI part number that is inscribedonthe
oId injector.
1. Lubricate the newfueI injector O-rings with engine oiI.
InstaII the new O-rings on the fueI injectors.
2. InstaII the fueI injectors into the fueI raiI sockets with
the fueI injector terminaIs facing outward.
3. InstaII the fueI injector retainer cIips onto the fueI in-
jectors and the fueI raiI Iedge.
4. Make sure that the cIip is paraIIeI to the fueI injector
harness connector.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F034
5. InstaII the fueI raiI assembIy into the cyIinder head.
6. InstaII the fueI raiI retaining boIts.
Tighten
TightenthefueI raiI retainingboItsto25 N:m(18 Ib-ft).
7. Connect the fueI inIet hose.
8. Connect the fueI injector harness connectors. Rotate
each fueI injector as required to avoid stretching the
wire harness.
9. InstaII the fueI pressure reguIator. Refer to "FueI
Pressure ReguIator (DOHC)" in this section.
11. PerformaIeakcheckof thefueI raiI andfueI injectors.
A102F004
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
(SOHC)
RemovaI Procedure
section.
3. Disconnect the fueI Iine at the fueI pressure reguIator
by sIiding the connector Iock forward and puIIing the
Iine off.
A102F003
4. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the fueI pressure
reguIator.
5. Remove the fueI pressure reguIator retaining boIt.
6. Remove the fueI pressure reguIator by turning it back
and forth and then puIIing it out.
7. Discard the O-ring.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F092
1. Lubricate a newO-ringwith engine oiI. InstaII the new
O-ring onto the fueI pressure reguIator body.
2. Insert the fueI pressure reguIator into the fueI raiI
body.
3. InstaII the retaining boIt.
Tighten
Tighten the fueI pressure reguIator retaining boIt to
12 N:m (106 Ib-in).
4. Connect the vacuum hose to the fueI pressure regu-
Iator.
5. Connect the fueI Iine to the fueI pressure reguIator by
pushing the Iock into pIace.
7. Performa Ieak test of the fueI pressure reguIator with
the engine OFF and the ignition ON.
A102F093
FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR
(DOHC)
RemovaI Procedure
section.
3. Remove the vacuum hose from the fueI pressure
reguIator.
A102F031
Notice: Use a backup wrench when removing or instaI-
Iingthe fueI Iines. Damage tothe fueI raiI canoccur if two
wrenches are not used.
3. Remove the fueI return Iine using two wrenches.
4. Remove the retaining screw.
5. Remove the fueI pressure reguIator by turning it back
and forth and then puIIing it out.
6. Discard the O-ring.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F032
1. Lubricate a new O-ring with engine oiI. InstaII the O-
ring onto the fueI pressure reguIator.
2. Insert the fueI pressure reguIator into the fueI raiI
body.
3. InstaII the retaining screw.
Tighten
Tighten the fueI pressure reguIator retaining screwto
12 N:m (106 Ib-in).
4. Connect the fueI Iine using two wrenches.
5. Connect the vacuum hose to the fueI pressure
reguIator.
7. Performa Ieak test of the fueI pressure reguIator with
the engine OFF and the ignition ON.
A102F001
(SOHC)
RemovaI Procedure
1. ReIieve the cooIant system pressure.
connector.
Notice: Use care when handIing the CTS. Damage to
the sensor wiII affect the proper operation of the fueI in-
jection system.
4. CarefuIIy remove the CTS from the cyIinder head un-
derneaththedirect ignitionsystem(DIS) ignitioncoiI.
A102F002
1. Coat the threads on the CTS with seaIer.
Notice: Use care when handIing the CTS. Damage to
the sensor wiII affect the proper operation of the fueI in-
jection system.
2. InstaII the CTS into the cyIinder head.
Tighten
Tighten the cooIant temperature sensor to 20 N:m
(15 Ib-ft).
3. Connect the CTS connector.
4. FiII the cooIant system.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F094
(DOHC)
RemovaI Procedure
1. ReIieve the cooIant system pressure.
connector.
Notice: Use care when handIing the sensor. Damage
wiII affect the proper operation of the fueI injection
system.
4. CarefuIIy remove the CTS from the cyIinder head un-
derneath the intake manifoId.
A102F017
1. Coat the threads on the CTS with seaIer.
2. InstaII the CTS into the cyIinder head.
Tighten
Tighten the cooIant temperature sensor to 20 N:m
(15 Ib-ft).
3. Connect the CTS connector.
4. FiII the cooIing system.
A102F023
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
(TYPICAL)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Disconnect the throttIe position sensor (TPS) con-
nector.
3. Remove the TPS retaining boIts and the TPS.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F022
1. With the throttIe vaIve cIosed, position the TPS onthe
throttIe shaft. AIign the TPS with the boIt hoIes.
2. InstaII the TPS retaining boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the throttIe position sensor retaining boIts to
2 N:m (18 Ib-in).
3. Connect the TPS connector.
A102F095
THROTTLE BODY (TYPICAL)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the air intake tube from the throttIe body.
3. Disconnect the throttIe cabIes by opening the throttIe
and moving the cabIe through the reIease sIot.
A102F066
4. Disconnect the vacuum hoses fromthe throttIe body.
5. Disconnect the throttIe position sensor (TPS) andthe
idIe air controI vaIve connectors.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F067
6. Remove the cooIant hoses from the throttIe body.
7. Remove the throttIe body retaining boIts.
8. Remove the throttIe body and discard the gasket.
9. RemovetheTPS. Refer to"ThrottIePositionSensor"
inthissection.
10. RemovetheidIeair controI (IAC) vaIve. Refer to"IdIe
Air ControI VaIve"inthissection.
A102F066
Notice: Use care in cIeaning oId gasket materiaI from
machined aIuminumsurfaces. SharptooIs may damage
seaIing surfaces.
1. CIean the gasket mating surface on the intake
manifoId.
Notice: The throttIe body may be cIeaned in a coId im-
mersion-type cIeaner foIIowing disassembIy. The TPS
and the IAC vaIve shouId not come in contact with any
soIvent or cIeaner as they may be damaged.
2. CIean the throttIe body.
3. InstaII the TPS. Refer to "ThrottIe Position Sensor" in
this section.
4. InstaII the IAC vaIve. Refer to "IdIe Air ControI VaIve"
in this section.
A102F067
5. InstaII the throttIe body assembIy to the intake
manifoId with a new gasket.
6. InstaII the throttIe body retaining boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the throttIe body retaining boIts to 15 N:m
(11 Ib-ft).
7. InstaII the cooIant hoses.
8. Connect the vacuum hoses to the throttIe body.
Important: Make sure the throttIe controI cabIes do not
hoId the throttIe open. With the engine OFF, check to
see that the acceIerator pedaI is free.
9. Connect the throttIe cabIes.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F095
10. InstaII the air intake tube.
11. Connect the TPS connector and the IAC vaIve
connector.
13. FiII the cooIing system.
A102F029
OXYGEN SENSOR (TYPICAL)
RemovaI Procedure
Notice: The oxygen (O
) sensor uses a permanentIy at-

tached pigtaiI and connector. This pigtaiI shouId not be
removed fromthe O
sensor. Damage or removaI of the

pigtaiI or the connector couId affect proper operation of
the O
sensor. Take care when handIing the O
sensor.
Do not drop or the O
sensor.
2. Disconnect the O
sensor connector.
Notice: The O
sensor may be difficuIt to remove when

engine temperature is beIow 48EC (118EF). Excessive
force may damage threads in the exhaust manifoId.
3. CarefuIIy remove the O
sensor from the exhaust

manifoId.
A102F030
Important: AspeciaI anti-seizecompoundisusedonthe
O
sensor threads. This compound consists of a Iiquid

graphite and gIass beads. The graphite wiII burn away,
but thegIassbeadswiII remain, makingthesensor easier
to remove. Newor service sensors wiII aIready have the
compoundappIiedtothe threads. If a sensor is removed
from any engine and, if for any reason, it is to be rein-
staIIed, the threads must have anti-seize compound ap-
pIiedbeforereinstaIIation.
1. Coat the threads of the O
sensor with an anti-seize

compound, if needed.
2. InstaII the O
sensor into the exhaust manifoId.

Tighten
Tighten the oxygen sensor to 41 N:m (30 Ib-ft).
3. Connect the O
sensor connector.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
B302F201
CO POTENTIOMETER (LEADED FUEL
ONLY)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the CO potentiometer mounting boIt.
3. Remove the eIectricaI connector.
B302F201
1. InstaII the eIectricaI connector.
2. InstaII the CO potentiometer mounting.
Tighten
Tighten the CO potentiometer mountingboIt to 8 N:m
(71 Ib-in).
A102F012
MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR (TYPICAL)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Disconnect the manifoId air temperature sensor
(MAT) connector.
3. Remove the MAT sensor by puIIing it out of the air in-
take tube.
1. Insert the MAT sensor into the air intake tube.
2. Connect the MAT connector.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F009
IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE
(TYPICAL)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Disconnect the idIe air controI (IAC) vaIve connector.
3. Remove the IAC vaIve retaining boIts.
Notice: On IAC vaIves that have been in service, donot
push on the vaIve pintIe. The force requiredto move the
pintIe may damage the threads on the worm drive.
5. CIean the IAC vaIve O-ring seaI area, the pintIe vaIve
seat and the air passage with a suitabIe fueI system
cIeaner. Do not use methyI ethyI ketone.
A102F010
Important: If instaIIing a new IAC vaIve, be sure to re-
pIace it with anidenticaI part. The IACvaIve pintIe shape
and diameter are designed for the specific appIication.
Measure the distance between the tip of the IAC vaIve
pintIe and the mounting fIange. If the distance is greater
than 28 mm, use finger pressure to sIowIy retract the
pintIe. Theforcerequiredtoretract thepintIewiII not dam-
agetheIACvaIve. Thepurposeof the28 mmsettingisto
prevent the IAC pintIe from bottoming out on the pintIe
seat. This 28 mm setting is aIso an adequate
settingfor controIIedidIeonarestart.
1. Lubricate a newO-ringwith engine oiI. InstaII the new
O-ring onto the vaIve.
2. InstaII the IAC vaIve into the throttIe body.
A102F009
3. InstaII the IAC vaIve retaining boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the idIe air controI vaIve retaining boIts to
3 N:m (27 Ib-in).
4. Connect the IAC vaIve connector.
6. Start the engine and check for the proper idIe speed.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F064
VARIABLE GEOMETRY INDUCTION
SYSTEM
RemovaI Procedure
2. Disconnect the vacuum hoses from the variabIe ge-
ometry induction system (VGIS) soIenoid. Note the
Iocation of the hoses for ease of instaIIation.
3. Disconnect the VGIS soIenoid connector.
4. Remove the VGIS soIenoid by pressing the Iock in
and puIIing down on the soIenoid.
5. Remove the VGIS vacuum canister.
6. Remove the circIip at the VGIS actuator Iever.
7. Remove the VGIS actuator mounting bracket boIt.
8. Remove the VGIS actuator assembIy.
A102F065
1. InstaII the VGIS actuator assembIy on the pIenum
with the mounting bracket boIt.
Tighten
Tighten the variabIe geometry induction system ac-
tuator assembIy mounting bracket boIt to 16 N:m
(12 Ib-ft).
2. Connect the VGIS actuator assembIy rod into the
pIenum Iever.
3. InstaII the rod circIip.
4. InstaII the VGIS soIenoid into the snap Iock.
5. Push the vacuum canister into the bracket.
6. Connect the VGIS soIenoid connector.
7. Connect the vacuum hoses.
A102F028
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE
SENSOR (TYPICAL)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Disconnect the vacuumhose fromthe manifoIdabso-
Iute pressure (MAP) sensor.
3. Disconnect the MAP connector.
4. Remove the MAP sensor mounting bracket boIt.
5. Remove the boIts and the nuts that secure the MAP
sensor to the mounting bracket.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F027
1. Insert the MAP sensor into the mounting bracket.
2. InstaII the boIts through the MAP sensor and the
bracket. InstaII the retaining nuts.
Tighten
Tighten the manifoIdabsoIute pressure sensor retain-
ing boIts and the nuts to 8 N:m (71 Ib-in).
3. InstaII the MAP sensor and the mounting bracket to
the fire waII with the mounting bracket boIt.
Tighten
Tighten the manifoId absoIute pressure sensor
mounting bracket boIt to 10 N:m (89 Ib-in).
4. Connect the MAP sensor connector.
5. Connect the vacuum hose to the MAP sensor.
A102F013
EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION
VALVE (SOHC)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the exhaust gas
2. Remove the boIts and the EGR vaIve.
1. CIean the cyIinder head mating surface.
2. InstaII the new EGR vaIve gasket.
3. InstaII the EGR vaIve with the retaining boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the exhaust gas recircuIation vaIve retaining
boIts to 20 N:m (15 Ib-ft).
4. Connect the vacuum hose to the EGR vaIve.
A102F018
VALVE (DOHC)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the exhaust gas
2. Remove the boIts and the EGR vaIve.
1. CIean the cyIinder head mating surface.
2. InstaII a new EGR vaIve gasket.
3. InstaII the EGR vaIve with the retaining boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the exhaust gas recircuIation vaIve retaining
boIts to 20 N:m (15 Ib-ft).
4. Connect the vacuum hose to the EGR vaIve.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F061
VALVE SOLENOID (TYPICAL)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the canister purge soIenoid. Refer to"Canis-
ter Purge SoIenoid" in this section.
3. Pry off the exhaust gas recircuIation (EGR) vaIve so-
Ienoid from the mounting bracket.
4. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector at the EGR vaIve
soIenoid.
5. Disconnect the vacuum Iines at the EGR vaIve soIe-
noid.
A202F061
1. Connect the vacuumIines at the EGR vaIve soIenoid.
2. Connect the eIectricaI connector at the EGR vaIve so-
Ienoid.
3. Push the EGR vaIve soIenoid onto the mounting
bracket.
4. InstaII the canister purge soIenoid. Refer to "Canister
Purge SoIenoid" in this section.
C102F055
KNOCK SENSOR
RemovaI Procedure
2. For vehicIes equipped with an automatic transaxIe,
remove the intake manifoId. Refer to Section 1B,
SOHCEngine MechanicaI, or Section 1C, DOHCEnC
gine MechanicaI.
3. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector at the knock
sensor.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
C102F056
4. Remove the knock sensor.
C102F056
1. InstaII the knock sensor.
Tighten
Tighten the knock sensor boIt to 20 N:m (15 Ib-ft).
C102F055
2. Connect the eIectricaI connector at the knock sensor.
3. For vehicIes equipped with an automatic transaxIe,
remove the intake manifoId. Refer to Section 1B,
SOHCEngine MechanicaI, or Section 1C, DOHCEnC
gine MechanicaI.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F020
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CANISTER
RemovaI Procedure
Caution: Canister and vacuumhoses contain fueI
vapors. Toavoidinjury, donot smokeintheareaor
permit anopenfIame.
1. Disconnect the canister fueI vapor hoses.
2. Remove the boIt that secures the canister fIange to
the vehicIe.
3. SIide the canister out of the track hoIder.
4. Remove the canister.
A102F021
1. Insert the canister into the track and sIide it into
position.
2. InstaII the canister fIange boIt.
Tighten
Tighten the evaporative emission canister fIange boIt
to 20 N:m (15 Ib-ft).
3. Connect the canister fueI vapor hoses.
A202F060
CANISTER PURGE SOLENOID
(TYPICAL)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Disconnect the controIIed canister purge (CCP) soIe-
noid connector.
3. Disconnect thevacuumhosesfromtheCCPsoIenoid.
4. UncIip the CCP soIenoid from the mounting bracket.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A202F060
1. Attach the CCP soIenoid to the mounting bracket.
2. Connect the CCP soIenoid connector.
3. Connect the vacuum hoses to the CCP soIenoid.
A102F096
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
(TYPICAL)
RemovaI Procedure
connector at the frame bracket.
3. Remove the wiring tie straps as needed.
4. Remove the CPS retaining boIt.
5. Remove the CPS.
A102F019
1. InstaII the CPS with the retaining boIt.
Tighten
Tighten the crankshaft position sensor retaining boIt
to 10 N:m (89 Ib-in).
2. Connect the CPS connector at the frame bracket.
3. Secure the wire with the tie straps as needed.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F015
ELECTRONIC CONTROL MODULE
(TYPICAL)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the passenger seat. Refer to Section 9H,
Seats.
connectors.
4. Remove the ECM from the ECM mount.
A102F016
1. Position the ECM in pIace.
2. InstaII the ECM to the ECM mount.
3. Connect the ECM connectors.
4. InstaII the passenger seat. Refer to Section 9H,
Seats.
A102F011
DIRECT IGNITION SYSTEMIGNITION
COIL (TYPICAL)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Disconnect the direct ignition system (DIS) ignition
coiI connector.
3. Note the ignition wire Iocation andremove the ignition
wires.
4. Remove the DIS ignition coiI retaining boIts.
5. Remove the DIS ignition coiI.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A102F011
1. InstaII the DIS ignition coiI into the mounting Iocation
and instaII the retaining boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the direct ignition system ignition coiI retain-
ing boIts to 10 N:m (89 Ib-in).
3. InstaII the ignition wires.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
IGNITION SYSTEMOPERATION
This ignition systemdoes not use a conventionaI distrib-
utor and coiI. It uses a crankshaft position sensor (CPS)
input to the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM). The ECM
then determines eIectronic spark timing (EST) and trig-
gers the direct ignition system (DIS) ignition coiI.
This type of distributorIess ignition systemuses a "waste
spark" method of spark distribution. Each cyIinder is
paired with the cyIinder that is opposite it (1-4 or 2-3).
The spark occurs simuItaneousIy in the cyIinder coming
upon the compression stroke andinthe cyIinder coming
up on the exhaust stroke. The cyIinder on the exhaust
stroke requires very IittIe of the avaiIabIe energy to fire
the spark pIug. The remaining energy is avaiIabIe to the
spark pIug in the cyIinder on the compression stroke.
These systems use the EST signaI from the ECM to
controI theEST. TheECMusesthefoIIowinginformation:
- Engine Ioad (manifoId pressure or vacuum).
- Atmospheric (barometric) pressure.
- Engine temperature.
- Intake air temperature.
- Crankshaft position.
- Engine speed (rpm).
DIRECT IGNITION SYSTEMIGNITION
COIL
The direct ignition system (DIS) ignition coiI is mounted
near the rear of the camshaft carrier on the singIe over-
head camshaft engine. On the duaI overhead camshaft
engine, the DIS ignition coiI is mounted near the rear of
the cyIinder head. Each pair of terminaIs of the DIS igni-
tion coiI provides the spark for two spark pIugs simuIta-
neousIy. The DIS ignition coiI is not serviceabIe and
must be repIaced as an assembIy.
CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
This direct ignition system(DIS) uses a magnetic crank-
shaft position sensor (CPS) mounted just ahead of the
bIock beIow the intake manifoId. This sensor protrudes
through its mount to within approximateIy 1.3 mm (0.05
inch) of the crankshaft reIuctor. The reIuctor is a speciaI
wheeI attachedtothe crankshaft puIIey with58 sIots ma-
chined into it, 57 of which are equaIIy spaced in 6-de-
gree intervaIs. The Iast sIot is wider than the others and
serves to generate a "sync puIse." As the crankshaft ro-
tates, the sIots in the reIuctor change the magnetic fieId
of the sensor, creating an induced voItage puIse. The
Ionger puIse of the 58th sIot identifies a specific orienta-
tion of the crankshaft and aIIows the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) todetermine the crankshaft orientationat
aII times. The ECM uses this information to generate
timed ignition and injection puIses that it sends to the
ignition coiIs and to the fueI injectors.
IDLE AIR SYSTEMOPERATION
The idIe air system operation is controIIed by the base
idIe setting of the throttIe body and the idIe air controI
(IAC) vaIve.
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) uses the IACvaIve
toset the idIe speeddependent on conditions. The ECM
uses information from various inputs, such as cooIant
temperature, manifoId vacuum, etc., for the effective
controI of the idIe speed.
FUEL CONTROL SYSTEM
OPERATION
The function of the fueI meteringsystemis to deIiver the
correct amount of fueI to the engine under aII operating
conditions. The fueI is deIivered to the engine by the in-
dividuaI fueI injectors mounted into the intake manifoId
near each cyIinder.
The two main fueI controI sensors are the manifoId ab-
soIute pressure (MAP) sensor and the oxygen (O
) sen-
sor.
The MAP sensor measures or senses the intake man-
ifoIdvacuum. Under highfueI demands, the MAP sensor
reads a Iow vacuum condition, such as wide-open
throttIe. The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) uses this
information to richen the mixture, thus increasing the
fueI injector on-time, to provide the correct amount of
fueI. When deceIerating, the vacuum increases. This
vacuum change is sensed by the MAP sensor and read
by the ECM, which then decreases the fueI injector on-
time due to the Iow fueI demand conditions.
The O
sensor is Iocated in the exhaust manifoId. The

O
sensor indicates tothe ECMthe amount of oxygenin

the exhaust gas and the ECM changes the air/fueI ratio
to the engine by controIIing the fueI injectors. The best
air/fueI ratio to minimize exhaust emissions is 14.7 to 1,
which aIIows the cataIytic converter tooperate most effi-
cientIy. Because of the constant measuring and adjust-
ing of the air/fueI ratio, the fueI injection systemis caIIed
a "cIosed Ioop" system.
The ECM uses voItage inputs from severaI sensors to
determine how much fueI to provide to the engine. The
fueI is deIivered under one of severaI conditions, caIIed
"modes."
Starting Mode
When the ignition is turned ON, the ECM turns the fueI
pump reIay on for 2 seconds. The fueI pump then buiIds
fueI pressure. The ECMaIsochecks the cooIant temper-
ature sensor (CTS) and the throttIe position sensor
(TPS) to determine the proper air/fueI ratio for starting
theengine. Thisrangesfrom1.5 to1 at * 36EC(* 33EF)
cooIant temperature to14.7 to1 at 94EC(201EF) cooIant
temperature. The ECMcontroIs the amount of fueI deIiv-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
ered in the starting mode by changing howIong the fueI
injector is turnedon andoff. This is done by "puIsing"the
fueI injectorsfor veryshort times.
CIear FIood Mode
If the engine fIoods with excessive fueI, it may be
cIeared by pushing the acceIerator pedaI down aII the
way. The ECM wiII then compIeteIy turn off the fueI by
eIiminating any fueI injector signaI. The ECM hoIds this
injector rate as Iong as the throttIe stays wide open and
the engine is beIow approximateIy 400 rpm. If the
throttIe position becomes Iess than approximateIy 80
percent, the ECM returns to the starting mode.
Run Mode
The run mode has twoconditions caIIed"open Ioop"and
''cIosed Ioop.''
Open Loop
When the engine is first started and it is above 400 rpm,
the system goes into "open Ioop" operation. In "open
Ioop," the ECM ignores the signaI from the O
sensor
andcaIcuIates the air/fueI ratiobased on inputs fromthe
CTS and the MAP sensor. The sensor stays in "open
Ioop" untiI the foIIowing conditions are met:
- The O
sensor has a varyingvoItage output, showing

that it is hot enough to operate properIy.
- The CTS is above a specified temperature.
- A specific amount of time has eIapsed after starting
the engine.
CIosed Loop
The specific vaIues for the above conditions vary with
different engines and are stored in the eIectronicaIIy
erasabIe programmabIe read-onIy memory (EEPROM).
When these conditions are met, the system goes into
"cIosedIoop"operation. In"cIosedIoop,"the ECMcaIcu-
Iates the air/fueI ratio(fueI injector on-time) basedonthe
signaI fromthe O
sensor. This aIIows the air/fueI ratioto

stay very cIose to 14.7 to 1.
AcceIeration Mode
The ECM responds to rapid changes in throttIe position
and airfIow and provides extra fueI.
DeceIeration Mode
The ECM responds to changes in throttIe position and
airfIow and reduces the amount of fueI. When deceIera-
tion is very fast, the ECM can cut off fueI compIeteIy for
short periods of time.
Battery VoItage Correction Mode
When the battery voItage is Iow, the ECM can compen-
sate for a weaksparkdeIiveredby the ignition moduIe by
using the foIIowing methods:
- Increasing the fueI injector puIse width.
- Increasing the idIe speed rpm.
- Increasing the ignition dweII time.
FueI Cutoff Mode
NofueI is deIiveredby the fueI injectors when the ignition
is OFF. This prevents dieseIing or engine run-on. AIso,
the fueI is not deIivered if there are no reference puIses
received from the crankshaft position sensor (CPS).
This prevents fIooding.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL
SYSTEMOPERATION
The basic evaporative emission (EVAP) controI system
used is the charcoaI canister storage method. This
method transfers fueI vapor from the fueI tank to an
activated carbon (charcoaI) storage device (canister) to
hoIdthe vapors when the vehicIe is not operating. When
the engine is running, the fueI vapor is purged from the
carbon eIement by intake airfIowandis consumed in the
normaI combustion process.
GasoIine vapors from the fueI tank fIow into the tube Ia-
beIed TANK. These vapors are absorbed into the car-
bon. The canister is purgedby eIectronic controI moduIe
(ECM) when the engine has been runningfor a specified
amount of time. Air is drawn into the canister and mixed
with the vapor. This mixture is then drawn intothe intake
manifoId.
The ECM suppIies a ground to energize the controIIed
canister purge (CCP) soIenoidvaIve. This vaIve is puIse-
width moduIated (PWM) or turned on and off severaI
timesasecond. TheCCPPWMdutycycIevariesaccord-
ing to operating conditions determined by mass airfIow,
fueI trim, andintakeair temperature.
Poor idIe, staIIing, and poor driveabiIity can be caused
by the foIIowing conditions:
- An inoperative CCP vaIve.
- A damaged canister.
- Hoses that are spIit, cracked, or not connected to the
proper tubes.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CANISTER
The evaporative emission canister is an emission con-
troI device containing activated charcoaI granuIes. The
evaporative emission canister is used to store fueI va-
pors fromthe fueI tank. Once certainconditions are met,
the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) activates the con-
troIIed canister purge (CCP) soIenoid, aIIowing the fueI
vapors to be drawn into the engine cyIinders and
burned.
VARIABLE GEOMETRY INDUCTION
SYSTEMOPERATION
The variabIe geometry induction system (VGIS) is used
to add more responsive acceIeration to the duaI over-
head camshaft (DOHC) engines. Under certain condi-
tions, the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) activates the
VGIS soIenoid, aIIowing stored vacuum to actuate the
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
secondary throttIe controI vaIve. The secondary throttIe
controI vaIve then opens the secondary throttIe pIates,
which are internaI to the intake manifoIdand pIenumas-
sembIy. This aIIows for increasedairfIowintothe engine,
creating more responsive acceIeration.
POSITIVE CRANKCASE
VENTILATION CONTROL SYSTEM
OPERATION
Apositive crankcase ventiIation(PCV) systemis usedto
provide compIete use of the crankcase vapors. Freshair
from the air cIeaner is suppIied to the crankcase. The
fresh air is mixed with bIowby gases and then passes
through a vacuum hose into the intake manifoId.
PeriodicaIIy inspect the hoses and the cIamps. RepIace
any crankcase ventiIation components as required.
A restricted or pIugged PCV hose may cause the foIIow-
ing conditions:
- Rough idIe.
- StaIIing or Iow idIe speed.
- OiI Ieaks.
- OiI in the air cIeaner.
- SIudge in the engine.
A IeakingPCV hose may cause the foIIowingconditions:
- Rough idIe.
- StaIIing.
- High idIe speed.
The cooIant temperature sensor (CTS) is a thermistor (a
resistor which changes vaIue based on temperature)
mountedin the engine cooIant stream. LowcooIant tem-
perature produces a high resistance (100,000 ohms at
* 40EC{* 40EF]) whiIe high temperature causes Iowre-
sistance (70 ohms at 130EC {266EF]).
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) suppIies 5 voIts to
the cooIant sensor through a resistor in the ECM and
measures the change in voItage. The voItage wiII be
highwhenthe engine is coId, andIowwhenthe engine is
hot. By measuring the change in voItage, the ECM can
determine the cooIant temperature. The engine cooIant
temperature affects most of the systems that the ECM
controIs. A faiIure in the cooIant sensor circuit shouIdset
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) 14 or 15. Remember,
these DTCs indicate a faiIure in the cooIant temperature
circuit, so proper use of the chart wiII Iead either to re-
pairing a wiring probIemor to repIacing the sensor tore-
pair a probIem properIy.
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
The throttIe position sensor (TPS) is a potentiometer
connected to the throttIe shaft of the throttIe body. The
TPS eIectricaI circuit consists of a 5-voIt suppIy Iine and
a ground Iine, both provided by the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM). The ECMcaIcuIates the throttIe position
by monitoring the voItage on this signaI Iine. The TPS
output changes as the acceIerator pedaI is moved,
changing the throttIe vaIve angIe. At a cIosed throttIe
position, the output of the TPS is Iow, about 0.5 voIt. As
the throttIe vaIve opens, the output increases so that, at
wide-open throttIe (WOT), the output voItage wiII be
about 5 voIts.
The ECM can determine fueI deIivery based on throttIe
vaIve angIe (driver demand). A broken or Ioose TPS can
cause intermittent bursts of fueI fromthe injector andan
unstabIe idIe, because the ECM thinks the throttIe is
moving. A probIem in any of the TPS circuits shouId set
DTC21 or 22. Once the DTCis set, the ECMwiII substi-
tute a defauIt vaIue for the TPS andsome vehicIe perfor-
mance wiII return. ADTC21 wiII cause a high idIe speed.
OXYGEN SENSOR
The oxygen (O
) sensor is mounted in the exhaust sys-

tem where it can monitor the oxygen content of the ex-
haust gas stream. The oxygen content in the exhaust
reacts with the sensor to produce a voItage output. This
voItage ranges from approximateIy 0.1 voIt (high O
-
Ieanmixture) to0.9 voIt (IowO
- richmixture). ThisvoIt-
age can be measured with a digitaI voItmeter having
at Ieast 10 megohms input impedance. Use of standard
shop type voItmeters wiII resuIt in very inaccurate read-
ings.
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) monitors the O
sensor output and determines what changes are neces-

sary in the fueI mixture command.
The O
sensor circuit sets Diagnostic TroubIe Code

(DTC) 13 when it is open. A constant Iow voItage in the
sensor circuit, indicating a Iean mixture, sets DTC 44. A
constant high voItage, indicating a rich mixture, sets
DTC 45. Refer to the DTC charts for conditions that
couId cause a Iean or a rich system.
CO POTENTIOMETER (LEADED FUEL
ONLY)
The CO potentiometer is a manuaIIy adjustabIe variabIe
resistor which controIs carbon monoxide (CO) emis-
sions in vehicIes that use Ieaded fueI. In these vehicIes,
the COpotentiometer takes the pIace of the O
sensor in
controIIing the fueI injector puIse width. The eIectronic
controI moduIe (ECM) suppIies a 5V reference voItage
to the CO potentiometer. The technician can adjust the
voItage of the return signaI back tothe ECMby turninga
smaII screw on the CO potentiometer. By adjusting the
voItage, the ECM wiII adjust the puIse width of the fueI
injectors to minimize CO emissions.
VALVE AND SOLENOID
The exhaust gas recircuIation (EGR) system is used on
engines to Iower NOX (oxides of nitrogen) emission
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
IeveIs caused by high combustion temperature. The
system is operated by the eIectronic controI moduIe
(ECM) through the EGR soIenoid. The EGR vaIve feeds
smaII amounts of exhaust gas into the intake manifoId
todecrease combustiontemperature. The amount of ex-
haust gas recircuIatedis controIIedby variations invacu-
umandexhaust back pressure. If toomuch exhaust gas
enters, combustion wiII not take pIace. For this
reason, very IittIe exhaust gas is aIIowedtopass through
thevaIve, especiaIIyat idIe.
The EGR vaIve is usuaIIy open under the foIIowing con-
ditions:
- Warm engine operation.
- Above idIe speed.
ResuIts of Incorrect Operation
Toomuch EGR fIowtends toweaken combustion, caus-
ing the engine to run roughIy or to stop. With too much
EGR fIow at idIe, cruise, or coId operation, any of the
foIIowing conditions may occur:
- The engine stops after a coId start.
- The engine stops at idIe after deceIeration.
- The vehicIe surges during cruise.
- Rough idIe.
If the EGR vaIve stays open aII the time, the engine may
not idIe. Too IittIe or no EGR fIow aIIows combustion
temperatures to get too high during acceIeration and Ioad
conditions. ThiscouIdcausethefoIIowingconditions:
- Spark knock (detonation).
- Engine overheating.
- Emission test faiIure.
MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
tor, a resistor which changes vaIue based on the tem-
perature of the air entering the engine. Lowtemperature
produces a high resistance (100,000 ohms at * 40EC
{* 40EF]), whiIe high temperature causes a Iow resist-
ance (70 ohms at 130EC {266EF]).
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) provides 5 voIts to
the MAT sensor through a resistor in the ECM and
measures the change in voItage to determine the MAT.
The voItage wiII be highwhenthe manifoIdair is coIdand
Iowwhen the air is hot. The ECMknows the intake MAT
by measuring the voItage.
The MAT sensor is aIso used to controI spark timing
when the manifoId air is coId.
A faiIure in the MAT sensor circuit sets a Diagnostic
TroubIe Code (DTC) 23 or 25.
IDLE AIR CONTROL VALVE
Notice: Do not attempt to remove the protective cap
and readjust the stop screw. Misadjustment may resuIt
in damage to the idIe air controI (IAC) vaIve or to the
throttIe body.
The IAC vaIve is mounted on the throttIe body where
it controIs the engine idIe speed under the command of
the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM). The ECM sends
voItage puIses to the IAC vaIve motor windings, causing
the IAC vaIve pintIe to move in or out a given distance
(a step or count) for each puIse. The pintIe movement
controIs the airfIow around the throttIe vaIves which, in
turn, controI the engine idIe speed.
The desired idIe speeds for aII engine operating condi-
tions are programmed into the caIibration of the ECM.
These programmed engine speeds are based on the
cooIant temperature, the park/neutraI switch status, the
vehicIe speed, the battery voItage, andthe air condition-
ing (A/C) system pressure (if equipped).
The ECM "Iearns" the proper IAC vaIve positions to
achieve warm, stabiIized idIe speeds (rpm) desired for
the various conditions (park/neutraI or drive, A/C on or
off, if equipped). This informationis storedin ECM"keep
aIive"memories (informationis retainedafter the ignition
is turned OFF). AII other IAC vaIve positioning is caIcu-
Iated based on these memory vaIues. As a resuIt, en-
gine variations due to wear and variations in the
minimum throttIe vaIve position (within Iimits) do not af-
fect engine idIe speeds. This system provides correct
idIe controI under aII conditions. This aIso means that
disconnecting power to the ECM can resuIt in incorrect
idIe controI or the necessity to partiaIIy press the acceI-
erator when starting untiI the ECM reIearns idIe controI.
Engine idIe speed is a function of totaI airfIow into the
engine based on the IAC vaIve pintIe position, the
throttIe vaIve opening, and the caIibrated vacuum Ioss
through accessories. The minimum throttIe vaIve posi-
tion is set at the factory with a stop screw. This setting
aIIows enough airfIow by the throttIe vaIve to cause the
IAC vaIve pintIe to be positioned a caIibrated number of
steps (counts) from the seat during "controIIed" idIe op-
eration. The minimum throttIe vaIve position setting on
this engine shouId not be considered the "minimum idIe
speed," as on other fueI injected engines. The throttIe
stopscrewis coveredwith a pIugat the factory foIIowing
adjustment.
If the IAC vaIve is suspected as being the cause of im-
proper idIe speed, refer to "IdIe Air ControI System
Check" in this section.
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE
SENSOR
ThemanifoIdabsoIutepressure(MAP) sensor measures
the changes in the intake manifoIdpressure whichresuIt
from engine Ioad and speed changes, and converts
thesetoavoItageoutput.
A cIosed throttIe on engine coast down produces a reIa-
tiveIy Iow MAP output. MAP is the opposite of vacuum.
When manifoId pressure is high, vacuum is Iow. The
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
MAP sensor is aIso used to measure barometric pres-
sure. This is performed as part of MAP sensor caIcuIa-
tions. With the ignition ON and the engine not running,
the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) wiII read the man-
ifoId pressure as barometric pressure and adjust the
air/fueI ratio accordingIy. This compensation for aItitude
aIIows the systemto maintain driving performance whiIe
hoIding emissions Iow. The barometric function wiII up-
date periodicaIIy during steady driving or under a wide
open throttIe condition. In the case of a fauIt in the baro-
metric portion of the MAP sensor, the ECMwiII set tothe
defauIt vaIue.
A faiIure in the MAP sensor circuit sets a Diagnostic
TroubIe Code (DTC) 33 or 34.
The foIIowing tabIes show the difference between
absoIute pressure and vacuum reIated to MAP sensor
output, which appears as the top row of both tabIes.
MAP
VoIts 4.9 4.4 3.8 3.3 2.7 2.2 1.7 1.1 0.6 0.3 0.3
kPa 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0
in Hg 29.6 26.6 23.7 20.7 17.7 14.8 11.8 8.9 5.9 2.9 0
VACUUM
VoIts 4.9 4.4 3.8 3.3 2.7 2.2 1.7 1.1 0.6 0.3 0.3
kPa 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
in Hg 0 2.9 5.9 8.9 11.8 14.8 17.7 20.7 23.7 26.7 29.6
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM), Iocated under the
passenger seat, is the controI center of the fueI injection
system. It constantIy Iooks at the information from
various sensors and controIs the systems that affect the
vehicIe's performance. The ECM aIso performs the
diagnostic functions of the system. It can recognize op-
erationaI probIems, aIert the driver through the service
engine soon (SES) warning, and store diagnostic
troubIe codes (DTCs) which identify the probIem areas
to aid the technician in making repairs.
There are no serviceabIe parts in the ECM. The caIibra-
tions are stored in the ECM in the programmabIe read-
onIy memory (PROM).
The ECMsuppIies either 5 or 12 voIts to power the sen-
sors or switches. This is done through resistances in
the ECM which are so high in vaIue that a test Iight
wiII not come on when connected to the circuit. In some
cases, even an ordinary shop voItmeter wiII not give an
accurate reading because its resistance is too Iow. You
must use a digitaI voItmeter with a 10 megohminput im-
pedance to get accurate voItage readings. The ECM
controIs output circuits such as the fueI injectors, the idIe
air controI (IAC) vaIve, the A/CcIutch reIay, etc., by con-
troIIing the ground circuit through transistors or a device
caIIed a "quad-driver."
FUEL INJECTOR
The muIti-port fueI injection (MPFI) assembIy is a soIe-
noid-operateddevice controIIedby the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) that meters pressurized fueI to a singIe
engine cyIinder. The ECM energizes the fueI injector or
soIenoidtoa normaIIy cIosedbaII or pintIe vaIve. This aI-
Iows fueI to fIow into the top of the injector, past the baII
or pintIe vaIve, and through a recessed fIow director
pIate at the injector outIet.
The director pIate has six machined hoIes that controI
the fueI fIow, generating a conicaI spray pattern of fineIy
atomized fueI at the injector tip. FueI from the tip is di-
rected at the intake vaIve, causing the fueI to become
further atomized and vaporized before entering the
combustion chamber. A fueI injector which is stuck
partiaIIy open wouId cause a Ioss of fueI pressure after
the engine is shut down. AIso, an extended crank time
wouId be noticed on some engines. DieseIing couIdaIso
occur because some fueI couId be deIivered to the en-
gine after the ignition is turned OFF.
KNOCK SENSOR
The knock sensor detects abnormaI knocking in the en-
gine.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
The sensor is mounted in the engine bIock near the
cyIinders.
The sensor produces an AC output voItage which in-
creases with the severity of the knock. This signaI is
sent to the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM). The ECM
then adjusts the ignition timing to reduce the spark
knock.
OCTANE NUMBER CONNECTOR
The octane number connector is a jumper harness
(White) that signaIs to the eIectronic controI moduIe
(ECM) the octane rating of the fueI.
The connector is Iocated under the passenger seat next
to the ECM.
There are four different octane number connector set-
tings avaiIabIe. The vehicIe is shipped from the factory
with a IabeI attached to the jumper harness to indicate
the octane rating setting of the ECM.
The ECM wiII aIter fueI deIivery and spark timing based
on the octane number setting.
The foIIowing tabIe shows which terminaIs to jump on
the octane number connector in order to achieve the
correct fueI octane rating. TerminaI 2 is ground on the
octane number connector.
To find the appropriate wiring diagram, refer to "ECM
Wiring Diagrams" in this section.
Octane Number SeIecting
95 91 87 83
1.5L IEFI-6 (ECM)
TerminaI D12
Open Open Ground Ground
1.5L IEFI-6 (ECM)
TerminaI D13
Ground Open Open Ground
1.3L/1.6L ITMS-6F (ECM)
TerminaI D6
Open Open Ground Ground
1.3L/1.6L ITMS-6F (ECM)
TerminaI C13
Ground Open Open Ground
A302F070
SUPPLEMENTAL INFLATABLE RESTRAINTS (SIR) 8B-- 15
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 03 -- Driver Firing Circuit, Short To Ground
1
VisuaIIy inspect the suppIementaI infIatabIe
restraints (SIR) wiring harness for damage.
Is there any visibIe damage to the SIR harness?
-
2
1. RepIace the SIR wiring harness.
2. Reconnect the negative battery cabIe.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
3
1. Remove the driver airbag moduIe.
2. PIace the driver airbag moduIe in a secure
position with the decorative surface facing
upward.
3. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector at the SDM.
- The shorting bar at the disconnected SDM
connector wiII create a compIete circuit be-
tween the wires from the driver airbag
moduIe.
4. Use an ohmmeter to check the continuity
between ground and one of the terminaIs on the
wiring harness connector for the driver airbag
moduIe.
- Refer to ''Diagnostic IIIustration 5'' in this
section.
Is the resistance Iess than the specified vaIue? R
4
1. RepIace the SDM.
3. Set the scan tooI for CODE ERASE.
4. Do the diagnostic system check.
- Refer to the "Diagnostic System Check" in this
section.
Does the code 03 stiII show as a current fauIt?
-
5
1. RepIace the driver airbag moduIe.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
6
1. Disconnect the cIock spring wiring harness
connector at the Iower steering coIumn.
tween the wires from the cIock spring.
2. Using an ohmmeter, check for continuity between
ground and one of the terminaIs on the SDM side
of the cIock spring connector.
Is the resistance Iess than the specified vaIue?
R
7
1. RepIace the cIock spring.
2. Reconnect the negative battery terminaI.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
8B-- 16 SUPPLEMENTAL INFLATABLE RESTRAINTS (SIR)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B021
DRIVER FIRING CIRCUIT, SHORT TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
Circuit Description
When the ignition switch is turned ON, the sensing and
diagnostic moduIe (SDM) wiII perform tests to diagnose
any maIfunctions within itseIf.
After passing these tests, the SDM wiII check the driver
airbag moduIe firing circuit. The SDM aIIows a very
smaII amount of current to fIow through the circuit. The
SDM monitors voItage during this check.
- The firing circuit is shorted to voItage.
Test Description
Caution: Before testing, disconnect the negative
battery cabIe. Wait 1 minute for the SDM capacitor
to discharge. The capacitor suppIies reserve power
to depIoy the airbags, even if the battery is discon-
nected. UnintentionaI depIoyment of the airbags
can cause injury.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 04 -- Driver Firing Circuit, Short To Battery VoItage
1
VisuaIIy inspect the suppIementaI infIatabIe
restraints (SIR) harness for damage.
-
2
Is your repair compIete?
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
3
2. PIace the driver airbag moduIe in a secure
position with the decorative surface facing
upward.
tween the wires from the driver airbag
moduIe.
4. Use a muItimeter to check the voItage at one of
the terminaIs on the wiring harness connector for
the driver airbag moduIe.
section.
Is the voItage greater than the specified vaIue? 0 v Go to Step 6 Go to Step 4
4
1. RepIace the SDM.
-
5
1. RepIace the driver airbag moduIe.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
6
1. Disconnect the cIock spring wiring harness at the
Iower steering coIumn.
tween the wires from the cIock spring
connector.
2. Using a muItimeter, check the voItage at one of
the terminaIs on the SDM side of the cIock spring
connector.
section.
Did the voItmeter indicate the specified vaIue? 0 v
Go to Step 7
Go to Step 2
7
1. RepIace the cIock spring.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B022
PASSENGER FIRING CIRCUIT, RESISTANCE TOO HIGH
Open Circuit
Circuit Description
After passing these tests, the SDM wiII check the
passenger airbag firing circuit. The SDM aIIows a very
SDM monitors the circuit resistance during this check.
- The combined resistance of the passenger airbag
moduIe, the harness wiring, and the connector con-
tacts is above a specified vaIue, as in an open circuit.
Test Description
can cause injury.
Caution: Never measure the resistance of an airbag
moduIe. If the anti-depIoyment shorting bar on the
moduIe-side of the connector is not working prop-
erIy, the meter's battery can depIoy the airbag and
cause injury.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 05 -- Passenger Firing Circuit, Resistance Too High
1
2. Wait 1 minute for the SDM capacitor to discharge.
3. Examine the wiring and the connector at the
passenger side airbag moduIe.
Is the connector disconnected?
-
2
1. Reconnect the passenger side airbag moduIe
connector.
- Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
3
1. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector for the
tween the wires from the passenger airbag
moduIe.
3. Connect an ohmmeter to the terminaIs on the
SDM side of the wiring harness connector for the
section.
{ 0 :
4
1. RepIace the SDM.
-
5
1. RepIace the passenger side airbag moduIe.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
6
1. RepIace the suppIementaI infIatabIe restraints
(SIR) wiring harness.
- Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B022
PASSENGER FIRING CIRCUIT, RESISTANCE TOO LOW
Short Circuit
Circuit Description
SDM monitors the circuit resistance during this check.
- The combined resistance of the passenger airbag
moduIe, the harness wiring, and the connector con-
tacts is beIow a specified vaIue, as in a short circuit
between the wires to the passenger airbag moduIe.
Test Description
can cause injury.
Caution: Never measure the resistance of an airbag
moduIe. If the anti-depIoyment shorting bar on the
moduIe side of the connector is not working prop-
erIy, the meter's battery couId depIoy the airbag and
cause injury.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 06 -- Passenger Firing Circuit, Resistance Too Low
1
2. Connect an ohmmeter to the terminaIs of the
wiring harness connector for the passenger
airbag moduIe on the SDM side of the connector.
section.
R
2
1. RepIace the SDM.
3. Set the scan tooI to CODE ERASE.
-
3
1. RepIace the passenger airbag moduIe.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
4
1. RepIace the suppIementaI infIatabIe restraints
(SIR) wiring harness.
- Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B022
PASSENGER FIRING CIRCUIT, SHORT TO GROUND
Circuit Description
diagnostic moduIe (SDM) wiII diagnose any maIfunc-
tions within itseIf.
SDM monitors the voItage during this check.
- The firing circuit is shorted to ground.
Test Description
can cause injury.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
+DTC 07 Passenger Firing Circuit, Short To Ground
1
3. VisuaIIy inspect the suppIementaI infIatabIe
restraints (SIR) wiring harness.
-
2
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
3
1. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector from the
passenger airbag moduIe.
tween the wires from the passenger side air-
bag moduIe.
between ground and one of the terminaIs at the
SDM side of the wiring harness connector for the
section.
Is the resistance Iess than the specified vaIue? R Go to Step 2 Go to Step 4
4
1. RepIace the SDM.
-
5
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B022
PASSENGER FIRING CIRCUIT, SHORT TO BATTERY VOLTAGE
Circuit Description
SDM monitors the voItage during this check.
- The firing circuit is shorted to the voItage.
Test Description
to discharge. The capacitor suppIies the reserve
power to depIoy the airbags, even if the battery is
disconnected. UnintentionaI depIoyment of the air-
bags can cause injury.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 08 -- Passenger Firing Circuit, Short To Battery VoItage
1
1. Disconnect the battery negative cabIe.
- The capacitor suppIies reserve power to depIoy
the passenger side airbag even if the battery
has been disconnected.
3. VisuaIIy inspect the suppIementaI infIatabIe
restraints (SIR) wiring harness.
Is there any visibIe damage to the SIR wiring
harness?
-
2
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
3
1. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector for the
tween the wires from the passenger airbag
moduIe.
3. Use a muItimeter to check the voItage at one of
the terminaIs on the SDM side of the SIR wiring
harness connector for the passenger airbag
moduIe.
section.
Is the voItage greater than the specified vaIue? 0 v Go to Step 2 Go to Step 4
4
1. RepIace the SDM.
4.Do the diagnostic system check.
-
5
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A210B003
IGNITION INPUT CIRCUIT, VOLTAGE TOO HIGH
Circuit Description
After compIeting the internaI tests, the SDM wiII check
its voItage suppIy. If the voItage suppIy is too high or too
Iow, the SDM may not receive the proper information
when it attempts to use a known current to test the
airbag moduIe circuits.
- The SDM receives voItage higher than a specified
vaIue.
Test Description
can cause injury.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 23 -- Ignition Input Circuit, VoItage Too High
1
Check the vehicIe's charging system.
Is the charging system OK? - Go to Step 3 Go to Step 2
2
Repair the charging system.
Is the repair compIete? -
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
3
2. RepIace the SDM.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A210B003
IGNITION INPUT CIRCUIT, VOLTAGE TOO LOW
Circuit Description
After compIeting the internaI tests, the SDM wiII check
its voItage suppIy. If the voItage suppIy is too high or too
Iow, the SDM may not receive the proper information
when it attempts to use a known current to test the
airbag moduIe circuits.
- The SDM receives the voItage Iower than a specified
vaIue.
Test Description
can cause injury.
Caution: As a safety precaution, disconnect the
connector for the passenger airbag moduIe.
UnintentionaI depIoyment of the airbags can cause
injury.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 24 -- Ignition Input Circuit, VoItage Too Low
1
Check the fuse F13.
Is the fuse bIown? - Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
2
1. Check for a short circuit.
2. Repair if needed.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
3
2. Using a muItimeter, check the voItage at the fuse
F13.
Is the battery voItage avaiIabIe at the fuse F13?
4
Repair the power suppIy to the fuse F13.
Is the repair compIete? -
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
5
2. Wait one minute before proceeding
3. Disconnect the connector at the SDM.
4. Reconnect the battery.
5. Turn the ignition key ON.
6. Measure the voItage at the terminaI 5 of the SDM
Connector.
section.
Is the voItage equaI to the specified vaIue?
6
1. RepIace the SDM.
2. Reconnect the eIectricaI connectors.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
7
1. Disconnect the connector C209.
- The connector C209 is the connector between
the instrument harness and the suppIementaI
infIatabIe restraints (SIR) harness.
3. Using a muItimeter, check the voItage on the
instrument harness side at the terminaI 2 of the
connector C209.
section.
8
2. Reconnect the battery.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
9
Repair the open circuit between the fuse F13 and
the connector C209.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A210B004
WARNING LAMP FAILURE
Circuit Description
After passing these tests, the SDM wiII check the warn-
ingIampcircuit. The SDMconstantIy measures the voIt-
age at the warning Iamp output in order to determine if
the Iamp is ON or OFF at the correct time.
- The Iamp is ON when it shouId be OFF.
- The Iamp is OFF when it shouId be ON.
Diagnostic Aids
When the warning Iamp operates correctIy, the warning
Iamp turns ON for approximateIy four seconds after the
ignition is first switched ON, and then The warning Iamp
turns OFF.
When the warning Iamp operates incorrectIy, the warn-
ing Iamp continues to bIink four times per second,
demonstrating that the SDM is fauIty and must be re-
pIaced.
Test Description
can cause injury.
Caution: If the short is in the suppIementaI infIat-
abIe restraints (SIR) wiring harness, do not attempt
to repair it. The repair might create a high-resistance
connection which can keep the airbags from depIoy-
ing when needed, resuIting in injury. RepIace the
SIRwiringharness if it is damaged.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 25 -- Warning Lamp FaiIure
1
Is the warning Iamp constantIy ON?
-
2
Make sure the SDM connector is attached correctIy.
Does the warning Iamp turn OFF?
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check Go to Step 3
3
1. Check for indications of the diagnostic troubIe
code (DTC) other than the code 25.
2. Go to the appropriate DTC charts and repair each
additionaI probIem.
Does the scan tooI stiII indicate the code 25?
-
4
Check for a short to ground between the SDM and
the warning Iamp using the foIIowing method:
3. Connect one ohmmeter Iead to ground.
4. Touch the other ohmmeter Iead to the terminaI 5
of the connector C209 on the instrument harness
side.
section.
Does the ohmmeter indicate the specified vaIue?
R
5
Repair the short to ground in the instrument
harness.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
6
1. The connector C209 remains disconnected.
2. One Iead of the ohmmeter remains connected to
ground.
3. Move the ohmmeter Iead at the connector C209
to the SDM side of the connector.
section.
R
7
RepIace the SDM.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
8
Does the code 25 stiII show?
-
9
Check the fuse F11.
Is the fuse F11 bIown?
-
10
1. With the connector C209 temporariIy
disconnected, check for a short to ground
between the fuse F11 and the warning Iamp.
2. Make a repair, if needed.
3. RepIace the fuse F11.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DTC 25 -- Warning Lamp FaiIure (Cont'd)
11
2. Using a muItimeter, check the voItage at the fuse
F11.
Does the muItimeter show the specified vaIue?
11-14 v
Go to Step 13
Go to Step 12
12
Repair the open power suppIy circuit for the fuse
F11.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
13
3. Using a muItimeter, check the voItage on the
instrument harness side of the terminaI 5 of the
connector C209.
Does the muItimeter show the specified vaIue?
11-14 v
Go to Step 15
Go to Step 14
14
1. Check the warning Iamp buIb.
2. RepIace the warning Iamp buIb, if needed.
3. If the buIb is good, repair the open circuit between
the fuse F11 and the terminaI 5 of the connector
C209.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
15
1. Disconnect the negative battery terminaI.
2. Wait at Ieast 1 minute before proceeding.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SDMINTERNAL FAULT
Circuit Description
maIfunctions within itseIf.
- The SDM does not pass the internaI tests.
Test Description
can cause injury.
DTC 31 -- SDM InternaI FauIt
1
2. RepIace the SDM.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
SDMCRASH RECORDED
Circuit Description
- The SDM has previousIy detected a crash.
Test Description
can cause injury.
DTC 32 -- SDM Crash Recorded
1
2. RepIace the SDM.
-
Go to
Diagnostic
System Check
-
A310B001
Caution: Do not use these iIIustrations to troubIe-
shoot without consuIting the diagnostic troubIe
code (DTC) charts. The DTC charts give additionaI
safety precautions and detaiIed instructions for
each test. FaiIure to foIIow the proper precautions
can resuIt in injury from unintended airbag depIoy-
ment.
DIAGNOSTIC ILLUSTRATION 1
Checking the continuity between the terminaI 9 of the
sensing and diagnostic moduIe and the terminaI J of the
data Iink connector.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A210B005
Checking the continuity on the instrument harness side
betweenthe terminaI Jof the data Iinkconnector andthe
terminaI 6 of the connector C209.
A110B027
Measuring the wiring harness for the continuity of the
driver side airbag moduIe circuit.
A110B028
Checkingthe continuity of the driver airbagcircuit on the
sensing and diagnostic moduIe (SDM) side of the cIock
spring connector.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B029
Checking the driver airbag circuit for a short to ground
with the sensing and diagnostic moduIe disconnected.
A110B040
Checking the driver airbag circuit for a short to voItage.
A110B030
Checking the cIock spring connector for a short to voIt-
age on the sensing and diagnostic moduIe side.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B031
Checking the passenger airbag circuit continuity on the
sensing and diagnostic moduIe side of the connector.
A110B032
Checking the passenger airbag circuit for a short to
ground.
A110B033
Checking the passenger airbag circuit for a short to
voItage.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A310B002
Checking the sensing and diagnostic moduIe voItage
suppIy at the terminaI 5.
A210B006
Checking the voItage suppIy on the instrument harness
side at the terminaI 2 of the connector C209.
A210B007
Checking for a short to ground on the sensing and diag-
nostic moduIe side of the suppIementaI infIatabIe re-
straints harness at the terminaI 5 of the connector C209.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A210B008
Checkingfor a short togroundinthe instrument harness
on the instrument harness side at the terminaI 5 of the
connector C209.
A210B009
Checking the voItage of the warning Iamp circuit on the
instrument harness side at the terminaI 5 of the connec-
tor C209.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SuppIementaI InfIatabIe Restraints (SIR) Harness And Connectors
(Left-Hand Drive Shown, Right-Hand Drive SimiIar)
A210B010
1 Instrument Harness Connector C209
2 SuppIementaI InfIatabIe Restraints Harness
Connector C209
3 Instrument Harness
4 ALDL Connector
5 Passenger Airbag ModuIe Connector
6 SuppIementaI InfIatabIe Restraints Harness
7 Sensing and Diagnostic ModuIe Connector
8 Horn Connector
9 CIock Spring Connector
10 Driver Airbag ModuIe Connector
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B009
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE
(Left-Hand Drive Shown, Right-Hand
Drive SimiIar)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Position the steering wheeI straight ahead.
3. Remove the driver airbagmoduIe mountingboIts, one
from each side of the steering wheeI.
A105E020
Caution: When removing an airbag moduIe or
handIing a new airbag moduIe, aIways keep the top
of the unit facing upward. This Ieaves room for the
moduIe to expand if the moduIe unexpectedIy de-
pIoys. Without room for expansion, a moduIe sud-
denIy propeIIed toward a person or object can
cause injury or vehicIe damage.
4. Disconnect the connectors from the horn terminaI
and the driver airbag moduIe.
A105E020
Caution: When handIing an airbag moduIe, aIways
keep the top of the unit facing upward. This Ieaves
room for the moduIe to expand if the moduIe unex-
pectedIy depIoys. Without room for expansion, a
moduIe suddenIy propeIIed toward a person or ob-
ject can cause injury or vehicIe damage.
1. InstaII the connectors to the horn terminaI and the
driver airbag moduIe.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B009
2. InstaII the driver airbag moduIe.
3. InstaII the driver airbag moduIe mounting boIts, one
on each side of the steering wheeI.
Tighten
Tighten the driver airbag moduIe mounting boIts to
14.7 N:m (130 Ib-in).
A110B012
CLOCK SPRING
RemovaI Procedure
1. Disconnect the negative battery cabIe. Wait 1 minute
untiI the capacitor inside the sensing and diagnostic
moduIe has discharged.
2. Remove the driver airbag moduIe. Refer to "Driver
Side Airbag ModuIe" in this section.
3. Remove the steering wheeI. Refer to Section 6E,
Steering WheeI and CoIumn.
4. Remove the Iower steering coIumn cover.
A110B043
5. Disconnect the connectors at the Iower steering
coIumn.
6. Remove the screws and the cIock spring from the
steering shaft.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B043
Caution: If the cIock spring is not properIy aIigned,
the steering wheeI may not be abIe to rotate com-
pIeteIy during a turn. Restricted turning abiIity can
cause the vehicIe to crash. Improper aIignment of
the cIock spring aIso may make the suppIementaI
infIatabIe restraints (SIR) system inoperative, pre-
venting the airbags from depIoying during a crash.
Both of these outcomes can resuIt in injury.
Notice: Turning the cIock spring more than three turns
cIockwise or more than three turns countercIockwise
can damage the spring.
1. Turn the front wheeIs straight ahead.
2. InstaII the cIock spring with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the cIock spring mounting screws to 3 N:m
(27 Ib-in).
Important: The cIock springmay come packedin mate-
riaI used to prevent damage to the spring during ship-
ping or storage. Avoid instaIIing any of the packing
materiaI with the cIock spring.
A110B044
3. Turn the IabeI of the cIock spring cIockwise to Iock.
4. Turn the IabeI of the cIock spring countercIockwise
approximateIy three turns to the neutraI position, with
the front wheeIs straight ahead.
5. ProperIy aIign the pointed marks on the components
of the cIock spring.
6. Connect the eIectricaI connectors on the Iower steer-
ing coIumn.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B012
7. InstaII the Iower steering coIumn cover.
8. InstaII the steering wheeI. Refer to Section 6E,
Steering WheeI and CoIumn.
9. Connect the driver airbag moduIe and the horn
connectors.
10. InstaII the driver airbag moduIe. Refer to "Driver
Side Airbag ModuIe" in this section.
A110B018
PASSENGER AIRBAG MODULE
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the gIove box. Refer to Section 9E, Instru-
mentation/Driver Information.
2. Remove the mounting nuts from beneath the
passenger airbagmoduIe.
A110B019
3. Remove the mounting boIts at the sides of the
4. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector.
5. Remove the passenger airbag moduIe.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B019
1. InstaII the passenger airbag moduIe.
2. InstaII the mounting boIts at the sides of the passen-
ger side airbag moduIe.
Tighten
Tighten the passenger airbag moduIe mounting boIts
to 12 N:m (106 Ib-in).
A110B018
3. InstaII the mounting nuts beneath the passenger
airbag moduIe.
Tighten
Tighten the passenger airbag moduIe mounting nuts
to 22 N:m (16 Ib-ft).
4. Connect the eIectricaI connector.
5. InstaII the gIove box. Refer to Section 9E, Instrumen-
tation/Driver Information.
A110B015
SENSING AND DIAGNOSTIC
MODULE (SDM)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Disconnect the negative battery.
2. Remove the rear consoIe. Refer toSection 9G, Interi-
or Trim.
3. Remove the front consoIe. Refer to Section 9G
Interior Trim.
4. Disconnect the sensing and diagnostic moduIe
(SDM) eIectricaI connector.
5. Remove the SDM mounting boIts and the SDM.
Do not disassembIe the SDM. It has no serviceabIe
parts.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B015
Notice: Do not instaII an SDMthat has been droppedor
has water damage, dents, cracks, or other visibIe de-
fects. Attempted use of a defective SDM can resuIt in
vehicIe damage.
1. InstaII the SDMwith the mountingboIts sothat the ar-
row on the SDM IabeI points toward the front of the
vehicIe.
Tighten
Tighten the SDM mounting boIts to 9 N:m (80 Ib-in).
2. Connect the SDM eIectricaI connector.
A110B006
3. InstaII the front consoIe. Refer to Section 9G, Interior
Trim.
4. InstaII the rear consoIe. Refer to Section 9G, Interior
Trim.
6. Check for proper operation of the system.
- Turn the ignition ON whiIe watching the suppIe-
mentaI infIatabIe restraints warning Iamp.
- The warning Iamp shouId turn ON for about 4
seconds, and then turn OFF.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B012
AIRBAG MODULE DEPLOYMENT
(INVEHICLE)
Drive SimiIar)
DepIoy the airbags before disposing of them. This in-
cIudes those in a whoIe vehicIe being scrapped.
If the vehicIe is stiII within the warranty period, contact
the Daewoo regionaI service manager for approvaI or
speciaI instructions before depIoying the airbag mod-
uIes.
Caution: Before depIoying the airbags, remove aII
Ioose objects from the airbag's expansion area.
Caution: DepIoy the airbags with the vehicIe doors
cIosed and the side windows open.
Caution: DepIoy the airbags onIy in an evacuated
area. Service personneI who must be present dur-
ing the depIoyment shouId be at Ieast 10 meters
(33 feet) in front of the vehicIe.
Caution: Do not connect the voItage source untiI af-
ter having compIeted aII other preparations for the
depIoyment of the airbags.
Caution: AIIow a depIoyed airbag moduIe to cooI
for at Ieast 30 minutes before handIing.
Caution: Wear the gIoves and the eye protectors
during the disposaI process.
Caution: If the depIoyment faiIs, disconnect the voIt-
age source and wait 5 minutes before approaching
thevehicIe.
DepIoyment Procedure
1. Disconnect both battery cabIes and pIace the battery
at Ieast 10 meters (32.8 feet) from the vehicIe.
Caution: Wait 1 minute after disconnecting both
battery cabIes to aIIow the capacitor inside the
sensing and diagnostic moduIe (SDM) to discharge
before taking any other action. The capacitor sup-
pIies the reserve power to depIoy the airbags, even
if the battery is disconnected. UnintentionaI depIoy-
ment of the airbags can cause injury.
2. Remove the Iower cover from the steering coIumn.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B016
3. At the Iower steeringcoIumn, cut the twowires Iead-
ing from the suppIementaI infIatabIe restraint (SIR)
harness to the cIock spring.
4. Strip13 mm(0.5 inch) of insuIation fromthe ends of
the wires Ieading to the cIock spring.
5. Use two additionaI wires, each at Ieast 10 meters
(33 feet) Iong, to reach fromthe depIoyment battery
to the airbag moduIe.
these two additionaI wires.
7. Twist the two wires together at one end.
8. PIace the twisted ends of the two wires near the de-
pIoyment battery. Do not connect the wires to the
battery at this time.
9. Using the free ends of the 10-meter (33-foot) wires
Ieadingtothe cIock spring, make twospIices, one at
each wire from the airbag moduIe.
10. Wrap the spIices with insuIating tape.
11. Now that the free ends of the 10-meter (33-foot)
wires are spIicedtothe airbagmoduIe wires, andthe
ends that are twisted together are near the depIoy-
ment battery, cIear the area.
12. Untwist the wires that are near the depIoyment
battery.
13. Touch one wire to the positive battery terminaI and
touch the other wire tothe negative battery terminaI.
The airbag wiII depIoy.
A110B010
14. Repeat the procedure for the passenger airbag,
cutting the wires to the passenger airbag moduIe
instead of the wires Ieading to the cIock spring.
the wires Ieading to the passenger airbag moduIe.
16. Use two additionaI wires, each at Ieast 10 meters
(33 feet) Iong, to reach fromthe depIoyment battery
to the passenger airbag moduIe.
these two additionaI wires.
18. Twist the two wires together at one end.
19. PIace the twisted ends of the two wires near the de-
pIoyment battery. Do not connect the wires to the
battery at this time.
20. Using the free ends of the 10-meter (33-foot) wires
to the passenger airbag moduIe, make two spIices,
one at each wire from the airbag moduIe.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B014
21. Wrap the spIices with insuIating tape.
A110B016
22. Now that the free ends of the 10-meter (33-foot)
wires are spIiced to the passenger airbag moduIe
wires, and the ends that are twisted together are
near the depIoyment battery, cIear the area.
23. Untwist the wires that are near the depIoyment
battery.
24. Touch one wire to the positive battery terminaI and
touch the other wire tothe negative battery terminaI.
The passenger airbag wiII depIoy.
25. Using the proper precautions, dispose of the
depIoyed airbag. Refer to "DepIoyed Airbag ModuIe
DisposaI Procedure" in this section.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
AIRBAG MODULE DEPLOYMENT
(OUTSIDE OF VEHICLE)
DepIoy aII intact airbag moduIes that have been
- Removed from a scrapped vehicIe.
- Found to be defective.
- Foundtohave been damagedduring transit, storage,
or service.
Caution: DepIoy the airbags onIy in an evacuated
area. Service personneI who must be present dur-
ing the depIoyment shouId be at Ieast 10 meters
(33 feet) in front of the vehicIe.
Caution: Do not connect the voItage source untiI
compIeting aII other preparations for the depIoy-
ment of the airbags.
Caution: AIIow a depIoyed airbag moduIe to cooI
for at Ieast 30 minutes before removing it from the
vehicIe.
Caution: Wear gIoves and eye protection during the
disposaI process.
Caution: If the depIoyment faiIs, disconnect the voIt-
age source and wait 5 minutes before approaching
thevehicIe.
1. Position the airbag moduIe face up, on fIat ground
outdoors, at Ieast 10 meters (33 feet) from any ob-
stacIes or peopIe.
2. PIace a vehicIe battery at Ieast 10 meters (33 feet)
away from the airbag moduIe.
3. DepIoy the airbag moduIe using the depIoyment tooI.
4. Using the proper precautions, dispose of the
depIoyed airbag. Refer to "DepIoyed Airbag ModuIe
DisposaI Procedure" in this section.
DEPLOYED AIRBAG MODULE
DISPOSAL PROCEDURE
Caution: After an airbag moduIe has been
depIoyed, the surface of the airbag may contain a
powdery residue. The powder Iubricates the airbag
as it infIates. The dust that is produced as a by-
product of the depIoyment is unIikeIy to be harmfuI,
but use the gIoves and the safety gIasses in order to
prevent any possibIe irritation of the skin and the
eyes.
Caution: After depIoyment, the metaI surfaces of
the airbag moduIe wiII be hot. In order to avoid the
risk of an injury or a fire, do not pIace the depIoyed
airbag moduIes near any fIammabIe objects, and aI-
Iow the airbag moduIes to cooI for 30 minutes be-
fore handIing them.
DepIoy an airbag before disposing of it. This incIudes
those in a whoIe vehicIe being scrapped.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A110B017
If the vehicIe is stiII within the warranty period, contact
the Daewoo regionaI service manager for approvaI or
speciaI instructions before depIoying an airbag moduIe.
DepIoyed airbag moduIes shouId be disposed of in the
same manner as any other scrapparts, with the addition
of the foIIowing steps:
1. PIace the depIoyed airbag in a sturdy pIastic bag.
2. SeaI the pIastic bag secureIy.
3. Wash your hands and rinse them with water after
handIing a depIoyed airbag.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
Drive SimiIar)
AIRBAG MODULE
Driver Airbag ModuIe
Caution: Tampering with the driver side airbag
moduIe creates the risk of an injury from an unex-
pected depIoyment. Therefore, the driver side air-
bag moduIe shouId never be disassembIed.
The driver airbag moduIe is under the center pad on the
steering wheeI.
The driver airbag moduIe contains an ignitor charge and
a gas generator to infIate the foIded airbag.
A110B020
Passenger Airbag ModuIe
Caution: Tampering with the passenger side airbag
moduIe creates the risk of an injury from an unex-
pected depIoyment. Therefore, the passenger side
airbag moduIe shouId never be disassembIed.
The passenger airbag moduIe is on the passenger side
of the instrument paneI.
The passenger airbagmoduIe contains an ignitor charge
and a gas generator to infIate the foIded airbag.
A110B005
SENSING AND DIAGNOSTIC
MODULE (SDM)
The SDM
- Has no user-serviceabIe parts.
- Is on the fIoor ahead of the front consoIe assembIy.
- ContinuousIy monitors the system components.
- Records any fauIts which are discovered.
- IIIuminates a warning Iamp that aIerts the driver to
any fauIts.
- AIIows the fauIt codes tobe retrievedwitha scantooI.
The SDM controIs the depIoyment of the airbag system
through the use of the
- Arming sensor.
- Capacitor.
- Crash sensor, or acceIerometer.
A110B015
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Arming Sensor
The arming sensor is safety device made up of a duaI-
contact, eIectro-mechanicaI switch that:
- Acts independentIy of the eIectronic components.
- Keeps the firing circuits for the airbags unarmed un-
der normaI driving conditions.
- AIIows the airbags to depIoy under the required
conditions.
Capacitor
The capacitor provides reserve power.
Crash Sensor
The crash sensor, or acceIerometer, eIectronicaIIy rep-
resents the acceIeration or deceIeration of the vehicIe
during a frontaI impact. In this eIectronic representation,
the eIectricaI signaI is proportionaI to the acceIeration or
deceIeration of the vehicIe.
SIR WARNING LAMP
The suppIementaI infIatabIe restraints (SIR) system in-
cIudes a seIf-diagnostic function.
If there is a faiIure of the sensing and diagnostic moduIe
or the externaI circuits, the SIR warning Iamp in the in-
strument cIuster turns ON.
As a systemcheck, the SIR warningIampaIso turns ON
when the ignition is first switched to the ON position.
Correct Functioning
The system is working properIy if:
- The SIR warningIamp turns OFF after approximateIy
four seconds.
FauIty Functioning
The system is not working properIy, meaning one of the
SIR components or the wiring connector is fauIty, if:
- The SIR warning Iamp faiIs to turn ON when the
ignition is first switched ON.
- The SIR warning Iamp remains ON.
A110B006
CLOCK SPRING
The cIock spring:
- Is on the steering coIumn.
- Contains a coiI that is the eIectricaI contact between
the steering coIumn wiring harness and the driver
side airbag moduIe.
- Is part of the circuit for the horn.
Notice: Turning the steering wheeI more than three and
one-quarter turns may damage the cIock spring.
Turning the steering wheeI:
- In one direction tightens the coiI.
- In the opposite direction Ioosens the coiI.
- More than three and one-quarter turns may damage
the cIock spring.
Caution: DisassembIing the cIock spring can cause
injury and vehicIe damage.
The cIock spring shouId never be disassembIed.
The cIock spring must be repIaced if the airbags have
been depIoyed.
A110B013
WIRING HARNESS/CONNECTORS
The connector for the sensing and diagnostic moduIe
(SDM) has a buiIt-in shorting bar that wiII turn ON the
warning Iamp if there is a poor connection at the SDM.
As an anti-depIoyment mechanism, additionaI shorting
bars are in the
- Connector for the cIock spring at the Iower steering
coIumn.
- Passenger airbag moduIe connector.
- SDM connector.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
When these connectors are separated, the shorting
bars wiII short circuit any current which is appIied, pre-
venting the current from reaching the airbag moduIes.
A110B024
SIR SYSTEM
The suppIementaI infIatabIe restraints (SIR) system is a
safety device used in conjunction with the seat beIts.
The airbagdoes not repIace the function of the seat beIt.
The driver and the passengers must aIways fasten their
seat beIts and adjust them for a proper fit.
The SIR is designed to protect the driver and the front
seat passenger in the event of a significant frontaI im-
pact to the vehicIe. The airbags depIoy if the force is ap-
pIied from a direction within 30 degrees of the vehicIe's
centerIine.
The SIR consists of a
- Driver airbag moduIe.
- Passenger airbag moduIe.
- Sensing and diagnostic moduIe.
- Steering coIumn cIock spring.
- Wiring harness.
- SIR maIfunction warning Iamp.
A110B007
GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
The suppIementaI infIatabIe restraints (SIR) warning
Iamp must iIIuminate when the ignition is switched ON,
and then turn OFF after approximateIy 4 seconds.
There is a fauIt in the airbag system if
- The warning Iamp does not turn OFF.
- The warning Iamp iIIuminates whiIe the vehicIe is in
operation.
If the warningIampindicates there is a fauIt in the airbag
system, assume that the SIR system may not be
functionaI.
Caution: FaiIure to foIIow aII service procedures in
the correct sequence can cause the airbag system to
depIoy unexpectedIy and possibIy cause a serious
injury.
OnIy trained personneI at franchised Daewoo deaIers
and authorized Daewoo service deaIerships may service
theairbagsystem.
Never attempt to disassembIe, repair, or reuse the
- Airbag moduIes.
- CIock spring.
- Sensing and diagnostic moduIe.
- Wiring harness.
When making SIR repairs,
- Inspect any SIR part before it is instaIIed.
- Use onIy new parts.
- Do not instaII used SIR parts from other vehicIes.
- Do not instaII any part that has been dropped or that
has dents, cracks, or other defects.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9A
%2'< :,5,1* 6<67(0
CAUTION: Disconnect the negative battery cabIe before removing or instaIIing any eIectricaI unit or when a
tooI or equipment couId easiIy come in contact with exposed eIectricaI terminaIs. Disconnecting this cabIe
wiII heIp prevent personaI injury and damage to the vehicIe. The ignition must aIso be in LOCK unIess
otherwise noted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9A-1 . . . . . . . . . . .
Wire CoIor Chart 9A-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Distribution Schematic 9A-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connection Box Harness Routing 9A-7 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse BIock Locator (Engine) 9A-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse BIock Locator
(Passenger Compartment) 9A-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse Chart 9A-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Harness Routing 9A-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Harness Routing 9A-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIoor Harness Routing 9A-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Left-Hand Drive Instrument
Harness Routing 9A-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right-Hand Drive Instrument
Harness Routing 9A-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door Harness Routing 9A-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WIRE COLOR CHART
Wire CoIor Abbreviation On Schematic
Green DK GRN
Light Green LT GRN
BIue DK BLU
Brown BRN
Orange ORN
YeIIow YEL
Grey GRY
Sky BIue LT BLU
Red RED
BIack BLK
Pink PNK
White WHT
PurpIe PPL
9A-- 2 BODY WIRING SYSTEM
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Wires With Tracers
Wire CoIor Abbreviation On Schematic
Red with White Tracer RED/WHT
Red with BIack Tracer RED/BLK
Brown with White Tracer BRN/WHT
BIack with White Tracer BLK/WHT
BIack with YeIIow Tracer BLK/YEL
Green with BIack Tracer DK GRN/BLK
Green with White Tracer DK GRN/WHT
Light Green with BIack Tracer LT GRN/BLK
Red with YeIIow Tracer RED/YEL
Red with BIue Tracer RED/DK BLU
BIack with Brown Tracer BLK/BRN
BODY WIRING SYSTEM 9A-- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309A001
P
O
W
E
R
D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
I
O
N
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309A002
P
O
W
E
R
D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
I
O
N
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
(
C
o
n
t
'
d
)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309A003
P
O
W
E
R
D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
I
O
N
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
(
C
o
n
t
'
d
)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309A004
P
O
W
E
R
D
I
S
T
R
I
B
U
T
I
O
N
S
C
H
E
M
A
T
I
C
(
C
o
n
t
'
d
)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
CONNECTION BOX HARNESS ROUTING
A209A002
A109A005
1 Fuse BIock
2 Front Harness to Instrument Harness
3 FIoor Harness to Front Harness
4 FIoor Harness to Roof Harness
5 FIoor Harness to Instrument Harness
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
FUSE BLOCK LOCATOR (ENGINE)
A209A003
FUSE BLOCK LOCATOR (PASSENGER COMPARTMENT)
A209A004
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
FUSE CHART
Fuse Rating/ Source Circuit
EF1 (Engine Fuse) 80A BAT Engine Fuses EF15 to EF20 and Fuses F1 to F7
EF2 30A BAT Ignition Switch, ACC (F9 and F10), and IGN 1 ( F11 to F17)
EF3 30A BAT Ignition Switch, START and IGN 2 (F18, F19, F20)
EF4 30A BAT Radiator Fans
EF5 30A BAT Power Windows
EF6 40A BAT AntiIock Brakes
EF7 30A BAT Rear Window Defogger
EF8 30A BAT Hi BIower
EF10 20A EF19 HeadIamp Hi Beam
EF11 10A EF19 HeadIamp Lo Beam (Left Side)
EF12 10A EF19 HeadIamp Lo Beam (Right Side)
EF13 10A EF20
TaiI and IIIumination Lamps (Left Side), HeadIamp LeveIing,
Rear Fog Lamps
EF14 10A EF20 TaiI and IIIumination Lamps (Right Side)
EF15 15A EF1 Front Fog Lamp
EF16 15A EF1 FueI Pump
EF17 10A EF1 Horn
EF18 10A EF1 A/C Compressor
EF19 25A EF1 Hi Beam Passing
EF20 20A EF1 IIIumination Lamp
F1 (Fuse) 10A EF1 Rear Fog, Room Lamp, Trunk Room Lamp
F2 10A EF1
CIock, Door Open Warning, ALDL, HeadIamp ReIay,
IIIumination Lamp ReIay, Engine ImmobiIizer
F3 15A EF1 Hazard Lamp
F4 15A EF1 Door Lock
F5 10A EF1 ABS, ECM, TCM
F6 10A EF1 Audio, Antenna Motor
F7 15A EF1 StopIamp, Center High-Mounted StopIamp
D8 (Diode)
F9 10A ACC Audio
F10 15A ACC Cigar Lighter
F11 10A IGN 1
Instrument CIuster, CIock, Defog ReIay, Seat BeIt Switch,
Engine ImmobiIizer
F12 10A IGN 1 Backup Lamp
F13 15A IGN 1 SuppIementaI InfIatabIe Restraints
F14 15A IGN 1
Injectors, AIternator, Starter SoIenoid, TransaxIe SoIenoids,
VehicIe Speed Sensor, Tachometer, Canister Purge SoIenoid
F15 15A IGN 1 DIS Ignition CoiI
F16 15A IGN 1 Turn SignaI Lamp, Mirror Switch
F17 15A IGN 1
ECM, TCM, ABS Warning Lamp, FueI Pump ReIay, VariabIe
Induction Geometry SoIenoid
F18 20A IGN 2 Wiper/Washer
F19 10A IGN 2
Power Window ReIay, A/C Compressor ReIay, Radiator Fan
ReIays, Defog ReIay, ABS ReIay
F20 20A IGN 2 BIower Position 1,2,3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
FRONT HARNESS ROUTING
(Left-Hand Drive Shown, Right-Hand Drive SimiIar)
A309A005
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
REAR HARNESS ROUTING
A209A006
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
FLOOR HARNESS ROUTING
A209A007
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
LEFT-HAND DRIVE INSTRUMENT HARNESS ROUTING
A309A006
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
RIGHT-HAND DRIVE INSTRUMENT HARNESS ROUTING
A309A007
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DOOR HARNESS ROUTING
A209A009
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9B
/,*+7,1* 6<67(06
otherwise noted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9B-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BuIb Usage Chart 9B-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 9B-2 . . . . . . . . . . .
Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9B-3 . . . . . . . . . . .
Backup Lamps Circuit 9B-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instruments Circuit 9B-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front and Rear Fog Lamps Circuit 9B-5 . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Fog Lamps Circuit
(Without Rear Fog Lamps) 9B-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Fog Lamps Circuit
(Without Front Fog Lamps) 9B-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadIamps-On Reminder Chime 9B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadIamps Circuit 9B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadIamp LeveIing Circuit 9B-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Position, TaiI and License Lamps Circuit 9B-11 . . . . .
StopIamps Circuit 9B-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Turn and Hazard Lamps Circuit 9B-13 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior Courtesy and Luggage
Compartment Lamp Circuit 9B-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnosis 9B-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadIamps-On Reminder Chime 9B-15 . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadIamps 9B-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadIamp LeveIing 9B-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TaiIIamps 9B-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior Courtesy and Luggage
Compartment Lamps 9B-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fog Lamps 9B-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9B-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9B-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadIamps 9B-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Lamps 9B-37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Turn SignaI Lamps 9B-38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TaiIIamps (Notchback) 9B-38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TaiIIamps (Hatchback) 9B-39 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Fog/Backup Lamps (Notchback) 9B-40 . . . . . . .
Rear Fog/Backup Lamps (Hatchback) 9B-41 . . . . . . .
Center High-Mounted StopIamp
(Notchback) 9B-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Center High-Mounted StopIamp
(Hatchback) 9B-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Fog Lamps 9B-43 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
License PIate Lamp 9B-46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door Jamb Switch 9B-46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior Courtesy Lamp 9B-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ashtray Lamp 9B-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage Compartment Lamp 9B-50 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9B-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadIamps-On Reminder Chime 9B-51 . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadIamps 9B-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking and Turn SignaI Lamps 9B-51 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fog Lamps 9B-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TaiIIamps 9B-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
License PIate Lamp 9B-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior Courtesy Lamp 9B-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ashtray Lamp 9B-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage Compartment Lamp 9B-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backup Lamps 9B-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9B-- 2 LIGHTING SYSTEMS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SPECIFICATIONS
BULB USAGE CHART
BuIb RepIacement BuIb Number
Backup Lamp 21W or 27W
Center High-Mounted StopIamp 21W or 27W
Front Fog Lamp 55W
HeadIamp DoubIe 65W/55W or DoubIe 60W/55W
Interior Courtesy Lamp 10W
License PIate Lamp 5W
Luggage Compartment Lamp 10W
Park and Front Turn SignaI Lamp DoubIe 21W/5W or DoubIe 28W/8W
Rear Fog Lamp 21W
Rear Turn SignaI Lamp SingIe 21W or SingIe 27W
Side Turn SignaI Lamp 5W
TaiI and StopIamp DoubIe 21W/5W or DoubIe 28/8W
CHMSL Mounting Nuts 3 - 27
CHMSL Mounting Screws 3 - 27
Courtesy Lamp Housing Screws 2 - 18
CuphoIder Screws 2.5 - 22
Door Jamb Switch Screw 4 - 35
Front Fog Lamp AssembIy Screw 3 - 27
HeadIamp AssembIy BoIts and Nut 5 - 44
License PIate Lamp Screws 1.5 - 13
Rear Fog/Backup Lamp AssembIy Nuts 3 - 27
TaiIIamp AssembIy Nuts 3 - 27
TaiIIamp AssembIy Screws 3 - 27
LIGHTING SYSTEMS 9B-- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309B001
B
A
C
K
U
P
L
A
M
P
S
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
(
N
o
t
c
h
b
a
c
k
)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209B006
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
S
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309B201
F
R
O
N
T
A
N
D
R
E
A
R
F
O
G
L
A
M
P
S
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309B202
F
R
O
N
T
F
O
G
L
A
M
P
S
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
(
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
R
E
A
R
F
O
G
L
A
M
P
S
)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309B203
R
E
A
R
F
O
G
L
A
M
P
S
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
(
W
I
T
H
O
U
T
F
R
O
N
T
F
O
G
L
A
M
P
S
)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309B008
H
E
A
D
L
A
M
P
S
-
O
N
R
E
M
I
N
D
E
R
C
H
I
M
E
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209B009
H
E
A
D
L
A
M
P
S
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309B002
H
E
A
D
L
A
M
P
L
E
V
E
L
I
N
G
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309B204
P
O
S
I
T
I
O
N
,
T
A
I
L
A
N
D
L
I
C
E
N
S
E
L
A
M
P
S
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309B205
S
T
O
P
L
A
M
P
S
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209B012
T
U
R
N
A
N
D
H
A
Z
A
R
D
L
A
M
P
S
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209B013
I
N
T
E
R
I
O
R
C
O
U
R
T
E
S
Y
A
N
D
L
U
G
G
A
G
E
C
O
M
P
A
R
T
M
E
N
T
L
A
M
P
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DIAGNOSIS
HEADLAMPS-ON REMINDER CHIME
Diagnostic Aids: The fuse for the Ieft-side taiIIamps is aIso part of the headIamps-on reminder chime circuit. The
headIamps-on reminder chime shouId operate when the ignition is OFF, the headIamps or parking Iamps are on, and
the driver door is open.
HeadIamps-On Reminder Chime Does Not Work
1
Turn the parking Iamps on, and observe the
taiIIamps.
Are the taiIIamps operating correctIy?
-
2
Repair the Ieft-side taiIIamps before compIeting this
diagnostic tabIe.
After the taiIIamps have been repaired, does the
headIamps-on reminder chime work?
-
3
1. Disconnect the chime moduIe eIectricaI
connector.
2. Turn the headIamps on.
3. Check the voItage at terminaI 6 of the chime
moduIe connector.
Is the voItage equaI to the specified vaIue? 11-14v Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
4
Repair the open circuit between fuse EF13 and
terminaI 6 of the chime moduIe connector.
-
System OK
-
5
Use an ohmmeter to check the resistance between
ground and terminaI 5 of the chime moduIe.
Is the resistance equaI to the specified vaIue? 9 0 W Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6
6
Repair the open circuit between ground and terminaI
5 of the chime moduIe.
-
System OK
-
7
1. Remove the driver door contact switch.
2. Remove the eIectricaI connector from the driver
door contact switch.
3. Use an ohmmeter to measure the resistance
between the driver door contact switch connector
and the chime moduIe terminaI 4.
Does the ohmmeter indicate the specified vaIue? 9 0 W Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8
8
Repair the open circuit between the driver door
contact switch connector and the chime moduIe
terminaI 4.
-
System OK
-
9
1. Connect the eIectricaI connector to the chime
moduIe.
2. Connect a jumper wire between ground and the
connector for the driver door contact switch.
4. Turn the Iights on.
Does the headIamps-on reminder chime operate?
-
10
RepIace the chime moduIe.
-
System OK
-
11
RepIace the driver door contact switch.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
HEADLAMPS
Low Beam HeadIamps Are Inoperative, High Beam HeadIamps Are OK
1
Check fuses EF11 (Ieft-side headIamps) and EF12
(right-side headIamps).
Is fuse EF11 or EF12 bIown?
-
2
1. Check for a short circuit and repair it, if
necessary.
-
System OK
-
3
Check the voItage at fuses EF11 and EF12.
Does the voItage avaiIabIe at fuses EF11 and EF12
equaI the vaIue specified?
4
1. Disconnect both headIamp connectors.
3. SeIect the Iow beams.
Does the voItage at each headIamp connector termi-
naI 5 equaI the vaIue specified?
5
Repair the open circuit between fuses EF11 or EF12
and the Iow beam headIamps.
-
System OK
-
6
1. Disconnect the headIamp connectors.
2. Connect an ohmmeter between ground and either
headIamp connector terminaI 6.
Is the resistance equaI to the vaIue specified? 0 : Go to Step 8 Go to Step 7
7
Repair the ground circuit.
- System OK -
8
RepIace the fauIty headIamps.
- System OK -
9
1. Disconnect the headIamp combination switch
connector C1.
between terminaIs 6 and 5 of the headIamp
combination switch.
Does the ohmmeter indicate the vaIue specified?
0 : Go to Step 10 Go to Step 11
10
RepIace the headIamp combination switch.
- System OK -
11
Repair the open circuit between fuses EF11 and
EF12 and the headIamp combination switch connec-
tor C1 terminaI 5.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
High Beam HeadIamps Are Inoperative, Low Beam HeadIamps Are OK
1
Check the high beam headIamps in the "fIash-to-
pass" mode.
Do the high beam headIamps work in the "fIash-to-
pass" mode?
-
2
Check fuse EF10.
Is fuse EF10 bIown?
3
1. Check for a short circuit. Repair it, if necessary.
-
System OK
-
4
1. Turn the high beam headIamps on.
2. Check the voItage at fuse EF10.
Does the voItage avaiIabIe at fuse EF10 equaI the
vaIue specified? 11-14 v Go to Step 5 Go to Step 9
5
2. Check the voItage at headIamp terminaI 4 with
the high beams seIected.
Does the voItage avaiIabIe at the headIamp connec-
tor terminaI 4 equaI the vaIue specified? 11-14 v Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6
6
Repair the open circuit between fuse EF10 and the
high beam headIamps.
-
System OK
-
7
RepIace the fauIty headIamps.
- System OK -
8
-
System OK
-
9
Repair the open circuit between headIamp combina-
tion switch connector C1 terminaI 4 and fuse EF10.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
High Beam and Low Beam HeadIamps Are Inoperative On Both Left and Right Sides
Diagnostic Aids: If there are severaI other symptoms, incIuding an inoperative radiator fan, the windshieId washer
pump, or the Ieft-side turn signaI Iamps, check ground G102.
1
Check fuses EF10, EF11, EF12, EF19, and F2.
Are any fuses bIown?
2
necessary.
-
System OK
-
3
1. Turn the Iow beam headIamps on.
2. Check the voItage at fuses EF11 and EF12.
3. Check the voItage at fuse EF10 with the high
beams seIected.
Does the voItage at the headIamps equaI the vaIue
specified? 11-14 v Go to Step 4 Go to Step 9
4
2. Check the voItage at the headIamp connector
terminaI 5.
4. Check the voItage at headIamp connector
terminaI 4.
Does the battery voItage avaiIabIe at the headIamps
equaI the vaIue specified?
5
Repair the open circuit between fuses EF10, EF11,
and EF12 and the headIamps.
-
System OK
-
6
Use an ohmmeter to check between ground and the
headIamp connector terminaI 6.
Is the resistance equaI to the specified vaIue?
7
- System OK -
8
1. RepIace the fauIty headIamps.
2. Check the charging system to make sure that the
charging voItage is not excessiveIy high. Repair if
necessary.
-
System OK
-
9
Use a voItmeter to check for power to the fuses F2
and EF19.
Does the voItage at fuses F2 and EF19 equaI the
vaIue specified?
10
Repair the power suppIy circuit to the fuses F2 and
EF19.
-
System OK
-
11
1. Remove the headIamp reIay.
2. Use a voItmeter to check the headIamp reIay
connector for terminaI 30.
Does the voItmeter indicate the vaIue specified?
11-14 v
12
connector for terminaI 30 of the headIamp reIay.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
High Beam and Low Beam HeadIamps Are Inoperative
On Both Left and Right Sides (Cont'd)
13
TemporariIy substitute the iIIumination Iamp reIay in
pIace of the headIamp reIay.
Do the headIamps operate with the substituted
reIay?
-
14
ReinstaII the iIIumination Iamp reIay in its originaI
position, and instaII a new headIamp reIay.
-
System OK
-
15
1. ReinstaII the iIIumination Iamp reIay in its originaI
position before proceeding.
2. Before reinstaIIing the headIamp reIay, turn the
Iow beam switch on.
3. Use a test Iamp to check the reIay socket at the
terminaI that connects to terminaI 85 of the reIay.
Does the test Iamp iIIuminate?
-
16
Check the headIamp combination switch connector
C2 with a voItmeter.
Does the voItage at the headIamp switch connector
C2, terminaI 1 equaI the specified vaIue?
17
Repair the open circuit between fuse F2 and head-
Iamp combination switch connector C2.
-
System OK
-
18
1. Disconnect the C2 connector for the headIamp
combination switch.
2. SeIect the Iow beam headIamp position.
3. At connector C2 (on the switch side of the
connector), measure with an ohmmeter between
terminaIs 1 and 2.
Is the resistance equaI to the specified vaIue? 0 : Go to Step 20 Go to Step 19
19
- System OK -
20
Repair the open circuit between headIamp switch
connector C2 and terminaI 86 of the headIamp reIay.
-
System OK
-
21
connector C1.
3. Check the resistance between switch terminaIs 6
and 5 with the Iow beams seIected.
4. SeIect the high beams.
5. Check the resistance between switch terminaIs 6
and 4.
Are both resistance measurements equaI to the spe-
cified vaIue? 0 : Go to Step 22 Go to Step 19
22
Repair the open circuit between the headIamp com-
bination switch connector C1 and the fuses EF10,
EF11, and EF12.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
HEADLAMP LEVELING
HeadIamp LeveIing Is Inoperative
1
Check the Iow beam headIamps and the parking
Iamps.
Do the high and Iow beam headIamps and the park-
ing Iamps work?
-
2
Repair the Iow beam headIamps and the parking
Iamps before compIeting this diagnostic tabIe.
Does the IeveIing system operate after the head-
Iamps and the parking Iamps are repaired?
-
3
1. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector at the
inoperative headIamp IeveIing motor.
3. If the Ieft headIamp IeveIing system is being
tested, check the voItage at the BRN wire at the
Ieft headIamp IeveIing motor connector. If the right
headIamp IeveIing system is being tested, check
the voItage at the BRN/WHT wire at the right
headIamp IeveIing motor connector.
Does the voItmeter indicate the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
4
Repair the open circuit between the fuse (EF12 for
right side, EF11 for Ieft side) and the headIamp IeveI-
ing motor.
-
System OK
-
5
Use an ohmmeter to check continuity between the
BLK wire at the headIamp IeveIing motor connector
and ground.
6
Repair the open circuit between the headIamp IeveI-
ing motor connector and ground.
-
System OK
-
7
2. At the headIamp IeveIing motor connector, check
the voItage at the DK GRN wire whiIe the IeveIing
adjustment is changed on the IeveIing switch.
Does the voItage smoothIy increase and decrease
as the setting of the IeveIing switch is raised and
Iowered?
-
8
RepIace the headIamp IeveIing motor.
-
System OK
-
9
1. Remove the headIamp IeveIing switch for testing,
but do not disconnect the eIectricaI connector.
3. Check the voItage at the BRN/WHT wires at the
headIamp IeveIing switch connector.
Is the voItage equaI to the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10
10
headIamp IeveIing switch.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
HeadIamp LeveIing Is Inoperative (Cont'd)
11
2. With the headIamp IeveIing switch removed for
testing and the eIectricaI connector stiII
connected, check the voItage at the DK GRN wire
at the headIamp IeveIing switch whiIe adjusting
the switch.
Does the voItage smoothIy rise and drop as the
switch is adjusted?
-
12
Repair the open DK GRN wire between the head-
Iamp IeveIing switch and the headIamp IeveIing mo-
tor.
-
System OK
-
13
RepIace the headIamp IeveIing switch.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
TAILLAMPS
TaiIIamps Do Not Work
1
Check the headIamps and the parking Iamps.
Do the headIamps and the parking Iamps work?
-
2
Repair the headIamps before continuing with this
chart.
After the headIamps have been repaired, are the
taiIIamps stiII inoperative?
-
3
1. Turn the parking Iamps on.
2. Use a voItmeter to check voItage at the buIb
socket positive terminaI.
Does voItage at the buIb socket equaI the specified
vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 4 Go to Step 7
4
Connect an ohmmeter between ground and the
Iamp socket negative terminaI.
Is the resistance equaI to the specified vaIue? 9 0 : Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5
5
Repair the ground circuit for the Iamps.
-
System OK
-
6
RepIace the fauIty buIbs.
-
System OK
-
7
Check fuses EF20, EF13, and EF14.
Are any of the fuses bIown?
-
8
necessary.
-
System OK
-
9
2. Check the voItage at fuses EF13 (Ieft-side
iIIumination Iamp) and EF14 (right-side
iIIumination Iamp).
Does the voItage at the fuses equaI the specified
10
Check the voItage at fuse EF20.
Does the voItage at fuse EF20 equaI the specified
11
Repair the battery suppIy circuit to fuse EF20.
-
System OK
-
12
1. TemporariIy substitute the headIamp reIay for the
iIIumination Iamp reIay.
2. Turn the iIIumination Iamp switch on.
Do the taiIIamps iIIuminate?
-
13
1. Return the headIamp reIay to its originaI position.
2. RepIace the iIIumination Iamp reIay.
-
System OK
-
14
1. Remove the iIIumination reIay.
2. Use a voItmeter to check the iIIumination Iamp
reIay socket at the connector for terminaI 30.
Is the voItage at the connector for terminaI 30 of the
iIIumination Iamp reIay equaI to the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 16 Go to Step 15
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
TaiIIamps Lamps Do Not Work (Cont'd)
15
connector for the iIIumination Iamp reIay terminaI 30.
-
System OK
-
16
Connect an ohmmeter between ground and the
iIIumination Iamp reIay terminaI 86.
Is the resistance equaI to the specified vaIue? 9 0 : Go to Step 18 Go to Step 17
17
Repair the ground circuit for the iIIumination Iamp
reIay.
-
System OK
-
18
1. Turn the iIIumination Iamps on.
2. Check the voItage at the connector for terminaI 85
of the iIIumination Iamp reIay.
19
connector C2.
2. On the disconnected switch, seIect the
iIIumination Iamps on position.
3. At the switch side of the connector C2, use an
ohmmeter to check for continuity between
terminaI 1 and terminaI 3.
9 0 : Go to Step 21 Go to Step 20
20
Repair the open circuit between the headIamp
switch connector C2 terminaI 3 and terminaI 85 of
the iIIumination Iamp reIay.
-
System OK
-
21
RepIace the headIamp switch.
- System OK -
22
Repair the open circuit between terminaI 87 of the
iIIumination Iamp reIay and fuses EF13 and EF14.
-
System OK
-
23
Repair the open circuit between the fuses EF13 and
EF14 and the iIIumination Iamps.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
StopIamps Do Not Work
Notice: When probing a buIb socket with a voItmeter or a test Iamp, do not contact the side of the socket (ground)
whenyouare testingthe positive contact at the bottomof the socket. If the voItage andthe groundare both avaiIabIe at
the buIb socket, contacting both at the same time with a test probe wiII cause a bIown fuse.
1
Check fuse F7.
Is fuse F7 bIown?
2
necessary.
-
System OK
-
3
Use a voItmeter to check the voItage at fuse F7.
Is the voItage at F7 equaI to the specified vaIue?
4
Repair the power suppIy circuit for fuse F7.
- System OK -
5
1. Press the brake pedaI.
2. Check the positive terminaIs of the buIb sockets
with a test Iamp.
Does the test Iamp iIIuminate?
-
6
Connect an ohmmeter between ground and the sto-
pIamp ground terminaI.
7
- System OK -
8
1. Disconnect the wiring connector from the
stopIamp switch.
2. Press the brake pedaI.
3. Use an ohmmeter to check continuity between
terminaIs 1 and 2.
9
RepIace the stopIamp switch.
- System OK -
10
1. Disconnect the stopIamp switch eIectricaI
connector.
2. Check the voItage at terminaI 1.
Does the voItmeter show the specified vaIue?
11
Repair the open circuit between the fuse F7 and the
stopIamp switch.
-
System OK
-
12
Repair the open circuit between the stopIamp switch
and the stopIamps.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Center High-Mounted StopIamp (CHMSL) Does Not Work
1
1. Turn the Iights on.
2. Observe the taiIIamps.
Are the taiIIamps on?
-
2
Repair the taiIIamps before compIeting this
diagnostic tabIe.
Does the CHMSL work after the taiIIamps are
repaired?
-
3
1. Remove the CHMSL buIb.
2. Check the CHMSL buIb.
Is the Iamp buIb defective?
-
4
RepIace the CHMSL buIb.
-
System OK
-
5
1. Disconnect the CHMSL connector.
2. Use an ohmmeter to measure the resistance
between ground and the BLK wire in the CHMSL
connector.
Is the resistance equaI to the specified vaIue? 9 0 W Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6
6
Repair the open circuit between ground and the BLK
wire in the CHMSL connector.
-
System OK
-
7
Repair the open circuit between the stopIamp switch
and the CHMSL.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Backup Lamps Inoperative
1
1. BIock the wheeIs.
2. AppIy the parking brake to prevent the vehicIe
from moving.
3. Turn the ignition on.
4. Put the transaxIe in reverse (R).
5. Remove one of the backup Iamps from its socket.
6. Test the Iamp socket positive terminaI with a
voItmeter.
Does the battery voItage avaiIabIe at the backup Iamp
socket positive terminaI equaI the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 3 Go to Step 2
2
Repair the open circuit between fuse F12 and the
backup Iamps.
-
System OK
-
3
Connect an ohmmeter between ground and the neg-
ative terminaI at the buIb socket.
4
RepIace the fauIty backup Iamps.
- System OK -
5
1. ReinstaII the backup Iamps.
2. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector at the reverse
switch. (On automatic transaxIe (A/T) vehicIes,
disconnect the neutraI safety/backup switch.)
3. Turn the ignition on.
4. Put the transaxIe in R.
5. Use a voItmeter to check for the reverse switch
terminaI A. (On A/T vehicIes, test terminaI 6 of
the neutraI safety/backup switch).
Does battery voItage avaiIabIe at terminaI A (or termi-
naI 6, if equipped with A/T) equaI the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6
6
Repair the open circuit between the backup Iamps
and the, reverse switch (or the neutraI safety/backup
switch if equipped with A/T).
-
System OK
-
7
1. Put the transaxIe in R.
between reverse switch terminaI A and terminaI B
(terminaIs 6 and 2 on the neutraI safety/backup
switch, if equipped with A/T).
Does the continuity between terminaIs A and B (ter-
minaIs 6 and 2, if equipped with A/T) equaI the spe-
cified vaIue? 0 : Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8
8
RepIace the reverse switch (neutraI safety/backup
switch, if equipped with A/T).
-
System OK
-
9
Repair the ground circuit between the reverse switch
(neutraI safety/backup switch, if equipped with A/T)
and ground G105.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Turn SignaI Lamps and Hazard Lamps Do Not Work
1
Check fuses F3 and F16.
Is either fuse bIown?
2
necessary.
-
System OK
-
3
2. Check the voItage at fuses F16 and F3.
Does the battery voItage avaiIabIe at both fuses F3
and F16 equaI the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 4 Go to Step 7
4
1. Turn the hazard switch on.
2. Remove each of the inoperative Iamps from its
socket.
3. Test each Iamp socket positive terminaI with a
voItmeter.
Does the battery voItage puIsing at the turn signaI
hazard Iamp socket positive terminaI equaI the spe-
cified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 5 Go to Step 9
5
At each buIb socket, use an ohmmeter to check the
ground circuit.
{ 0 :
6
RepIace any fauIty turn signaI/hazard buIbs.
- System OK -
7
Repair the power suppIy circuit to fuses.
- System OK -
8
Repair the open ground wires.
- System OK -
9
1. Turn on the hazard Iamp switch.
2. Test the bIinker unit connector terminaI 49a with a
voItmeter.
Does the battery voItage puIsing at the bIinker unit
terminaI 49a equaI the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 15 Go to Step 10
10
1. Turn on the hazard Iamp switch.
2. Test the bIinker unit connector terminaI 49 with a
voItmeter.
Does the battery voItage avaiIabIe at the bIinker unit
terminaI 49 equaI the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 11 Go to Step 14
11
1. Disconnect the bIinker unit from the connector.
2. Use an ohmmeter to check between ground and
the connector for terminaI 31 of the bIinker unit.
Is the resistance equaI to the specified vaIue? { 0 : Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12
12
Repair the bIinker unit ground connection.
- System OK -
13
RepIace the fauIty bIinker unit.
- System OK -
14
1. Disconnect the hazard Iamp switch connector.
2. Check for voItage at terminaI 8.
4. Check for voItage at terminaI 10.
Does the battery voItage avaiIabIe at both terminaIs
equaI the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 15 Go to Step 20
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Turn SignaI Lamps and Hazard Lamps Do Not Work (Cont'd)
15
1. Remove the hazard Iamp switch.
2. Turn the hazard Iamp switch off.
3. Check for continuity between terminaIs 7 and 10.
4. Turn the hazard Iamp switch on.
5. Check for continuity between terminaIs 7 and 8.
Do both tests show the specified vaIue? 0 : Go to Step 18 Go to Step 17
16
1. Remove the hazard Iamp switch.
2. Turn the hazard Iamp switch on.
3. Use an ohmmeter to check for continuity between
terminaIs 5, 6, and 9.
Does the continuity between terminaIs 5, 6, and 9
equaI the specified vaIue? 0 : Go to Step 19 Go to Step 17
17
RepIace the fauIty hazard Iamp switch.
- System OK -
18
Repair the open circuit between the hazard Iamp
switch terminaI 7 and the bIinker unit terminaI 49.
-
System OK
-
19
Repair the open circuit between the spIice S202 and
spIice S301.
-
System OK
-
20
Repair the open circuit between the hazard Iamp
switch and the fuses F3 or F16.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Hazard Lamps Do Not Operate, Turn SignaIs Are OK
1
Check fuse F3.
Is fuse F3 bIown?
2
necessary.
-
System OK
-
3
Use a voItmeter to check for power to fuse F3.
Does the battery voItage avaiIabIe at fuse F3 equaI
the vaIue specified? 11-14 v Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
4
Repair the power suppIy circuit to fuse F3.
- System OK -
5
1. Disconnect the hazard switch connector.
2. Use a voItmeter to check power to the hazard
switch terminaI 8.
Does the battery voItage avaiIabIe at connector ter-
minaI 8 equaI the vaIue specified? 11-14 v Go to Step 6 Go to Step 9
6
1. Remove the hazard switch and disconnect it for
testing.
2. Turn the hazard switch on.
3. Test with an ohmmeter between terminaIs 7 and
8.
7
1. With the hazard switch stiII removed and
disconnected for testing, turn the hazard
switch on.
2. Use an ohmmeter to check between terminaIs 5,
6, and 9.
8
Repair the open circuit between the hazard switch
connector and spIice S202.
-
System OK
-
9
Repair the open circuit between the hazard switch
connector terminaI 8 and fuse F3.
-
System OK
-
10
RepIace the fauIty hazard switch.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
INTERIOR COURTESY AND LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMPS
Interior Courtesy Lamp Inoperative
Caution: AIways make sure there is an eIectricaI
Ioad (Iamp buIb, etc.) in any circuit between battery
terminaIs. Do not make a short circuit between bat-
tery terminaIs with a jumper wire. Hazardous spark-
ing wouId resuIt and couId cause injury.
Test Description
tabIe.
1. BuIb test. CIip one end of a jumper wire to the nega-
tive battery terminaI. CIip the other end of the jumper
wire ontoone endof the buIb. Take the free endof the
buIb (the end without the jumper attached) and touch
it to the positive battery terminaI.
1
1. Remove the interior courtesy Iamp buIb and
inspect the fiIament.
2. If the fiIament is not broken, test the buIb using
the vehicIe's battery and a jumper wire.
Does the buIb pass the visuaI and physicaI checks?
-
2
RepIace the buIb.
- System OK -
3
1. ReinstaII the interior courtesy Iamp buIb.
2. Check fuse F1.
Is fuse F1 bIown?
-
4
necessary.
-
System OK
-
5
Check fuse F1.
Does the voItage at fuse F1 equaI the specified vaI-
ue? 11-14 v Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6
6
Repair the open power suppIy circuit for fuse F1.
-
System OK
-
7
1. Disconnect the interior courtesy Iamp eIectricaI
connector.
2. Check the voItage at connector terminaI 1.
Does the voItage at connector terminaI 1 equaI the
vaIue specified? 11-14 v Go to Step 8 Go to Step 9
8
Repair the open circuit between fuse F1 and the in-
terior courtesy Iamp terminaI 1.
-
System OK
-
9
1. With the interior courtesy Iamp disconnected, turn
it to the on position.
2. Use an ohmmeter to check the resistance
between ground and terminaI 3 of the interior
courtesy Iamp connector (harness side).
10
RepIace the interior courtesy Iamp switch assembIy.
-
System OK
-
11
Repair the ground circuit for the interior courtesy
Iamp.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Luggage Compartment Lamp Inoperative
Caution: AIways make sure there is an eIectricaI
Ioad (Iamp buIb, etc.) in any circuit between battery
terminaIs. Do not make a short circuit between bat-
tery terminaIs with a jumper wire. Hazardous spark-
ing wouId resuIt and couId cause injury.
Test Description
tabIe.
1. BuIb test. CIip one end of a jumper wire to the nega-
tive battery terminaI. CIip the other end of the jumper
wire ontoone endof the buIb. Take the free endof the
buIb (the end without the jumper attached) and touch
it to the positive battery terminaI.
1
1. Remove the Iuggage compartment Iamp buIb and
inspect the fiIament.
2. If the fiIament is not broken, test the buIb using
the vehicIe's battery and a jumper wire.
Does the buIb pass the visuaI and physicaI check?
-
2
RepIace the buIb.
-
System OK
-
3
1. ReinstaII the Iuggage compartment Iamp buIb.
2. Check fuse F1.
Is fuse F1 bIown?
-
4
1. Check for a short circuit and repair it, if necessary.
-
System OK
-
5
Check fuse F1.
Does the voItage at fuse F1 equaI the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6
6
-
System OK
-
7
1. Disconnect the Iuggage compartment Iamp
eIectricaI connector.
2. Check the voItage at the orange wire.
Does the voItage at the ORN wire equaI the speci-
fied vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 8 Go to Step 9
8
Repair the open circuit between fuse F1 and the Iug-
gage compartment Iamp.
-
System OK
-
9
1. Reconnect the Iuggage compartment Iamp.
2. Remove the Iuggage compartment Iamp switch.
3. With a voItmeter (or test Iamp), test the BLK/WHT
wire at the Iuggage compartment Iamp switch.
Does the voItage at the Iuggage compartment Iamp
switch equaI the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10
10
Repair the open circuit between the Iuggage
compartment Iamp and the Iuggage compartment
Iamp switch.
-
System OK
-
11
ground and the BLK wire at the Iuggage compart-
ment Iamp switch connector (harness side).
12
RepIace the Iuggage compartment Iamp switch.
-
System OK
-
13
Repair the ground circuit for the interior courtesy Iamp.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
FOG LAMPS
Diagnostic Aids
The front fog Iamps wiII not operate unIess the iIIumination Iamps are on. If the iIIumination Iamps are not operating,
repair that probIem before attempting to diagnose the fog Iamps.
Front Fog Lamps Inoperative
1
Check fuse EF15.
Is fuse EF15 bIown?
-
2
1. Check for a short circuit and repair it, if necessary.
-
System OK
-
3
Use a voItmeter to check fuse EF15.
Does the battery voItage avaiIabIe at fuse EF15
equaI the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
4
Repair the open circuit from the battery to fuse EF15.
-
System OK
-
5
Remove the fog Iamp reIay and temporariIy
substitute a known good reIay, such as the
headIamp reIay. (Do not substitute the iIIumination
Iamp reIay.)
Do the fog Iamps work with the substituted reIay?
-
6
1. Return the substituted reIay to its originaI position.
2. RepIace the inoperative fog Iamp reIay.
-
System OK
-
7
1. Return the substituted reIay to its originaI position,
but do not reinstaII the fog Iamp reIay.
2. Turn on the exterior Iamps and the front fog Iamps.
3. Using a voItmeter, check the fog Iamp reIay
socket at the connector for fog Iamp reIay
terminaI 30.
Does the voItage avaiIabIe at the fog Iamp reIay
socket equaI the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8
8
fog Iamp reIay.
-
System OK
-
9
At the fog Iamp reIay socket, use an ohmmeter to
verify that the connector for reIay terminaI 86 is
connected to ground.
Does the resistance equaI the specified vaIue? 0 : Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10
10
Repair the ground circuit for the fog Iamp reIay.
-
System OK
-
11
1. ReinstaII the fog Iamp reIay.
2. Turn ON the exterior Iamps and the front fog
Iamps.
3. Test for voItage at terminaI 1 of the fog Iamp
connector.
Does the battery voItage avaiIabIe at terminaI 1 of
the fog Iamp connector equaI the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12
12
Repair the open circuit between the fog Iamp reIay
terminaI 87 and the fog Iamps.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Front Fog Lamps Inoperative (Cont'd)
13
Use an ohmmeter (or test Iamp) to check the ground
at terminaI 2 of the fog Iamp connector.
Does the resistance equaI the specified vaIue? 0 : Go to Step 15 Go to Step 14
14
Repair the fog Iamp ground circuit.
- System OK -
15
RepIace the fauIty fog Iamp buIbs.
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Rear Fog Lamps Do Not Work
Diagnostic Aids
The rear fog Iamps wiII not operate unIess the head-
Iamps (or the exterior Iamps andthe front fogIamps) are
on. If the headIamps or exterior Iights are not operating,
repair that probIem before attempting to diagnose the
rear fog Iamps.
Test Description
tabIe.
10. For this test, either three, four, or five wires wiII indi-
cate the specified voItage. One wire is hot at aII
times. The wires to the iIIumination reIay and the
headIamp reIay wiII indicate voItage during the test
because it was estabIished that the headIamps and
the exterior Iamps were working before beginning
this tabIe.
14. If the wiringbetween terminaI 2 andterminaI 5 of C2
is fauIty (as wouId be indicated if onIy three wires
showed the specified voItage in Step 10), the diode
connector wiII need to be Iocated for testing. Re-
move the smaII trimpIate beneath the air duct at the
Ieft side of the instrument cIuster. The diode connec-
tor can be seen taped to the main instrument har-
ness.
1
Inspect fuse F1.
Is fuse F1 bIown? - Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
2
necessary.
2. RepIace fuse F1.
-
System OK
-
3
Check the voItage at fuse F1.
Is the voItage equaI to the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
4
Repair the power suppIy for fuse F1.
5
1. TemporariIy substitute a known good reIay such
as the headIamp reIay or the iIIumination reIay in
pIace of the rear fog Iamp reIay.
2. Turn on headIamp switch on.
3. Turn the rear fog Iamp switch on.
Do the rear fog Iamps work with the substituted
reIay?
-
6
2. RepIace the rear fog Iamp reIay.
-
System OK
-
7
2. Before instaIIing the rear fog Iamp reIay, check
the voItage at terminaI 30 of the reIay socket.
8
Repair the open circuit between fuse F1 and the rear
fog Iamp reIay.
-
System OK
-
9
1. Before instaIIing the rear fog Iamp reIay, turn the
headIamp switch on.
2. Turn on the rear fog Iamps.
3. Check the voItage at terminaI 86 of the rear fog
Iamp reIay socket.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Rear Fog Lamps Do Not Work (Cont'd)
10
1. Remove the screws which retain the driver knee
boIster, and remove the knee boIster by sIiding it
upward and puIIing it outward.
2. Turn the steering wheeI to gain access to the
screws which fasten the steering coIumn upper
cover to the Iower cover, and remove the screws.
3. Remove the screws which fasten the steering
coIumn Iower cover, and separate and remove
the steering coIumn upper and Iower covers.
4. On the Ieft side of the steering coIumn, Iocate the
six-way connector C2 which is a part of the
headIamp combination switch. It is not necessary
to remove the switch.
5. Turn the Iow beam headIamps on, and turn the
rear fog Iamps on.
6. Backprobe aII five wires in the six-way connector
with a voItmeter on the switch side of connector
C2.
Is the voItage at aII five wires approximateIy equaI to
the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 11 Go to Step 12
11
Repair the open circuit between terminaI 3 of head-
Iamp combination switch C2 and terminaI 85 of the
rear fog Iamp reIay.
-
System OK
-
12
In Step 10, when the headIamps and the rear fog
Iamps were turned on, was the voItage approximate-
Iy equaI to the specified vaIue at four of the five
wires ?
13
- System OK -
14
Repair the open circuit or open diode in the wire har-
ness connecting terminaI 2 with terminaI 5 at head-
Iamp combination switch connector C2.
Is the repair compIete?.
-
System OK
-
15
1. InstaII the rear fog Iamp reIay.
2. Disconnect the fog Iamp connectors.
4. Turn the rear fog Iamps on.
5. Check the voItage at the RED wires at the rear
fog Iamps.
16
Repair the open circuit between the rear fog Iamp
reIay and the rear fog Iamps.
-
System OK
-
17
With the rear fog Iamp connectors disconnected,
use an ohmmeter to check the BLK wires for conti-
nuity with ground.
{ 0 W Go to Step 19 Go to Step 18
18
Repair the fog Iamp ground circuit.
- System OK -
19
RepIace the fauIty rear fog Iamps.
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309B004
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
HEADLAMPS
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the headIamp mounting boIts and the nut.
2. Disconnect the eIectricaI connectors.
3. Twist the turn signaI buIb in order to remove it.
A209B014
4. Remove the headIamp assembIy.
5. Remove the cap conceaIing the headIamp buIb.
6. Disconnect the headIamp buIb eIectricaI connector.
7. Remove the retaining wire.
8. Remove the headIamp buIb.
A209B014
1. InstaII the headIamp buIb.
2. InstaII the retaining wire.
3. Connect the headIamp buIb eIectricaI connector.
4. InstaII the cap conceaIing the headIamp buIb.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309B004
5. InstaII the turn signaI buIb.
6. Connect the eIectricaI connectors.
Notice: DissimiIar metaIs in direct contact with each
other may corrode rapidIy. Make sure to use the correct
fasteners to prevent premature corrosion.
7. InstaII the headIamp assembIy with the boIts and the
nut.
Tighten
Tighten the headIamp assembIy boIts and the nut to
5 N:m (44 Ib-in).
A309B005
PARKING LAMPS
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the headIamp. Refer to "HeadIamps" in this
section.
3. Remove the parking Iamp.
A309B005
1. InstaII the parking Iamp.
2. InstaII the headIamp. Refer to "HeadIamps" in this
section.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
C109B011
SIDE TURN SIGNAL LAMPS
RemovaI Procedure
2. SIide the side turn signaI Iamp rearward.
3. Remove the Iamp.
C109B011
2. InstaII the side turn signaI Iamp.
A309B006
TAILLAMPS (NOTCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the rear quarter Iuggage compartment trim
paneI.
3. Remove the nuts and the Iamp assembIy.
4. Remove the buIb(s).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309B006
1. InstaII the buIb(s).
2. InstaII the Iamp assembIy with the nuts.
Tighten
Tighten the taiIIamp assembIy nuts to 3 N:m (27 Ib-
in).
4. InstaII the rear quarter Iuggage compartment trim
paneI.
A309B011
TAILLAMPS (HATCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the taiIIamp assembIy screws.
3. SIide the taiIIampassembIy towardthe hatch opening
and remove it.
4. Remove the buIbs.
A309B011
1. InstaII the buIbs.
2. InstaII the taiIIamp assembIy with the screws.
Tighten
Tightenthe taiIIampassembIy screws to3 N:m(27 Ib-
in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109B018
REAR FOG/BACKUP LAMPS
(NOTCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Open the Iuggage compartment Iid.
4. Remove the nuts and the buIb assembIy from the
Iamp.
A109B019
5. Remove the nuts and the rear fog/backup Iamp as-
sembIy from the rear deck Iid.
A109B019
1. InstaII the rear fog/backup Iamp assembIy with the
nuts.
Tighten
Tighten the rear fog/backup Iamp assembIy nuts to
3 N:m (27 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109B018
2. InstaII the buIbs andthe screws inthe IampassembIy.
A309B012
REAR FOG/BACKUP LAMPS
(HATCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Open the hatchback door.
3. Remove the rear fog/backup Iamp access cover.
4. Remove the nuts and the rear fog/backup Iamp as-
sembIy.
A309B012
1. InstaII the rear fog/backup Iamp assembIy with the
nuts.
Tighten
Tighten the rear fog/backup Iamp assembIy nuts to
3 N:m (27Ib-in).
3. InstaII the rear fog/backup Iamp access cover.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209B002
CENTER HIGH-MOUNTED
STOPLAMP (NOTCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Open the rear deck Iid.
3. Remove the center high-mountedstopIamp(CHMSL)
buIb.
4. Remove the nuts and the CHMSL.
A209B002
1. InstaII the CHMSL with the nuts.
Tighten
Tighten the CHMSL mounting nuts to 3 N:m (27 Ib-
in).
2. InstaII the CHMSL buIb.
A309B013
CENTER HIGH-MOUNTED STOP
LAMP (HATCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
3. Pry open the CHMSL access cover with a screwdriv-
er.
5. Remove the screws and the CHMSL.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309B013
1. InstaII the CHMSL with the screws.
Tighten
Tightenthe CHMSL mountingscrews to3 N:m(27 Ib-
in).
3. CIose the CHMSL access cover.
A109B001
FRONT FOG LAMPS
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the screw securing the fog Iamp assembIy.
A109B002
3. Remove the fog Iamp assembIy.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109B003
5. Remove the fog Iamp access cover.
A109B004
6. Remove the retaining wire.
7. Remove the buIb.
A109B004
1. InstaII the buIb.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109B003
2. InstaII the retaining wire.
3. InstaII the fog Iamp access cover.
A109B002
A109B001
5. InstaII the fog Iamp assembIy.
6. Secure the fog Iamp assembIy with the screw.
Tighten
Tighten the front fog Iamp assembIy screw to 3 N:m
(27 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109B005
LICENSE PLATE LAMP
(TypicaI)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the screws.
3. Remove the Iamp assembIy.
4. Remove the buIb.
A109B005
1. InstaII a new buIb.
3. InstaII the Iamp assembIy with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the Iicense pIate Iamp screws to 1.5 N:m
(13 Ib-in).
A309B007
DOOR JAMB SWITCH
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the screw and the door jamb switch.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309B007
2. InstaII the door jamb switch with the screw.
Tighten
Tighten the door jamb switch screw to 4 N:m
(35 Ib-in).
A109B016
INTERIOR COURTESY LAMP
RemovaI Procedure
2. Pry off the courtesy Iamp Iens by inserting a screw-
driver into the recess aIong the edge of the Iens.
A109B014
3. Remove the screws and the courtesy Iamp housing
from the headIiner.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109B015
5. Remove the buIb.
A109B015
A109B014
3. InstaII the courtesy Iamphousingtothe headIiner with
the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the courtesy Iamp housing screws to 2 N:m
(18 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109B016
4. Press the courtesy Iamp Iens onto the housing.
A309B010
ASHTRAY LAMP
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the audio system trim paneI.
3. Remove the screws and the cuphoIder.
4. Remove the buIb from the ashtray housing.
A309B010
1. InstaII the buIb into the ashtray housing.
2. InstaII the cuphoIder with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the cuphoIder screws to 2.5 Nwm (22 Ib-in).
3. InstaII the audio system trim paneI.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109B017
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP
(TypicaI)
RemovaI Procedure
2. GentIy pry the Iuggage compartment Iamp off by in-
serting a fIathead screwdriver into the recess on the
edge of the Iamp.
4. Remove the buIb.
A109B017
3. Insert the Iuggage compartment Iamp into the recess
and press the Iens into pIace.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
HEADLAMPS-ON REMINDER CHIME
When the headIamp switch is in the headIamps-on or
parkingIamps onposition, voItage is appIiedtothe audio
aIarmmoduIe. When the ignition switchis inON, ACCor
START, voItage is appIied through the fuse bIock to the
moduIe. These two voItages are sensed, and the aIarm
assembIy is not sounded.
When the ignition switch is not in ON, ACC or START,
the moduIe Ioses voItage. The audio aIarm moduIe
senses change. If the voItage is stiII avaiIabIe, it is ap-
pIied to soundthe aIarm. The aIarmcan be turned off by
turning the headIamp switch off. The moduIe no Ionger
senses voItage from the headIamp switch, so the aIarm
assembIy does not sound.
HEADLAMPS
The headIamps are controIIed by the muItifunction Iever
Iocated on the Ieft side of the steering coIumn. They wiII
come on with the ignition switch in any position. Turning
the headIamp switch to the first position turns on the
parking Iamps, the Iicense pIate Iamps and the instru-
ment paneI iIIumination. Turning the switch to the sec-
ond position turns on aII of the previous Iamps and the
headIamps. Turning the switch to the off position turns
off aII the Iamps.
HeadIamp high beams and Iow beams are aIso con-
troIIed by this Iever. When the headIamps are on, push-
ing the Iever away from the driver untiI the switch cIicks
changes the Iamp fromIowbeamto high beam. An indi-
cator Iampon the instrument cIuster assembIy wiII come
on when the high beamheadIamps are on. To return the
headIamps to Iowbeam, puII the Iever toward the driver.
The headIamps must be aimed for proper iIIumination of
the road. HeadIamp aimshouId be checked whenever a
new headIamp assembIy is instaIIed, or whenever ser-
vice repairs tothe front endarea may have disturbedthe
headIamp assembIy or its mountings.
PARKING AND TURN SIGNAL LAMPS
The parking Iamps can be turnedon by turning the Iight-
ingswitch tothe first position. The parkingIamps can be
turned off by turning the switch to the off position.
When the turn signaIs are activated, the appropriate
front, rear, and side turn signaI Iamps fIash to signaI a
turn. The turn signaI works onIy when the ignition switch
is ON.
The turn signaIs are controIIed by the Iight switch on the
Ieft side of the steering coIumn. Moving the Iever aII the
way up or down (past the detent) wiII turn on the front,
rear, and side turn signaIs. When the turn is compIeted,
the Iever wiII return to horizontaI and the turn signaIs wiII
stop fIashing.
For changing Ianes, or for shaIIow turns in which the
steering wheeI does not turn far enough to canceI the
signaI, move the signaI onIy to the first detent and hoIdit
there. When the Iever is reIeased, it wiII return to hori-
zontaI and the turn signaI wiII canceI.
FOG LAMPS
The front fog Iamp switch is on the instrument paneI to
the right of the steering coIumn. To use the front fog
Iamps, first turn on the headIamps or the parkingIamps.
Then push the fog Iamp switch. The indicator Iight in the
switch wiII iIIuminate to indicate that the fog Iamps are
on. Push the switch again to turn off the fog Iamps. The
indicator Iight wiII then go off.
The front fog Iamps shouId not be used as a substitute
for the headIamps.
The front fog Iamps must be aimed for proper iIIumina-
tion of the road. Fog Iamp aim shouId be checked when
a newbuIb is instaIIed or if service or repairs in the front
end area may have disturbed the fog Iamp mountings.
The rear fog Iamps are incorporated in the taiIIamp as-
sembIy andare controIIedby the rear fogIampswitchon
the muItifunction Iever onthe Ieft side of the steeringcoI-
umn. The rear fogIamps can be turnedononIy whenthe
front fog Iamps or headIamps are on.
TAILLAMPS
The taiIIamps, stopIamps and turn signaI Iamps are one
assembIy.
Turning on either the headIamps or the parking Iamps
wiII aIso turn on the taiIIamps. When the brake pedaI is
pushed, the taiIIamps wiII gIow brighter to serve as sto-
pIamps.
The center high-mounted stopIampis Iocatedin the rear
window and wiII come on when the brake pedaI is
pressed.
LICENSE PLATE LAMP
The Iicense pIate Iamps wiII come on when the head-
Iamps or the parking Iamps are on. The Iicense pIate
Iamps are mounted above the Iicense pIate.
INTERIOR COURTESY LAMP
The courtesy Iamp is Iocated on the headIiner just be-
hind the front seats. The Iamp switch has three posi-
tions. If the switch is Ieft in the center position, the Iamp
wiII go on whenever a door is opened and go off when it
is cIosed. In the on position, the Iamp wiII stay on untiI it
is turned off. In the off position, the Iamp wiII not come
on, even when a door is opened.
ASHTRAY LAMP
An ashtray Iamp is mounted above the ashtray and wiII
come on when the parking Iamps or the headIamps are
turned on.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LAMP
The Iuggage compartment Iamp is Iocated under the
deck Iid siII pIate on the notchback. The Iamp is Iocated
onthe Ieft-side wheeIhouse trimpaneI on the hatchback.
It wiII come on whenever the Iuggage compartment is
opened.
BACKUP LAMPS
The backup Iamps are Iocated on the inside of the rear
deck Iid. They wiII come on when the transaxIe is shifted
into reverse. On a vehicIe with an automatic transaxIe,
the backup Iamps are activated by the neutraI safety
backup (NSBU) switch. On a vehicIe with a manuaI
transaxIe, they are activated by a reverse switch which
is part of the transaxIe.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9C
+251
otherwise noted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9C-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 9C-1 . . . . . . . . . . .
Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9C-2 . . . . . . . . . . .
Horn Wiring System 9C-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9C-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9C-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horn 9C-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9C-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horn 9C-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS
)$67(1(5 7,*+7(1,1* 63(&,),&$7,216
Horn BoIt 9 - 80
9C-- 2 HORNS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
$&$
+
2
5
1
:
,
5
,
1
*
6
<
6
7
(
0
HORNS 9C-- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
$&
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
+251
(Left--Hand Drive Shown, Right--Hand
Drive SimiIar)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the boIt from the horn.
4. Remove the horn.
$&
2. InstaII the horn with the boIt.
Tighten
Tighten the horn boIt to 9 N:m (80 Ib-in).
9C-- 4 HORNS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
+251
A horn is Iocated under the hood. It is attached near the
radiator at the front of the vehicIe. The horn is actuated
by pressing the steering wheeI pad, which grounds the
horn' eIectricaI circuit.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9D
:,3(56:$6+(5 6<67(06
otherwise noted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9D-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 9D-1 . . . . . . . . . . .
Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9D-2 . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId Wipers and Washer System 9D-2 . . . . . .
Rear Window Wiper and Washer System 9D-3 . . . . .
Diagnosis 9D-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intermittent WindshieId Wipers 9D-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId Washer System 9D-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Window Wiper (Hatchback) 9D-9 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Window Washer System (Hatchback) 9D-10 . .
Maintenance and Repair 9D-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9D-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId Wiper Arm 9D-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId Wiper Motor 9D-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId Wiper BIade 9D-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId Wiper BIade Insert 9D-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId Washer Reservoir 9D-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId Washer Pump(s) 9D-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId Washer NozzIes 9D-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId Washer Hoses 9D-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Window Wiper Arm 9D-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Window Wiper Motor 9D-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Window Washer NozzIe 9D-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9D-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId Wiper System 9D-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId Washer System 9D-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Window Wiper/Washer System 9D-21 . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS
Engine CooIant Reservoir Nuts 4 - 35
Front WheeI WeII SpIash ShieId Screws 1.5 - 13
Washer FIuid Reservoir BoIts and Nuts 20 15 -
Wiper Arm Linkage Nut 8.5 - 76
Wiper Arm Nut 11 - 97
Wiper Motor BoIts 9 - 80
9D-- 2 WIPERS / WASHER SYSTEMS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A29D001A
W
I
N
D
S
H
I
E
L
D
W
I
P
E
R
S
A
N
D
W
A
S
H
E
R
S
Y
S
T
E
M
WIPERS / WASHER SYSTEMS 9D-- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A29D002A
R
E
A
R
W
I
N
D
O
W
W
I
P
E
R
A
N
D
W
A
S
H
E
R
S
Y
S
T
E
M
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DIAGNOSIS
INTERMITTENT WINDSHIELD WIPERS
WindshieId Wipers Do Not Work At Any Speed
1
Check fuse F18.
Is fuse F18 bIown?
2
1. Check for a short circuit and repair if necessary.
-
System OK
-
3
Check the battery voItage at fuse F18.
Is battery voItage avaiIabIe at fuse F18?
4
Repair the open in the power suppIy circuit to fuse
F18.
-
System OK
-
5
2. Turn the wiper switch to HI.
Is battery voItage avaiIabIe at wiper motor connector
terminaI 1?
6
RepIace the fauIty wiper motor.
- System OK -
7
1. Disconnect the wiper switch connector.
3. With a voItmeter, check for battery voItage at
Is battery voItage avaiIabIe at the wiper switch
connector terminaI 8?
8
Repair the open circuit between wiper switch
connector terminaI 8 and fuse F18.
-
System OK
-
9
1. Use an ohmmeter to test the continuity of the
wiper switch.
2. Turn the wiper switch to HI. Check for continuity
between wiper switch terminaI 8 and 9.
Is there continuity between terminaIs 8 and 9?
10
RepIace the fauIty wiper switch.
- System OK -
11
Repair the open circuit between the wiper switch
and the wiper motor.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Wipers Do Not Work On HI Speed, LO Speed OK
1
terminaI 1?
2
3
wiper switch.
2. Turn the wiper switch to HI. Check for continuity
between the wiper switch terminaI 8 and 9.
Is there continuity between terminaIs 8 and 9? 0 : Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
4
5
Repair the open circuit between wiper switch con-
nector terminaI 9 and wiper motor connector termi-
naI 1.
-
System OK
-
Wipers Do Not Work On LO Speed, HI Speed OK
1
2. Turn the wiper switch to LO.
terminaI 2? 11-14 v Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
2
3
wiper switch.
2. Turn the wiper switch to LO. Check for continuity
between the wiper switch terminaI 8 and 5.
Is there continuity between terminaIs 8 and 5? 0 : Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
4
5
connector terminaI 5 and the wiper motor connector
terminaI 2.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Wipers Do Not Work On Intermittent, Other Speeds OK
1
2. Use a voItmeter to test for battery voItage at the
wiper reIay connector terminaI 15.
Is battery voItage avaiIabIe at connector termi-
naI 15?
2
Repair the open circuit between the wiper reIay con-
nector terminaI 15 and fuse F18.
-
System OK
-
3
1. Turn the ignition ON
2. Turn the wiper switch to INT.
Using a voItmeter, is battery voItage avaiIabIe at the
wiper reIay connector terminaI I?
4
Using a voItmeter, is battery voItage avaiIabIe at wip-
er switch connector terminaI A7?
5
RepIace the wiper switch.
6
connector terminaI A7 and the wiper reIay connector
terminaI I.
-
System OK
-
7
Using a voItmeter, is battery voItage puIsing at wiper
reIay connector terminaI 53e?
8
Using an ohmmeter, check the wiper reIay ground
circuit (connector terminaI 31).
Is the ground circuit OK? 0 : Go to Step 10 Go to Step 9
9
Repair the open ground circuit.
10
RepIace the wiper reIay.
11
1. Disconnect the wiper switch connector.
3. Using an ohmmeter, check the wiper switch.
Is there continuity between terminaIs A5 and A6?
12
13
and the wiper reIay.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
WindshieId Wipers Do Not Return To Park Position
1
2. Use a voItmeter to test the battery voItage at the
wiper motor.
terminaI 4?
2
Repair the open circuit between the wiper motor and
fuse F18. - System OK -
3
1. Turn the ignition ON
3. Use a voItmeter to test for a puIse of battery
power at the wiper motor when turning the wiper
switch OFF.
Is a puIse of battery voItage avaiIabIe at the wiper
motor connector terminaI 3 when the wiper switch is
turned OFF?
4
5
3. Use a voItmeter to test for a puIse of battery
power at the wiper reIay when turning the wiper
switch OFF.
Is a puIse of battery voItage avaiIabIe at the wiper
reIay connector terminaI 31b when the wiper switch
is turned OFF?
6
Repair the open circuit between the wiper motor and
the wiper reIay.
-
System OK
-
7
1. Disconnect the wiper reIay from the connector.
reIay.
Is there continuity between wiper reIay connector
terminaIs 31b and 53e?
8
RepIace the fauIty wiper reIay.
9
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
WINDSHIELD WASHER SYSTEM
WindshieId Washer Does Not Work, Wipers Are OK
1
Do the windshieId wipers operate when the washer
switch is activated? - Go to Step 4 Go to Step 2
2
2. WhiIe activating the washer switch, use a
voItmeter to test for battery voItage at the
windshieId wiper switch.
Is battery voItage avaiIabIe at the windshieId wiper
switch connector terminaI 4? 11-14 v Go to Step 8 Go to Step 3
3
RepIace the windshieId wiper switch.
4
Is there washer fIuid in the windshieId washer fIuid
reservoir? - Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5
5
FiII the windshieId washer fIuid reservoir.
6
Are the windshieId washer hoses or the nozzIes
cIogged or damaged? - Go to Step 7 Go to Step 8
7
Repair the washer hoses and the nozzIes.
8
2. With the windshieId washer activated, use a
voItmeter to test for battery voItage at the
windshieId washer pump.
Is battery voItage avaiIabIe at the windshieId washer
pump ? 11-14 v Go to Step 10 Go to Step 9
9
Repair the open circuit between the windshieId
washer pump and the windshieId wiper switch.
-
System OK
-
10
Use an ohmmeter to check the ground circuit at the
windshieId washer pump.
Is the ground circuit OK? 0 : Go to Step 12 Go to Step 11
11
Repair the windshieId washer pump ground circuit.
12
RepIace the windshieId washer pump.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
REAR WINDOW WIPER (HATCHBACK)
Diagnostic Aids
If the front wiper is operatingcorrectIy, beginthe diagnostictabIe at Step5. It wouIdnot be necessary tocheck the fuse
or power suppIy circuit.
Rear Window Wiper (Hatchback)
1
Check fuse F18.
Is fuse F18 bIown?
2
2. RepIace fuse F18.
-
System OK
-
3
2. Check the voItage at fuse F18.
Does the voItage equaI the specified vaIue?
4
- System OK -
5
1. Disconnect the rear wiper motor eIectricaI
connector.
3. Check the voItage at the PNK wire of the rear
wiper motor eIectricaI connector.
6
Repair the open circuit for the PNK wire between
fuse F18 and connector at the rear wiper motor.
-
System OK
-
7
With the rear wiper motor stiII disconnected, use an
ohmmeter to check continuity between ground and
the BLK wire of the rear wiper motor connector.
8
Repair the open ground circuit for the rear wiper motor.
- System OK -
9
2. Turn the rear wiper ON.
3. Check the voItage at the WHT wire at the rear
wiper motor connector.
Does the voItmeter indicate the specified vaIue?
10
RepIace the rear wiper motor.
- System OK -
11
1. Disconnect the wiper switch eIectricaI connector.
3. Check the voItage at terminaI 3 (PNK).
12
wiper switch connector terminaI 3.
-
System OK
-
13
1. Connect an ohmmeter between terminaIs 1 and
3 of the wiper switch.
2. Observe the ohmmeter when the rear wiper
switch is moved to the WIPE position.
14
Repair the open circuit between terminaI 1 of the wiper
connector (WHT wire) and the rear wiper motor.
-
System OK
-
15
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
REAR WINDOW WASHER SYSTEM(HATCHBACK)
1
Check the washer fIuid IeveI.
Is there fIuid in the washer reservoir?
2
FiII the washer reservoir.
- System OK -
3
Verify that the hoses are not obstructed or Ieaking
by disconnecting the washer hose and bIowing
through it toward the reservoir and aIso toward the
nozzIe.
Are the hoses obstructed or Ieaking?
-
4
Repair or repIace the hoses.
- System OK -
5
Check the function of the rear wiper.
Does the rear wiper function correctIy?
6
Repair the rear wiper before proceeding with this
diagnostic tabIe.
Is the rear wiper repair compIete?
-
Go to Step 7
-
7
1. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector at the rear
washer pump.
the BLK wire of the rear washer pump connector
and ground.
8
Repair the open or the high-resistance ground
connection.
-
System OK
-
9
Check the voItage at the rear washer pump
connector (DK GRN wire) when the rear washer is
turned ON.
10
RepIace the rear washer pump.
- System OK -
11
1. Disconnect the wiper switch.
2. Connect an ohmmeter between terminaI 2 and
terminaI 3 of the wiper switch.
3. Observe the ohmmeter when the switch is moved
to the rear WASH position.
12
wiper switch connector and the rear washer pump.
-
System OK
-
13
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309R001
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM
(TypicaI)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the nut from the wiper arm.
3. PuII the wiper arm off.
A309R001
1. InstaII the wiper arm.
2. Secure the wiper arm with the nut.
Tighten
Tighten the wiper arm nut to 11 N:m (97 Ib-in).
3. CIose the hood.
A109D003
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
(TypicaI)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Put the wiper arms in the upright position.
3. Remove the Ieft side portion of the cowI vent griIIe.
Refer to Section 9R, Body Front End.
4. Remove the nut securingthe wiper armIinkage tothe
motor drive shaft.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109D011
5. Pry the wiper arm Iinkage off the motor drive shaft.
6. Remove the nuts and reposition the engine cooIant
reservoir.
A109D004
8. Remove the boIts and the wiper motor.
A109D004
1. InstaII the wiper motor with the boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the wiper motor boIts to 9 N:m (80 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109D011
3. InstaII the engine cooIant reservoir with the nuts.
Tighten
Tighten the engine cooIant reservoir nuts to 4 N:m
(35 Ib-in).
A109D003
4. Press the wiper arm Iinkage onto the motor drive
shaft.
5. InstaII the wiper arm Iinkage to the motor drive shaft
with the nut.
Tighten
Tighten the wiper arm Iinkage nut to 8.5 N:m (76 Ib-
in).
6. InstaII the Ieft side portion of the cowI vent griIIe. Re-
fer to Section 9R, Body Front End.
A109D007
WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADE
(TypicaI)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Rotate the wiper bIade on the arm.
2. PuII the wiper bIade off the arm.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109D007
1. Push the wiper bIade onto the arm.
A109D006
WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADE INSERT
(TypicaI)
RemovaI Procedure
1. SIide the insert out of the wiper bIade.
A109D006
1. SIide the insert into the wiper bIade.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109R002
WINDSHIELD WASHER RESERVOIR
(TypicaI)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the front Ieft wheeI. Refer to Section 2E,
Tires and WheeIs.
3. Remove the screws and the front wheeI weII spIash
shieId.
A309D003
4. Disconnect the washer hose(s) from the reservoir.
A309D004
5. Disconnect the reservoir pump eIectricaI connector(s).
6. Remove the boIts, the nuts and the reservoir.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309D004
1. InstaII the reservoir with the nuts and the boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the washer fIuid reservoir nuts to 20 N:m
(15 Ib-ft).
Tighten the washer fIuid reservoir boIts to 20 N:m
(15 Ib-ft).
2. Connect the reservoir pump eIectricaI connector(s).
A309D003
3. Connect the washer hose(s) to the reservoir.
A109R002
4. InstaII the front wheeI weII spIash shieId with the
screws.
Tighten
Tighten the front wheeI weII spIash shieId screws to
1.5 N:m (13 Ib-in).
5. InstaII the front Ieft wheeI. Refer to Section 2E, Tires
and WheeIs.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309D005
WINDSHIELD WASHER PUMP(S)
(TypicaI)
RemovaI Procedure
Tires and WheeIs.
shieId.
5. Disconnect the washer hose.
6. Remove the washer pump.
A309D005
1. InstaII the washer pump.
2. Connect the washer hose.
screws.
Tighten
Tighten the front wheeI weII spIash shieId screws to
1.5 N:m (13 Ib-in).
and WheeIs.
A109D009
WINDSHIELD WASHER NOZZLES
RemovaI Procedure
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the washer hose from the nozzIe.
3. Remove the nozzIe from the hood.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109D009
1. InstaII the nozzIe onto the hood.
2. Connect the washer hose to the nozzIe.
3. CIose the hood.
A309D003
WINDSHIELD WASHER HOSES
RemovaI Procedure
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the windshieId washer hose from the
washer nozzIes on the hood.
Tires and WheeIs.
shieId.
5. Disconnect the washer hose from the washer reser-
voir.
A309D003
1. Connect the washer hose to the washer reservoir.
screws.
Tighten
Tighten the wheeI weII spIash shieId screws to
1.5 N:m (13 Ib-in).
and WheeIs.
4. Connect the windshieId washer hose to the washer
nozzIes on the hood.
5. CIose the hood.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309D006
REAR WINDOW WIPER ARM
RemovaI Procedure
1. Open the wiper arm access cap.
2. Remove the nut and the rear wiper arm.
A309D006
1. InstaII the rear wiper arm with the nut.
Tighten
Tighten the wiper arm nut to 11 N:m (97 Ib-in).
2. CIose the wiper arm access cap.
A309D007
REAR WINDOW WIPER MOTOR
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the rear window wiper arm. Refer to "Rear
Window Wiper Arm" in this section.
3. Remove the hatchback door Iower garnish moIding.
Refer to Section 9G, Interior Trim.
4. Remove the boIts and the rear wiper motor.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309D007
2. InstaII the rear wiper motor with the boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the wiper motor boIts to 9 N:m (80 Ib-in).
3. InstaII the hatchback door Iower garnish moIding. Re-
fer to Section 9G, Interior Trim.
4. InstaII the rear windowwiper arm. Refer to"Rear Win-
dow Wiper Arm" in this section.
A309D008
REAR WINDOW WASHER NOZZLE
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the hatchback door upper garnish moIding.
2. Remove the washer hose from the nozzIe.
3. Remove the nut and the washer nozzIe.
A309D008
1. InstaII the washer nozzIe with the nut.
2. InstaII the washer hose to the nozzIe.
3. InstaII the hatchbackdoor upper garnish moIding. Re-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
WINDSHIELD WIPER SYSTEM
The windshieId wiper system consists of a wiper motor,
a Iinkage, a wiper arm and a bIade, and a wiper/washer
switch. The windshieId wiper circuit incorporates a seIf-
parkingdevice which consists of a wormgear anda cam
pIate in order to keep the circuit compIete temporariIy
when the switch is turnedoff. The wiper systemis driven
by a permanent magnet-type motor. The windshieIdwip-
er motor is mounted on the dash paneI and is directIy
connected to the windshieId wiper Iinkage.
The windshieId wiper motor has two speeds, LO andHI,
and aIso has intermittent wiper capabiIity. The wiper
switch is an integraI part of the wiper/washer switch.
WindshieIdwiper operation is actuatedthrough the Iever
on the right side of the steering coIumn.
WINDSHIELD WASHER SYSTEM
The windshieIdwasher systemis equippedwith a wash-
er fIuid reservoir, a washer fIuid pump, hoses, nozzIes,
and a wiper/washer switch. The windshieId washer res-
ervoir is mounted behind the front Ieft wheeI weII spIash
shieId. Attached to the reservoir is a washer pump,
which pumps fIuid through the hoses to the two nozzIes
mounted on the hood. The washer switch is an integraI
part of the wiper/washer switch. WindshieId washer op-
eration is actuated through the Iever on the right side of
the steering coIumn.
REAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER
SYSTEM
The hatchback rear window wiper system consists of a
wiper motor, a wiper arm, and a bIade. The rear window
wiper motor isIocatedinsideof thehatchbackdoor andis
directIy connected to the rear window wiper. The hatch-
backrear windowwasher systemis equippedwitha sep-
arate washer fIuid pump, hose, and nozzIe. The rear
windowwasher reservoir is mountedbehindthe front Ieft
wheeI weII spIash shieId. Attached to the reservoir is a
washer pump, which pumps fIuid through a hose to the
nozzIe mounted on the hatch.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9E
INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFORMATION
otherwise noted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9E-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 9E-2 . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument CIuster Indicator Lamps
Specifications 9E-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9E-3 . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument CIuster 9E-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument PaneI IIIumination 9E-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnosis 9E-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cigar Lighter 9E-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ashtray 9E-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DigitaI CIock 9E-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument PaneI IIIumination 9E-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speedometer 9E-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tachometer 9E-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI Gauge 9E-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature Gauge 9E-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument CIuster Indicator Lamps 9E-21 . . . . . . . . .
Chime ModuIe 9E-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9E-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9E-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cigar Lighter 9E-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ashtray 9E-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CuphoIder 9E-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument CIuster Trim PaneI Vents 9E-29 . . . . . . . .
GIove Box 9E-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DigitaI CIock 9E-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument CIuster (Standard) 9E-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument CIuster (DeIuxe) 9E-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speedometer/Odometer/Trip Odometer 9E-33 . . . . .
Tachometer 9E-33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature Gauge and FueI
Gauge (DeIuxe CIuster) 9E-34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument PaneI 9E-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument CIuster Trim PaneI 9E-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chime ModuIe 9E-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cigar Lighter 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ashtray 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument PaneI Vents 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GIove Box 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DigitaI CIock 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument CIuster (Standard) 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument CIuster (DeIuxe) 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speedometer/Odometer/Trip Odometer 9E-47 . . . . .
FueI Gauge 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature Gauge 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tachometer (DeIuxe CIuster) 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chime ModuIe 9E-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9E -- 2 INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFORMATION
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SPECIFICATIONS
Air DefIector Screws 2 - 18
Chime ModuIe Screws 3.5 - 31
CuphoIder Screws 2.5 - 22
Deposit Box Screws 2.5 - 22
FIoor ConsoIe Brace BoIts 5 - 44
FIoor ConsoIe Brace Nuts 5 - 44
GIove Box Screws 5.5 - 49
HVAC ControIs Screws 4 - 35
Instrument CIuster (Standard and DeIuxe) Screws 2 - 18
Instrument CIuster Trim PaneI Screws 2.5 - 22
Instrument PaneI End BoIts 22 16 -
Instrument PaneI End Screws 7 - 63
Instrument PaneI Nuts Above the Steering CoIumn 22 16 -
Instrument PaneI BoIts Behind the HVAC ControIs 4 - 35
Steering CoIumn Bracket Nut 22 16 -
Steering CoIumn Lower Trim Cover Screws 3 - 27
Steering CoIumn U-CIamp Nuts 22 16 -
Steering CoIumn Upper Trim Cover Screws 3 - 27
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INDICATOR LAMPS SPECIFICATIONS
Indicator Lamp CoIor BuIb
ABS Warning Amber 14 v 1.4 W
Airbag Warning Red 14 v 1.4 W
Battery Charge Indicator Red 14 v 1.4 W
Door Opening Warning Red 14 v 1.4 W
Fasten Seat BeIt Warning Red 14 v 1.4 W
High Beam Indicator BIue 14 v 1.4 W
Low FueI LeveI Warning Amber 14 v 1.4 W
OiI Pressure Warning Red 14 v 1.4 W
Parking Brake Indicator and Brake FIuid Warning Red 14 v 1.4 W
Rear Fog Lamps Indicator Amber 14 v 1.4 W
Service Engine Soon Warning Amber 14 v 1.4 W
TransaxIe Power Mode Indicator Amber 14 v 1.4 W
Turn SignaI Indicators Green 14 v 1.4 W
INSTRUMENTATION/DRIVER INFORMATION 9E -- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
$(
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
C
L
U
S
T
E
R
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
$(
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
P
A
N
E
L
I
L
L
U
M
I
N
A
T
I
O
N
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DIAGNOSIS
A309E002
CIGAR LIGHTER
Cigar Lighter Inoperative
1
Check fuse F10.
Is the fuse bIown? - Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
2
1. Check for a short circuit and repair it,
if necessary.
-
System OK
-
3
1. Turn the ignition key to ACC.
2. Use a voItmeter to check for voItage at fuse F10.
Does the battery voItage avaiIabIe at the fuse F10
match the vaIue specified?
4
5
1. Remove the eIectricaI connector from the back of
the cigar Iighter.
2. Turn the ignition key to ACC.
3. Use a voItmeter to check the voItage at the BRN
wire.
Does the battery voItage avaiIabIe at the BRN wire
match the vaIue specified?
6
cigar Iighter.
-
System OK
-
7
With the ignition key stiII in the ACC position,
connect the voItmeter between the BRN and the
BLK wires at the cigar Iighter connector.
Does the battery voItage match the vaIue specified? 11-14 v Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8
8
- System OK -
9
RepIace the cigar Iighter.
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309E003
ASHTRAY
Diagnostic Aids
If power to spIice S204 is Iost, aII of the foIIowing functions wiII aIso be Iost: A/C controI switch iIIumination, audio sys-
tem iIIumination, headIamp reminder chime, instrument cIuster iIIumination, and hazard switch iIIumination.
Ashtray Lamp Inoperative, AII Other Instrument Lamps OK
1
1. Turn the Iight switch on.
2. Remove the ashtray Iamp from the socket.
3. Use a voItmeter to check battery voItage avaiIabIe
at the ashtray Iamp socket.
Does the battery voItage match the vaIue specified?
2
Repair the open circuit between the ashtray Iamp
socket and spIice S204.
-
System OK
-
3
1. Turn the Iight switch on.
2. Using an ohmmeter, check the ground circuit to
the Iamp socket.
Does the resistance equaI the vaIue specified?
{ 0 : Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
4
Repair the open ground circuit between the ashtray
Iamp socket and ground G201.
-
System OK
-
5
RepIace the ashtray Iamp.
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209E005
DIGITAL CLOCK
DigitaI CIock Inoperative
1
Check fuses F2 and F11.
Is either fuse F2 or F11 bIown?
2
necessary.
2. RepIace the bIown fuses.
-
System OK
-
3
at fuses F2 and F11.
Does the voItmeter indicate the vaIue specified?
4
Repair the open power suppIy circuit for the fuse.
- System OK -
5
Use a voItmeter to check the battery voItage
avaiIabIe at the cIock connector terminaI 2.
Does the voItmeter indicate the vaIue specified? 11-14 v Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6
6
Repair the open circuit between the cIock connector
terminaI 2 and the fuse F2.
-
System OK
-
7
Is battery voItage avaiIabIe at the cIock connector
terminaI 5?
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DigitaI CIock Inoperative (Cont'd)
8
Repair the open circuit between the cIock connector
terminaI 5 and the fuse F11.
-
System OK
-
9
Check continuity between the cIock connector
Does the muItimeter indicate the vaIue specified? 0 : Go to Step 10 Go to Step 11
10
RepIace the cIock.
- System OK -
11
Repair the open ground circuit between the cIock
connector terminaI 3 and the ground G201.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
INSTRUMENT PANEL ILLUMINATION
Instrument PaneI IIIumination Lamps Inoperative
1
Check fuse EF13.
Is fuse EF13 bIown?
2
necessary.
2. RepIace the bIown fuse.
-
System OK
-
3
1. Turn the Iamp switch on.
2. Use a voItmeter to check battery voItage at fuse
EF13.
4
Repair the open power suppIy circuit to fuse EF13.
- System OK -
5
ground and the BLK wire of the dimmer controI
switch connector.
Is the resistance equaI to the specified vaIue? 0 Go to Step 7 Go to Step 6
6
- System OK -
7
2. Use a voItmeter to check for battery voItage at the
BRN/WHT wire of the dimmer controI switch
connector.
8
Repair the open circuit between the BRN/WHT wire
of the dimmer controI switch connector and fuse
EF13.
-
System OK
-
9
1. Disconnect the dimmer controI switch.
3. Use a voItmeter to check for battery voItage at the
DK GRN wire of the dimmer controI switch
connector.
10
Repair the open circuit between the DK GRN wire of
the dimmer controI switch connector and spIice
S204.
-
System OK
-
11 RepIace the dimmer controI switch. - System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Automatic TransaxIe Gear Position IIIumination Lamp Inoperative, AII Other
Instrument Lamps OK
Notice: When probing a buIb socket with a voItmeter or a test Iamp, do not aIIowthe probe to touch both the positive
and the negative contacts at the same time. This wiII cause a bIown fuse.
1
Check fuse EF14.
Is fuse EF14 bIown? - Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
2
necessary.
-
System OK
-
3
at fuse EF14.
4
Repair the open circuit power suppIy circuit to fuse
EF14.
-
System OK
-
5
2. Remove the automatic transaxIe position Iamp.
at the Iamp socket.
6
Repair the open circuit between the automatic
transaxIe position Iamp socket and fuse EF14.
-
System OK
-
7
2. Remove the automatic transaxIe position Iamp.
3. Use an ohmmeter to check the resistance
between the ground circuit and the Iamp socket.
Is the resistance equaI to the vaIue specified?
8
Repair the open ground circuit between the
automatic transaxIe position Iamp socket and
ground.
-
System OK
-
9
RepIace the automatic transaxIe position Iamp.
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
%/$1.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309E008
A309E009
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SPEEDOMETER
Speedometer Inoperative, Other Gauges and Warning Lamps Are OK
Diagnostic Aids
The 1.3L and 1.6L engines use an ITMS controI moduIe. The 1.5L uses an IEFI controI moduIe.
1
1. Connect a scan tooI.
2. Check for engine controI diagnostic troubIe codes
(DTCs).
Is the vehicIe speed sensor DTC set?
-
Go to
Section 2F,
Engine ControIs Go to Step 2
2
2. Disconnect the 24-pin eIectronic controI moduIe
(ECM) connector.
3. Remove the instrument cIuster.
4. Check continuity between ECM terminaI B2 (D10
for the ITMS controI moduIe) and the instrument
cIuster connector terminaI 16.
3
Repair the open circuit between the instrument
cIuster connector terminaI 16 and the ECM.
-
System OK
-
4
RepIace the speedometer.
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209E014
TACHOMETER
Diagnostic Aids
The tachometer and speedometer use the same connectors at the instrument cIuster for power and ground. If the
speedometer is working, power and ground aIso wiII be furnished to the tachometer, unIess there is a bad connection
or fauIt on the printed circuit for the instrument cIuster.
The eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) output terminaI for revoIutions per minute (rpm) is different for various transaxIe
and engine options.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Tachometer Does Not Work
1
1. Connect a scan tooI.
2. Check for diagnostic troubIe codes (DTCs) for the
engine and the transaxIe, if the vehicIe is
equipped with an automatic transaxIe.
Are there any current DTCs recorded?
-
2
Repair any fauIts indicated by DTCs.
Are aII the DTCs cIeared? - Go to Step 3 -
3
Do the warning Iights come on with the ignition ON
and the engine not running? - Go to Step 9 Go to Step 4
4
Check fuse F11.
5
necessary.
-
System OK
-
6
Check the voItage at fuse F11.
Is the specified voItage avaiIabIe at fuse F11? 11 - 14 v Go to Step 8 Go to Step 7
7
8
instrument cIuster terminaIs 9 and 25.
-
System OK
-
9
2. Check the Ieft and the right turn signaIs.
Does either instrument cIuster turn signaI indicator
fIash?
-
10
between ground and terminaIs 19 and 23 of the
instrument cIuster connector.
11
Repair the instrument cIuster ground circuit.
12
Use an ohmmeter to check for continuity of the rpm
output circuit between the eIectronic controI moduIe
(ECM) and instrument cIuster terminaI 22.
13
Repair the rpm output circuit between the ECM and
the instrument cIuster.
-
System OK
-
14
RepIace the tachometer.
Does the tachometer work? - System OK Go to Step 15
15
RepIace the ECM.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309E011
FUEL GAUGE
FueI Gauge Inoperative
1
Does the fueI gauge aIways indicate a fuII fueI tank
with the ignition ON?
-
2
Disconnect the fueI tank sending unit.
Does the fueI gauge change to empty? - Go to Step 3 Go to Step 4
3
RepIace the fueI tank sending unit.
4
Check the wiring harness for a short to ground be-
tween the fueI tank sending unit and the fueI gauge.
Is there a short to ground?
-
5
Repair the short to ground.
6
RepIace the fueI gauge.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
FueI Gauge Inoperative (Cont'd)
7
1. Disconnect the fueI tank sending unit eIectricaI
connector.
3. Check the voItage at the fueI tank sending unit
connector C901, terminaI 1, on the fIoor harness
side. Connector C901 is the connector between
the fIoor wiring harness and the fueI tank wiring
harness.
Does the voItmeter indicate the specified vaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8
8
Repair the open circuit between the fueI gauge and
the fueI tank sending unit.
-
System OK
-
9
Check continuity between the fueI tank sending unit
connector C901, terminaI 6, and ground.
Does the muItimeter indicate the specified vaIue? { 0 : Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10
10
Repair the open circuit or poor ground connection.
11
1. With the fueI tank sending unit eIectricaI
connector C901 disconnected, attach a jumper
between ground and C901, terminaI 1, on the
fIoor harness side.
Does the fueI gauge move to fuII?
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309E012
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
Temperature Gauge Inoperative, Other Gauges OK
1
AIIow the engine to cooI to room temperature.
With the ignition ON, does the temperature gauge
aIways read at the high end of the scaIe?
-
2
Disconnect the cooIant temperature sensor (CTS)
Does the temperature gauge indicator drop to the
Iow end of the scaIe?
-
3
RepIace the CTS.
4
Check for a short to ground between the CTS and
the temperature gauge.
Is there a short to ground?
-
5
Repair the short to ground.
6
RepIace the temperature gauge.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Temperature Gauge Inoperative, Other Gauges OK (Cont'd)
7
1. Disconnect the CTS.
3. Check the voItage at the CTS.
Does the the voItage equaI the vaIue specified?
8
Check for an open circuit between the CTS and the
temperature gauge.
Is there an open circuit?
-
9
Repair the open circuit between the CTS and the
temperature gauge.
-
System OK
-
10
1. Disconnect the CTS.
2. Connect a jumper wire between the CTS
Does the temperature gauge move to the high end
of the scaIe?
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309E004
I
N
S
T
R
U
M
E
N
T
C
L
U
S
T
E
R
I
N
D
I
C
A
T
O
R
L
A
M
P
S
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INDICATOR LAMPS
Instrument PaneI Warning Lamps Do Not Operate
1
Check fuse F11.
2
necessary.
-
System OK
-
3
4
Repair the open power suppIy circuit to fuse F11.
5
2. Disconnect the instrument cIuster connectors B
(terminaIs 9-20) and C (terminaIs 21-30).
4. Check the voItage at terminaIs 9 and 25.
6
instrument cIuster connectors 9 and 25.
-
System OK
-
7
Check the instrument cIuster indicator Iamp buIbs.
Are the buIbs OK? - Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8
8
1. RepIace any warning Iamp buIbs that are
defective.
2. Check the charging system to make sure the
aIternator is not overcharging.
3. Repair the charging system, if necessary.
-
System OK
-
9
RepIace the instrument cIuster.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309E005
C
H
I
M
E
M
O
D
U
L
E
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
CHIME MODULE
Seat BeIt Warning Chime Inoperative
1
Check the chime moduIe connector to make sure it
is connected properIy.
Is the connector disconnected or partiaIIy discon-
nected?
-
2
Connect the eIectricaI connector for the chime mod-
uIe.
-
System OK
-
3
Check fuse F11.
4
necessary.
-
System OK
-
5
Is the specified voItage avaiIabIe at fuse F11?
6
7
1. Disconnect the chime moduIe.
moduIe connector.
8
chime moduIe connector.
-
System OK
-
9
With the chime moduIe disconnected, use an ohm-
meter to check continuity between terminaI 5 of the
chime moduIe connector and ground.
Does the ohmmeter indicate the specified vaIue? 0 Go to Step 11 Go to Step 10
10
-
System OK
-
11
1. Disconnect the chime moduIe connector.
2. Make sure that the driver seat beIt is unfastened.
0 Go to Step 12 Go to Step 13
12
13
1. Disconnect the seat beIt switch.
2. Make sure that the driver seat beIt is unfastened.
3. Use an ohmmeter to check the continuity of the
switch.
14
RepIace the seat beIt switch.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Seat BeIt Warning Chime Inoperative (Cont'd)
15
Use an ohmmeter to check continuity of the wire
between terminaI 1 of the chime moduIe and the
seat beIt switch.
16
chime moduIe and the seat beIt switch.
-
System OK
-
17
Repair the open circuit between the seat beIt switch
-
System OK
-
Door--Open Warning Chime Inoperative
1
Is the connector disconnected or partiaIIy
disconnected?
-
2
Connect the eIectricaI connector for the chime
moduIe.
-
System OK
-
3
Check fuse F11.
Is fuse F11 bIown?
4
necessary.
-
System OK
-
5
6
- System OK -
7
moduIe connector.
8
-
System OK
-
9
With the chime moduIe disconnected, use an
ohmmeter to check continuity between terminaI 5 of
the chime moduIe connector and ground.
10
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Door--Open Warning Chime Inoperative (Cont'd)
11
2. Make sure that the driver door is open.
12
- System OK -
13
1. Disconnect the front door contact switch.
between the door contact switch and terminaI 4 of
the chime moduIe.
14
Repair the open circuit between the door contact
switch and terminaI 4 of the chime moduIe.
- System OK -
15
RepIace the door contact switch.
- System OK -
VehicIe Speed Warning Chime Inoperative
1
Check the speedometer to make sure it is operating
properIy.
Is the speedometer operating properIy?
-
2
Repair the speedometer.
3
Is the connector disconnected or partiaIIy discon-
nected?
-
4
Connect the eIectricaI connector for the chime mod-
uIe.
-
System OK
-
5
Check fuse F11.
6
necessary.
-
System OK
-
7
8
9
moduIe connector.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
VehicIe Speed Warning Chime Inoperative
10
-
System OK
-
11
With the chime moduIe disconnected, use an ohm-
meter to check continuity between terminaI 5 of the
12
-
System OK
-
13
2. Disconnect the instrument cIuster connector.
the chime moduIe connector terminaI 3 and the
instrument cIuster connector terminaI 13.
14
15
RepIace the speedometer.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109E004
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
CIGAR LIGHTER
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the cigar Iighter from the cigar Iighter housing.
3. Remove the cigar Iighter housing from the fIoor con-
soIe.
4. Disconnect the cigar Iighter eIectricaI connector.
A109E004
1. Connect the cigar Iighter eIectricaI connector.
2. InstaII the cigar Iighter housing in the fIoor consoIe.
3. InstaII the cigar Iighter in the cigar Iighter housing.
A109E001
ASHTRAY
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the ashtray.
3. Disconnect the ashtray eIectricaI connector.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109E001
1. Connect the ashtray eIectricaI connector.
2. InstaII the ashtray.
A309B010
CUPHOLDER
RemovaI Procedure
A309B010
Tighten
Tighten the cuphoIder screws to 2.5 Nm (22 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109E010
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TRIMPANEL
VENTS
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the instrument cIuster trim paneI. Refer to
"Instrument CIuster Trim PaneI" in this section.
3. Remove the screws and the air defIectors.
A109E010
1. InstaII the air defIectors with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the air defIector screws to 2 N:m (18 Ib-in).
2. InstaII the instrument cIuster trim paneI. Refer to "In-
strument CIuster Trim PaneI" in this section.
A109E003
GLOVE BOX
(TypicaI)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the screws at the base of the gIove box.
2. Open and remove the gIove box.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109E003
1. Position the gIove box in the instrument paneI.
2. InstaII the gIove box with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the gIove box screws to 5.5 N:m (49 Ib-in).
A109E013
DIGITAL CLOCK
RemovaI Procedure
3. Remove the screws and the cIock.
A109E013
1. InstaII the cIock with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the cIock screws to 2 N:m (18 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109E016
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
(STANDARD)
RemovaI Procedure
3. Remove the screws and the instrument cIuster.
A109E016
2. InstaII the instrument cIuster with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the instrument cIuster screws to 2 N:m
(18 Ib-in).
A309E006
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (DELUXE)
RemovaI Procedure
3. Remove the screws and the instrument cIuster.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109E026
4. Disconnect the instrument cIuster eIectricaI connectors.
A109E026
1. Connect the instrument cIuster eIectricaI connectors.
A309E006
2. InstaII the instrument cIuster with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the instrument cIuster screws to 2 N:m
(18 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109E006
SPEEDOMETER/ODOMETER/TRIP
ODOMETER
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the instrument cIuster. Refer to "Instrument
CIuster (Standard)" or "Instrument CIuster (DeIuxe)"
in this section.
3. Remove the instrument cIuster Iens and the face
pIate.
4. Remove the screws and the speedometer/odometer
from the instrument cIuster.
A109E006
1. InstaII the speedometer/odometer to the instrument
cIuster with the screws.
2. InstaII the instrument cIuster Iens and the face pIate.
3. InstaII the instrument cIuster. Refer to "Instrument
in this section.
A109E011
TACHOMETER
RemovaI Procedure
CIuster (DeIuxe)" in this section.
pIate.
4. Remove the screws and the tachometer from the in-
strument cIuster.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109E011
1. InstaII the tachometer to the instrument cIuster with
the screws.
CIuster (DeIuxe)" in this section.
A309E007
TEMPERATURE GAUGE AND FUEL
GAUGE (DELUXE CLUSTER)
RemovaI Procedure
in this section.
pIate.
4. Remove the screws, the temperature gauge, andfueI
gauge from the cIuster assembIy.
A309E007
1. InstaII the temperature gauge and fueI gauge to the
cIuster assembIy with the screws.
in this section.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109E014
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INDICATOR
LAMPS
RemovaI Procedure
in this section.
3. Remove the buIb from the rear of the cIuster.
A109E014
1. InstaII the new buIb.
in this section.
A19E030A
INSTRUMENT PANEL
(TypicaI)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the gIove box. Refer to "GIove Box" in this
section.
3. Remove the audiosystem. Refer toSection 9F, Audio
Systems.
4. Remove the screws and the deposit box.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A19E031A
A109E019
CIuster (DeIuxe)" or "Instrument CIuster (Standard)"
in this section.
7. Remove the hood Iatch reIease handIe. Refer toSec-
tion 9R, Body Front End.
8. Remove the screws and the steering coIumn Iower
trim cover.
A209E010
9. Remove the nuts and the steering coIumn U-cIamp.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209E011
10. Remove the nut from the steering coIumn bracket
and Iower the steering coIumn.
A109G009
11. Remove the fIoor consoIe. Refer to Section 9G, In-
terior Trim.
12. Remove the nuts, the boIts, and the fIoor consoIe
braces.
A109E022
13. Remove the instrument paneI boIts behind the heat-
ing, ventiIation, and air conditioning (HVAC) con-
troIs.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109E023
14. Remove the instrument paneI nuts above the steer-
ing coIumn.
A109E024
15. Remove the trimpaneIs fromthe ends of the instru-
ment paneI to reveaI the instrument paneI boIts.
16. Remove the instrument paneI boIts.
A109E032
17. Remove the A-piIIar trimpaneIs to reveaI the instru-
ment paneI screws.
18. Remove the instrument paneI end screws.
20. Remove the instrument paneI from the vehicIe.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109E032
1. Position the instrument paneI in the vehicIe.
3. InstaII the screws on the ends of the instrument pan-
eI.
Tighten
Tighten the instrument paneI end screws to 7 N:m
(63 Ib-in).
A109E024
4. InstaII the A-piIIar trim paneIs.
5. InstaII the boIts on the ends of the instrument paneI.
Tighten
Tighten the instrument paneI end boIts to 22 N:m
(16 Ib-ft).
A109E023
6. InstaII the trim paneIs to the ends of the instrument
paneI.
7. InstaII the instrument paneI nuts above the steering
coIumn.
Tighten
Tighten the instrument paneI nuts above the steering
coIumn to 22 N:m (16 Ib-ft).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109E022
8. InstaII the instrument paneI boIts behind the HVAC
controIs.
Tighten
Tighten the instrument paneI boIts behind the HVAC
controIs to 4 N:m (35 Ib-in).
A109G009
9. InstaII the fIoor consoIe braces with the boIts and
nuts.
Tighten
Tightenthe fIoor consoIe brace boIts to5 N:m(44 Ib-in).
Tighten the fIoor consoIe brace nuts to 5 N:m(44 Ib-in).
A209E011
10. InstaII the fIoor consoIe. Refer toSection9G, Interior
Trim.
11. Reposition the steeringcoIumn. Secure the steering
coIumn bracket with the nut.
Tighten
Tighten the steering coIumn bracket nut to 22 N:m
(16 Ib-ft).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209E010
12. InstaII the steering coIumn U-cIamp with the nuts.
Tighten
Tighten the steering coIumn U-cIamp nuts to 22 N:m
(16 Ib-ft).
A109E019
13. InstaII the steering coIumn Iower trim cover with the
screws.
Tighten
Tighten the steering coIumn Iower trim cover screws
to 3 N:m (27 Ib-in).
A19E031A
14. InstaII the hood Iatch reIease handIe. Refer to Sec-
tion 9R, Body Front End.
CIuster (DeIuxe)" or "Instrument CIuster (Standard)"
in this section.
Tighten
Tighten the cuphoIder screws to 2.5 N:m (22 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A19E030A
17. InstaII the deposit box with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the deposit box screws to 2.5 N:m (22 Ib-in).
18. InstaII the audio system. Refer to Section 9F, Audio
Systems.
19. InstaII the gIove box. Refer to "GIove Box" in this
section.
A19E008A
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER TRIMPANEL
RemovaI Procedure
3. Remove the screws that secure the heating, ventiIa-
tion, and air conditioning (HVAC) controIs andreposi-
tion the HVAC controIs.
A109E027
4. Remove the instrument cIuster trim paneI screws
above the HVAC controIs.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209E012
5. Remove the instrument cIuster trim paneI screws
above the instrument cIuster.
6. Remove the Ieft side trim paneI to reveaI the instru-
ment cIuster trim paneI screws.
7. Remove the instrument cIuster trim paneI screws on
the Ieft side.
A109E009
8. Remove the screws and the steering coIumn upper
trim cover.
A109E029
9. Remove the instrument cIuster trim paneI.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109E029
A109E009
2. InstaII the instrument paneI.
3. InstaII the steering coIumn upper trim cover with the
screws.
Tighten
Tighten the steering coIumn upper trim cover screws
A209E012
4. InstaII the instrument cIuster trim paneI screws on
the Ieft side.
Tighten
Tighten the instrument cIuster trim paneI screws to
2.5 N:m (22 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109E027
5. InstaII the Ieft side trim paneI.
6. InstaII the instrument cIuster trim paneI screws
above the instrument cIuster.
Tighten
2.5 N:m (22 Ib-in).
7. InstaII the instrument cIuster trim paneI screws
above the HVAC controIs.
Tighten
2.5 N:m (22 Ib-in).
A19E008A
8. InstaII the HVAC controIs with the screws.
Tighten
TightentheHVACcontroIsscrewsto4 N:m(35 Ib-in).
A209E013
CHIME MODULE
(TypicaI)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the screws and the chime moduIe.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209E013
2. InstaII the chime moduIe with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the chime moduIe screws to 3.5 N:m (31 Ib-
in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
CIGAR LIGHTER
The cigar Iighter is Iocatedin the front portionof the fIoor
consoIe. To use the Iighter, push it in compIeteIy. When
the Iighter is hot, it wiII reIease itseIf fromcontact withthe
heating eIement. The Iighter and the heating eIement
can be damaged if the Iighter is not aIIowed to reIease
itseIf fuIIy from the heating eIement.
ASHTRAY
The ashtray is Iocated beIow the audio system. To ac-
cess the ashtray, puII it out from the center consoIe. The
ashtray Iamp wiII go on when the parking Iamps or the
headIamps are turned on.
INSTRUMENT PANEL VENTS
The center and the side vents in the instrument paneI
can be adjustedup anddown andfromside to side. The
side vents can aIsobe aimedtowardthe side windows in
order to defog them.
GLOVE BOX
The gIove box can be opened by puIIing up on the Iatch
handIe. The gIove box must be removed in order togain
access to the passenger-side airbag moduIe.
DIGITAL CLOCK
The digitaI cIock is Iocated in the instrument paneI,
above the audio system. The cIock is capabIe of a
12-hour or a 24-hour dispIay.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
(STANDARD)
The instrument cIuster is Iocated above the steeringcoI-
umn andin the instrument cIuster trimpaneI. The instru-
ment cIuster contains the instruments that provide the
driver with vehicIe performance information. The instru-
ment cIuster contains a speedometer, an odometer, a
trip odometer, a temperature gauge, a fueI gauge, and
severaI indicator Iamps. For repIacement of the indicator
Iamp buIbs contained in the instrument cIuster, refer to
"Instrument CIuster Indicator Lamps Specifications"and
"Instrument CIuster Indicacot Lamps" in this section.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (DELUXE)
The instrument cIuster is Iocated above the steeringcoI-
umn andin the instrument cIuster trimpaneI. The instru-
ment cIuster contains the instruments that provide the
driver with vehicIe performance information. The instru-
ment cIuster contains a speedometer, an odometer, a
trip odometer, a tachometer, a temperature gauge, a
fueI gauge, and severaI indicator Iamps. For repIace-
ment of the indicator Iamp buIbs contained in the instru-
ment cIuster, refer to "Instrument CIuster Indicator
Lights Specifications" and "Instrument CIuster Indicator
Lamp" in this section.
SPEEDOMETER/ODOMETER/TRIP
ODOMETER
The speedometer measures the speed of the vehicIe in
km/h (mph in some countries). It consists of an instru-
ment cIuster gauge connectedto the vehicIe speedsen-
sor (VSS) on the transaxIe output shaft.
The odometer measures in kiIometers (miIes in some
countries) the totaI distance the vehicIe has traveIed
since it was manufactured. It consists of an instrument
cIuster gauge connected to the VSS on the transaxIe
output shaft.
The trip odometer measures the distance the vehicIe
has traveIed since the odometer was Iast reset. It con-
sists of an instrument cIuster gauge connected to the
VSS on the transaxIe output shaft. The trip odometer
can be reset to zero at any time so that the driver can
record the distance traveIed from any starting point.
FUEL GAUGE
The fueI gauge consists of an instrument cIuster gauge
connected to a sending unit in the fueI tank.
The fueI gauge indicates the quantity of fueI in the tank
onIy when the ignition switch is turned to ON or ACC.
When the ignition is turned to LOCK or START, the
pointer may come to rest at any position.
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
The temperature gauge consists of an instrument cIus-
ter gauge connected to a temperature sensor that is in
contact with the circuIating engine cooIant.
The temperature gauge indicates the temperature of the
cooIant. ProIonged driving or idIing in very hot weather
may cause the pointer to move beyond the center of the
gauge. The engine is overheating if the pointer moves
into the red zone at the upper Iimit of the gauge.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INDICATOR
LAMPS
The instrument cIuster contains indicator Iamps that in-
dicate the functioning of certain systems or the exis-
tence of potentiaI probIems with the operation of the
vehicIe. The indicator Iamps are repIaceabIe. For re-
pIacement of the indicator Iamps containedin the instru-
ment cIuster, refer to "Instrument CIuster Indicator
Lamps Specifications" and"Instrument CIuster Indicator
Lamps" in this section.
TACHOMETER (DELUXE CLUSTER)
The tachometer measures the engine's speed in terms
of thousands of revoIutions per minute (rpm). It consists
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
of an instrument cIuster gauge connected to a sending
unit in the eIectronic controI moduIe.
Notice: Do not operate the engine in the red zone, or
engine damage may occur.
CHIME MODULE
The chime moduIe is Iocated above the instrument pan-
eI fuse bIock and wiII sound in order to bring attention to
one or more of the foIIowing conditions:
- The Iamps are on, the door is ajar, and the ignition
switch is not in ACC, ON, or START.
- The seat beIt is unbuckIed when the ignition switch is
in ON or START.
- The door is open when the ignition switch is in ON or
START.
- The vehicIe's speed exceeds 120 km/h (75 mph).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9F
$8',2 6<67(06
otherwise noted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9F-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 9F-1 . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio System Circuit 9F-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnosis 9F-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stereo Cassette AM/FM Radio 9F-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speakers 9F-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna 9F-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9F-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9F-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio System 9F-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Speakers 9F-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Speakers (Notchback) 9F-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Speakers (Hatchback) 9F-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Antenna Mast 9F-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Antenna Motor/ManuaI Antenna 9F-13 . . . . . .
Operation 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stereo Cassette AM/FM Radio 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio Security System 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front and Rear Speakers 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManuaI Antenna 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Antenna 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tape PIayer and Cassette Care 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compact Disc Care 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS
Antenna Cap Nut 5.5 - 49
Antenna Motor Nuts 4 - 35
Audio System Screws 6 - 53
Front Speaker Screws 3 - 27
Rear Speaker Screws 3 - 27
9F -- 2 AUDIO SYSTEMS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209F001
A
U
D
I
O
S
Y
S
T
E
M
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
AUDIO SYSTEMS 9F -- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DIAGNOSIS
STEREO CASSETTE AM/FMRADIO
CD PIayer Inoperative, AM/FM Functions OK
1
Usinga good-quaIity CD, determine if the CDpIayer
performs poorIy or is inoperative.
Does the CDpIayer functioncorrectIy?
-
2
Informthe customer that the probIemis withthe CD,
not the CDpIayer.
Has the customer beeninformed?
-
System OK
-
3
Checkthe CDpIayer for obstructions behindthe tape
door.
Is anobstructionfound?
-
4
Checktosee if the obstructioncanbe removed.
Canthe obstructionbe removed?
-
Go to Step 5
Go to Step 6
5
Remove the obstruction.
6
RepIace the CDpIayer.
AM/FM Cassette Radio Inoperative
1
Checkfuses F6 andF9.
Are fuses F6 andF9 bIown?
-
2
1. Checkfor a short circuit andrepair if necessary.
2. RepIace the bIownfuses.
-
System OK
-
3
1. Use a voItmeter totest for battery voItage at fuse
F1.
2. Turnthe ignitionONandtest for battery voItage at
fuse F9.
Does the battery voItage matchthe specifiedvaIue at
fuses F6 andF9?
4
Repair the power suppIy circuit tothe fuses.
-
System OK
-
5
1. Remove the cassette radio.
2. Turnthe ignitionON.
3. Use a voItmeter totest for battery voItage at the
audiosystemconnector terminaIs 4 and5.
Does the battery voItage matchthe specifiedvaIue at
bothterminaIs?
6
Repair the opencircuit betweenthe audiosystem
connector andthe fuse.
-
System OK
-
7
Use anohmmeter totest the groundcircuit at the
audiosystemconnector terminaI 14.
Does the resistance matchthe specifiedvaIue? { 0 : Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
AM/FM Cassette Radio Inoperative (Cont'd)
8
Repair the opengroundcircuit betweenthe audio
systemconnector andgroundG201.
-
System OK
-
9
RepIace the cassette radio.
-
System OK
-
Cassette PIayer Inoperative, AM/FM Functions OK
1
Verify the customer compIaint.
Does the cassette pIayer destroy tapes?
-
2
Using a good-quaIity tape, determine whether the
cassette pIayer performs poorIy or is inoperative.
Does the cassette pIayer perform poorIy?
-
3
Check the cassette pIayer for obstructions behind
the tape door.
Is an obstruction found?
-
4
Check to see if the obstruction can be removed
using gentIe force.
Is the obstruction removed?
-
5
CIean the cassette pIayer head, the capstan, and
the drive system.
Does the tape pIay properIy?
-
6
-
System OK
-
7
Check the cassette pIayer for normaI operation.
-
System OK
-
8
Advise the owner of a defective or worn tape.
-
System OK
-
FM Does Not Work, AM and Cassette OK
1
Check the audio system for normaI operation.
Is FM inoperative and the rest of the system
operating properIy?
-
2
RepIace the radio.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
AM Radio Does Not Work, FM and Cassette OK
1
1. UnpIug the antenna cabIe from the antenna.
2. Connect the test antenna to the antenna cabIe.
3. Check the AM radio reception.
Is the AM radio operating properIy?
-
2
RepIace the antenna.
-
System OK
-
3
1. Remove the cassette radio from the instrument
paneI.
2. UnpIug the antenna cabIe from the audio system.
3. PIug the test cabIe into the audio system.
4. Check the AM radio reception.
Is the AM radio operating properIy?
-
4
RepIace the antenna cabIe between the audio
system and the antenna.
-
System OK
-
5
-
System OK
-
SPEAKERS
Front Speakers Distorted or Inoperative, Rest of Audio System OK
1
1. Turn the ignition and the radio ON.
2. Check for distorted or inoperative front speakers
using the fader and the baIance controIs with aII
of the sources (AM, FM, tape, CD).
Are the front speakers distorted?
-
2
Check the speaker and the door area for damage,
rattIes, or vibration.
Is there anything Ioose or in the way of the speaker
causing the distortion?
-
3
Make the necessary repairs to secure the
component causing the distortion.
-
System OK
-
4
1. Remove the front speakers and disconnect the
speaker connector.
2. Using an ohmmeter, test the speaker wires for a
short to ground.
Does the ohmmeter show the specified vaIue? R Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5
5
Repair the short circuit between the front speaker
connector and the radio connector.
-
System OK
-
6
Substitute a known good speaker for the speaker
causing the distortion.
Is the distortion eIiminated?
-
7
RepIace the speaker.
8
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Rear Speakers Distorted or Inoperative, Rest of Audio System OK
1
1. Turn the ignition and the radio on.
2. Check for distorted or inoperative rear speakers
using the fader and the baIance controIs with aII
the of the sources (AM, FM, tape, CD).
Are the rear speakers distorted?
-
2
Checkthe speakers, the rear deck, andthe trunk
area for damage, rattIes, or vibration.
Is there anythingIoose or inthe way of the speaker
causingthe distortion?
-
3
Make the necessary repairs tosecure the component
causingthe distortion.
-
System OK
-
4
1. Disconnect the rear speakers.
2. Using an ohmmeter, test the speaker wires for a
short to ground.
Does the ohmmeter showthe specifiedvaIue? R Go to Step 6 Go to Step 5
5
Repair the short circuit betweenthe rear speaker
connector andthe radioconnector.
-
System OK
-
6
Substitute a knowngoodspeaker for the speaker
causingthe distortion.
Is the distortioneIiminated?
-
7
RepIace the speaker.
-
System OK
-
8
RepIace the audiosystem.
-
System OK
-
ANTENNA
Power Antenna Does Not Work
1
Checkfuse F1.
Is fuse F1 bIown?
2
-
System OK
-
3
Use a voItmeter totest for battery voItage at fuse F1.
Does the battery voItage matchthe specifiedvaIue? 11-14 v Go to Step 5 Go to Step 4
4
Repair the openpower suppIy circuit tofuse F1.
- System OK -
5
Use a voItmeter totest for battery voItage at power
antenna connector terminaI 1.
6
Repair the opencircuit betweenthe power antenna
connector terminaI 1 andfuse F1.
-
System OK
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Power Antenna Does Not Work (Cont'd)
7
Use anohmmeter totest the groundcircuit at the
power antenna connector terminaI 2.
Does the resistance matchthe specifiedvaIue? { 0 : Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8
8
Repair the opengroundcircuit betweenthe power
antenna connector terminaI 2 andgroundG301.
-
System OK
-
9
2. Turn the radio ON.
3. Use a voItmeter to test for battery voItage at the
power antenna connector terminaI 3.
10
RepIace the power antenna motor assembIy.
- System OK -
11
2. Turn the radio ON.
3. Use a voItmeter to test for battery voItage at radio
terminaI 12.
12
Repair the opencircuit betweenthe radioconnector
andthe power antenna connector terminaI 3.
-
System OK
-
13
- System OK -
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A19F001A
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
AUDIO SYSTEM
Drive SimiIar)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the audio system trim pIate.
3. Remove the screws and the audio system.
A109F002
4. Disconnect the audiosystemeIectricaI connector and
the antenna cabIe.
A109F002
1. Connect the audio system eIectricaI connector and
the antenna cabIe.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A19F001A
2. InstaII the audio system with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the audio system screws to 6 N:m (53 Ib-in).
3. InstaII the audio system trim pIate.
5. Enter the audiosecurity systemfour-digit code. Refer
to "Audio Security System" in this section.
A109F003
FRONT SPEAKERS
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the front door trim paneI. Refer to Section
9G, Interior Trim.
3. Remove the screws and the front speaker.
A109F004
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109F004
A109F003
2. InstaII the front speaker with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the front speaker screws to 3 N:m (27 Ib-in).
3. InstaII the front door trim paneI. Refer to Section 9G,
Interior Trim.
A109F006
REAR SPEAKERS (NOTCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the deck Iid siII pIate trim cover. Refer to
Section 9G, Interior Trim.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109F005
4. Remove the screws and the rear speakers.
A109F005
1. InstaII the rear speakers with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the rear speaker screws to 3 N:m (27 Ib-in).
A109F006
3. InstaII the rear seatback and the rear seat cushion.
Refer to Section 9H, Seats.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309F002
REAR SPEAKERS (HATCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the Iuggage compartment wheeIhouse trim
paneI (hatchback). Refer to Section 9G, Interior Trim.
4. Remove the screws and the rear speaker.
A309F002
Notice: DissimiIar metaIs indirect contact witheachoth-
er may corrode rapidIy. Make sure touse the correct fas-
teners to prevent premature corrosion.
1. InstaII the rear speaker with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the rear speaker screws to 3 N:m (27 Ib-in).
3. InstaII the Iuggage compartment wheeIhouse trim
paneI (hatchback). Refer to Section 9G, Interior Trim.
A109F007
POWER ANTENNA MAST
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the Iuggage compartment rear quarter trim
paneI. Refer to Section 9G, Interior Trim.
2. Remove the antenna cap nut.
3. Turn on the radio and remove the antenna mast and
cabIe.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109F007
1. InstaII the antenna mast with the teeth of the cabIe
facing the rear of the vehicIe.
2. Turn off the radio.
3. InstaII the antenna cap nut.
Tighten
Tighten the antenna cap nut to 5.5 N:m (49 Ib-in).
4. InstaII the Iuggage compartment rear quarter trim
A109F008
POWER ANTENNA MOTOR/MANUAL
ANTENNA
(Hatchback Shown, Notchback SimiIar)
RemovaI Procedure
3. Remove the antenna cap nut.
4. Loosen the nuts securing the antenna motor to the
vehicIe. (Power antenna shown, manuaI antenna
simiIar).
5. Remove the antenna motor, if equipped.
6. Disconnect the eIectricaI connectors, if equipped.
A109F008
1. Connect the eIectricaI connectors, if equipped.
2. InstaII the antenna motor with the nuts. (Power anten-
na shown, manuaI antenna simiIar.)
Tighten
Tighten the antenna motor nuts to 4 N:m (35 Ib-in).
4. InstaII the antenna cap nut.
Tighten
Tighten the antenna cap nut to 5.5 N:m (49 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
STEREO CASSETTE AM/FMRADIO
The stereo cassette AM/FMradio and the compact disc
pIayer are offered as optionaI equipment. AII audio sys-
tems use four speakers: two speakers mounted in the
front doors and two speakers mounted in the rear deck
Iid siII pIate.
AUDIO SECURITY SYSTEM
The audiosecurity systemis activatedwhenever the au-
dio system circuit is disconnected from the battery. A
four-digit security code must be entered in order for the
audio system to resume functioning. The security code
is stamped on a card Iocated in the vehicIe (usuaIIy in
the gIove box). The foIIowingsecurity code enteringpro-
cedure can be used to activate this audio security sys-
tem:
1. With the ignition switch in the ACC or on position,
turn the radio on. At this time, "CODE" wiII be shown
on the radio dispIay, accompanied by chime sounds.
2. Enter the four-digit security number using the radio
preset buttons 1 through 6, (or 1 through 8 if
equipped).
3. After aII four digits are entered, the digits wiII bIink
three times, and the radio wiII be functionaI.
Wrong Code:
If the wrongcode is entered, "ERR"wiII briefIy appear on
the dispIay. After this "CODE" wiII appear, and the code
entering procedure can be performed once again. If the
correct code is not entered within 10 minutes, the radio
shouIdbe disconnectedfromthe battery toreset the au-
dio system. After connecting the battery, repeat the
code entering procedure.
FRONT AND REAR SPEAKERS
AII audio systems use four speakers: two speakers
mountedin the front doors andtwospeakers mountedin
the rear deck Iid siII pIate, on the notchback. On the
hatchback, the rear speakers are mounted behind the
Iuggage compartment wheeIhouse trimpaneI. A coaxiaI
two-way rear speaker is offered as an option.
MANUAL ANTENNA
The manuaI antenna is designed to withstand most car
washes without damage. The antenna can be adjusted
up or down by hand. If the mast becomes sIightIy bent,
you can straighten it by hand. The manuaI antenna can
be repIacedif it is severeIy bent. ManuaI antennas must
be kept cIean for good performance.
POWER ANTENNA
The power antenna is controIIed by the radio. When the
radio power is turned on, the antenna is extended.
When the radio is turned off, either by turning the power
off or by turning the ignition switch off, the antenna is re-
tracted.
TAPEPLAYERANDCASSETTECARE
The head and the capstan are the two parts of the tape
pIayer that shouId be cIeaned. This service shouId be
performed every 100 hours of cassette operation.
In order to cIean the head andthe capstan, use a cotton
swab dipped in rubbing aIcohoI.
A cassette cIeaning kit may aIso be used to cIean the
head and the capstan. FoIIow the cIeaning kit instruc-
tions to cIean the tape pIayer.
Do not touch the tape headwith magnetizedtooIs. If the
head becomes magnetized, it wiII degrade cassettes
pIayedin the pIayer. Noservice is performedon the cas-
settes. The cassette manufacturer handIes warranties
of the cassettes. Store cassettes away from extreme
heat and direct sunIight.
COMPACT DISC CARE
HandIe discs carefuIIy. Store the discs in protective
cases away from the sun, heat, and dust. If the surface
is soiIed, dampen a cIean, soft cIoth in a soIution of miId
neutraI detergent and wipe the disc cIean. Mini discs
(about 3 inches in diameter), wiII not eject and shouId
not be used.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9G
,17(5,25 75,0
otherwise noted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9G-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 9G-1 . . . . . . . . . . .
SpeciaI TooIs 9G-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SpeciaI TooIs TabIe 9G-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9G-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9G-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Door Trim PaneI 9G-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Door Trim PaneI 9G-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upper B-PiIIar Trim PaneI 9G-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upper B-PiIIar Trim PaneI
(Three-Door Hatchback) 9G-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lower B-PiIIar Trim PaneI 9G-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lower B-PiIIar Trim PaneI
(Three-Door Hatchback) 9G-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deck Lid SiII PIate Cover (Notchback) 9G-13 . . . . . . .
Rear Door Interior Garnish MoIding 9G-13 . . . . . . . . .
Hatchback Door Upper Garnish MoIding 9G-14 . . . . .
Hatchback Door Lower Garnish MoIding 9G-15 . . . . .
Kick PaneI 9G-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Rocker Trim PaneI 9G-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Rocker Trim PaneI 9G-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIoor Carpet 9G-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIoor ConsoIe 9G-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-PiIIar Trim PaneI 9G-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-PiIIar Trim PaneI 9G-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C-PiIIar Trim PaneI
(Three-Door Hatchback) 9G-25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Door Escutcheon 9G-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage Compartment WheeIhouse
Trim PaneI (Notchback) 9G-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trim PaneI (Hatchback) 9G-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage Compartment Rear Quarter
Trim PaneI (Notchback) 9G-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage Compartment Rear Trim PaneI 9G-29 . . . . .
Operation 9G-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior Trim PaneIs 9G-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure ReIief Vent 9G-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIoor ConsoIe 9G-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIoor Carpet 9G-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Compartment Security
Cover (Hatchback) 9G-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS
Door PuII Screw 3.5 - 31
FIoor ConsoIe Brace BoIt 5 - 44
Front FIoor ConsoIe Screw 4 - 35
Gearshift Housing BoIts 5 - 44
Rear FIoor ConsoIe Screw 4 - 35
Rear Seat BeIt Anchor BoIt 35 26 -
Rear Seatback BoIt 24 18 -
Rear Seat BeIt BoIt 35 26 -
Seat BeIt Anchor BoIt 35 26 -
Seat BeIt Bracket Screws 10 - 89
Trim PaneI Screws 3 - 27
9G-- 2 INTERIOR TRIM
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SPECIAL TOOLS
SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE
A109G029
KM-475-B
Trim Remover
INTERIOR TRIM 9G-- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G001
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
FRONT DOOR TRIMPANEL
TooIs Required
KM-475-B Trim Remover
RemovaI Procedure
1. Lower the front window.
2. Remove the door puII screw.
A109G002
3. Pry off the inside door handIe trim bezeI.
A109G003
4. Remove the screws at the base of the trim paneI.
5. Pry off the trimpaneI usingthe trimremover KM-475-B.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G030
1. InstaII the trim paneI.
2. InstaII the screws at the base of the trim paneI.
Tighten
Tighten the trim paneI screws to 3 N:m (27 Ib-in).
A109G002
3. InstaII the inside door handIe trim bezeI.
A109G001
4. InstaII the door puII screw.
Tighten
Tighten the door puII screw to 3.5 N:m (31 Ib-in).
5. Raise the window.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G001
REAR DOOR TRIMPANEL
TooIs Required
KM-475-B Trim Remover
RemovaI Procedure
1. Lower the rear window.
2. Remove the rear window reguIator handIe. Refer to
Section 9P, Doors.
3. Remove the door puII screw.
A109G010
4. Pry off the inside door handIe trim bezeI.
A109G003
5. Remove the rear door interior garnish moIding.
6. Remove the screws at the base of the trim paneI.
7. Pry off the trimpaneI usingthe trimremover KM-475-B.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G030
1. InstaII the trim paneI.
2. InstaII the screws at the base of the trim paneI.
Tighten
A109G010
3. InstaII the rear door interior garnish moIding.
4. InstaII the inside door handIe trim bezeI.
A109G001
5. InstaII the door puII screw.
Tighten
Tighten the door puII screw to 3.5 N:m (31 Ib-in).
6. InstaII the rear window reguIator handIe. Refer to
Section 9P, Doors.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G022
UPPER B-PILLAR TRIMPANEL
(Notchback Shown, Five-Door Hatchback
SimiIar)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the boIt andthe upper front seat beIt anchor.
A110A007
2. Remove the Iower B-piIIar trimpaneI. Refer to"Lower
B-PiIIar Trim PaneI" in this section.
3. Remove the screws and the seat beIt bracket.
A109G016
4. Pry off the upper B-piIIar trim paneI.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G016
1. InstaII the upper B-piIIar trim paneI.
A110A007
2. InstaII the seat beIt bracket with the screws.
Tighten
Tightenthe seat beIt bracket screws to10 N:m(89 Ib-
in).
A109G022
3. InstaII the Iower B-piIIar trimpaneI. Refer to"Lower B-
PiIIar Trim PaneI" in this section.
4. InstaII the upper front seat beIt anchor with the boIt.
Tighten
Tighten the seat beIt anchor boIt to 35 N:m (26 Ib-ft).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G022
UPPER B-PILLAR TRIMPANEL
(THREE-DOOR HATCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the boIt andthe upper front seat beIt anchor.
A110A007
B-PiIIar Trim PaneI (Three-Door Hatchback)" in this
section.
3. Remove the C-piIIar trimpaneI. Refer to"C-PiIIar Trim
PaneI (Three-Door Hatchback)" in this section.
4. Remove the screws and the seat beIt bracket.
A309G005
5. Remove the screw and the upper B-piIIar trim paneI.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309G005
1. InstaII the upper B-piIIar trim paneI with the screw.
Tighten
Tighten the trim paneI screw to 3 N:m (27 Ib-in).
A110A007
2. InstaII the seat beIt bracket with the screws.
Tighten
Tightenthe seat beIt bracket screws to10 N:m(89 Ib-
in).
A109G022
3. InstaII the C-piIIar trim paneI. Refer to "C-PiIIar Trim
PaneI (Three-Door Hatchback)" in this section.
PiIIar TrimPaneI (Three-Door Hatchback)"in this sec-
tion.
5. InstaII the upper front seat beIt anchor with the boIt.
Tighten
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G012
LOWER B-PILLAR TRIMPANEL
SimiIar)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Reposition the rear portion of the front rocker trim
paneI andthe front portion of the rear rocker trimpan-
eI.
2. Pry off the Iower B-piIIar trim paneI.
A109G012
1. InstaII the Iower B-piIIar trim paneI.
2. InstaII the front rocker trim paneI.
3. InstaII the rear rocker trim paneI to its originaI posi-
tion.
A309G006
LOWER B-PILLAR TRIMPANEL
RemovaI Procedure
1. Reposition the rear portion of the front rocker trim
paneI.
2. Remove the rear seatback and the cushion. Refer to
Section 9H, Seats.
3. Remove the boIt and the Iower rear seat beIt anchor.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309G007
4. Remove the Iower B-piIIar trim paneI.
A309G007
1. InstaII the Iower B-piIIar trim paneI.
A309G006
2. InstaII the Iower rear seat beIt anchor with the boIt.
Tighten
3. InstaII the rear seatback and the cushion. Refer to
Section 9H, Seats.
4. InstaII the rear portion of the front rocker trimpaneI to
the originaI position.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G011
DECK LID SILL PLATE COVER
(NOTCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the rear seatback. Refer toSection 9H, Seats.
2. Remove the pIastic retaining cIips and the deck Iid siII
pIate cover.
A109G011
1. InstaII the rear deck Iid siII pIate cover with the pIastic
retaining cIips.
2. InstaII the rear seatback. Refer to Section 9H, Seats.
A109G004
REAR DOOR INTERIOR
GARNISH MOLDING
SimiIar)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Pry off the rear door interior garnish moIding.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G004
1. InstaII the rear door interior garnish moIding.
A309G009
HATCHBACK DOOR UPPER
GARNISH MOLDING
RemovaI Procedure
2. Pry off the hatchback door upper garnish moIding.
A309G009
1. InstaII the hatchback door upper garnish moIding.
2. CIose the hatchback door.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309G010
HATCHBACK DOOR LOWER
GARNISH MOLDING
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the Iower garnish moIding cIips using the
trim remover KM-475-B.
3. Remove the Iower garnish moIding.
A309G011
1. InstaII the Iower garnish moIding with the cIips.
A309G001
KICK PANEL
(Left-Hand Drive Shown, Right-Hand Drive
SimiIar)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the kick paneI fastener.
2. Pry off the kick paneI.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309G001
1. InstaII the kick paneI.
2. InstaII the kick paneI fastener.
A109G019
FRONT ROCKER TRIMPANEL
(TypicaI)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Pry off the front rocker trim paneI.
A109G019
1. InstaII the front rocker trim paneI.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G005
REAR ROCKER TRIMPANEL
SimiIar)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the rear seat cushion andrear seatback. Re-
fer to Section 9H, Seats.
2. Remove the screw securing the rear rocker trimpan-
eI.
3. Pry off the rear rocker trim paneI.
A109G005
1. InstaII the rear rocker trim paneI.
2. InstaII the rear rocker trim paneI with the screw.
3. InstaII the rear seatback with the boIt.
Tighten
Tighten the rear seatback boIt to 24 N:m (18 Ib-ft).
4. InstaII the rear seat cushion. Refer to Section 9H,
Seats.
A109G006
FLOOR CARPET
(TypicaI)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the Ieft and the right rear rocker trimpaneIs.
Refer to "Rear Rocker Trim PaneI" in this section.
3. Remove the boIts andthe Ieft andthe right Iower front
seat beIt anchors from the B-piIIar.
4. Remove the Ieft and the right Iower B-piIIar trim pan-
eIs. Refer to "Lower B-PiIIar Trim PaneI" in this sec-
tion.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G027
5. Remove the front seats. Refer to Section 9H, Seats.
6. Remove the Ieft and the right kick paneIs. Refer to
"Kick PaneI" in this section.
7. Pry off the Ieft and the right front rocker trim paneIs.
8. Remove the fIoor consoIe. Refer to"FIoor ConsoIe"in
this section.
9. Remove the gearshift housing boIts (if equipped).
A109G009
10. Reposition the gearshift housing (if equipped).
11. Remove the boIts andthe nuts andthe fIoor consoIe
braces.
12. Disconnect the airbag controI moduIe eIectricaI con-
nector.
13. Remove the fIoor carpet.
A109G009
1. InstaII the fIoor carpet.
2. Connect the airbag controI moduIe eIectricaI con-
nector.
3. InstaII the fIoor consoIe braces with the boIts and the
nuts.
Tighten
Tightenthe fIoor consoIe brace boIts to5 N:m(44 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G027
4. InstaII the gearshift housing to its originaI position
(if equipped).
5. InstaII the gearshift housing boIts (if equipped).
Tighten
Tighten the gearshift housing boIts to 5 N:m (44 Ib-in).
A109G006
6. InstaII the fIoor consoIe. Refer to "FIoor ConsoIe" in
this section.
7. InstaII the Ieft and the right front rocker trim paneIs.
8. InstaII the Ieft and the right kick paneIs. Refer to
"Kick PaneI" in this section.
9. InstaII the front seats. Refer to Section 9H, Seats.
10. InstaII the Ieft and the right Iower B-piIIar trim paneIs.
Refer to "Lower B-PiIIar Trim PaneI" in this section.
11. InstaII the Ieft and the right Iower front seat beIt an-
chors to the B-piIIar with the boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the seat beIt anchor boIts to35 N:m(26 Ib-ft).
12. InstaII the rear seatback. Refer toSection9H, Seats.
13. InstaII the Ieft and the right rear rocker trim paneIs.
Refer to "Rear Rocker Trim PaneI" in this section.
A109G007
FLOOR CONSOLE
(TypicaI)
RemovaI Procedure
2. SIide the front seats forward.
3. Remove the screws and the rear portion of the fIoor
consoIe.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309G002
4. Disconnect the power windowcontroIs' eIectricaI con-
nector.
A109G026
5. Remove the gearshift Iever boot (if equipped).
A309G003
6. Remove the screws from the front portion of the fIoor
consoIe.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309G004
7. Disconnect the cigar Iighter eIectricaI connector.
8. Remove the front portion of the fIoor consoIe.
A309G004
1. Connect the cigar Iighter eIectricaI connector.
A309G003
2. InstaII the front portion of the fIoor consoIe with the
screws.
Tighten
Tighten the front fIoor consoIe screws to 4 N:m
(35 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309G002
3. Connect the power window controIs' eIectricaI con-
nector.
A109G026
4. InstaII the gearshift Iever boot (if equipped).
A109G007
5. InstaII the rear portion of the fIoor consoIe with the
screw.
Tighten
Tighten the rear fIoor consoIe screws to4 N:m(35 Ib-
in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G025
A-PILLAR TRIMPANEL
RemovaI Procedure
1. Pry off the A-piIIar trim paneI.
A109G025
1. InstaII the A-piIIar trim paneI.
A109G023
C-PILLAR TRIMPANEL
SimiIar)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the rear seat cushion. Refer to Section 9H,
Seats.
2. Remove the boIt and the rear seat beIt fIoor anchor.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G017
3. Pry off the C-piIIar trim paneI from the body.
A109G024
4. Remove the seat beIt trim piece.
5. Remove the C-piIIar trim paneI from the seat beIt.
A109G024
1. Feed the seat beIt through the C-piIIar trim paneI.
2. InstaII the seat beIt trim piece.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G017
3. InstaII the C-piIIar trim paneI.
A109G023
4. InstaII the rear seat beIt fIoor anchor with the boIt.
Tighten
Tighten the rear seat beIt anchor boIt to 35 N:m
(26 Ib-ft).
5. InstaII the rear seat cushion. Refer to Section 9H,
Seats.
A309G008
C-PILLAR TRIMPANEL
RemovaI Procedure
B-PiIIar Trim PaneI (Three-Door Hatchback)" in this
section.
2. Remove the screws, the cIip, and the C-piIIar trim
paneI.
3. Remove the seat beIt from the C-piIIar trim paneI.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309G008
1. Feed the seat beIt through the C-piIIar trim paneI.
2. InstaII the C-piIIar trim paneI with the cIip and the
screws.
Tighten
PiIIar TrimPaneI (Three-Door Hatchback)"in this sec-
tion.
A109L001
FRONT DOOR ESCUTCHEON
RemovaI Procedure
1. Pry off the escutcheon.
A109L001
1. InstaII the escutcheon.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G015
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
WHEELHOUSE TRIMPANEL
(NOTCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the rear seatback. Refer to Section 9H,
Seats.
2. Remove the pIastic retaining cIips and the rear seat-
back paneI.
3. Remove the pIastic retaining cIips and the wheeI-
house trim paneI.
A109G015
1. InstaII the wheeIhouse trim paneI with the pIastic re-
taining cIips.
2. InstaII the rear seatback paneI with the pIastic retain-
ing cIips.
3. InstaII the rear seatback. Refer to Section 9H, Seats.
A309G012
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT
WHEELHOUSE TRIMPANEL
(HATCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the Iuggage compartment rear trim paneI.
Refer to "Luggage Compartment Rear Trim PaneI" in
this section.
2. Remove the screw, the cIips, and the wheeIhouse
trim paneI.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309G012
1. InstaII the wheeIhouse trim paneI with the cIips and
the screw.
Tighten
Tighten the trim paneI screw to 3 N:m (27 Ib-in).
2. InstaII the Iuggage compartment rear trim paneI. Re-
fer to "Luggage Compartment Rear Trim PaneI" in
this section.
A109G021
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT REAR
QUARTER TRIMPANEL
(NOTCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the pIastic retaining cIips and the rear quar-
ter trim paneI.
A109G021
1. InstaII the rear quarter trim paneI with the pIastic re-
taining cIips.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109S013
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT REAR
TRIMPANEL
(TypicaI)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the pIastic retaining cIips and the rear trim
paneI.
A109S013
1. InstaII the rear trim paneI with the pIastic retaining
cIips.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
INTERIOR TRIMPANELS
The interior trim paneIs are moIded pIastic and fasten
with screws or pIastic cIips.
PRESSURE RELIEF VENT
WhenaII the windows are cIosedandthe ventiIationsys-
temis on, the addition of outside air to the interior of the
vehicIe causes a positive pressure within the vehicIe. In
order to reIieve the pressure, air is reIeased through two
pressure reIief vents. The pressure reIief vents are Io-
cated at the rear quarter of the vehicIe, behind the
bumper fascia.
FLOOR CONSOLE
The fIoor consoIe fits over the tunneI in the fIoor of the
vehicIe and extends from under the center of the instru-
ment paneI tothe rear seat area. The front portion of the
consoIe contains the cigar Iighter and the transaxIe shift
Iever. The rear portion of the consoIe contains the park-
ing brake Iever, the power window switches (if
equipped), a cuphoIder, and an ashtray for the rear seat
occupants.
The sensing and diagnostic moduIe (SDM) for the air-
bag system is Iocated under the front part of the con-
soIe.
FLOOR CARPET
The moIded one-piece fIoor carpet goes over both the
front and the rear fIoor pans.
REAR COMPARTMENT SECURITY
COVER (HATCHBACK)
A rear compartment security cover is provided on the
hatchback modeIs. The security cover is attached tothe
hatch and can be easiIy removed if more cargo space is
needed.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9H
$%$
otherwise noted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9H-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 9H-1 . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9H-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9H-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Bucket Seats 9H-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head Restraint 9H-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Seatback 9H-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Seat Cushion 9H-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Seat Adjusters 9H-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Height Adjustment Knobs 9H-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Seat Cover 9H-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Seat Cushion 9H-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Seatback 9H-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SpIit Rear Seatback 9H-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Seatback Lock Striker 9H-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Seatback Lock AssembIy 9H-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat Covers 9H-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9H-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seats 9H-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS
Height Adjustment Knob Screw 12 - 106
Front Bucket Seat BoIts 25 18 -
Front Seat BeIt BuckIe BoIt 45 33 -
Front Seat Cushion Trim Screw 12 - 106
Front Seat Track BoIts 17 13 -
Front Seatback BoIts 45 33 -
Lock AssembIy Screws 20 15 -
Lock Striker BoIts 24 18 -
Lower Rear Seat BeIt Anchor BoIt 35 26 -
Rear Seat Cushion BoIt 25 18 -
Rear Seatback BoIts 25 18 -
9H-- 2 SEATS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109H008
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
FRONT BUCKET SEATS
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the pIastic caps to reveaI the boIts that se-
cure the rear portion of the front seat to the fIoor.
2. Remove the boIts that secure the rear portion of the
seat to the fIoor.
A109H007
3. Remove the boIts that secure the front portion of the
front seat to the fIoor.
4. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector from the driver's
seat.
5. Remove the seat.
A109H007
1. InstaII the seat.
2. Connect the eIectricaI connector to the driver's seat.
3. InstaII the boIts into the front portion of the front seat.
Tighten
Tighten the front bucket seat boIts to 25 N:m (18 Ib-
ft).
SEATS 9H-- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109H008
4. InstaII the boIts into the rear portion of the front seat.
Tighten
Tighten the front bucket seat boIts to 25 N:m (18 Ib-
ft).
5. InstaII the pIastic caps.
B109H003
HEAD RESTRAINT
RemovaI Procedure
1. Press the head restraint adjust button and remove
the head restraint from the seatback.
B109H004
2. Insert two fIathead screwdrivers down the front and
the back side of the guide sIeeves.
3. With the screwdrivers, press in the retaining Iatches
and remove the guide sIeeves.
9H-- 4 SEATS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109H009
1. InstaII the guide sIeeves into the seatback, making
sure the angIe of the guide sIeeves is paraIIeI to the
seatback. Press down in order to engage the guide
sIeeve retaining Iatches.
2. InstaII the headrestraint intothe guide sIeeves. Press
down in order to engage the stop pin.
A109H011
FRONT SEATBACK
(DiaI-Type RecIiner Shown, Lever-Type
RecIiner SimiIar)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the front bucket seat fromthe vehicIe. Refer
to "Front Bucket Seats" in this section.
2. Remove the recIiner adjustment knob capand the re-
cIiner adjustment knob(or remove the recIiner adjust-
ment Iever, if equipped).
A109H012
3. Remove the boIt and seat beIt buckIe.
4. Remove the seat trim.
5. Remove the trim cIips and the seatback boIts.
6. Remove the seatback.
SEATS 9H-- 5
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109H012
1. InstaII the seatback onto the seat cushion.
2. InstaII the trim cIips and the seatback boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the front seatback boIts to 45 N:m (33 Ib-ft).
A109H011
3. InstaII the seat trim.
4. InstaII the seat beIt buckIe with the boIt.
Tighten
Tighten the front seat beIt buckIe boIt to 45 N:m
(33 Ib-ft).
5. InstaII the recIiner adjustment knob and the recIiner
adjustment knob cap (or instaII the recIiner adjust-
ment Iever, if equipped).
6. InstaII the front bucket seat in the vehicIe. Refer to
"Front Bucket Seats" in this section.
A19H014A
FRONT SEAT CUSHION
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the seatback. Refer to "Front Seatback" in
this section.
2. Remove any remaining front seat cover.
9H-- 6 SEATS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
C19H010A
3. Remove the seat cushion boIts.
4. Remove the cushion from the seat adjuster.
A19H014A
1. InstaII the seat cushion to the seat adjuster with the
boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the front seat cushion boIts to 17 N:m (13 Ib-
ft).
2. InstaII the seatback. Refer to "Front Seatback" in this
section.
3. InstaII aII remaining front seat cover.
Tighten
Tighten the front seat cover screwto 12 N:m (106 Ib-
in).
A19H014A
FRONT SEAT ADJUSTERS
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the seatback. Refer to "Front Seatback" in
this section.
2. Remove any remaining seat cushion trim.
3. Remove the seat cushion boIts and the front seat ad-
justers from the seat cushion.
SEATS 9H-- 7
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
C19H010A
1. InstaII the front seat adjusters tothe seat cushionwith
the boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the front seat cushion boIts to 17 N:m (13 Ib-
ft).
2. InstaII the seatback. Refer to "Front Seatback" in this
section.
3. InstaII aII remaining front seat cover.
Tighten
in).
C39H001A
HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT KNOBS
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the screw and the height adjustment knob.
C39H001A
1. InstaII the height adjustment knob with the screw.
Tighten
Tighten the front seat height adjustment knob screw
to 12 N:m (106 Ib-in).
9H-- 8 SEATS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A19H011A
FRONT SEAT COVER
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the front bucket seat fromthe vehicIe. Refer
to "Front Bucket Seats" in this section.
2. Remove the recIiner adjustment knob capand the re-
cIiner adjustment knob.
3. Remove the upper seat cover.
A19H013A
4. Remove the screw and the Iower seat cover.
A19H013A
other may corrode repidIy. Make sure to use the correct
1. InstaII the Iower seat cover with the screw.
Tighten
in).
SEATS 9H-- 9
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A19H011A
2. InstaII the upper seat cover with new pin.
3. InstaII the recIiner adjustment knob and the recIiner
adjustment cap.
4. InstaII the front bucket seat in the vehicIe. Refer to
"Front Bucket Seats" in this section.
A209H003
REAR SEAT CUSHION
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the boIt at the base of the rear seatback.
2. Lift and remove the rear seat cushion.
A109H004
1. Insert the wire Ioops aIong the front edge of the rear
seat cushion into the recesses in the fIoor pan.
9H-- 10 SEATS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209H003
2. InstaII the rear seat cushion with the boIt.
Tighten
Tighten the rear seat cushion boIt to25 N:m(18 Ib-ft).
A109H001
REAR SEATBACK
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the rear cushion. Refer to "Rear Seat Cush-
ion" in this section.
2. Remove the boIts that secure the rear seatback.
3. Remove the rear seatback by puIIing the base of the
seatback out and sIiding the seatback up.
A109H002
1. InstaII the rear seatback by inserting the metaI Ioops
over the hooks.
SEATS 9H-- 11
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109H001
2. InstaII the rear seatback with the boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the rear seatback boIts to 25 N:m (18 Ib-ft).
3. InstaII the rear seat cushion. Refer to "Rear Seat
Cushion" in this section.
A209H002
SPLIT REAR SEATBACK
RemovaI Procedure
1. Lower the rear seatbacks.
2. Remove the boIts that secure the rear seatbacks to
the hinges.
3. Remove the rear seatbacks by puIIing the seat hinge
posts out of the Iower C-piIIars.
A209H002
1. InstaII the rear seatback by inserting the seat hinge
posts into the Iower C-piIIars.
2. InstaII the seatbacks to the hinges with the boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the rear seatback boIts to 25 N:m (18 Ib-ft).
3. Raise the rear seatbacks in the upright position.
9H-- 12 SEATS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109G023
REAR SEATBACK LOCK STRIKER
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the rear seat cushion. Refer to "Rear Seat
2. Remove the rear seatback. Refer to"SpIit Rear Seat-
back" in this section.
3. Remove the C-piIIar trim paneI. Refer to Section 9G,
Interior Trim.
4. Remove the boIt and the Iower rear seat beIt anchor.
A309H001
5. Reposition the door opening weatherstrip. Refer to
Section 9P, Doors.
6. Remove the retaining cIips and the Iower C-piIIar trim
paneI.
A309H002
7. Remove the boIts and the rear seatback Iock striker.
SEATS 9H-- 13
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309H002
1. InstaII the rear seatback Iock striker with the boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the Iock striker boIts to 24 N:m (18 Ib-ft).
A309H001
2. InstaII the Iower C-piIIar trim paneI with the retaining
cIips.
A109G023
3. InstaII the door opening weatherstrip to its originaI
position. Refer to Section 9, Doors.
4. InstaII the Iower rear seat beIt anchor with the boIt.
Tighten
Tighten the Iower rear seat beIt anchor boIt to 35 N:m
(26 Ib-ft).
5. InstaII the C-piIIar trimpaneI. Refer to Section 9G, In-
terior Trim.
6. InstaII the rear seatback. Refer to "SpIit Rear Seat-
back" in this section.
7. InstaII the rear seat cushion. Refer to "Rear Seat
9H-- 14 SEATS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309H003
REAR SEATBACK LOCK ASSEMBLY
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the rear seatback Iock reIease knob.
2. Reposition the rear seatback cover.
3. Remove the screws and the Iock assembIy.
A309H003
1. InstaII the rear seatback Iock assembIy with the
screws.
Tighten
Tighten the Iock assembIy screws to 20 N:m (15 Ib-
ft).
2. InstaII the rear seatback cover to its originaI position.
3. InstaII the rear seatback Iock reIease knob.
A209H001
SEAT COVERS
(Rear Seatback Cover Shown, Other Seat
Covers SimiIar)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the seatback and/or the seat cushion. Re-
fer to "Front Seatback," "Front Seat Cushion," "Rear
Seatback," "SpIit Rear Seatback," and/or "Rear Seat
2. Remove the hog rings or the retaining cIips from the
seatback and/or the seat cushion.
3. Remove the seat cover from the seatback and/or
the seat cushion.
SEATS 9H-- 15
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209H001
1. InstaII the seat cover onto the seatback and/or the
seat cushion with the retaining cIips or the new hog
rings.
2. InstaII the seatback and/or the seat cushion. Refer
to "Front Seatback," "Front Seat Cushion," "Rear
Seatback," "SpIit Rear Seatback" and/or "Rear Seat
9H-- 16 SEATS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
SEATS
Important: Do not attempt to change the designedseat
position by aItering the designed seat adjuster-to-fIoor
pan anchor provisions or the seat adjuster-to-seat frame
anchor provisions. Changing the seat position couId af-
fect the performance of the seat system.
This vehicIe is equipped with Iow-backed front bucket
seats with separate head restraints and a three-passen-
ger spIit foIding rear seat. Seat cushions and seatbacks
have formed foam pads, which fit the contours of the
fuII-paneI seatback frame assembIy and the designed
contour of the seat cushion frame. There are no front
seat forward or rearward reIocation provisions provided
at either the seat adjuster-to-seat frame or the seat ad-
juster-to-fIoor pan anchor attachments.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9I
:$7(5/($.6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9I-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recommended MateriaIs for
WaterIeak Repairs 9I-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watertest Stand Specifications 9I-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnosis 9I-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WaterIeak Diagnosis 9I-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9I-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9I-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WaterIeak Repair 9I-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS
5(&200(1'(' 0$7(5,$/6 )25 :$7(5/($. 5(3$,56
Leak Areas Repair MateriaIs
WindshieId, back window Urethane adhesive, cauIking kit, or the equivaIent
MetaI joints BrushabIe seam seaIer which can be painted
VentiIation ducts 3M
%
Auto Bedding and GIazing Compound or the
equivaIent
SmaII cracks and pin hoIes 3M
%
Drip-Check SeaIer or the equivaIent
Large hoIes 3M
%
Automotive Joint and Seam SeaIer
Weatherstrips 3M
%
08011 Weatherstrip Adhesive or the equivaIent
BoIts, studs, and screws Strip cauIk
:$7(57(67 67$1' 63(&,),&$7,216
AppIication Description
NozzIe Type FuII jet spray nozzIe #1/2 GG-25 or equivaIent with a
605incIuded angIe
NozzIe Height ApproximateIy 1,600 mm (63.0 in.) from the fIoor
VoIume of FIow 14L (3.7 gaI) per minute
Pressure 155 kPa (22.5 psi) measured at the nozzIe
WindshieId and A-PiIIar Test Stand Position ApproximateIy 305down, 455toward the rear, and
aimed at the corner of the windshieId
B-PiIIar Test Stand Position ApproximateIy 305down, 455toward the rear, and
aimed at the center of the rear door
Back Window and Rear Deck Lid Test Stand Position ApproximateIy 305down, 305toward the front and
aimed approximateIy 610 mm (24.0 in.) from the
corner of the back window
9I -- 2 WATERLEAKS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DIAGNOSIS
:$7(5/($. ',$*126,6
The repair of waterIeaks in the body requires proper
testing and diagnosis. Repair waterIeaks by adjusting
the misaIigned parts and using the proper repair materi-
aIs. First, determine what conditions cause the Ieak. For
exampIe, the Ieak may occur onIy when the vehicIe is
parked on an incIine, or water may appear onIy in the
spare tire compartment. Second, test the area for the
source of the Ieak usingthe foIIowingtesting methods. If
the generaI Ieakarea is found, determine the exact entry
point of the Ieak by using a water hose or an air hose. If
the generaI Ieak area is not obvious, use the watertest
stands to determine the area of the Ieak. It may be nec-
essary to remove some interior trim paneIs or some
parts in order to Iocate the Ieaks.
Important: It is necessary to find the origin of aII the
Ieaks before making any repairs. Random repairs may
stop the Ieak onIy temporariIy and may make future re-
pairs more difficuIt. Continue IocaIizedtestingin the gen-
eraI area in order to ensure that aII Ieaks are found.
GeneraIized Testing
1. Set up the watertest stands.
A109I003
1 1/2-inch by 36-inch Pipe
2 FuII-jet Spray NozzIe #1/2 GG-25 or EquivaIent
NozzIe Height at 1,600 mm to the FIoor
3 1/2-inch CoupIing
4 1/2-inch by 1/2-inch by 1/4-inch Reducing T
(Right OnIy)
5 1/2-inch CoupIing (Left OnIy)
6 1/2-inch Cross (Right OnIy)
7 1/2-inch Tee (Left OnIy)
8 1/2-inch Pipe-to-Hose NippIe (Right OnIy)
9 5/8-inch FemaIe Hose CoupIing
10 5/8-inch Input Hose (2 Feet Long, Right OnIy)
11 1/2-inch CIose NippIe
12 1/2-inch Cross with WeId-on 1/2-inch Cap
13 1/2-inch by 12-inch NippIe
14 1/2-inch Cap
15 5/8-inch FemaIe Hose CoupIing
16 5/8-inch Cross Hose (12 Feet Long)
17 5/8-inch Hose Quick Connect
18 1/2-inch Pipe-to-Hose NippIe
19 1/2-inch by 30-inch Pipe (Straight)
20 1/4-inch Water Pressure Gauge (Right OnIy)
2. Set up the watertest stand Ieak test.
A109I001
WATERLEAKS 9I -- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
3. Perform the watertest stand Ieak test. Refer to "Wa-
tertest Stand Specifications" in this section.
4. If the IocaI water pressure does not aIIowthe required
water pressure of 155 kPa (22.5 psi), move both
stands cIoser to the vehicIe so that the water spray
overIaps.
A109I002
LocaIized Testing (Spot Test)
1. Do IocaIized testing with a water hose or an air hose.
2. Begin testing by spraying the air or the water at the
base of the suspected Ieak area. Continue spraying
the air or the water upward untiI the Ieak is found.
Water Hose Test
1. PIace another person inside the vehicIe in order to
detect the Iocation of the Ieak.
2. Use a water hose without a nozzIe.
A109I004
3. Beginsprayingthe water at the base of the suspected
Ieak area. Continue spraying the water upward untiI
the Ieak is found.
A109I005
9I -- 4 WATERLEAKS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Air Hose Test
1. AppIy soapy water to the outside of the vehicIe in the
suspected Ieak area.
2. BIow air from inside the vehicIe. The air pressure
shouId not exceed 205 kPa (29.7 psi).
3. Determine the Iocation of the Ieaks from the bubbIes
formed in the soapy water.
A109I006
WATERLEAKS 9I -- 5
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109I007
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
:$7(5/($. 5(3$,5
Some waterIeaks aroundthe gIass canbe repairedwith-
out removing the gIass.
Important: This type of repair may be usedonIy for ure-
thane-instaIIed gIass.
1. Remove the reveaI moIding in the area of the Ieak. It
may be necessary to remove the garnish moIding or
the trim strip Iace in order to Iocate the Ieak.
2. WhiIe spraying water over the Ieak area, carefuIIy
push the gIass outward in order to determine the size
of the Ieak.
3. Mark the Iocation of the Ieak.
4. Use water to cIean any dirt from the area. Dry the
area with an air hose.
5. Using a sharp knife, trim off the uneven edges of the
adhesive cauIking materiaI around the Ieak for a dis-
tance of 75 to100 mm(3 to4 inches) onboth sides of
the Ieak.
A109I008
6. Using a sharp knife, trim off the uneven edges of the
adhesive materiaI aroundthe Ieak 75 to 100 mm(3 to
4 inches) on both sides of the Ieak.
9I -- 6 WATERLEAKS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109I009
7. Prime the trimmed area with the primer.
A109I010
8. AIIow the primer to dry for 5 minutes.
9. AppIy the adhesive over the Ieak and for a distance
of 75 to 100 mm(3 to 4 inches) on both sides of the
Ieak.
A109I011
10. ImmediateIy after appIying the adhesive, use a fIat
stick or a simiIar tooI to work the adhesive into the
Ieak area and into the joint between the originaI ma-
teriaI and the vehicIe body in order to ensure a wa-
tertight seaI.
11. Spray warm or hot water over the repaired area in
order to determine if the Ieak was repaired. Do not
run a heavy stream of water directIy on the freshIy-
appIied adhesive.
12. InstaII the trim strip Iace if it was removed.
13. InstaII the garnish moIding if it was removed.
14. InstaII the reveaI moIding.
Important: After the compIetion of any waterIeak repair,
re-test the area using the watertest stands. Do not
use IocaIized testing procedures on the newIy-repaired
areas, as the repair materiaI may disIodge under abnor-
maI pressure.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9J
:,1'12,6(
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Diagnosis 9J-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windnoise Diagnosis 9J-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9J-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9J-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windnoise Repair 9J-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIAGNOSIS
:,1'12,6( ',$*126,6
Caution: An assistant shouId drive the vehicIe whiIe
the technician checks for the Iocation of the wind-
noise, in order to prevent personaI injury or vehicIe
damage.
A test drive in the vehicIe is necessary to accurateIy de-
termine the Iocation of the windnoise. Often there is a
primary Ieak and secondary Ieaks. FaiIure to repair aII
Ieaks wiII onIy reduce the windnoise, not eIiminate it.
During the test drive the technician shouId bring the foI-
Iowing items to aid in determining the Iocation of the
windnoise.
- A mechanics stethoscope or vacuum hose
- Masking tape
- Strip cauIk
- A china marking penciI
- A screwdriver
Performthe foIIowing steps in order to conduct the road
test:
1. Choose a route that incIudes smooth straight streets
that run in aII four directions (north, south, east, and
west).
2. Choose streets with IittIe traffic or noise that wouIdin-
terfere with the test.
3. Drive the vehicIe at the speeds at which the noise
was noticed by the customer or untiI the noise is pro-
duced. Do not exceed IegaI speed Iimits.
4. The windnoise is externaI if any of the foIIowingcondi-
tions occur:
- The windnoise is caused by the wind.
- The windnoise can be heard with the door gIass
Iowered and whiIe the vehicIe is being driven.
- The windnoise is eIiminated when tape is pIaced
over various moIdings and gaps.
5. InternaI windnoise is air Ieaving the vehicIe and
shouId be repaired in the foIIowing manner.
- In order to Iocate the Ieak, tape off the body Iock
piIIar pressure reIief vaIves. This wiII cause air
pressure to buiId up inside the vehicIe and en-
hance the windnoise.
- Use a stethoscope or a vacuumhose to Iocate the
Ieak.
- TemporariIy repair the Ieak with masking tape.
$-
- Continue testing in order to determine if the noise
has been eIiminated or if other Ieaks exist.
- WhenaII Ieaks have beenfound, returntothe shop
andmake permanent repairs with the proper aIign-
ment techniques and seaIing materiaIs.
9J-- 2 WINDNOISE
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
:,1'12,6( 5(3$,5
Windnoise Ieak repairs are very simiIar to waterIeak re-
pairs. Refer toSection9I, WaterIeaks. The actuaI proce-
dure depends on the type of seaI being repaired.
Leaks around the door opening weatherstrips do not aI-
ways indicate a fauIty weatherstrip. A door or window
adjustment may resoIve the condition. Refer to Section
9P, Doors or Section 9L, GIass and Mirrors.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9K
SQUEAKS AND RATTLES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Diagnosis 9K-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Squeak and RattIe Diagnosis 9K-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9K-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9K-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Squeak and RattIe Repair 9K-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DIAGNOSIS
648($. $1' 5$77/( ',$*126,6
RattIe Coming From the Side RaiI
Checks Action
Check the brake Iines. - Tap IightIy on the brake Iines and Iisten for a rattIe.
- InstaII pIastic tie straps to secure the brake Iines
tightIy together.
RattIe Under VehicIe at Higher RPM
Checks Action
Check for heat shieId contact with the underbody. - Raise the vehicIe and perform a visuaI inspection.
- Bend the heat shieId sIightIy to gain cIearance from
the underbody.
Squeak From the Front of the VehicIe in CoId Weather
Checks Action
Check the front stabiIizer shaft insuIators. - WhiIe the vehicIe is coId, perform a test drive and
achieve fuII front suspension traveI by driving
through a dip in the road.
- Remove the insuIators and wrap tefIon tape around
the stabiIizer shaft. ReinstaII the insuIators over the
tape.
Thump From Rear of VehicIe on Bumps
Checks Action
Check for a properIy secured spare tire in the rear
compartment.
- Open the rear compartment and perform a visuaI
inspection of the spare tire and the tooIs.
- TightIy secure the spare tire and aII tooIs.
- Perform a road test to verify that the noise is eIimi-
nated.
9K-- 2 SQUEAKS AND RATTLES
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GIass Knock Coming From the Rear of the VehicIe When Driving Over Bumps
Checks Action
Check for an out-of-adjustment hatchback Iatch. - Test drive the vehicIe in order to verify this condi-
tion.
- Loosen the Iatch nuts and adjust the Iatch down-
ward.
RattIe Coming From Door
Checks Action
Check the door Iock soIenoid. - Remove the door trim paneI and check if the soIe-
noid is Ioose.
- Tighten the soIenoid boIts.
Check for rattIing eIectricaI connectors inside the door
trim paneI.
- Tap on the trim paneI and Iisten for a rattIe.
- Remove the trim paneI and wrap foam padding
around the connectors as required.
Squeak When Operating Doors
Checks Action
Check for a Iack of Iubrication of the door hinge pins. - Operate the doors and Iisten for squeaks.
- Lubricate the door hinge pins with Iight oiI and coat
with Iithium grease.
Squeak Coming From ConsoIe When Shifting ManuaI TransaxIe
(Condition Occurs In CoId Weather with a CoId Engine)
Checks Action
Check the manuaI transaxIe controI Iever Iower boot. - Move the controI Iever between gears and Iisten for
squeaks.
- Remove the fIoor consoIe and repIace the Iower
shift boot or appIy taIcum powder to the Iower shift
boot.
Buzz From the Left Side of Instrument PaneI
Checks Action
Check for vibration of the fuse box cover against the
instrument paneI side trim.
- Tap on the cover with a finger and Iisten for a buzz.
- AppIy 6.35 mm (0.250 inch) by 25.4 mm (1.00 inch)
feIt pads to the side trim where the cover makes
contact.
Squeak Coming From Instrument CIuster Trim PIate
Checks Action
Check for rubbing of the cIuster trim pIate on the in-
strument paneI.
- Test drive the vehicIe in order to verify this condi-
tion.
- Remove the instrument cIuster trim pIate and instaII
feIt tape to the edges.
SQUEAKS AND RATTLES 9K-- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
648($. $1' 5$77/( 5(3$,5
Squeaks and rattIes are caused by the unwantedmove-
ment betweenparts of a vehicIe. There are three means
to prevent squeaks or rattIes.
- Attach the parts secureIy so that there is no reIative
motion during the operation of the vehicIe.
- Separate the parts so that there is no contact during
operation.
- InsuIate the parts so that no squeaks or rattIes occur
with the movement of the parts. Low uniform friction
surfaces can be used to eIiminate "stick-sIip" motion.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9L
*/$66 $1' 0,55256
otherwise noted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9L-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 9L-1 . . . . . . . . . . .
SpeciaI TooIs 9L-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SpeciaI TooIs TabIe 9L-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9L-2 . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Window Defogger 9L-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EIectric ControI Outside Rearview Mirror 9L-3 . . . . . .
Diagnosis 9L-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Testing Rear Window Defogger Grid Line 9L-3 . . . . .
EIectric ControI Outside Rearview Mirror 9L-4 . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9L-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9L-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId 9L-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Window GIass 9L-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Window Defogger Grid Line Repair 9L-11 . . . .
Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead
Wire Repair 9L-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Door GIass 9L-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Door GIass 9L-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MovabIe Quarter Window
(Three-Door Hatchback) 9L-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inside Rearview Mirror 9L-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside Rearview Mirrors 9L-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9L-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stationary GIass 9L-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inside Rearview Mirror 9L-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside Rearview Mirrors 9L-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS
Exterior Rear Door Garnish MoIding Screws 4 - 35
Door GIass Screws 7 - 62
Guide RaiI BoIts 7 - 62
MovabIe Quarter Window Hinge Screws 4.5 - 40
MovabIe Quarter Window Latch Screws 4.5 - 40
Outside Rearview Mirror AssembIy Screws 4.5 - 40
Rearview Mirror Mounting Screw 1.2 - 11
SPECIAL TOOLS
SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE
A109L025
J-24402
GIass SeaIant Remover
9L-- 2 GLASS AND MIRRORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A29L001A
R
E
A
R
W
I
N
D
O
W
D
E
F
O
G
G
E
R
GLASS AND MIRRORS 9L-- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
ELECTRIC CONTROL OUTSIDE REARVIEWMIRROR
A209L002
DIAGNOSIS
TESTING REAR WINDOW
DEFOGGER GRID LINE
If it has been observedduringuse that a gridIine is inop-
erative, the foIIowing procedure can be used to find the
break. If none of the grid Iines is operating, a fuII system
diagnosis shouId be compIeted before attempting to re-
pair the grid Iines.
2. Turn on the rear window defogger.
Notice: Use care when touchingthe voItmeter terminaIs
toa gridIine. If the terminaIs are roughIy appIied, the grid
Iine may be scratched, resuIting in an open circuit.
3. Fromthe inside of the vehicIe, connect a voItmeter to
eachendof a gridIine. The voItmeter wiII indicate bat-
tery voItage if the grid Iine is open.
4. If a gridIine is foundtobe open, move a voItmeter ter-
minaI from one side of the grid Iine and retest at a
point nearer tothe other side of the window. Continue
to retest, each time bringing one of the voItmeter ter-
minaIs cIoser to the opposite side of the windowfrom
where it was originaIIy connected. The break in the
grid Iine is at the point where the voItmeter begins
reading 0 voIts instead of battery voItage.
5. Use a marking crayon to IightIy mark the break point
on the rear window. Mark the gIass instead of mark-
ing directIy on the grid Iine, and make the mark far
enough from the grid Iine so that the mark can easiIy
be removed without disturbing the repair.
6. Use a gridIine repair kit tofix the break inthe gridIine.
Refer to "Rear WindowDefogger Grid Line Repair"in
this section.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
ELECTRIC CONTROL OUTSIDE REARVIEWMIRROR
Outside Rearview Mirror Does Not Adjust
1
Check the eIectric controI mirror's Ieft-and-right and
up-and-down adjustments.
Is the mirror operating for either the Ieft-and-right or
up-and-down adjustments?
-
2
Check fuse F16.
Is fuse F16 bIown?
3
necessary.
2. RepIace fuse F16.
-
System OK
-
4
Is the voItage at fuse F16 equaI to the specified
vaIue?
5
- System OK -
6
1. From beIow the instrument paneI, reach up and
press one of the retaining tabs for the eIectric
controI mirror switch trim paneI.
2. WhiIe pressing one of the retaining tabs, puII the
switch assembIy away from the instrument paneI
so that the connector is visibIe.
Is the connector properIy connected to the eIectric
controI mirror switch?
-
7
Connect the connector to the eIectric controI mirror
switch.
-
System OK
-
8
1. Disconnect the eIectric controI mirror switch
connector.
3. Connect a voItmeter between terminaI 6 (ORN)
and terminaI 8 (BLK).
9
2. Check the voItage at terminaI 6 (ORN).
10
8 (BLK).
-
System OK
-
11
eIectric controI mirror switch.
-
System OK
-
12
Check the Ieft-and-right adjustment for the eIectric
controI mirror.
Is the Ieft-and-right adjustment working for the
eIectric controI mirror?
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Outside Rearview Mirror Does Not Adjust (Cont'd)
13
1. Make sure the eIectric controI mirror switch has
been reconnected.
2. On the passenger door, remove the bIack pIastic
escutcheon to expose the eIectric controI mirror
connector.
3. Disconnect the connector at the passenger door
eIectric controI mirror.
4. Connect a voItmeter between terminaI
1 (GRY/WHT) and terminaI 3 (YEL).
5. Observe the voItmeter whiIe operating the eIectric
controI mirror switch to seIect the Ieft-and-right
adjustment.
Does the voItmeter indicate the specified voItage in
one direction, and the same voItage with reverse
poIarity when operated in the opposite direction? 11-14 v Go to Step 17 Go to Step 14
14
connector.
2. Use an ohmmeter to measure the continuity
between terminaI 5 (RED/WHT) at the eIectric
controI mirror switch and terminaI 3 (YEL) at the
power mirror connector.
between terminaI 4 (GRY/WHT) at the eIectric
controI mirror switch and terminaI 1 (GRY/WHT)
at the power mirror connector.
Does the ohmmeter indicate the specified vaIue for
both measurements?
9 0 W Go to Step 16 Go to Step 15
15
Repair the open circuit between the eIectric controI
mirror switch and the eIectric controI mirror
connector.
-
System OK
-
16
RepIace the eIectric controI mirror switch.
- System OK -
17
RepIace the eIectric controI mirror.
- System OK -
18
1. If the eIectric controI mirror switch was previousIy
disconnected for testing, make sure it is
reconnected.
2. Disconnect the eIectric controI mirror connector at
the passenger door power mirror.
3. Connect a voItmeter between terminaI
1 (GRY/WHT) and terminaI 2 (LT GRN).
4. Observe the voItmeter whiIe operating the power
mirror switch to seIect the up-and-down
adjustment.
Does the voItmeter indicate the specified voItage in
one direction, and the same voItage with reverse
poIarity when operated in the opposite direction?
-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Outside Rearview Mirror Does Not Adjust (Cont'd)
19
connector.
between terminaI 1 (PPL/WHT) at the eIectric
controI mirror switch and terminaI 2 (LT GRN) at
the eIectric controI mirror connector.
between terminaI 4 (GRY/WHT) at the eIectric
controI mirror switch and terminaI 1 (GRY/WHT)
at the eIectric controI mirror connector.
Does the ohmmeter indicate the specified vaIue for
both measurements? 9 0 W Go to Step 16 Go to Step 15
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109L005
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
WINDSHIELD
TooIs Required
J-24402 GIass SeaIant Remover
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the cowI vent griIIe. Refer to Section 9R,
Body Front End.
2. Remove the inside rearview mirror. Refer to "Inside
Rearview Mirror" in this section.
3. Remove the weatherstrip around the windshieId.
A109L007
4. Using the gIass seaIant remover J-24402, cut the
adhesive around the windshieId.
A109L008
5. Remove the windshieId from the vehicIe.
6. Using a knife, remove the adhesive from the wind-
shieId.
7. Using a knife, remove the adhesive from the wind-
shieId frame.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109L009
1. InstaII the new weatherstrip to the windshieId.
A109L010
2. AppIy tape to the new weatherstrip and the wind-
shieId to hoId the weatherstrip in pIace.
3. AppIy adhesive primer to the windshieId frame and
the perimeter of the windshieId.
A109L011
4. AppIy gIass adhesive to the windshieId frame.
5. InstaII the windshieId into the windshieId frame.
6. Reposition the tape over the weatherstrip, the wind-
shieId, and the windshieId frame to hoId the wind-
shieId in pIace.
7. Let the adhesive dry for 24 hours.
8. Remove the tape.
9. Check for waterIeaks by pouring water on the wind-
shieId. If a Ieak is found, dry the windshieId and fiII
the area that Ieaks with adhesive. If the Ieak per-
sists, remove the windshieId and repeat the entire
procedure.
10. InstaII the inside rearview mirror. Refer to "Inside
Rearview Mirror" in this section.
11. InstaII the cowI vent griIIe. Refer toSection 9R, Body
Front End.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309L001
REAR WINDOWGLASS
(Notchback Shown, Hatchback SimiIar)
TooIs Required
J-24402 GIass SeaIant Remover
RemovaI Procedure
2. Disconnect the rear window defogger eIectricaI con-
nectors (Ieft side eIectricaI connector shown, right
side eIectricaI connector simiIar).
A109L013
3. Remove the weatherstrip around the rear window.
A109L014
4. Using the gIass seaIant remover J-24402, cut the
adhesive around the rear window.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109L015
5. Remove the rear window from the vehicIe.
6. Usinga knife, remove the adhesive fromthe rear win-
dow.
7. Usinga knife, remove the adhesive fromthe rear win-
dow frame.
A109L016
1. InstaII the new weatherstrip to the rear window.
A109L017
2. AppIy tape to the new weatherstrip and the rear win-
dow to hoId the weatherstrip in pIace.
3. AppIy adhesive primer to the rear window frame and
the perimeter of the rear window.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109L018
4. AppIy gIass adhesive to the rear window frame.
A309L001
5. InstaII the rear window into the rear window frame.
6. Reposition the tape over the weatherstrip, the rear
window, and the rear window frame to hoId the rear
window in pIace.
7. Let the adhesive dry for 24 hours.
8. Remove the tape.
9. Check for waterIeaks by pouring water on the rear
window. If a Ieak is found, dry the windowandfiII the
area that Ieaks with adhesive. If the Ieak persists,
remove the rear window and repeat the entire pro-
cedure.
10. Connect the rear window defogger eIectricaI con-
A309L001
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER GRID
LINE REPAIR
2. Disconnect the rear window defogger eIectricaI con-
3. Inspect the rear window defogger grid Iines.
4. Mark the grid Iine break on the outside of the gIass
with a wax penciI or a crayon.
5. Use steeI wooI to buff the grid Iines that are to be re-
paired. Wipe the Iines cIean using a cIoth dampened
with aIcohoI. Buff and cIean about 6 mm (0.25 inch)
beyond each side of the break in the grid Iine.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109L019
6. Attach a grid Iine repair decaI or two strips of tape
above and beIow the repair areas.
- Arepair decaI or tape must be usedinorder tocon-
troI the width of the repair areas.
- If a decaI is used, the die-cut meteredsIot must be
the same width as the grid Iine.
7. AppIy the gridrepair materiaI tothe repair area using
a smaII wooden stick or a spatuIa. The grid repair
materiaI shouId be at room temperature.
8. CarefuIIy remove the decaI or the tape.
A109L020
Notice: The grid Iine repair materiaI must be cured with
heat. In order to avoid heat damage to the interior trim,
protect the trim near the repair area where heat wiII be
appIied.
9. Heat the repair area for 1 to 2 minutes.
10. HoId the heat gun nozzIe 25 mm (1 inch) from the
surface. A minimum temperature of 149EC (300EF)
is required.
11. Inspect the gridIine repair area. If the repair appears
discoIored, appIy a coating of tincture of iodine to
the area using a pipe cIeaner or a Iine brush. AIIow
the iodine to dry for about 30 seconds. CarefuIIy
wipe off the excess iodine with a Iint-free cIoth.
12. Connect the rear window defogger eIectricaI con-
nectors.
13. Test the operation of the rear windowdefogger inor-
der to verify that the repair was successfuI.
Important: At Ieast 24 hours is required for compIete
curingof the repair materiaIs. The repair area shouIdnot
be physicaIIy disturbed untiI after that time.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109L021
REAR WINDOWDEFOGGER
BRAIDED LEAD WIRE REPAIR
The rear window defogger bus Iead wire or the terminaI
can be reattached by resoIdering. Use a soIder contain-
ing 3 percent siIver and a rosin fIux paste.
1. The repair area shouId be buffed with fine steeI wooI
before soIdering the bus Iead wire.
2. AppIy the paste-type rosin fIux in smaII quantities to
the wire Ieadandthe bus Ieadwire repair area usinga
brush.
3. Coat the soIdering iron tip with soIder. Use onIy
enough soIder to ensure a compIete repair.
4. Use onIy enough heat tomeIt the soIder. Do not over-
heat the wire when resoIdering to the bus Iead wire.
A309L002
FRONT DOOR GLASS
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the front door trim paneI. Refer to Section
9G, Interior Trim.
2. Remove the door seaI trim. Refer to Section 9P,
Doors.
3. Remove the outside channeI moIding. Refer to Sec-
tion 9P, Doors.
4. Remove the screws that secure the gIass to the win-
dow reguIator.
A109P002
5. Remove the boIts and the guide raiI.
6. Remove the gIass from the door.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P002
1. InstaII the gIass in the door.
2. InstaII the guide raiI and the boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the guide raiI boIts to 7 N:m (62 Ib-in).
A309L002
3. InstaII the gIass to the window reguIator with the
screws.
Tighten
Tighten the door gIass screws to 7 N:m (62 Ib-in).
4. InstaII the outside channeI moIding. Refer to Section
9P, Doors.
5. InstaII the door seaI trim. Refer to Section 9P, Doors.
6. InstaII the front door trim paneI. Refer to Section 9G,
Interior Trim.
A109L003
REAR DOOR GLASS
SimiIar)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the rear door trim paneI. Refer to Section
9G, Interior Trim.
2. Remove the outside channeI moIding. Refer to Sec-
tion9P, Doors.
3. Remove the interior rear door garnish moIding.
4. Remove the screws and the exterior rear door gar-
nish moIding.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309L003
5. Remove the door seaI trim. Refer to Section 9P,
Doors.
6. Remove the screws that secure the gIass to the win-
dow reguIator.
A109L006
8. Remove the gIass from the door.
A109L006
1. InstaII the gIass in the door.
2. InstaII the guide raiI and the boIts.
Tighten
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309L003
3. Position the gIass within the window reguIator.
4. InstaII the gIass screws.
Tighten
Tighten the door gIass screws to 7 N:m (62 Ib-in).
A109L003
5. InstaII the door seaI trim. Refer to Section 9P, Doors.
6. InstaII the exterior rear door garnish moIding with the
screws.
Tighten
Tighten the exterior rear door garnish moIdingscrews
7. InstaII the interior rear door garnish moIding.
8. InstaII the outside channeI moIding. Refer to Section
9P, Doors.
9. InstaII the rear door trim paneI. Refer to Section 9G,
Interior Trim.
A309L001
MOVABLE QUARTER WINDOW
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the front seat beIt height adjuster. Refer to
Section 8A, Seat BeIts.
2. Remove the B-piIIar moIding. Refer to Section 9M,
Exterior Trim.
3. Remove the screws and the movabIe quarter window
Iatch.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309L002
4. Remove the screws andthe movabIe quarter window.
A309L002
1. InstaII the movabIe quarter window with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the movabIe quarter window hinge screws to
4.5 N:m (40 Ib-in).
A309L001
2. InstaII the movabIe quarter window Iatch with the
screws.
Tighten
Tighten the movabIe quarter window Iatch screws to
4.5 N:m (40 Ib-in).
3. InstaII the B-piIIar moIding. Refer toSection 9M, Exte-
rior Trim.
4. InstaII the front seat beIt height adjuster. Refer to
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109L022
INSIDE REARVIEWMIRROR
The inside rearviewmirror is attachedtoa support which
is secured to the windshieId gIass. The support is
instaIIed by the gIass suppIier using a pIastic-poIyvinyI
butyI adhesive.
Service repIacement windshieId gIass has the mirror
support bonded to the gIass assembIy. In order toinstaII
a detached mirror support or instaII a new part, the foI-
Iowing items wiII be needed.
- Loctite
{
Minute-Bond Adhesive
- OriginaI or repIacement mirror support
- Wax marking penciI or crayon
- Rubbing aIcohoI
- CIean paper toweI
- Fine grit sandpaper (grit #320 or #360)
- 2 mm aIIen wrench
1. Measure the distance from the headIiner to the bot-
tom of where the mirror support wiII be mounted on
the windshieId.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109L023
2. Mark this position on the outside of the gIass with a
wax penciI or crayon. Drawa Iarge diameter circIe on
the outside of the gIass around the mirror support
Iocation.
3. CIean the inside surface of the gIass with paper tow-
eIs and a domestic scouring cIeanser, a gIass cIean-
ing soIution, or a poIishing compound. Rub the gIass
untiI the area is compIeteIy dry. When the area is dry,
cIean the area with an aIcohoI-saturated paper toweI
in order to remove any traces of scouring powder or
gIass cIeaning soIution.
4. If the mirror support is new, cIeanthe bondingsurface
with fine grit sandpaper #320 or #360. If the originaI
mirror support is being used, aII traces of factory-
instaIIed adhesive must be removed prior to rein-
staIIation.
5. Wipe the sanded mirror support with a cIean paper
toweI saturated with rubbing aIcohoI. AIIow the sup-
port to dry.
6. FoIIow the adhesive kit manufacturer's directions for
adhesive appIication and mirror support preparation
before instaIIing the mirror support to the gIass.
7. Position the mirror support to its premarked position.
Use steady pressure and press the support against
the gIass for 30 to 60 seconds.
8. After 5 minutes, remove the excess adhesive with an
aIcohoI-moistenedtoweI or agIasscIeaningsoIution.
9. InstaII the inside rearviewmirror to the mirror support
with the mounting screw.
Tighten
Tighten the rearview mirror mounting screw to
1.2 N:m(11Ib-in).
A109L001
OUTSIDE REARVIEWMIRRORS
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the front door escutcheon. (ManuaI remote
controI mirror shown.)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109L002
2 Disconnect the eIectric controI rearviewmirror eIectri-
caI connector, if equipped.
3. Remove the screws and the outside rearview mirror
assembIy from the door. (ManuaI remote controI mir-
ror shown.)
A109L002
1. InstaII the outside rearview mirror assembIy to the
door with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the outside rearview mirror assembIy screws
to 4.5 N:m (40 Ib-in). (ManuaI remote controI mirror
shown.)
2. Connect the eIectric controI rearview mirror eIectricaI
connector, if equipped.
A109L001
3. InstaII the escutcheon. (ManuaI remote controI mirror
shown.)
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
STATIONARY GLASS
Stationary gIass consists of aII the gIass on the vehicIe
which is immovabIe within its frame, such as the wind-
shieId gIass, the back gIass, and the inside rearview
mirror.
INSIDE REARVIEWMIRROR
The inside rearviewmirror can be manuaIIy adjustedup/
down, fore/aft, and Ieft/right. The rearview mirror pivots
in two pIaces: the baII-and-socket mirror pivot and the
up/down hinge Iever at the mirror support.
OUTSIDE REARVIEWMIRRORS
Twotypes of outside rearviewmirrors are avaiIabIe. The
driver side is equipped with a remote controI mirror. On
the passenger side a remote controI mirror is standard,
and an eIectric remote controI mirror is optionaI. The
eIectric controI outside rearview mirror can be adjusted
by an eIectric controI switch on the instrument paneI.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9M
(;7(5,25 75,0
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9M-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 9M-1 . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9M-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9M-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-PiIIar MoIding (Notchback and
Five-Door Hatchback) 9M-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-PiIIar MoIding (Three-Door Hatchback) 9M-2 . . . . .
Roof MoIding 9M-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9M-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EmbIems and Lettering 9M-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mud Guards 9M-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS
B-PiIIar MoIding Screws 1.5 - 13
Front Mud Guard Screws 1.5 - 13
Rear Mud Guard Screws 1.5 - 13
9M-- 2 ENGINE EXHAUST
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
$0
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
B-PILLAR MOLDING (NOTCHBACK
AND FIVE-DOOR HATCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Move the weatherstrip aside in order to access the
screws.
2. Remove the screws and the B-piIIar moIding.
$0
1. InstaII the screws and the B-piIIar moIding.
Tighten
Tighten the B-piIIar moIdingscrews to1.5 N:m(13 Ib-
in).
$0
B-PILLAR MOLDING (THREE-DOOR
HATCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the front seat beIt height adjuster. Refer to
2. Remove the screws and the B-piIIar moIding.
ENGINE EXHAUST 9M-- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
$0
1. InstaII the B-piIIar moIding with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the B-piIIar moIdingscrews to1.5 N:m(13 Ib-
in).
2. InstaII the front seat beIt height adjuster. Refer to
$0
ROOF MOLDING
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the roof moIding from the pIastic cIips.
$0
1. Press the roof moIding onto the pIastic cIips.
9M-- 4 ENGINE EXHAUST
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
EMBLEMS AND LETTERING
The embIems and Iettering on the vehicIe are attached
by adhesive. The company embIem appears on the
hood. The Iettering, which appears in severaI pIaces on
the body of the vehicIe, features the modeI, the grade,
and the company name.
MUD GUARDS
Front andrear mudguards are optionaI equipment onaII
modeIs. Mud guards wiII heIp prevent an excessive
buiIdup of mud on the body.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9N
FRAME AND UNDERBODY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9N-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 9N-1 . . . . . . . . . . .
Underbody Dimensions (Notchback) 9N-1 . . . . . . . . .
Underbody Dimensions (Hatchback) 9N-3 . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9N-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9N-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AIignment Checking 9N-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIoor Pan InsuIators 9N-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Under Covers 9N-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9N-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GeneraI Body Construction 9N-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine Under Covers 9N-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS
Engine Under Cover BoIts 35 26 -
Engine Under Cover Nuts 35 26 -
UNDERBODY DIMENSIONS (NOTCHBACK)
A109N002
9N-- 2 FRAME AND UNDERBODY
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109N003
A109N004
A109N005
FRAME AND UNDERBODY 9N-- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
UNDERBODY DIMENSIONS (HATCHBACK)
A109N002
A109N003
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109N004
A109N005
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
ALIGNMENT CHECKING
An accurate method of determining the aIignment of the
underbody uses a measuring tram gauge. The tram
gauge set usedtoperformthe recommendedmeasuring
checks must incIude a verticaI pointer abIe to reach
457 mm (18 inches).
Two types of measurements can be made with a tram
gauge: direct point-to-point measurements and mea-
surements caIcuIated on a horizontaI pIane (datumIine)
paraIIeI to the underbody. Point-to-point measurements
are generaIIy taken on steering and suspension engine
compartment parts and simpIy require the verticaI point-
ers to be set equaIIy.
For horizontaI pIane measurements, the verticaI pointers
must be set as specifiedfor eachpoint tobe measured.
Dimensions-to-gauge hoIes are measured to the center
of the hoIes and fIush to the adjacent surface metaI un-
Iess otherwise specified. It is recommended that the di-
agonaI dimensions to the cross-body be checked on
both sides in order to verify the dimensionaI accuracy of
the vehicIe underbody.
FLOOR PAN INSULATORS
The fIoor pan insuIators have been designed for the
higher fIoor pan temperatures that resuIt from the use
of the cataIytic converter in the exhaust system. There-
fore, when servicing a vehicIe, it is essentiaI that any in-
suIators that may have been disturbed or removed be
reinstaIIed in the originaI sequence and Iocation. AIso, if
an insuIator needs to be repIaced, use onIy the insuIa-
tion specified for that Iocation on the fIoor pan.
When servicing or repIacing interior insuIators, observe
the foIIowing instructions.
- InstaII the insuIators in the originaI position and se-
quence. Butt the pieces together in order to avoid
gapping or overIapping.
- If it is necessary to repIace an insuIator, use onIy the
specified insuIation.
- Use the originaI part to determine the amount of re-
pIacement materiaI required and as a tempIate for
cutting and fitting the new piece to the fIoor pan.
- When instaIIing the insuIator, do not enIarge any cut-
outs or hoIes that are used for the attachment of interi-
or parts such as the instrument paneI or the fIoor
consoIe.
- Route the cross-body harness for interior parts over
the fIoor pan insuIators. CIip it in the originaI Iocation.
- Donot appIy spray-ondeadeners or trimadhesives to
the top of the fIoor pan at the area directIy over the
cataIytic converter or the muffIer.
Any insuIator service repair or repIacement shouId be
the same thickness, size, and Iocation as the originaI
instaIIation in the vehicIe.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109N001
ENGINE UNDER COVERS
RemovaI Procedure
1. Raise and suitabIy support the vehicIe.
2. Remove the front wheeI. Refer to Section 2E, Tires
and WheeIs.
3. Remove the nuts and the boIts and the engine under
cover.
A109N001
1. InstaII the engine under cover with the boIts andnuts.
Tighten
Tighten the engine under cover boIts to 35 Nwm
(26 Ib-ft).
Tightenthe engine under cover nuts to35 Nwm(26 Ib-
ft).
2. InstaII the front wheeI. Refer to Section 2E, Tires and
WheeIs.
3. Lower the vehicIe.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEMOPERATION
GENERAL BODY CONSTRUCTION
This vehicIe is constructedwitha unitizedbody whichin-
corporates integraI front and rear frame side raiIs.
The front suspension Iower controI arms are boIted to
and retained by supports, one each on the right and Ieft
sides. The front suspension Iower controI arm supports
are attached to the underbody with three boIts at two
Iocations. The engine is boIted to the integraI front side
raiIs. The suspension strut towers must be dimensionaI-
Iy correct in reIationtothe remainder of the underbody in
order to maintain specified suspension strut and caster/
camber angIes.
Since the individuaI underbody parts contribute directIy
to the overaII strength of the body, it is essentiaI to ob-
serve proper weIding techniques during service repair
operations. The underbody parts shouId be properIy
seaIedandrustproofedwhenever body repair operations
destroy or damage the originaI seaIing and rustproof-
ing. When rustproofing criticaI underbody parts, use a
good-quaIity type of air-dry primer, such as a corrosion-
resistant chromate or an equivaIent materiaI. Combina-
tion-typeprimer/surfacersarenot recommended.
ENGINE UNDER COVERS
The engine under covers are moIded pieces of pIastic
that serve as shieIds for the underside of the engine.
The covers heIp protect the engine from smaII rocks,
graveI and other objects that wouId otherwise come into
contact with the engine duringnormaI drivingconditions.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9O
BUMPERS AND FASCIAS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9O-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 9O-1 . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9O-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9O-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Bumper Fascia 9O-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Bumper Energy Absorber 9O-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Bumper Impact Bar 9O-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Bumper Fascia 9O-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Bumper Energy Absorber 9O-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Bumper Impact Bar 9O-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9O-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bumpers 9O-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS
)$67(1(5 7,*+7(1,1* 63(&,),&$7,216
Behind Fascia Screws 5.5 - 49
Front Bumper Impact Bar Nuts 27 20 -
Front WheeI WeII Screws 1.5 - 13
Lower Rear Impact Bar Nuts 27 20 -
Luggage Compartment Fascia BoIts 5.5 - 49
Mud Guard Screws 1.5 - 13
Rear Impact Bar Nuts 27 20 -
Rear Upper Fascia Screws 5.5 - 49
SpIash ShieId BoIts 1.5 - 13
SpIash ShieId Nuts 1.5 - 13
SpIash ShieId Screws 1.5 - 13
Trim PaneI BoIts 10 - 89
9O-- 2 BUMPERS AND FASCIAS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109R002
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
)5217 %803(5 )$6&,$
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the front wheeIs. Refer to Section 2E, Tires
and WheeIs.
3. Remove the screws, the boIts, the nuts, and the front
wheeI weII spIash shieIds.
A109O008
4. Remove the headIamps and the front fog Iamps. Re-
fer to Section 9B, Lighting Systems.
5. Remove the screws from the wheeI weIIs.
6. Remove the screws from behind the fascia.
7. Remove the screws from underneath the fascia.
A109O009
8. Remove the screws on the top of the fascia.
9. Remove the front bumper fascia.
BUMPERS AND FASCIAS 9O-- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109O009
1. InstaII the bumper fascia.
2. InstaII the screws on the top of the fascia.
A109O008
3. InstaII the screws underneath the fascia.
4. InstaII the screws behind the fascia.
Tighten
Tightenthebehindfasciascrewsto5.5N:m(49Ib-in).
5. InstaII the screws in the wheeI weIIs.
Tighten
Tightenthefront wheeI weII screwsto1.5N:m(13 Ib-in).
6. InstaII the headIamps and the front fog Iamps. Refer
to Section 9B, Lighting Systems.
A109R002
7. InstaII the front wheeI weII spIash shieIds with the
screws, the boIts, and the nuts.
8. InstaII the front wheeIs. Refer to Section 2E, Tires
and WheeIs.
Tighten
TightenthespIashshieIdscrewsto1.5N:m(13Ib-in).
Tightenthe spIashshieIdboIts to1.5 N:m(13 Ib-in).
Tightenthe spIashshieIdnuts to1.5 N:m(13 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109O002
)5217 %803(5 (1(5*<
$%625%(5
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the front bumper fascia. Refer to ''Front
Bumper Fascia'' in this section.
2. Remove the energy absorber.
A109O002
1. InstaII the energy absorber.
2. InstaII the front bumper fascia. Refer to ''Front
A109O003
)5217 %803(5 ,03$&7 %$5
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the front bumper energy absorber. Refer to
''Front Bumper Energy Absorber'' in this section.
2. Remove the nuts and the front bumper impact bar.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109O003
1. InstaII the front bumper impact bar with the nuts.
Tighten
Tighten the front bumper impact bar nuts to 27 N:m
(20 Ib-ft).
2. InstaII the front bumper energy absorber. Refer to
''Front Bumper Energy Absorber'' in this section.
A309O001
5($5 %803(5 )$6&,$
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the rear wheeIs. Refer to Section 2E, Tires
and WheeIs.
2. Remove the screws and the mud guards.
3. Remove the screws and the spIash shieIds.
4. Remove the screws behind the fascia.
A109O007
5. Remove the screws underneath the fascia.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109O010
paneIs. Refer to Section 9G, Interior Trim.
7. Remove the boIts in the Iuggage compartment.
A109O011
8. Remove the boIts and the exterior trim paneIs be-
neath the taiIIamps.
A109O006
9. Remove the fascia screws beneath the taiIIamps.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109O012
10. Remove the rear upper fascia screws beneath the
Iuggage compartment opening.
11. Remove the fascia.
A109O012
1. InstaII the fascia with the rear upper fascia screws be-
neath the Iuggage compartment opening.
Tighten
Tighten the rear upper fascia screws to 5.5 N:m
(49 Ib-in).
A109O006
2. InstaII the fascia screws beneath the taiIIamps.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109O011
3. InstaII the exterior trim paneIs beneath the taiIIamps
with the boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the trim paneI boIts to 10 N:m (89 Ib-in).
A109O010
4. InstaII the boIts in the Iuggage compartment.
Tighten
Tighten the Iuggage compartment fascia boIts to 5.5
N:m (49 Ib-in).
A109O007
paneIs.Refer to Section 9G, Interior trim.
6. InstaII the screws underneath the fascia.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309O001
7. InstaII the screws behind the fascia.
Tighten
Tighten the behind fascia screws to 5.5 N:m (49 Ib-
in).
8. InstaII the spIash shieIds with the screws.
Tighten
TightenthespIashshieIdscrewsto1.5 N:m(13 Ib-in).
9. InstaII the mud guards with the screws.
Tighten
Tightenthemudguardscrewsto1.5 N:m(13 Ib-in).
10. InstaII the rear wheeIs. Refer to Section 2E, Tires
and WheeIs.
A109O001
5($5 %803(5 (1(5*<
$%625%(5
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the rear bumper fascia. Refer to ''Rear
2. Remove the energy absorber.
A109O001
1. InstaII the energy absorber.
2. InstaII the rear bumper fascia. Refer to''Rear Bumper
Fascia'' in this section.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109O004
5($5 %803(5 ,03$&7 %$5
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the rear bumper energy absorber. Refer to
''Rear Bumper Energy Absorber'' in this section.
2. Remove the two nuts beneath the vehicIe.
3. Remove the four nuts inside the Iuggage compart-
ment.
4. Disconnect the harness connector.
5. Remove the impact bar.
A109O004
1. Connect the harness connector.
2. Secure the rear bumper impact bar with the four nuts
inside the Iuggage compartment.
Tighten
Tighten the rear impact bar nuts to 27 N:m (20 Ib-ft).
3. InstaII the two Iower rear impact bar nuts beneath the
vehicIe.
Tighten
Tighten the two Iower rear impact bar nuts to 27 N:m
(20 Ib-ft).
4. InstaII the energy absorber. Refer to ''Rear Bumper
Energy Absorber'' in this section.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
%803(56
The bumper systems are designed to sustain a coIIision
into a fixed barrier at either 8 km/h (5 mph) or 4 km/h
(2.5 mph) without damage. After absorbing the energy
of a coIIision, these bumper systems restore themseIves
to their originaI position. Both the front and the rear
bumpers feature an internaI foam energy absorber and
a poIymer fascia cover. The rear bumper fascia must be
removed before access can be gained tothe energy ab-
sorber and the bumper. The front bumper assembIy can
be removed as a whoIe unit or the fascia cover can be
removed separateIy.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9P
#$
otherwise noted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9P-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 9P-1 . . . . . . . . . . .
Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9P-2 . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Door Locks 9P-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Door Locks (3-Door Hatchback) 9P-3 . . . . . . .
Power Door Locks (5-Door Hatchback) 9P-4 . . . . . . .
Power Windows (Front OnIy) 9P-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Windows (Front and Rear) 9P-6 . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagonsis 9P-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Windows 9P-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9P-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9P-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Door GIass Run 9P-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Door GIass Run 9P-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Door Secondary Weatherstrip 9P-18 . . . . . . . . .
Rear Door Secondary Weatherstrip 9P-19 . . . . . . . . .
Door Lock Striker 9P-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door Lock Striker Adjustment 9P-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Door Lock 9P-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ChiIdproof Rear Door Lock 9P-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inside Door HandIe 9P-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inside Lock Rod 9P-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside Door HandIe 9P-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door Lock CyIinder 9P-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManuaI Front Window ReguIator 9P-29 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Window ReguIator 9P-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManuaI Rear Window ReguIator 9P-30 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Door AssembIy 9P-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Door AssembIy 9P-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door Hinge 9P-34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door HoId Open Link 9P-34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inside ChanneI MoIding 9P-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside ChanneI MoIding 9P-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door Weatherstrip 9P-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door SeaI Trim 9P-37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door Opening Weatherstrip 9P-38 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManuaI Window ReguIator HandIe 9P-38 . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9P-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door Lock Striker 9P-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ChiIdproof Rear Door Lock 9P-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Door Locks 9P-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Windows 9P-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS
Door Hinge-to-Body BoIt 39 29 -
Door Hinge-to-Door BoIt 15 11 -
Door HoId Open Link-to-Body BoIt 25 18 -
Door HoId Open Link-to-Door BoIt 5 - 44
Door Lock Screw 8 - 71
Door Lock Striker Screw 20 15 -
Door PuII Bracket Screw 3.5 - 31
Door Striker Screw 20 15 -
Guide RaiI BoIt 7 - 62
Inside Door HandIe Screw 3 - 27
ManuaI Window ReguIator Nut 7 - 62
Outside Door HandIe BoIt 4.5 - 40
9P-- 2 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A409P001
P
O
W
E
R
D
O
O
R
L
O
C
K
S
DOORS 9P-- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A409P002
P
O
W
E
R
D
O
O
R
L
O
C
K
S
(
3
-
D
O
O
R
H
A
T
C
H
B
A
C
K
)
9P-- 4 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A29P004A
P
O
W
E
R
D
O
O
R
L
O
C
K
S
(
5
-
D
O
O
R
H
A
T
C
H
B
A
C
K
)
DOORS 9P-- 5
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A409P003
P
O
W
E
R
W
I
N
D
O
W
S
(
F
R
O
N
T
O
N
L
Y
)
9P-- 6 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A409P004
P
O
W
E
R
W
I
N
D
O
W
S
(
F
R
O
N
T
A
N
D
R
E
A
R
)
DOORS 9P-- 7
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DIAGNOSIS
POWER WINDOWS
System With OnIy Front Power Windows,
One or Both Windows are Inoperative
Caution: When powering the window motors directIy from a battery with jumper wires, make sure one of the
jumper wires contains a fuse. If the jumpers are accidentaIIy touched together, the fuse wiII prevent sparking
and burns from sudden terminaI heating.
1
2. Attempt to operate both power windows.
Is either window working?
-
2
VisuaIIy inspect the connection at the duaI power
window switch.
Is the eIectricaI connector correctIy attached to the
switch?
-
3
CorrectIy attach the eIectricaI connector to the duaI
power window switch.
-
System OK
-
4
1. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector from the duaI
3. Check the voItage at terminaI 6 of the duaI power
window switch connector.
5
Check fuses F19 and EF5.
6
2. RepIace the bIown fuse(s).
-
System OK
-
7
2. Check the voItages at fuses F19 and EF5.
Are both voItages equaI to the specified vaIue?
8
Repair the power suppIy to the fuse which did not
indicate battery voItage with the ignition on.
-
System OK
-
9
1. Remove the power window reIay.
3. Check the voItage at terminaI 30 and terminaI 86
of the power window reIay socket. (TerminaIs of
the reIay socket can be identified by the markings
on the bottom of the reIay.)
Does the voItmeter indicate the specified vaIue at
terminaIs 30 and 86?
10
Repair the open circuit between the fuses and the
power window reIay.
-
System OK
-
9P-- 8 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
One or Both Windows are Inoperative (Cont'd)
11
With the power window reIay stiII removed, use an
ohmmeter to check the resistance between ground
and terminaI 85 of the power window reIay socket.
Does the ohmmeter indicate the specified vaIue? { 0 : Go to Step 13 Go to Step 12
12
85 of the power window reIay socket.
-
System OK
-
13
1. TemporariIy substitute a known good reIay in
pIace of the power window reIay.
2. Attempt to operate the power windows.
Do the power windows operate with the substituted
reIay?
-
14
2. RepIace the originaI power window reIay.
-
System OK
-
15
Repair the open circuit between the power window
reIay socket terminaI 87 and the duaI power window
switch terminaI 6.
-
System OK
-
16
With the duaI power window switch disconnected,
use an ohmmeter to check the resistance between
ground and terminaI 3 of the duaI power window
switch connector.
17
3 of the duaI power window switch connector.
-
System OK
-
18
1. Remove the trim paneI from a door which has an
inoperative power window.
2. Move a vehicIe battery cIose enough to the door
so that the window motor can be powered directIy
from the battery with jumper wires.
3. Disconnect the the two-pin window motor
connector in the door.
Important: To prevent the fuse in the jumper wire
from bIowing, do not touch the jumper wires togeth-
er.
4. Attach a jumper wire between the battery
negative terminaI and one of the terminaIs in the
two-pin window motor connector.
5. Attach a fused jumper wire between the battery
positive terminaI and the remaining terminaI in the
two-pin window motor connector. UnIess the
motor is at the end of its traveI, the window
shouId move with the jumpers attached.
6. To move the window in the opposite direction,
reverse the jumper wire connections at the
window motor connector.
Does the power window operate in both directions
when the motor is operated directIy from a battery?
-
19
RepIace the window motor.
DOORS 9P-- 9
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
One or Both Windows are Inoperative (Cont'd)
20
1. Before reconnecting the two-pin window motor
connector, connect an ohmmeter between the
terminaIs to check the resistance of the motor.
2. Record the ohmmeter reading for motor
resistance.
3. Reconnect the motor connector and reinstaII the
door trim paneI.
4. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector from the duaI
5. At the duaI power window switch connector, use
an ohmmeter to check the resistance between the
terminaIs which Iead to the motor that was tested
in Step 15.
Is the resistance at the switch connector approxi-
mateIy equaI to the resistance that was previousIy
measured at the motor connector?
-
21
Repair the open circuit between the window motor
and the window switch.
-
System OK
-
22
RepIace the duaI power window switch.
9P-- 10 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
System With Front and Rear Power Windows,
One or Both Front Windows are Inoperative
1
2. Attempt to operate each front power window.
Is either window working?
-
2
VisuaIIy inspect the connection at the power window
main switch.
main switch?
-
3
CorrectIy attach the eIectricaI connector to the
power window main switch.
-
System OK
-
4
3. Check the voItage at terminaI 13 of the power
window main switch connector.
5
6
1. Check for a short circuit and repair, if necessary.
-
System OK
-
7
8
-
System OK
-
9
10
power window reIay.
-
System OK
-
11
12
-
System OK
-
DOORS 9P-- 11
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
One or Both Front Windows are Inoperative (Cont'd)
13
reIay?
-
14
-
System OK
-
15
reIay socket terminaI 87 and the power window
switch terminaI 13.
-
System OK
-
16
With the power window main switch disconnected,
ground and terminaI 2 of the power window switch
connector.
17
2 of the power window main switch connector.
-
System OK
-
18
1. Remove the trim paneI from the front door which
has an inoperative power window.
er.
4. Attach a jumper wire between the battery
negative terminaI and one of the terminaIs in the
two-pin window motor connector.
5. Attach a fused jumper wire between the battery
positive terminaI and the remaining terminaI in the
two-pin window motor connector. UnIess the
motor is at the end of its traveI, the window
shouId move with the jumpers attached.
6. To move the window in the opposite direction,
reverse the jumper wire connections at the
-
19
RepIace the window motor.
9P-- 12 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
One or Both Front Windows are Inoperative (Cont'd)
20
1. Before reconnecting the two-pin window motor
connector, connect an ohmmeter between the
terminaIs to check the resistance of the motor.
2. Record the ohmmeter reading for motor
resistance.
3. Reconnect the motor connector and reinstaII the
door trim paneI.
5. At the power window main switch connector, use
an ohmmeter to check the resistance between the
terminaIs which Iead to the motor that was tested
in Step 15.
Is the resistance at the main switch connector
approximateIy equaI to the resistance that was pre-
viousIy measured at the motor connector?
-
21
Repair the open circuit between the window motor
and the window switch.
-
System OK
-
22
RepIace the power window switch.
DOORS 9P-- 13
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
One or Both Rear Windows are Inoperative
1
2. Make sure that the window Iock position has not
been seIected on the power window main switch.
3. Attempt to operate each rear power window.
Is either rear power window working?
-
2
VisuaIIy inspect the connection at the power window
main switch.
main switch?
-
3
CorrectIy attach the eIectricaI connector to the power
window main switch.
-
System OK
-
4
window main switch connector.
5
6
1. Check for a short circuit and repair, if necessary.
-
System OK
-
7
8
-
System OK
-
9
10
power window reIay.
-
System OK
-
11
12
-
System OK
-
9P-- 14 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
One or Both Rear Windows are Inoperative (Cont'd)
13
reIay?
-
14
-
System OK
-
15
reIay socket terminaI 87 and the power window main
switch terminaI 13.
-
System OK
-
16
With the power window main switch disconnected,
ground and terminaI 2 of the power window main
switch connector.
17
2 of the power window switch connector.
-
System OK
-
18
1. Remove the trim paneI from the rear door which
has an inoperative power window.
er.
4. Attach a jumper wire between the negative battery
terminaI and one of the terminaIs in the two-pin
5. Attach a fused jumper wire between the positive
battery terminaI and the remaining terminaI in the
two-pin power window motor connector. UnIess
the motor is at the end of its traveI, the power
window shouId move with the jumpers attached.
6. To move the power window in the opposite
direction, reverse the jumper wire connections at
the power window motor connector.
-
19
RepIace the power window motor.
20
1. Make sure the window Iock on the main switch is
off.
3. At the rear power window switch connector, check
the voItage at terminaI 1.
11-14v Go to Step 21 Go to Step 29
DOORS 9P-- 15
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
21
1. At the power window motor two-pin connector,
use an ohmmeter to measure the resistance of
the power window motor. Record the resistance.
2. Re-connect the two-pin power window motor
connector.
3. Disconnect the rear power window switch
connector.
4. Use an ohmmeter to measure between terminaIs
3 and 6 of the rear power window switch
connector.
Is the resistance measured at the rear power
window switch connector equaI to the resistance
previousIy measured at the rear power window
motor connector?
-
22
Repair the open circuit between the rear power
window switch and the rear power window motor
connector.
-
System OK
-
23
1. Remove the rear power window switch for testing.
2. Connect an ohmmeter between terminaIs 4 and 3
of the rear power window switch, and observe the
ohmmeter.
3. Connect the ohmmeter between terminaIs 2 and 6
of the rear power window switch, and observe the
ohmmeter.
For both tests, did the ohmmeter indicate the speci-
fied vaIue? { 0 : Go to Step 25 Go to Step 24
24
RepIace the rear power window switch.
25
1. With the rear power window switch removed for
testing, connect an ohmmeter between terminaIs
1 and 3, and put the switch in the DOWN position.
Observe the ohmmeter.
2. Connect the ohmmeter between terminaIs 1 and
6, and put the switch in the UP position and
observe the ohmmeter.
For both tests, did the ohmmeter indicate the speci-
fied vaIue?
26
1. Reconnect the rear power window switch
connector.
3. Use an ohmmeter to measure the resistance at
the power window main switch between between
terminaIs 7 and 10 if you are testing the Ieft rear
window, or terminaIs 11 and 14 if you are testing
the right rear window.
Is the resistance equaI to the resistance previousIy
measured at the motor connector?
-
27
main switch and the rear power window switch.
-
System OK
-
9P-- 16 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
28
RepIace the power window main switch.
29
1. Remove the power window main switch, but do
not disconnect the eIectricaI connector.
2. Make sure the window Iock is off.
window main switch.
DOORS 9P-- 17
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P014
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
FRONT DOOR GLASS RUN
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the outside rearviewmirror. Refer toSection
9L, GIass and Mirrors.
2. Remove the front door gIass. Refer to Section 9L,
GIass and Mirrors.
3. Remove the gIass run.
A109P014
1. InstaII the gIass run.
2. InstaII the front door gIass. Refer toSection 9L, GIass
and Mirrors.
3. InstaII the outside rearview mirror. Refer to Section
A109P015
REAR DOOR GLASS RUN
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the rear door gIass. Refer to Section 9L,
GIass and Mirrors.
2. Remove the rear door interior and exterior garnish
trim.
3. Remove the gIass run.
9P-- 18 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P015
1. InstaII the gIass run.
2. InstaII the rear door interior and exterior garnish trim.
3. InstaII the rear door gIass. Refer to Section 9L, GIass
and Mirrors.
A109P016
FRONT DOOR SECONDARY
WEATHERSTRIP
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the outside rearviewmirror. Refer toSection
2. Remove the front door secondary weatherstrip.
A109P016
1. InstaII the front door secondary weatherstrip.
2. InstaII the outside rearview mirror. Refer to Section
DOORS 9P-- 19
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P017
REAR DOOR SECONDARY
WEATHERSTRIP
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the rear door interior and exterior garnish
trim.
2. Remove the rear door secondary weatherstrip.
A109P017
1. InstaII the rear door secondary weatherstrip.
2. InstaII the rear door interior and exterior garnish trim.
A109P022
DOOR LOCK STRIKER
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the screws and the door Iock striker.
9P-- 20 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P022
1. InstaII the screws and the door Iock striker.
Tighten
Tighten the door Iock striker screws to20 N:m(15 Ib-
ft).
DOOR LOCK STRIKER ADJUSTMENT
Notice: The door Iock striker is an important attaching
part that can affect the performance of vitaI components
and systems and can cause major repair expenses. If
repIacement becomes necessary, the door Iock striker
must be repIaced by one with the same part number or
with an equivaIent part if repIacement becomes neces-
sary. Do not use a repIacement part of Iesser quaIity or
of a substitute design. The specifiedtorque vaIues must
be usedduringreassembIy in order toensure the proper
retention of the part.
The door Iock striker consists of a striker with two
screws that are threaded into a tapped, fIoating cage
pIate Iocated in the appropriate body piIIar. This fIoating
cage pIate aIIows the striker to be easiIy adjusted in or
out and up or down. The door is secured in the cIosed
position when the door Iock fork snaps over and en-
gages the striker.
A109P022
Fore/Aft Adjustment
1. The door must be properIy aIigned.
2. CIose the door untiI the Iock fork contacts the striker.
3. Stand next to the door opening and move the door
sIowIy in and out, just touching the striker each time.
4. The aIignment of the Iock fork and the striker can be
easiIy seen. The Iock fork shouId be perpendicuIar to
and faII near the middIe of the striker. The Iock fork
shouId faII near the middIe of the striker between the
B-piIIar and the end of the striker.
DOORS 9P-- 21
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P022
5. If a fore or aft adjustment is required, use thefoIIowing
steps:
5.1. Remove the striker screws.
5.2. Remove the spacer in order to move the strik-
er toward the rear of the vehicIe.
5.3. Add a 2 mm (0.08 inch) spacer in order to
move the striker toward the front of the ve-
hicIe.
5.4. InstaII the striker screws.
6. Perform the up/down or the in/out adjustment. Refer
to ''Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment'' in this section.
A109P022
Up/Down or In/Out Adjustment
An adjustment of the striker in the upanddownor inand
out directions may be necessary for a number of reasons:
vehicIe frame damage as the resuIt of a coIIision, instaIIa-
tion of new door weatherstripping, customer compIaints
of excessive windnoise, or difficuIty in opening or cIosing
the door. In order to adjust the door striker in an up and
down or in and out direction, perform the foIIowing proce-
dure:
1. The door must be properIy aIigned.
2. Loosen the striker screws.
3. The fIoating cage pIate can be moved sIightIy using
the ends of the striker screws. Move the fIoatingcage
pIate to the desired position.
Notice: It is important to use a fIat-end rotary fiIe in or-
der not to damage the tapped fIoating cage pIate. The
striker screws andthe tappedfIoating cage pIate are im-
portant attachingparts that couIdaffect the performance
of vitaI components and systems.
4. If proper adjustment requires that the fIoating cage
pIate be moved more than is possibIe, use an eIectric
hand driII and a 3/8- inch rotary fiIe with a fIat head in
order to enIarge the body opening in the direction re-
quired.
5. Tighten the striker screws to the correct position.
Tighten
Tighten the door Iock striker screws to20 N:m(15 Ib-
ft).
9P-- 22 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P003
FRONT DOOR LOCK
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the seaI trim. Refer to "Door SeaI Trim" in
this section.
3. Disconnect the inside door handIe and the Iock rods.
A109P004
4. Disconnect the outside door handIe andthe Iockrods.
A109P002
6. Remove the screws and the front door Iock.
DOORS 9P-- 23
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P002
2. Connect the inside door handIe and the Iock rods.
3. Connect the outside door handIe and the Iock rods.
4. InstaII the front door Iock with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the front door Iock screws to 8 N:m(71 Ib-in).
5. InstaII the guide raiI with the boIts.
Tighten
6. InstaII the seaI trim. Refer to "Door SeaI Trim" in this
section.
A109P012
CHILDPROOF REAR DOOR LOCK
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the door seaI trim. Refer to "Door SeaI Trim"
in this section.
A109P004
9P-- 24 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309P001
A109P013
6. Remove the screws and the Iock.
8. Disconnect the Iock rods at the Iock.
A109P013
1. InstaII the rear door Iock with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the rear door Iock screws to 8 N:m (71 Ib-in).
DOORS 9P-- 25
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309P001
3. InstaII the guide raiI with the boIts.
Tighten
A109P004
A109P012
6. InstaII the door seaI trim. Refer to "Door SeaI Trim" in
this section.
9P-- 26 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P024
INSIDE DOOR HANDLE
RemovaI Procedure
in this section.
2. Remove the screw securing the door handIe to the
door.
3. SIide the door handIe forward and remove it fromthe
door.
A109P003
A109P003
DOORS 9P-- 27
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P024
2. Insert the inside door handIe intothe sIots in the door.
3. SIide the door handIe rearward.
4. InstaII the inside door handIe screw.
Tighten
Tighten the inside door handIe screwto3 N:m(27 Ib-
in).
this section.
A109P003
INSIDE LOCK ROD
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the inside door handIe. Refer to"Inside Door
HandIe" in this section.
2. Disconnect the inside Iock rods from the door handIe
and the Iock.
A109P003
1. Connect the inside Iock rods to the door handIe and
the Iock.
2. InstaII the inside door handIe. Refer to "Inside Door
HandIe" in this section.
9P-- 28 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P004
OUTSIDE DOOR HANDLE
RemovaI Procedure
in this section.
3. Remove the boIts and the door handIe.
A109P004
2. InstaII the door handIe with the boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the outside door handIe boIts to 4.5 N:m
(40 Ib-in).
this section.
A109P027
DOOR LOCK CYLINDER
RemovaI Procedure
in this section.
3. Remove the retaining cIip and the Iock cyIinder.
DOORS 9P-- 29
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P027
1. InstaII the Iock cyIinder with the retaining cIip.
this section.
A109P031
MANUAL FRONT WINDOW
REGULATOR
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the front door gIass. Refer to Section 9L,
GIass and Mirrors.
2. Remove the nuts and the window reguIator.
A109P031
1. InstaII the window reguIator and the nuts.
Tighten
Tighten the windowreguIator nuts to 7 N:m(62 Ib-in).
and Mirrors.
9P-- 30 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P005
POWER WINDOW REGULATOR
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the door gIass. Refer to Section 9L, GIass
and Mirrors.
3. Remove the nuts and the reguIator.
4. Disconnect the eIectricaI connector. (Front door pow-
er window reguIator shown, rear door power window
reguIator simiIar.)
A109P005
2. InstaII the window reguIator with the nuts.
Tighten
and Mirrors.
4. Connect the negative battery cabIe. (Front door pow-
er window reguIator shown, rear door power window
reguIator simiIar.)
A109P028
MANUAL REAR WINDOW
REGULATOR
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the rear door gIass. Refer to Section 9L,
GIass and Mirrors.
2. Remove the nuts and the window reguIator.
DOORS 9P-- 31
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P028
1. InstaII the window reguIator with the nuts.
Tighten
2. InstaII the rear door gIass. Refer to Section 9L, GIass
and Mirrors.
A109P023
FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the door hoId open Iink. Refer to "Door HoId
Open Link" in this section.
3. Remove the body-to-door rubber grommet and the
eIectricaI wires.
4. With the aid of another technician, remove the boIts
and the front door.
A109P032
5. Disconnect the body-to-door rubber grommet andthe
9P-- 32 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P032
1. Connect the eIectricaI connector and the body-to-
door rubber grommet.
A109P023
2. With the aid of another technician, IightIy secure the
front door with the boIts.
3. Adjust the door for proper fit.
Tighten
Tighten the hinge-to-body boIts to 39 N:m (29 Ib-ft).
Tighten the hinge-to-door boIts to 15 N:m (11 Ib-ft).
4. InstaII the door hoId open Iink. Refer to "Door HoId
6. Perform the waterIeak test. Refer to Section 9I, Wa-
terIeaks.
7. Check for windnoise. Refer toSection 9J, Windnoise.
A109P011
REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the door hoId open Iink. Refer to "Door HoId
and the rear door.
DOORS 9P-- 33
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P006
4. Disconnect the body-to-door rubber grommet andthe
A109P006
1. Connect the body-to-door rubber grommet and the
A109P011
2. With the aid of another technician, IightIy secure the
rear door with the boIts.
3. Adjust the door for proper fit.
Tighten
4. InstaII the rear door hoId open Iink. Refer to "Door
HoId Open Link" in this section.
6. Perform the waterIeak test. Refer to Section 9I, Wa-
terIeaks.
7. Check for windnoise. Refer toSection 9J, Windnoise.
9P-- 34 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P007
DOOR HINGE
RemovaI Procedure
and the hinge from the door and the body.
A109P007
1. With the aid of another technician, instaII the hinge to
the door and the body with the boIts.
Tighten
A109P010
DOOR HOLD OPEN LINK
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the door trimpaneI. Refer to Section 9G, In-
terior Trim.
2. Reposition the door seaI trim.
3. Remove the boIts on the door and on the body.
4. Remove the door hoId open Iink.
DOORS 9P-- 35
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P010
1. InstaII the door hoId open Iink to the door and the
body with the boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the door hoId open Iink-to-body boIts to
25 N:m (18 Ib-ft).
Tighten the door hoIdopen Iink-to-door boIts to5 N:m
(44 Ib-in).
2. Reposition the door seaI trim.
3. InstaII the door trimpaneI. Refer toSection 9G, Interi-
or Trim.
A109P018
INSIDE CHANNEL MOLDING
RemovaI Procedure
terior Trim.
2. Straighten the retaining tabs in order to reIease the
channeI moIding from the door trim paneI.
3. Remove the channeI moIding.
A109P018
1. InstaII the channeI moIding onto the door trim paneI.
2. Bend the retaining tabs to secure the channeI moId-
ing to the door trim paneI.
or Trim.
9P-- 36 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P019
OUTSIDE CHANNEL MOLDING
RemovaI Procedure
1. Lower the window compIeteIy.
2. Lift the outside channeI moIding off the door.
A109P019
1. Press the outside channeI moIding onto the door.
A109P020
DOOR WEATHERSTRIP
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the door hoId open Iink-to-body boIt.
2. Remove the door weatherstrip.
DOORS 9P-- 37
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P020
1. InstaII the door weatherstrip.
2. InstaII the door hoId open Iink to the body with the
boIt.
Tighten
Tighten the door hoId open Iink-to-body boIt to
25 N:m (18 Ib-ft).
A109P001
DOOR SEAL TRIM
RemovaI Procedure
terior Trim.
2. Remove the screws and the door puII bracket.
3. Remove the door seaI trim.
A109P001
1. InstaII the door seaI trim.
2. InstaII the door puII bracket with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the door puII bracket screws to 3.5 N:m
(31 Ib-in).
or Trim.
9P-- 38 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P021
DOOR OPENING WEATHERSTRIP
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the door opening weatherstrip.
A109P021
1. InstaII the door opening weatherstrip.
A109P009
MANUAL WINDOW REGULATOR
HANDLE
RemovaI Procedure
1. Push the pIastic ring behind the window reguIator
handIe toward the door to reveaI the metaI cIip.
2. Pry off the metaI cIip.
3. Remove the window reguIator handIe and the pIastic
ring.
DOORS 9P-- 39
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109P009
1. InstaII the pIastic ring.
2. InstaII the window reguIator handIe.
3. Insert the metaI cIip.
9P-- 40 DOORS
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
DOOR LOCK STRIKER
The front and the rear door Iock strikers each consist of
a striker with two screws threaded into a fIoating cage
pIate inthe B-piIIars andC-piIIars. The door is securedin
the cIosed position when the door Iock fork snaps over
and engages the striker.
CHILDPROOF REAR DOOR LOCK
The chiIdproof rear door Iocks heIp prevent passengers,
especiaIIy chiIdren, from opening the rear doors of the
vehicIe from the inside.
In order to activate these Iocks, move the Ievers of both
rear doors to the Iock position. Then, cIose both doors.
Rear passengers wiII be unabIe to open the doors from
inside of the vehicIe.
In order to deactivate the chiIdproof rear door Iock, un-
Iock the door fromthe inside of the vehicIe and open the
door fromthe outside. Move the Iever tothe unIockposi-
tion. The rear door wiII now work normaIIy.
POWER DOOR LOCKS
The power door Iocks use a soIenoid that is containedin
each door Iock assembIy. The door Iocks are activated
by the actuator on the inside door handIe or by the Iock
cyIinder on the driver door onIy. When the driver door is
Iocked or unIocked by the actuator or Iock cyIinder, aII
doors are Iocked or unIocked accordingIy.
POWER WINDOWS
The power windows are controIIedby eIectricaI switches
on the consoIe andare operatedby a motor at eachwin-
dowreguIator. The windows are Ioweredby pressingthe
switch and raised by puIIing up on the switch. The win-
dow wiII stop movement when the switch is reIeased or
when the window is compIeteIy open or cIosed.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9Q
#
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9Q-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 9Q-1 . . . . . . . . . . .
Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9Q-2 . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Sunroof System 9Q-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnosis 9Q-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Sunroof 9Q-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9Q-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9Q-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Sunroof 9Q-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior Courtesy Lamp/
Power Sunroof ControI Switch 9Q-8 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Formed HeadIiner 9Q-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sun Visors 9Q-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Passenger Assist HandIes 9Q-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coat Hook 9Q-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Sunroof 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Sunroof ControI Switch 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sun Visors 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Passenger Assist HandIes 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coat Hook 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS
B-PiIIar Seat BeIt BoIts 35 26 -
Coat Hook Screw 3.5 - 31
Interior Courtesy Lamp/Power Sunroof ControI Switch
Screws
4 - 35
Passenger Assist HandIe Screws 3.5 - 31
Sunroof GIass Screws 7 - 62
Sunroof Housing BoIts 7 - 62
Sunroof Motor Screws 5 - 44
Sun Visor Screws 1.5 - 13
Sun Visor Support Screw 1.5 - 13
9Q-- 2 ROOF
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A409Q001
P
O
W
E
R
S
U
N
R
O
O
F
S
Y
S
T
E
M
ROOF 9Q-- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DIAGNOSIS
POWER SUNROOF
Power Sunroof Does Not Work
1
Is either fuse bIown? - Go to Step 2 Go to Step 3
2
-
System OK
-
3
4
-
System OK
-
5
1. Disconnect the interior courtesy Iamp/power
sunroof controI switch connector.
3. Check the voItage at terminaI 1 of the interior
courtesy Iamp/power sunroof controI switch
connector.
6
interior courtesy Iamp/power sunroof controI switch
connector.
-
System OK
-
7
1. Reconnect the interior courtesy Iamp/power
sunroof controI switch connector.
2. With the sunroof switch in the OPEN position,
check the voItage at terminaI 3 of the interior
connector.
3. With the sunroof switch in the CLOSE position,
check the voItage at terminaI 4 of the interior
connector.
Do both voItages equaI the specified vaIue? 11-14v Go to Step 9 Go to Step 8
8
RepIace the interior courtesy Iamp/power sunroof
controI switch.
-
System OK
-
9
1. Disconnect the 6-pin sunroof moduIe connector.
2. With the sunroof switch in the OPEN position,
check the voItage at terminaI 4 of the sunroof
moduIe connector.
3. With the sunroof switch in the CLOSE position,
check the voItage at terminaI 6 of the sunroof
moduIe connector.
Are the voItages equaI to the specified vaIue?
10
Repair the open circuit between the interior courtesy
Iamp/power sunroof controI switch and the sunroof
moduIe connector.
-
System OK
-
9Q-- 4 ROOF
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
Power Sunroof Does Not Work (Cont'd)
11
1. Reconnect the sunroof moduIe.
2. Remove the sunroof motor, but Ieave the
connectors attached.
4. Use the sunroof switch to attempt to operate the
motor in both directions.
Does the motor operate?
-
12
Repair the jammed sunroof mechanism.
- System OK -
13
1. Disconnect both of the one-wire connectors at the
sunroof motor.
2. Connect a voItmeter between the one-wire
connectors, on the moduIe side of the connectors.
4. Turn the sunroof switch to the OPEN position and
observe the voItmeter reading.
5. Turn the sunroof switch to the CLOSE position
and observe the voItmeter reading.
Does the voItmeter indicate the specified voItage
when the switch is in either the OPEN or the CLOSE
position (one of the switch positions shouId show
reverse poIarity)?
14
RepIace the sunroof moduIe.
- System OK -
15
RepIace the sunroof motor.
Does the sunroof operate with the new motor?
ROOF 9Q-- 5
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
B109Q010
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
POWER SUNROOF
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the headIiner. Refer to "Formed HeadIiner"
in this section.
3. Remove the drain hoses.
B109Q011
4. Remove the eIectricaI connectors.
5. Remove the screws and the motor.
B109Q013
6. Remove the motor controI moduIe.
7. Remove the boIts and the housing from the vehicIe.
9Q-- 6 ROOF
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
B109Q014
8. Remove the rubber end caps.
9. Remove the drain nozzIes.
10. Remove the shade stops.
11. Remove the gIass stops.
B109Q015
12. Remove the shade.
13. Remove the gIass and the frame from the housing.
14. Remove the pIastic trim.
15. Remove the screws and the gIass from the frame.
B109Q015
1. InstaII the gIass to the frame with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the sunroof gIass screws to 7 N:m (62 Ib-in).
ROOF 9Q-- 7
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
B109Q014
2. InstaII the pIastic trim.
3. InstaII the gIass and the frame to the housing.
4. InstaII the shade.
5. InstaII the gIass stops.
6. InstaII the shade stops.
7. InstaII the drain nozzIes.
8. InstaII the rubber end caps.
B109Q013
9. InstaII the housing to the roof of the vehicIe with the
boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the sunroof housing boIts to 7 N:m (62 Ib-in).
B109Q011
10. InstaII the motor controI moduIe.
11. InstaII the motor with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the sunroof motor screws to 5 N:m(44 Ib-in).
9Q-- 8 ROOF
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
B109Q010
13. InstaII the drain hoses.
14. InstaII the headIiner. Refer to "Formed HeadIiner" in
this section.
B109Q016
INTERIOR COURTESY LAMP/POWER
SUNROOF CONTROL SWITCH
(Left-Hand Drive Shown, Right-Hand Drive
SimiIar)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Pry off the interior courtesy Iamp Iens.
3. Remove the screws andthe Iamp/power sunroof con-
troI switch.
B109Q017
ROOF 9Q-- 9
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
B109Q017
B109Q016
2. InstaII the Iamp/power sunroof controI switch with the
screws.
Tighten
Tighten the interior courtesy Iamp/power sunroof con-
troI switch screws to 4 N:m (35 Ib-in).
3. InstaII the interior courtesy Iamp Iens.
A109Q004
FORMED HEADLINER
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the passenger assist handIes. Refer to
''Passenger Assist HandIes'' in this section.
2. Remove the coat hook. Refer to ''Coat Hook'' in this
section.
3. Remove the pIastic retainers in the headIiner on the
driver's side.
9Q-- 10 ROOF
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109Q006
4. Remove the sun visors. Refer to ''Sun Visors'' in this
section.
5. Remove the interior courtesy Iamp. Refer to Section
9B, Lighting Systems.
6. Remove the Ieft and the right A-piIIar trim paneIs.
A109G022
7. Remove the boIts and the seat beIt anchors from the
Ieft and the right B-piIIars.
A209Q001
8. Reposition the top of the Ieft and the right B-piIIar trim
paneIs.
ROOF 9Q-- 11
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209Q002
9. Remove the Ieft and the right C-piIIar trim paneIs.
10. Remove the sunroof moIding, if equipped.
11. Remove the pIastic retainers in the headIiner aIong
the rear window.
12. SIide and tiIt both front seats forward.
13. PuII the headIiner down and turn it 45 degrees.
14. Remove the headIiner through a rear door.
A209Q002
1. RecIine both front seats.
2. TiIt the headIiner on its side andsIide it through a rear
door.
3. TiIt androtate the headIiner untiI it is in position. Push
it in pIace untiI the seaIs around the doors cover the
edges of the headIiner.
4. InstaII the pIastic retainers aIong the rear window.
A109Q004
5. InstaII the pIastic retainers in the headIiner on the
driver's side.
9Q-- 12 ROOF
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209Q001
6. InstaII the sunroof moIding, if equipped.
7. InstaII the Ieft and the right C-piIIar trim paneIs.
8. InstaII the topof the Ieft andthe right B-piIIar trimpan-
eIs to the originaI position.
A109G022
9. InstaII the seat beIt anchors with the boIts in the Ieft
and the right B-piIIar paneIs.
Tighten
Tighten the B-piIIar seat beIt boIts to35 N:m(26 Ib-ft).
A109Q006
10. InstaII the Ieft and the right A-piIIar trim paneIs.
11. InstaII the interior courtesy Iamp. Refer to Section
9B, Lighting Systems.
12. InstaII the sun visors. Refer to ''Sun Visors'' in this
section.
13. InstaII the coat hook. Refer to ''Coat Hook'' in this
section.
14. InstaII the passenger assist handIes. Refer to ''Pas-
senger Assist HandIes'' in this section.
ROOF 9Q-- 13
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109Q002
SUN VISORS
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the screws and the sun visor fromthe head-
Iiner.
A109Q003
2. Remove the screwandthe sun visor support fromthe
headIiner.
A109Q003
1. InstaII the sun visor support to the headIiner with the
screw.
Tighten
Tighten the sun visor support screw to 1.5 N:m
(13 Ib-in).
9Q-- 14 ROOF
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109Q002
2. InstaII the sun visor to the headIiner with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the sun visor screws to 1.5 N:m (13 Ib-in).
A109Q001
PASSENGER ASSIST HANDLES
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the screws and the assist handIe from the
headIiner.
A109Q001
1. InstaII the assist handIe to the headIiner with the
screws.
Tighten
Tighten the passenger assist handIe screws to
3.5 N:m (31 Ib-in).
ROOF 9Q-- 15
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109Q009
COAT HOOK
RemovaI Procedure
1. Pry open the screw cover on the coat hook.
2. Remove the screw and the coat hook from the head-
Iiner.
A109Q009
1. InstaII the coat hook with the screw.
Tighten
Tighten the coat hook screw to 3.5 N:m (31 Ib-in).
2. CIose the screw cover.
9Q-- 16 ROOF
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
ROOF
The roof is a one-piece paintedmetaI unit whichincorpo-
rates a singIe, soIid headIiner and two moIdings, one on
each side of the vehicIe's roof.
The moIdings, which encIose and hide the roof raiI
seams, are serviceabIe as individuaI units.
The one-piece formed headIiner, common to both the
notchback andthe hatchback, consists of a moIdedsub-
strate covered with a foam-backed cIoth facing. The
one-piece construction requires servicing the headIiner
as a compIete assembIy.
POWER SUNROOF
The sunroof is
- Intended to provide Iight and air through the roof of
the vehicIe.
- BuiIt into the roof.
- Made of gIass.
- Equipped with a sunshade that opens and cIoses
manuaIIy.
- Powered by an eIectric motor.
- ControIIed by a toggIe switch buiIt into the interior
courtesy Iamp assembIy.
POWER SUNROOF CONTROL
SWITCH
The power sunroof controI switch is a toggIe button Io-
catedon the right side of the interior courtesy Iamp/pow-
er sunroof controI switch assembIy.
Operating the Power Sunroof
The ignition must be in the ON position in order to oper-
ate the power sunroof.
TiIting the Power Sunroof Open and CIosed
TotiIt open the rear end of the power sunroof, press and
hoId the forward portion of the toggIe button untiI the
power sunroof tiIts open.
To cIose the power sunroof from a tiIted-open position,
press and hoId the rear portion of the toggIe button untiI
the sunroof tiIts cIosed.
SIiding the Power Sunroof Open and CIosed
To sIide open the power sunroof, press the rear portion
of the toggIe button untiI the sunroof sIides. If the sun-
shade is cIosed, the power sunroof wiII puII the sun-
shade open as the sunroof sIides open.
To cIose the power sunroof from a sIid-open position,
press the forward portion of the toggIe button untiI the
sunroof sIides cIosed.
SUN VISORS
The sun visors swing down in order to bIock out gIare.
They aIsoswingtothe side when they are reIeasedfrom
the support.
PASSENGER ASSIST HANDLES
There is a passenger assist handIe for each rear out-
board seat and for the front passenger seat. Passen-
gers can use these handIes to assist in keeping their
baIance over rough roads or during sharp turns.
COAT HOOK
The coat hook is fastened to the headIiner above the
Ieft-hand rear passenger seat. This position has a coat
hook in the pIace of a passenger assist handIe.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9R
%2'< )5217 (1'
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9R-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 9R-1 . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9R-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9R-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lubrication 9R-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fasteners 9R-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anticorrosion MateriaIs 9R-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front End SeaIing 9R-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CowI Vent GriIIe 9R-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood 9R-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood Hinges 9R-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood Prop Rod 9R-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood Secondary Latch 9R-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood Latch ReIease CabIe 9R-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radiator GriIIe 9R-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fender 9R-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9R-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Body Front End 9R-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS
Fender-to-A-PiIIar BoIt 8 - 71
CowI Vent GriIIe Screws 2 - 18
Fender Screws (Rear of Fascia) 4 - 35
Front Bumper Fascia-to-Fender Screw 1.5 - 13
Hinge BoIts 20 15 -
Hood-to-Hinge BoIts 20 15 -
Hood Latch Screws 8 - 71
Hood ReIease HandIe Screws 1.5 - 13
Lower Fender BoIts 8 - 71
Radiator GriIIe Nuts 2 - 18
SpIash ShieId Screws 1.5 - 13
Upper Fender BoIts 8 - 71
9R-- 2 BODY FRONT END
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
LUBRICATION
The hood hinges and the Iocking mechanisms require
periodic Iubrication for proper operation. Refer to Sec-
tion 0B, GeneraI Information for the specific types and
intervaIs of Iubrication.
FASTENERS
Many aIuminumcomponents are used on current modeIs.
AIuminumin contact withsteeI may corrode rapidIy if it is
not protectedbyspeciaI finishesor isoIators.
The fasteners used have a speciaI finish which provides
adequate protection from corrosion. These speciaI fas-
teners differ in coIor in order to easiIy identify themfrom
the standardmetric fasteners, which are mediumbIue in
coIor.
When repIacing fasteners, avoid substituting otherwise
simiIar fasteners in the same Iocation.
ANTICORROSION MATERIALS
In order to provide rust resistance, anticorrosion materi-
aIs have been appIied to the interior surfaces of most
of the metaI paneIs. When you service these paneIs,
properIy re-coat them with a service-type anticorrosion
materiaI if any of the originaI materiaI has been dis-
turbed.
FRONT END SEALING
AII Iocations where waterIeaks may occur are seaIed
during production with high quaIity, durabIe seaIers. If it
becomes necessary to reseaI specific areas, use a high
quaIity seaIer of medium-bodied consistency which wiII
retain its fIexibIe characteristics after curing and can be
painted if necessary.
BODY FRONT END 9R-- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309R001
COWL VENT GRILLE
RemovaI Procedure
1. Raise the hood and support it with the hood prop.
2. Remove the nuts and the wiper arms.
A309R002
3. Remove the cowI vent griIIe screws andthe two-piece
griIIe.
A309R002
1. InstaII the two-piece griIIe and the cowI vent griIIe
screws.
Tighten
Tightenthe cowI vent griIIe screws to2 N:m(18 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309R001
2. InstaII the nuts and the wiper arms.
A109R010
HOOD
RemovaI Procedure
Important: InstaII protective coverings over the fenders
and the windshieId in order to prevent damage to the
paint, the gIass and the moIdings when you are remov-
ing and instaIIing the hood.
1. Raise and support the hood.
2. Mark the position of the hinge to the hood in order to
aid in aIignment during instaIIation.
3. Remove the boIts retaining the hood to both hinges.
4. With the aid of another technician, remove the hood
from the hinges.
A109R010
1. With the aid of another technician, position the hood
in the Iocation marked during removaI.
2. InstaII the two boIts securing the hood to each hinge.
Tighten
Tighten the hood-to-hinge boIts to 20 N:m (15 Ib-ft).
3. Inspect the hood for proper aIignment.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109R005
HOOD HINGES
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the hood. Refer to ''Hood'' in this section.
2. Remove the boIts and the hinge.
A109R005
1. InstaII the hinge with the boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the hinge boIts to 20 N:m (15 Ib-ft).
2. InstaII the hood. Refer to ''Hood'' in this section.
A109R012
HOOD PROP ROD
RemovaI Procedure
1. Support the hood in the open position.
2. Remove the hood prop rod by gentIy prying the base
from the radiator support.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109R012
1. InstaII the hood prop rod by snapping the base back
into the radiator support.
A109R003
HOOD SECONDARY LATCH
RemovaI Procedure
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the screws and the hood Iatch.
3. Disconnect the hood reIease cabIe.
A109R003
1. Connect the hood reIease cabIe to the Iatch.
2. InstaII the hood Iatch with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the hood Iatch screws to 8 N:m (71 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109R001
HOOD LATCH RELEASE CABLE
RemovaI Procedure
1. PuII out the hood reIease handIe in order to access
the screws.
2. Remove the screws and the hood reIease handIe
from the instrument paneI.
A109R002
and WheeIs.
5. Remove the screws and the spIash shieId.
A109R003
6. Open the hood.
7. Remove the screws and the hood secondary Iatch.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109R004
8. Remove the cabIe from the hood reIease handIe.
9. Remove the cabIe from inside the vehicIe.
A109R004
1. InstaII the cabIe from inside the vehicIe.
2. InstaII the cabIe to the hood reIease handIe.
A109R003
3. InstaII the screws and the hood secondary Iatch.
Tighten
Tighten the hood Iatch screws to 8 N:m (71 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109R002
4. InstaII the spIash shieId with the screws.
Tighten
A109R001
5. InstaII the front wheeI. Refer to Section 2E, Tires and
WheeIs.
7. InstaII the hood reIease handIe on the instrument
paneI with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the hood reIease handIe screws to 1.5 N:m
(13 Ib-in).
A109R006
RADIATOR GRILLE
RemovaI Procedure
1. Open the hood.
2. Remove the nuts and the radiator griIIe.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109R006
1. InstaII the radiator griIIe with the nuts.
Tighten
Tighten the radiator griIIe nuts to 2 N:m (18 Ib-in).
A109R002
FENDER
RemovaI Procedure
and WheeIs.
3. Remove the boIts and the spIash shieId.
A109R007
4. Remove the screws underneath the front bumper fas-
cia.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109R008
5. Remove the screwsecuring the front bumper fascia
to the fender.
6. Remove the boIts at the base of the fender.
A109R009
7. Open the front door. Remove the boIt at the base of
the A-piIIar.
A109R013
8. Open the hood.
9. Remove the headIamp. Refer to Section 9B, Light-
ing Systems.
10. Remove the boIts aIong the top of the fender.
11. Remove the fender.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109R013
1. InstaII the headIamp. Refer to Section 9B, Lighting
Systems.
2. InstaII the fender.
3. InstaII the boIts aIong the top of the fender.
Tighten
Tighten the upper fender boIts to 8 N:m (71 Ib-in).
A109R009
4. InstaII the boIt at the base of the A-piIIar.
Tighten
Tighten the fender-to-A-piIIar boIt to 8 N:m (71 Ib-in).
A109R008
5. InstaII the boIts at the base of the fender.
Tighten
Tighten the Iower fender boIts to 8 N:m (71 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109R007
6. Secure the fender to the front bumper fascia with
the screw.
Tighten
Tighten the front bumper fascia screw to 1.5 N:m
(13 Ib-in).
7. Secure the fender behind the front bumper fascia
with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the fender screws to 4 N:m (35 Ib-in).
A109R002
8. InstaII the spIash shieId with the screws.
Tighten
9. InstaII the front wheeI. Refer to Section 2E, Tires
and WheeIs.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
BODY FRONT END
This vehicIe has a unitized body with a frame assembIy
supporting the engine and the transaxIe. The fender
paneIs andthe radiator support are aIsointegraI parts of
the body.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9S
%2'< 5($5 (1'
otherwise noted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9S-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 9S-1 . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9S-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9S-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI FiIIer Door 9S-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI FiIIer Door Remote CabIe and HandIe 9S-2 . . . .
Rear Deck Lid (Notchback) 9S-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Deck Lid Remote CabIe and
HandIe 9S-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Torque Rod 9S-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage Compartment Lock CyIinder 9S-8 . . . . . . . .
Luggage Compartment Lock Striker
(Notchback) 9S-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage Compartment Lock
(Notchback) 9S-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weatherstrip 9S-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hatchback Door 9S-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gas Support AssembIies 9S-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hatchback Door Lock Striker 9S-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hatchback Door Lock 9S-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9S-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI FiIIer Door 9S-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Deck Lid (Notchback) 9S-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hatchback Door 9S-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fire Extinguisher 9S-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS
FueI FiIIer Door Screws 3 - 27
Gas Support AssembIy Studs 8 - 71
Hatchback Door Hinge BoIts 20 15 -
Hatchback Door Lock Screws 6 - 53
Hatchback Door Lock Striker Screws 20 15 -
Luggage Compartment Lock CyIinder Nuts 3 - 27
Luggage Compartment Lock Screws 6 - 53
Luggage Compartment Lock Striker BoIts 8 - 71
Rear Deck Lid BoIts 10 - 89
Remote CabIe HandIe BoIt 8 - 71
9S-- 2 BODY REAR END
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109S001
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
FUEL FILLER DOOR
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the screws and the fueI fiIIer door.
A109S001
1. InstaII the fueI fiIIer door with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the fueI fiIIer door screws to 3 N:m (27 Ib-in).
A109S005
FUEL FILLER DOOR REMOTE CABLE
AND HANDLE
RemovaI Procedure
1. Open the Iuggage compartment.
2. Remove the Ieft Iuggage compartment wheeIhouse
trim paneI, both Iuggage compartment rear quarter
trim paneIs, and the Iuggage compartment rear trim
3. Disconnect the cabIe from the fueI fiIIer door.
4. Remove the driver front and the rear seats. Refer to
Section 9H, Seats.
5. Reposition the fIoor carpet on the Ieft side of the ve-
hicIe.
6. Remove the boIt and the handIe.
BODY REAR END 9S-- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109S006
7. Disconnect the cabIe from the handIe.
8. Remove the cabIe
A109S006
1. Feed the cabIe from the Iuggage compartment to the
passenger compartment.
2. Connect the cabIe to the handIe.
A109S005
3. InstaII the handIe with the boIt.
Tighten
Tighten the remote cabIe handIe boIt to 8 N:m(71 Ib-
in).
4. InstaII the fIoor carpet to its originaI position.
5. InstaII the front and the rear seats. Refer to Section
9H, Seats.
6. Connect the cabIe to the fueI fiIIer door.
7. InstaII the Ieft Iuggage compartment wheeIhouse trim
paneI, both Iuggage compartment rear quarter trim
paneIs, and the Iuggage compartment rear trim pan-
eI. Refer to Section 9G, Interior Trim.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109S008
REAR DECK LID (NOTCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
A109S009
3. Disconnect the eIectricaI harness from the rear deck
Iid hinge arm.
A109S010
4. Remove the boIts and the rear deck Iid.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109S010
1. InstaII the rear deck Iid with the boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the rear deck Iid boIts to 10 N:m (89 Ib-in).
A109S009
2. Connect the eIectricaI harness to the rear deck Iid
hinge arm.
A109S008
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109S004
REAR DECK LID REMOTE CABLE
AND HANDLE
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the Iuggage compartment Ieft side wheeI
house, the rear quarter, and the rear trim paneIs. Re-
3. Remove the Iock striker. Refer to ''Luggage Compart-
ment Lock Striker (Notchback)'' in this section.
4. Disconnect the cabIe from the Iock striker.
A109S005
5. Remove the driver front and the rear seats. Refer to
Section 9H, Seats.
6. Reposition the fIoor carpet on the Ieft side of the ve-
hicIe.
7. Remove the boIt and the handIe.
A109S006
8. Disconnect the cabIe from the handIe.
9. Remove the cabIe.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109S006
1. Feed the cabIe from the Iuggage compartment to the
passenger compartment.
2. Connect the cabIe to the handIe.
A109S005
3. InstaII the handIe with the boIt.
Tighten
Tighten the remote cabIe handIe boIt to 8 N:m(71 Ib-
in).
A109S004
4. InstaII the fIoor carpet to its originaI position.
5. InstaII the front and the rear seats. Refer to Section
9H, Seats.
6. Connect the cabIe to the Iock striker.
7. InstaII the Iock striker. Refer to ''Luggagge Compart-
ment Lock Striker (Notchback)'' in this section.
8. InstaII the Iuggage compartment Ieft side wheeI
house, the rear quarter, and the rear trim paneIs. Re-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109S012
TORQUE ROD
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the torque rod from the rear deck Iid hinge
arm.
2. Remove the torque rod from the hinges.
A109S012
1. InstaII the torque rod onto the hinges.
2. InstaII the torque rodontothe rear deck Iidhinge arm.
A109S003
LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LOCK
CYLINDER
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the hatchback door Iower garnish moIding(if
equipped). Refer to Section 9G, Interior Trim.
2. Disconnect the Iock rod.
3. Remove the nuts and the Iock cyIinder.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109S003
1. InstaII the Iock cyIinder with the nuts.
Tighten
Tighten the Iuggage compartment Iock cyIinder nuts
2. Connect the Iock rod.
3. InstaII the hatchback door Iower garnish moIding (if
equipped). Refer to Section 9G, Interior Trim.
A109S007
STRIKER (NOTCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
3. Remove the boIts that secure the Iock striker.
A109S004
4. PuII the Iock striker out.
5. Disconnect the cabIe from the Iock striker.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109S004
1. Connect the Iock reIease cabIe.
A109S007
2. InstaII the Iock striker with the boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the Iuggage compartment Iock striker boIts to
8 N:m (71 Ib-in).
A109S002
(NOTCHBACK)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the screws and the Iuggage compartment
Iock.
4. Disconnect the Iock rod.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A109S002
1. Connect the Iock rod.
3. InstaII the Iuggage compartment Iock with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the Iuggage compartment Iock screws to6 N:m
(53 Ib-in).
A109S014
WEATHERSTRIP
RemovaI Procedure
1. Open the Iuggage compartment Iid.
2. Remove the Iuggage compartment rear quarter and
rear trim paneIs. Refer to Section 9G, Interior Trim.
3. Remove the weatherstrip from around the gutter.
A109S014
1. InstaII the weatherstrip onto the gutter fIange.
2. Inspect the weatherstrip. Make sure that the cIinch is
compIeteIy seated onto the fIange.
3. Using a water hose without a nozzIe, test the rear
deck Iid to make sure that no Ieaks are present.
4. InstaII the Iuggage compartment rear quarter andrear
trim paneIs. Refer to Section 9G, Interior Trim.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309S003
HATCHBACK DOOR
RemovaI Procedure
1. Open and suitabIy support the hatchback door.
2. Disconnect the hatchback door grommet, the eIectri-
caI connector, and the washer hose.
3. Remove the gas support assembIies from the hatch-
back door and the body. Refer to "Gas Support As-
sembIies" in this section.
and the hatchback door from the hinges.
A309S003
1. With the aid of another technician, instaII the hatch-
back door to the hinges with the boIts.
Tighten
Tighten the hatchback door hinge boIts to 20 N:m
(15 Ib-ft).
2. InstaII the gas support assembIies to the hatchback
door and the body. Refer to "Gas Support Assem-
bIies" in this section.
3. Connect the hatchback door eIectricaI connector, the
washer hose, and the grommet.
A309S004
GAS SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES
RemovaI Procedure
1. Open and suitabIy support the hatchback door.
2. Unscrewand remove the gas support assembIy from
the hatchback door and the body.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309S004
1. InstaII the gas support assembIy onto the hatchback
door and the body.
Tighten
Tighten the gas support assembIy studs to8 N:m(71
Ib-in).
A309S001
HATCHBACK DOOR LOCK STRIKER
RemovaI Procedure
3. Remove the screws that secure the Iock striker.
A309S001
1. InstaII the Iock striker with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the hatchback door Iock striker screws to
20 N:m (15 Ib-ft).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309S002
HATCHBACK DOOR LOCK
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the hatchback door Iower garnish moIding.
3. Remove the screws and the hatchback Iock.
4. Disconnect the Iock rods.
A309S002
1. Connect the Iock rods.
2. InstaII the hatchback Iock with the screws.
Tighten
Tighten the hatchback door Iock screws to 6 N:m
(53 Ib-in).
3. InstaII the hatchback door Iower garnish moIding. Re-
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
FUEL FILLER DOOR
The fueI fiIIer door attaches tothe fueI tankpocket onthe
right side of the vehicIe.
REAR DECK LID (NOTCHBACK)
The rear deck Iidconsists of an inner andan outer paneI
hemmed around the perimeter and bonded together
with structuraI adhesive. The torque rods assist in the
opening of the rear deck Iid and hoId it in the open posi-
tion.
HATCHBACK DOOR
The hatchback door consists of the rear hatch gIass
within a steeI frame. The steeI frame is made of an inner
and an outer paneI hemmed around the perimeter, and
bonded together with structuraI adhesive. The gas sup-
port assembIies assist in the opening of the hatchback
door, and can hoId the door open.
FIRE EXTINGUISHER
The fire extinguisher is Iocated in the Iuggage compart-
ment. The fire extinguisher is standard in cars soId in
Lebanon and Libya, and is a deaIer-instaIIed option in
BraziI.
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY AND ANTI--THEFT SYSTEM 9T -- i
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9T
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY AND
ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Specifications 9T-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fastener Tightening Specifications 9T-1 . . . . . . . . . . .
Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9T-2 . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote KeyIess Entry and Anti-Theft System 9T-2 .
Maintenance and Repair 9T-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9T-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ControI ModuIe/Receiver 9T-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Siren 9T-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Password Programming 9T-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9T-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote KeyIess Entry and
Anti-Theft System 9T-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Locking and UnIocking 9T-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security Indicator 9T-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intrusion Sensing 9T-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Siren 9T-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VehicIe Locator 9T-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AutoIocking (Safety Lock) 9T-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FauIt or AIarm Indication 9T-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panic Button 9T-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IMMOBILIZER ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SpeciaI TooIs 9T-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SpeciaI TooIs TabIe 9T-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ImmobiIizer System 9T-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnosis 9T-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ImmobiIizer Anti-Theft System 9T-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 53 ECM ImmobiIized Error 9T-10 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Key Status Errors 9T-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication Between ImmobiIizer
ControI Unit and Test Equipment 9T-12 . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9T-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9T-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Key Coding Procedure 9T-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identification (ID) Code Reprogramming 9T-13 . . . . .
Ignition Key Transponder 9T-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detection CoiI 9T-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ImmobiIizer ControI Unit 9T-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9T-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ImmobiIizer System 9T-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EIectronicaIIy Coded Keys 9T-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detection CoiI 9T-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine ControI ModuIe (ECM) 9T-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SeriaI Data Link 9T-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9T -- ii REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY AND ANTI--THEFT SYSTEM
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
BLANK
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9T
ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
otherwise noted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Remote KeyIess Entry and Anti-Theft System 9T-2 .
Maintenance and Repair 9T-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9T-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Siren 9T-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Password Programming 9T-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9T-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote KeyIess Entry and
Anti-Theft System 9T-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remote Locking and UnIocking 9T-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security Indicator 9T-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intrusion Sensing 9T-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Siren 9T-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VehicIe Locator 9T-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AutoIocking (Safety Lock) 9T-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FauIt or AIarm Indication 9T-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Panic Button 9T-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS
Siren Mounting Screws 3.5 - 31
9T -- 2 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY AND ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
R
E
M
O
T
E
K
E
Y
L
E
S
S
E
N
T
R
Y
A
N
D
A
N
T
I
-
T
H
E
F
T
S
Y
S
T
E
M
A49T001A
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY AND ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM 9T -- 3
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A49T005A
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
CONTROL MODULE/RECEIVER
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the rear portion of the fIoor consoIe. Refer to
Section 9G, Interior Trim.
3. Disconnect the controI moduIe/receiver eIectricaI
connector.
4. SIide the controI moduIe/receiver away from its
mounting bracket.
A49T006A
1. InstaII the controI moduIe/receiver on its mounting
bracket.
2. Connect the controI moduIe/receiver eIectricaI con-
nector.
3. InstaII the fIoor consoIe. Refer to Section 9G, Interior
Trim.
A409T007
SIREN
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the siren eIectricaI connector.
2. Remove the siren bracket mounting screws and si-
ren.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
B109T005
1. InstaII the siren with the mounting screws.
Tighten
Tighten the siren mounting screws to 3.5 N:m(31 Ib-
in).
2. Connect the siren eIectricaI connector.
PASSWORD PROGRAMMING
If a transmitter is Iost or damaged, the controI moduIe/
receiver must be re-programmedtocommunicate with a
new transmitter. The passwords recorded in the controI
moduIe/receiver shouId not be deIeted when power is
not connected to the controI moduIe/receiver.
Each controI moduIe/receiver shouId be abIe to record
five passwords. The foIIowing method is used to record
new passwords in the controI moduIe/receiver:
1. Connect the scan tooI to the data Iink connector
(DLC).
3. Use the scan tooI to deIete the current passwords.
4. Send the programming mode message to the controI
moduIe/receiver.
5. Press any button of the transmitter togenerate a data
code, incIuding a password which wiII be recorded by
the controI moduIe/receiver. The controI moduIe/re-
ceiver wiII send a response message to the scan tooI
to indicate that the first passwordhas been recorded.
6. Press any button of the transmitter togenerate a data
code, incIuding a password which wiII be recorded by
the controI moduIe/receiver. The controI moduIe/re-
ceiver wiII then senda response message tothe scan
tooI to indicate that the second password has been
recorded.
7. Press any button of the transmitter three more times
untiI the controI moduIe/receiver has indicated to the
scan tooI that the third, fourth, and fifth passwords
have been recorded.
9. Disconnect the scan tooI.
The controI moduIe/receiver Ieaves the programming
mode automaticaIIy and switches to the normaI operat-
ing mode when either of the foIIowing conditions occur:
- The scan tooI is disconnected from the DLC.
- Five passwords are recorded in the controI moduIe/
receiver.
REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY AND ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM 9T -- 5
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
AND SYSTEMOPERATION
ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
The remote keyIess entry and anti-theft systemcan per-
form the foIIowing functions:
- RemoteIy IockandunIockthe vehicIe doors by means
of a hand-heId, high-frequency transmitter.
- Sense intrusion into the vehicIe.
- Activate a warning in the event of an intrusion.
- HeIp the driver find the vehicIe in a parking area.
- AutomaticaIIy re-Iock the doors if the door or the trunk
is not opened within 30 seconds after the vehicIe has
been unIocked by the remote keyIess entry.
- Communicate seriaI data to a scan tooI to heIp diag-
nose system fauIts.
The remote keyIess entry andanti-theft systemconsists
of the foIIowing components:
- KeyIess entry and anti-theft controI moduIe/receiver.
- Security indicator.
- Trunk open switch.
- Trunk tamper switch.
- Front door tamper switches.
- Door contact switches.
- CentraI door Iock reIay.
- Turn signaI buIbs.
- Siren.
- Hood open switch.
REMOTE LOCKING AND UNLOCKING
The hand-heId transmitter Iocks and unIocks the vehicIe
doors by sending radio waves to the controI moduIe/re-
ceiver in the vehicIe. The effective range of the transmit-
ter varies between 5 and 10 meters, (approximateIy
16 to 32 feet), depending on whether or not objects,
such as other vehicIes are bIocking the path of the radio
waves.
The transmitter has a LOCK button and an UNLOCK
button which onIy function when the ignition is OFF.
Pressing the UNLOCK button has the foIIowing effects:
- The doors are unIocked.
- The turn signaI buIbs fIash twice.
- The controI moduIe is disarmed.
Pressing the LOCK button has the foIIowing effects:
- The doors are Iocked.
- The turn signaI buIbs fIash once.
- A "Chirp" sound is heard.
- The controI moduIe is armed.
The transmitter has a repIaceabIe battery. The battery is
designed to Iast at Ieast three years before repIacement
is necessary.
SECURITY INDICATOR
There is a security indicator on the instrument paneI. Af-
ter the LOCK button of the transmitter is pressed, the
moduIe is pIaced in the armed mode, and the security
indicator fIashes. The security indicator turns ON for
0.1 second and OFF for 0.7 second. It then fIashes at
that frequency untiI the controI moduIe/receiver is dis-
armed.
INTRUSION SENSING
The anti-theft function is armed if the transmitter sends
the LOCKmessage tothe controI moduIe/receiver when
the ignition is OFF. When the hood, door, or trunk is
opened, the hood open, door contact, or trunk open
switch sends a "ground" signaI to the controI moduIe/re-
ceiver. UnIess the controI moduIe/receiver is disarmed,
the siren wiII be activatedwhen the "ground"signaI is re-
ceived from the trunk open, hood open, or door contact
switches.
The foIIowing actions disarm the anti-theft system:
- An UNLOCK message is received from the transmit-
ter.
- Key operation is detected by the tamper switches.
(The tamper switches are operated by the Iock cyIin-
ders in the front driver's door.)
The aIarmwiII aIso be activated if the controI moduIe/re-
ceiver detects voItage from the ignition before either of
the foIIowing conditions occur:
- An UNLOCK message is received from the transmit-
ter.
- Key operation is indicated by the tamper switches.
SIREN
The remote keyIess entry system is armed when the
LOCK message is received from the transmitter when
the ignition is OFF. When the systemis armed, it wiII ac-
tivate the siren and fIash the turn signaIs for 28 seconds
if any of the foIIowing conditions occur:
- CIose aII the windows.
- Turn the ignition key to LOCK and remove the key.
- Have aII passengers get out of the vehicIe.
- CIose aII doors, the hood and the turnk Iid.
- The controI moduIe/receiver detects ignition voItage
whiIe the system is armed.
The siren wiII not operate if any of the foIIowing condi-
tions occur after the system has been armed:
- The driver's door is opened with the key.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
- The UNLOCK or LOCK button on the remote trans-
mitter is pressed within 2 seconds after the siren is
activated.
VEHICLE LOCATOR
The remote keyIess entry systemassists the driver inIo-
catingthe vehicIe. When the vehicIe is unIockedwiththe
remote controI, the turn signaIs fIash twice to indicate
the Iocation of the vehicIe. The duration of the fIashes
and the Iength of time between fIashes is used to indi-
cate certain vehicIe conditions. Refer to "FauIt or AIarm
Indication" in this section.
AUTOLOCKING (SAFETY LOCK)
The remote keyIess entry system features an autoIock-
ing feature. If the doors are unIocked with the remote
transmitter when the controI moduIe/receiver is in the
armedmode, the doors are automaticaIIy re-Iockedafter
30 seconds unIess any of the foIIowing events occur:
- A door is opened.
- The ignition is ON.
- The trunk is opened.
- The hood is opened.
CONTROL MODULE/RECEIVER
The remote keyIess entry controI moduIe/receiver is
contained in the fIoor consoIe. The moduIe/receiver pro-
cesses signaIs from the remote transmitter and various
switches. It activates the aIarm if an intrusion is de-
tected. The controI moduIe/receiver aIsohas a seIf-diag-
nostic function which wiII dispIay troubIe codes. In order
to dispIay troubIe codes, a scan tooI must be connected
to the data Iink connector (DLC).
The controI moduIe/receiver wiII not communicate with
transmitters from other vehicIes because there are over
four biIIionpossibIe eIectronicpasswordcombinations. It
is highIy unIikeIy that any transmitters wiII use the same
password. The controI moduIe/receiver has an attached
antenna to detect signaIs from the transmitter.
FAULT OR ALARMINDICATION
When the UNLOCK button on the remote transmitter is
pressed, the controI moduIe/receiver wiII fIash the park-
ing Iights to indicate information about the remote key-
Iess entry and anti-theft system.
NormaI Condition: If there has not been an intrusion,
and no fauIt has been detected, the controI moduIe/re-
ceiver wiII signaI a normaI condition when the UNLOCK
button is pressed. The parking Iights wiII fIash twice for
0.5 second, with a 0.5 second pause between fIashes.
FauIt Indication: If there is a fauIt in the remote keyIess
entry and anti-theft system, the controI moduIe/receiver
wiII signaI the fauIt whenthe UNLOCKbutton is pressed.
The parking Iights wiII fIash twice for 1 second, with a
0.5 second pause between fIashes.
AIarmIndication: If there has been anintrusion since the
Iast time the LOCK button was pressed, the controI
moduIe/receiver wiII signaI that there has been an intru-
sion when the UNLOCK button is pressed. The parking
Iights wiII fIash twice for 0.5 second, with a 1.5 second
pause between fIashes.
AIarm and fauIt information wiII be erased the next time
the transmitter arms the controI moduIe/receiver by
transmitting a LOCK message.
PANIC BUTTON
In addition to the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the
transmitter, there is another button which is used toacti-
vate the siren if a threatening situation occurs whiIe the
driver is approaching the vehicIe. If the panic button is
heId down for 2 seconds, the siren wiII be activated for
30 seconds, and the turn signaI Iamps wiII fIash during
that time.
IMMOBILIZER ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM 9T -- 7
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
SECTION 9T
otherwise noted.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SpeciaI TooIs 9T-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SpeciaI TooIs TabIe 9T-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ImmobiIizer System 9T-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnosis 9T-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 53 ECM ImmobiIized Error 9T-10 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Key Status Errors 9T-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Communication Between ImmobiIizer
and Test Equipment 9T-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Repair 9T-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
On-VehicIe Service 9T-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Key Coding Procedure 9T-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identification (ID) Code Reprogramming 9T-13 . . . . .
Ignition Key Transponder 9T-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detection CoiI 9T-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operation 9T-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ImmobiIizer System 9T-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EIectronicaIIy Coded Keys 9T-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detection CoiI 9T-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EIectronic ControI ModuIe (ECM) 9T-19 . . . . . . . . . . .
SeriaI Data Link 9T-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SPECIFICATIONS
Trim PaneI Retaining Screws 3 - 27
SPECIAL TOOLS
SPECIAL TOOLS TABLE
A110B003
Scan TooI
9T -- 8 IMMOBILIZER ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309T001
I
M
M
O
B
I
L
I
Z
E
R
S
Y
S
T
E
M
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
DIAGNOSIS
The immobiIizer anti-theft system requires diagnosis
when it is not possibIe to start the engine. If the no-start
condition occurs because of the immobiIizer system, a
diagnostic troubIe code (DTC) 53 shouId be set. The im-
mobiIizer controI unit monitors the detection andreading
of the ignition key, and the seIf-test capacity is Iimited to
those functions. FauIts are communicated toa scan tooI
during diagnosis, but they are not stored in the immobi-
Iizer controI unit's memory. Unauthorized use of a scan
tooI couIdbe a methodof defeatingthe immobiIizer anti-
theft system, socertainscan tooI procedures require the
use of a password. The foIIowing functions are pass-
word protected:
- Coding of an additionaI key.
- DeIeting aII key codes.
- DeIetion of the immobiIizer identification (ID) Code.
- DeIetion of the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) ID
Code.
The foIIowing functions do not require a password:
- Readingan ignition key todetermine if the transpond-
er is working or if a key is authorized.
- Reading the immobiIizer ID code to verify that it
matches the ECM ID code.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A309T002
ECMIMMOBILIZED ERROR
Circuit Description
When the ignition is turned ON, the key is tested by the
immobiIizer anti-theft system. WhiIe the key code is be-
ing read by the immobiIizer controI unit, the engine can
start and run with any key that wiII turn the Iock cyIinder.
The key code is read and compared with key codes that
have been stored in the memory of the immobiIizer con-
troI unit. If a vaIidkey is detected, the immobiIizer controI
unit sends a seriaI data reIease message to the eIec-
receives an invaIidreIease message, the ECMperforms
- The ECMdoes not receive the signaI from the immo-
biIizer controI moduIe within .562 second when the
vehicIe is stationary, or within 1.5 seconds when the
vehicIe is moving.
- The ECM receives an incorrect reIease message
fromthe immobiIizer controI unit more than five times.
- The above conditions are maintaineduntiI the ignition
is switched OFF.
DTC 53 WiII CIear When
The ignition switch is turned OFF or the scan tooI
CLEAR CODES command is issued.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
1
Connect the scan tooI using the foIIowing procedure:
1. Insert the immobiIizer data cartridge into the scan
tooI.
2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position.
4. Connect the scan tooI's power cord to the cigar
Iighter socket.
5. Turn the ignition ON, but do not start the engine.
Is communication estabIished between the scan tooI
and the immobiIizer controI unit?
-
Go to Step 2
Go to
"Communica-
tion Between
ImmobiIizer
and Test
Equipment"
2
SeIect SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS from the scan tooI
menu.
Does the KEY STATUS message indicate POS NR
(position number) 00?
-
Go to "Key Sta-
tus Errors" Go to Step 3
3
Read the IMMO & ECM ID CODE message that
was dispIayed after requesting SYSTEM DIAGNO-
SIS.
Does the message ID CODE DIFFERENT appear?
-
Go to
"Identification
(ID) Code Re-
pro-
gramming" Go to Step 4
4
Check for an open seriaI data wire between the im-
mobiIizer controI unit and the eIectronic controI mod-
uIe (ECM).
Is the circuit open?
-
5
Repair the open seriaI data wire between the ECM
and the immobiIizer controI unit.
-
System OK
-
6
1. RepIace the ECM.
2. Reprogram the identification (ID) code. Refer to
"Identification (ID) Code Reprogramming" in this
section.
-
System OK
-
KEY STATUS ERRORS
The foIIowing KEY STATUS messages may be shown
on the scan tooI after commanding SYSTEM DIAGNO-
SIS:
- IGNITION OFF STATUS. This message informs the
technician that the ignition is off duringthe key coding
process. Turn the ignition ON during key coding, but
do not start the engine.
- KEY IS OCCUPIED. OnIy five keys may be coded. If
a newkey is desired, the previous key codes must be
deIeted. Up to five keys may then be authorized.
- ALREADY AUTHORIZED. Key coding is being at-
tempted with a key that is aIready authorized.
- ERROR NO. 001, 002, 003. There is no communica-
tion between the transponder in the ignition key and
the detection coiI. FoIIowthe steps beIowtodiagnose
the probIem:
1. Try a different key. If a different key works, the
probIem is in the originaI key.
2. If trying a different key resuIts in the same er-
ror message, repIace the detection coiI.
- INVALID KEY. The communication between the im-
mobiIizer controI unit andthe key transponder has not
vaIidated the key. FoIIowthe steps beIowtodiagnose
the probIem:
1. Code the key. Refer to "Key Coding Proce-
dure" in this section.
2. If the same message is received after key
coding, check the connection of the detection
coiI.
3. If the detection coiI is okay, repIace the immo-
biIizer. Refer to "ImmobiIizer ControI Unit" in
this section.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
- NO TRANSPONDER DETECTED. The fauIt may be
in ignition key transponder, the detection coiI, or the
immobiIizer. FoIIow the steps beIow to diagnose the
probIem
1. Try a different key. If a different key works, the
probIem is in the originaI key.
2. If trying a different key resuIts in the same er-
ror message, check the connection of the
detection coiI.
3. If the connection of the detection coiI is okay,
disconnect the detection coiI anduse an ohm-
meter to check for an open detection coiI.
4. If the detection coiI is not open, repIace the
immobiIizer controI unit. Refer to "ImmobiIizer
ControI Unit" in this section.
COMMUNICATION BETWEEN
IMMOBILIZER AND TEST
EQUIPMENT
1. Connect the test equipment as described in the Scan
TooI Equipment ManuaI.
2. If communication between the scan tooI and the test
equipment is unsuccessfuI, wait 30 seconds and try
again.
3. If communication is not successfuI on the second try,
turn the ignition OFF and check the wire andconnec-
tors between the immobiIizer controI unit terminaI 3
and the assembIy Iine diagnostic Iink (ALDL) terminaI
M.
4. If the wire and connectors between the ALDL andthe
immobiIizer controI unit are okay, repIace the immobi-
Iizer controI unit. Refer to"ImmobiIizer ControI Unit"in
this section.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
ON-VEHICLE SERVICE
KEY CODING PROCEDURE
1. InstaII the immobiIizer controI unit cartridge in the
scan tooI.
3. Connect the scan tooI.
4. Turn the ignition ON with the key to be coded.
5. Enter the four-number password that enabIes ser-
vice personneI to use the scan tooI for coding keys.
6. A Iost key can be deIeted onIy by deIeting aII keys
and reauthorizing the remaining keys as new keys.
If a key is Iost, go to the next step. If no keys have
been Iost, but an additionaI key is desired, go to
Step 8.
7. Use the scan tooI command DELETE ALL KEY
CODES.
8. Use the scan tooI command AUTHORIZE ONE
ADDITIONAL KEY.
9. Repeat Steps 4, 5, and 6 untiI the immobiIizer con-
troI unit has recordedaII of the newkeys or reautho-
rized aII of the remaining keys after a deIetion. The
immobiIizer controI unit can record a maximum of
five keys.
10. Return the system to the normaI mode.
11. Turn OFF the ignition.
12. Turn ON the ignition.
13. Crank to start the engine.
IDENTIFICATION (ID) CODE
REPROGRAMMING
Reprogram the identification (ID) code in the foIIowing
situations:
- An eIectronic controI unit is repIaced.
- An engine controI moduIe (ECM) is repIaced.
If a vaIid key has been Iost, refer to "Key Coding Proce-
dure" in this section.
Reprogramming Procedure
1. Turn the ignition OFF. Reprogramming is not aIIowed
whiIe the engine is running.
2. Insert the immobiIizer controI unit cartridge into the
scan tooI.
3. Do not start the vehicIe, but turn the ignition ON.
4. Enter the four-number passwordthat enabIes service
personneI to use the scan tooI for coding keys.
5. Use the scan tooI to command RESET ID CODE.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
6. Turn the ignition OFF and ON again, but do not
crank or start the engine. The ECM wiII reset the
ECM ID code to match the new ID code that was
caIcuIated and sent by the immobiIizer controI unit
when the ignition was first turned ON after the reset
command.
7. Return the system to the normaI mode.
8. Turn OFF the ignition.
9. Turn ON the ignition.
After reprogramming the ID code, the scan tooI SYS-
TEMDIAGNOSIS command can verify that the ECMID
code matches the immobiIizer controI unit ID code.
If the reprogramming procedure does not resuIt in
matching ID codes, check the eIectricaI connectors for
the seriaI data wire between the immobiIizer controI unit
and the ECM.
IGNITION KEY TRANSPONDER
If a transponder is fauIty, the ignition key must be re-
pIaced. It is not possibIe toinstaII a newtransponder into
a key.
A209T002
DETECTION COIL
Drive SimiIar)
RemovaI Procedure
1. Remove the retaining screws from the trim paneI be-
Iow the steering coIumn.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209T004
2. SIide the trim paneI upward and puII outward to re-
move it.
3. Remove the steering coIumn Iower cover. Refer to
Section 6E, Steering WheeI and CoIumn.
4. Disconnect the two-pin connector fromthe immobiIiz-
er.
A209T005
5. Pry the detection coiI away from the Iock cyIinder. If
the detection coiI wiII be repIaced with a new one, it
does not matter if the key position trim ring is dam-
aged during removaI. A new trim ring is part of the
new detection coiI.
A209T004
1. InstaII the detection coiI by pressing it onto the Iock
cyIinder untiI it snaps in pIace.
2. Connect the two-pin connector to the immobiIizer.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209T002
3. InstaII the steering coIumn Iower cover. Refer to Sec-
tion 6E, Steering WheeI and CoIumn.
4. InstaII the trim paneI using the retaining screws.
Tighten
Tighten the trim paneI retaining screws to 3 N:m
(27 Ib-in).
A209T002
IMMOBILIZER CONTROL UNIT
Drive SimiIar)
RemovaI Procedure
2. Remove the retaining screws from the trim paneI be-
Iow the steering coIumn.
A209T008
2. SIide the trim paneI upward and puII outward to re-
move it.
3. Cut the tie-strap which attaches the yeIIow suppIe-
mentaI infIatabIe restraint wires to a retaining cIip.
Use caution not to damage the wires or the retaining
cIip.
4. SIide the immobiIizer controI unit toward the steering
wheeI untiI it sIides off its mounting bracket.
5. Disconnect the eIectricaI connectors from the immo-
biIizer controI unit.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
A209T008
Important: After repIacing the immobiIizer, the keys
must be re-authorized using the key coding procedure.
Refer to "Key Coding Procedure" in this section. AIso,
the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) identification (ID)
code must be reset. Refer to "Identification (ID) Code
Reprogramming" in this section.
1. Connect the eIectricaI connectors to the immobiIizer
controI unit.
A209T002
2. SIide the immobiIizer controI unit onto its mounting
bracket.
3. Use a tie-strap to fasten the yeIIow suppIementaI in-
fIatabIe restraint wires to the retaining cIip.
4. InstaII the trim paneI using the retaining screws.
Tighten
Tighten the trim paneI retaining screws to 3 N:m
(27 Ib-in).
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
GENERAL DESCRIPTION AND SYSTEMOPERATION
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
A209T003
The purpose of the immobiIizer system is to prevent the
vehicIe from being stoIen or driven by unauthorized us-
ers.
Authorizationis accompIishedby the use of aneIectroni-
caIIy coded key. When the ignition is turnedON, the key
is tested by the immobiIizer system. WhiIe the key code
is being read by the immobiIizer controI unit, the engine
canstart andrunwithany key that wiII turnthe IockcyIin-
der. The key code is read and comparedwith key codes
that have been stored in the immobiIizer controI unit's
memory. If a vaIid key is detected, the immobiIizer con-
troI unit sends a seriaI data reIease message tothe eIec-
does not receive a reIease message within a specified
time, or if the ID codes donot match, the ECMperforms
- DisabIes the ignition coiI.
- Sets Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) 53.
The above conditions are maintained untiI the ignition is
switched OFF.
The immobiIizer controI unit system consists of the foI-
Iowing components:
- EIectronicaIIy coded keys.
- Detection coiI.
- ImmobiIizer controI unit.
- ECM.
- Instrument cIuster indicator.
- AssembIy Iine diagnostic Iink (ALDL) connector to
provide seriaI data access for a scan tooI.
An ECMfor a vehicIe without an immobiIizer controI unit
cannot be interchanged for an ECMthat is used with an
immobiIizer controI unit system. The immobiIizer controI
unit and the ECM must have a matching ID code. ID
coding and key coding are accompIished by using a
scan tooI.
DAEWOO T-100 BL3
ELECTRONICALLY CODED KEYS
Each vaIid ignition key has an internaI transponder
which transmits a unique code. When a key is inserted
into the ignition Iock, the transponder is inductiveIy
coupIed to the detection coiI. The transponder interacts
with the detection coiI to generate an ampIitude modu-
IatedsignaI which is conductedfromthe detection coiI to
the immobiIizer controI unit. The immobiIizer controI unit
reads the radio frequency signaI, and a reIease mes-
sage is sent tothe eIectronic controI moduIe, if the key is
authorized.
Newkeys are coded by using a scan tooI. Refer to "Key
Coding Procedure" in this section.
DETECTION COIL
AdetectioncoiI is mountedat the ignition Iockas aninte-
graI part of the key position trim ring. The wires to and
fromthe detection coiI are connectedto the immobiIizer.
When the ignition is turned ON, the immobiIizer ener-
gizes the detectioncoiI, andthe coiI is coupIedinductive-
Iy to the transponder in the ignition key. The immobiIizer
sends a moduIated signaI to the detection coiI, and the
signaI is changed by interaction with the internaI trans-
ponder in the ignition key. The immobiIizer reads the sig-
naI from the detection coiI and determines whether the
key is authorized.
IMMOBILIZER CONTROL UNIT
The immobiIizer controI unit is an eIectronic moduIe in
the instrument paneI which verifies the vaIidity of anigni-
tion key when the ignition is turned ON. To accompIish
its purpose, the immobiIizer controI unit performs the foI-
Iowing actions:
- Learns and stores the codes of vaIid keys.
- Reads the radiofrequency input fromthe ignition key.
- Compares the received code with the codes of the
vaIid keys.
- Sends a reIease message to the eIectronic controI
moduIe (ECM) if a vaIid key has been presented.
- CaIcuIates and transmits identification (ID) codes
within each reIease message.
- ControIs the status indicator in the instrument cIuster.
- Monitors system fauIts.
- Supports system test functions.
NormaI Operation
When the ignition is turned ON, the immobiIizer controI
unit tries to read the key code transmitted by the trans-
ponder in the ignition key. If a vaIid key is detected, the
immobiIizer controI unit sends a reIease message to the
ECM, andthe immobiIizer controI unit switches tothe in-
active mode. The reIease message contains an IDcode.
ImmobiIization wiII be performed by the ECM if no re-
Iease message is received, or if the ID code in the ECM
does not match the immobiIizer controI unit ID code. If a
non-vaIid key is detected, the reIease message is not
sent tothe ECM. When the driver turns the ignition OFF,
the immobiIizer controI unit switches tothe active mode.
AssembIy Line Diagnostic Link (ALDL)
Mode
Whenthe ignitionis on, a scantooI canswitch the immo-
biIizer controI unit to the assembIy Iine diagnostic Iink
(ALDL) mode for the purpose of diagnostics, key coding,
or ID coding.
ID Code HandIing
One of 65,535 possibIe IDcodes is storedin the immobi-
Iizer controI unit's memory. The ID code can be erased
by using the scan tooI's RESET ID CODE command.
When the immobiIizer controI unit caIcuIates a new ID
code, the ECM ID code must be reset to match the im-
mobiIizer controI unit ID code. Toreset the ID code refer
to "Identification (ID) Code Reprogramming." During
diagnostic procedures, the ID code can be readfor com-
parison with the ECM ID code by using the scan tooI's
READ IMMOBILIZER CONTROL UNIT ID CODE com-
mand.
(ECM)
When the eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM) detects that
the ignition is being turned ON, the ECM waits for a re-
Iease message fromthe immobiIizer controI unit. If a re-
Iease message is not received within a specified time,
the ECM disabIes the engine. The engine is aIso dis-
abIedif the identification (ID) code transmittedby the im-
mobiIizer controI unit does not match the code stored in
the ECM's memory. ImmobiIization remains in effect un-
tiI the ignition is turned OFF or battery power is re-
moved.
To prevent the vehicIe from being driven, the ECM ap-
pIies the foIIowing strategy:
- The ignition moduIe is put in a bypass mode.
- The ECM wiII not create an eIectronic spark timing
(EST) output, so no spark wiII be generated by the
ignition coiI.
- The ECM wiII not enabIe the fueI pump.
- The ECM wiII not enabIe the fueI injectors.
- The ECM sets Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) 53.
SeriaI data communication is transmitted on a singIe
wire between the immobiIizer controI unit and the ECM.
During diagnostic procedures or ID code changing, a
scan tooI is added to the communication system.
An ECM with an immobiIizer controI unit is not ex-
changeabIe with the ECMwithout an immobiIizer controI
unit.
SERIAL DATA LINK
SeriaI data canbe exchangedbetweena scan tooI, eIec-
troniccontroI moduIe (ECM), andthe immobiIizer controI
unit. The scan tooI connection is the assembIy Iine diag-
nostic Iink (ALDL).
i
PERSONAL INJURY CAUTION
Appropriate service methods and proper repair procedures are essentiaI
for the safe, reIiabIe operation of aII motor vehicIes, as weII as for the per-
sonaI safety of the person doing the repair. There are many variations in
procedures, techniques, tooIs and parts for servicing vehicIes, as weII as
in the skiIIs of the peopIe doing the work. This manuaI cannot possibIy
anticipate aII such variations and provide advice or precautions for each.
Anyone who deviates from the instructions provided in this manuaI must
ensure their own safety and preserve the safety and integrity of the ve-
hicIe. The foIIowing Iist contains generaI precautions that shouId aIways
be foIIowed whiIe working on a vehicIe.
- Safety stands are required whenever a procedure caIIs for under-
body work.
- Do not smoke when you work on a vehicIe.
- To prevent serious burns, do not touch any hot metaI parts.
- Set the parking brake when you work on the vehicIe.
- Turn the ignition switch OFF unIess a procedure states otherwise.
- The engine may operate onIy in a weII-ventiIated area.
- Avoid moving parts when the engine is running.
- Safety gIasses must be worn for eye protection.
ii
iii
/$126
6HUYL.H 0DQXDO
FOREWORD
This manuaI incIudes procedures for maintenance, adjustment, service operations, and removaI
and instaIIation of components for the LANOS vehicIe.
When reference is made in this manuaI to a brand name, number, or specific tooI, an equivaIent
product may be used in pIace of the recommended item.
AII information, iIIustrations and specifications contained in this manuaI are based on the Iatest
product information avaiIabIe at the time of pubIication approvaI. The right is reserved to make
changes at any time without notice.
Daewoo Motor Company, Limited
Overseas TechnicaI Service Department
391--9 Chong Chon-2 Dong, Pu Pyung-Gu,
Inchon, Korea
TeI: 82-32-509-4150 X 4159, 4170
Fax: 82-32-509-4160 / 4169
E-maiI: m8610452@dwmc.co.kr
m9310883@dwmc.co.kr
Daewoo Motor Company, Limited
AII Rights Reserved
No part of this pubIication may be reproduced, stored in any retrievaI systemor transmitted,
in any formor by any means, incIuding but not Iimited toeIectronic, mechanicaI, photocopy-
ing, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of Daewoo Motor Company,
Limited.
iv
v
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 0A Front Matter
Section 0B GeneraI Information
Section 1 Engine
Section 1A GeneraI Engine Information
Section 1B SOHC Engine MechanicaI
Section 1C DOHC Engine MechanicaI
Section 1D Engine CooIing
Section 1E Engine EIectricaI
Section 1F Engine ControIs
Section 1G Engine Exhaust
Section 2 Suspension
Section 2A Suspension Diagnosis
Section 2B WheeI AIignment
Section 2C Front Suspension
Section 2D Rear Suspension
Section 2E Tires and WheeIs
Section 3 DriveIine / AxIe
Section 3A Automatic TransaxIe Drive AxIe
Section 3B ManuaI TransaxIe Drive AxIe
Section 4 Brakes
Section 4A HydrauIic Brakes
Section 4B Master CyIinder
Section 4C Power Booster
Section 4D Front Disc Brakes
Section 4E Rear DrumBrakes
Section 4F AntiIock Brake System
Section 4G Parking Brake
Section 5 Transmission / TransaxIe
Section 5A 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe
Section 5B Five-Speed ManuaI TransaxIe
Section 5C CIutch
Section 6 Steering
Section 6A Power Steering System
Section 6B Power Steering Pump
Section 6C Power Steering Gear
Section 6D ManuaI Steering Gear
Section 6E Steering WheeI and CoIumn
Section 7 HVAC (Heating, VentiIation, and
Air Conditioning)
Section 7A Heating and VentiIation System
Section 7B ManuaI ControI Heating,
VentiIation, and Air Conditioning
System
Section 8 Restraints
Section 8A Seat BeIts
Section 8B SuppIementaI InfIatabIe Restraints
(SIR)
Section 9 Body and Accessories
Section 9A Body Wiring System
Section 9B Lighting Systems
Section 9C Horns
Section 9D Wipers/Washer Systems
Section 9E Intrumentation/Driver Information
Section 9F Audio Systems
Section 9G Interior Trim
Section 9H Seats
Section 9I WaterIeaks
Section 9J Windnoise
Section 9K Squeaks and RattIes
Section 9L GIass and Mirrors
Section 9M Exterior Trim
Section 9N Frame and Underbody
Section 9O Bumpers and Fascias
Section 9P Doors
Section 9Q Roof
Section 9R Body Front End
Section 9S Body Rear End
Section 9T Remote KeyIess Entry and
Anti-Theft System
Index
vi
vii
DAEWOO PUBLICATION COMMENT FORM
Use this formtoadvise us of any errors youmight findinthis pubIication. We aIsoweIcome your suggestions that might
heIp us improve Daewoo pubIications.
PubIication that contains error:
Page number where the error appears:
Figure number where the error appears:
VehicIe appIication and system identification:
Describe the error found or your suggestion in detaiI. PIease attach additionaI pages as necessary. PIease attach a
copy of iIIustrations that contain errors.
From: Name
Address Country
Signature Date Phone
MaiI To: Daewoo Motor Company, Limited
Overseas TechnicaI Service Department
391-9 Chong Chon-2 Dong, Pu Pyung-Gu
Inchon, Korea
,1'(;
A-PiIIar Trim PaneI, Interior Trim,

On-VehicIe Service 9G-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A/C Compressor ReIay,
ManuaI ControI Heating, VentiIation,
and Air Conditioning System 7B-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A/C Diagram, 1.3L/1.5L SOHC (IEFI-6 ECM),
A/C Diagram, Non-, Heating and
VentiIation System, Schematic
and Routing Diagrams 7A-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A/C Expansion VaIve,
A/C High-Pressure Pipe Line, ManuaI
ControI Heating, VentiIation,
A/C Hose AssembIy,
A/C Performance Test,
A/C Pressure Transducer,
A/C System (TypicaI), Schematic
and Routing Diagrams 7B-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A/C System Charging Capacity,
Specifications 7B-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A/C System Components - ControI,
A/C System Components - FunctionaI,
A/C System Service Procedures, GeneraI 7B-22 . . . . .
A/C System, Discharging,
Adding OiI, Evacuating, and
Charging Procedures for 7B-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A/C System, The V5 7B-69 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A/C/Defogger Switch AssembIy,
Abbreviations, TransaxIe Definitions and,
4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe 5A-265 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS (Amber) Indicator Off ConstantIy,
No DTCs Stored 4F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS (Amber) Indicator On ConstantIy,
No DTCs Stored 4F-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS (Amber) Indicator On IntermittentIy,
No DTCs Stored 4F-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS and Brake Indicator ControI,
AntiIock Brake System 4F-188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS Circuit (1 of 3), Schematic and
Routing Diagrams 4F-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS Component Locator 4F-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS EnabIe ReIay 4F-213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS EnabIe ReIay Test 4F-187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS EnabIe ReIay, On-VehicIe Service 4F-202 . . . . . . .
ABS Indicators 4F-213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS Indicators, On-VehicIe Service 4F-204 . . . . . . . . . .
ABS SoIenoid 4F-193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS SoIenoid Fuse, On-VehicIe Service 4F-203 . . . . . .
ABS Sytem Components 4F-212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ABS, Tires and, AntiIock Brake System 4F-212 . . . . . . .
AbsoIute Pressure Check
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6),
ManifoId, Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-64 . . . . . . .
AbsoIute Pressure Check
(1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F),
ManifoId, Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-66 . . . . . . .
AbsoIute Pressure Sensor (TypicaI),
ManifoId, Engine ControIs,
On-VehicIe Service 1F-305 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AbsoIute Pressure Sensor, ManifoId,
Engine ControIs 1F-316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AccumuIator Spring RemovaI,
4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AccumuIator Springs InstaII,
Unit Repair 5A-241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actuator AssembIy, ManuaI Shaft,
Parking PaneI and, 4T40-E Automatic
TransaxIe, Component Locator 5A-31 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actuator Guide RepIacement,
Unit Repair 5A-196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air BIeeding, CIutch, On-VehicIe Service 5C-16 . . . . . . .
Air Conditioning Compressor OverhauI,
V5, ManuaI ControI Heating, VentiIation,
2 INDEX
Air Conditioning System 7B-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air ControI System Check
IdIe, Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-72 . . . . . . . . . . .
Air ControI System Check (1.3L SOHC
and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F), IdIe,
Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Air ControI VaIve (TypicaI), IdIe,
Engine ControIs, On-VehicIe Service 1F-304 . . . . . .
Air ControI VaIve, IdIe, Engine ControIs 1F-316 . . . . . . .
Air Distribution Case AssembIy, Heater/,
Air System Operation, IdIe,
Air Temperature Sensor (TypicaI), ManifoId,
Air Temperature Sensor, ManifoId,
Airbag ModuIe DepIoyment (In VehicIe),
On-VehicIe Service 8B-46 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airbag ModuIe DepIoyment (Outside
of VehicIe), On-VehicIe Service 8B-49 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airbag ModuIe DisposaI Procedure,
DepIoyed, On-VehicIe Service 8B-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airbag ModuIe, Driver,
Airbag ModuIe, Passenger, SuppIementaI
InfIatabIe Restraints (SIR),
Airbag ModuIes 8B-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AirfIow (TypicaI), ManuaI ControI Heating,
VentiIation, and Air Conditioning System,
AirfIow Through Vents with Rear Heating
Duct, Heating and VentiIation System,
AIignment Checking, Frame and Underbody 9N-3 . . . . . .
AIignment Specifications, WheeI 2B-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AIignment, Four WheeI 2B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AM/FM Radio, Stereo Cassette 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amperage, CoId Cranking,
Engine EIectricaI 1E-55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AngIe, IncIuded, WheeI AIignment 2B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AngIe, Turning, WheeI AIignment 2B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna Mast, Power, On-VehicIe Service 9F-12 . . . . .
Antenna Motor/ManuaI Antenna, Power,
On-VehicIe Service 9F-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna, Diagnosis 9F-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna, ManuaI 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antenna, Power 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anticorrosion MateriaIs, Body Front End,
On-VehicIe Service 9R-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AntiIock Brake System Fuse 4F-201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AntiIock Braking Mode 4F-211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Arm, ControI, Front Suspension,
On-VehicIe Service 2C-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ashtray Lamp, Lighting Systems 9B-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ashtray Lamp, Lighting Systems,
Ashtray, Instrumentation/Driver Information 9E-48 . . . .
Ashtray, Instrumentation/Driver Information,
Diagnosis 9E-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ashtray, Instrumentation/Driver Information,
On-VehicIe Service 9E-27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assist HandIes, Passenger,
On-VehicIe Service 9Q-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Assist HandIes, Passenger, Roof 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At Each FueI FiII, Owner Inspections
and Services 0B-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At Least AnnuaIIy, Owner Inspections
and Services 0B-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At Least MonthIy, Owner Inspections
and Services 0B-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
At Least Twice a Year, Owner
Inspections and Services 0B-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio Security System 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audio System Circuit,
Audio System, On-VehicIe Service 9F-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automated ModuIator Test AntiIock
Brake System, Diagnosis 4F-186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automated Motor Pack Diagnosis Test,
AntiIock Brake System, Diagnosis 4F-186 . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Transmission FIuid Pressure
ManuaI VaIve Position Switch Resistance
Check, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Diagnosis 5A-64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManuaI VaIve Position Switch
(TFP VaI. Position Sw.),
Automatic Transmission Input (Shaft)
Speed Sensor (A/T OSS),
Automatic Transmission Output
(Shaft) Speed Sensor (A/T OSS),
Automatic Transmission Output Speed
Sensor (A/T OSS), 4T40-E Automatic
TransaxIe, On-VehicIe Service 5A-158 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Transmission Output Speed
Sensor RemovaI, 4T40-E Automatic
TransaxIe, Unit Repair 5A-182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Axis IncIination, Steering, WheeI AIignment 2B-9 . . . . .
AxIe AssembIy, Drive, Automatic
TransaxIe, On-VehicIe Service 3A-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AxIe AssembIy, Drive, ManuaI
TransaxIe, On-VehicIe Service 3B-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AxIe AssembIy, Rear, Rear Suspension 2D-8 . . . . . . . .
AxIe SeaI AssembIe, Right-Hand, 4T40-E
Automatic TransaxIe, Unit Repair 5A-258 . . . . . . . . . .
AxIe SeaI InstaII, Side Cover, 4T40-E
AxIe SeaI RemovaI, Right-Hand, 4T40-E
INDEX 3
AxIe SeaI, Drive, Five-Speed ManuaI
TransaxIe, On-VehicIe Service 5B-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AxIe with ABS, Unit Repair 2D-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AxIe without ABS, Rear, Unit Repair 2D-15 . . . . . . . . . .
AxIe, Front Drive, Automatic TransaxIe 3A-13 . . . . . . . .
AxIe, Front Drive, ManuaI TransaxIe 3B-12 . . . . . . . . . .
AxIe, Front Drive, ManuaI TransaxIe,
Component Locator 3B-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AxIes, Front Drives, Automatic TransaxIe,
Component Locator 3A-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B
B-PiIIar MoIding (Notchback and
Five-Door Hatchback), Exterior Trim,
On-VehicIe Service 9M-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-PiIIar MoIding (Three-Door Hatchback),
Exterior Trim, On-VehicIe Service 9M-2 . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-PiIIar Trim PaneI (Three-Door Hatchback),
Lower, Interior Trim, On-VehicIe Service 9G-11 . . . . . .
B-PiIIar Trim PaneI (Three-Door Hatchback),
Upper, Interior Trim, On-VehicIe Service 9G-9 . . . . . . .
B-PiIIar Trim PaneI, Lower, Interior Trim,
B-PiIIar Trim PaneI, Upper, Interior Trim,
On-VehicIe Service 9G-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backfire, Engine ControIs,
Symptom Diagnosis 1F-288 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backing PIate, Rear Drum Brakes 4E-13 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Backup Lamps (Hatchback), Rear Fog/,
Lighting Systems, On-VehicIe Service 9B-41 . . . . . .
Backup Lamps (Notchback), Rear Fog/,
Backup Lamps Circuit, Lighting Systems,
Backup Lamps, Lighting Systems 9B-53 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BaIance Test, FueI Injector,
Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BaIancing, On-VehicIe 2E-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BaIancing, Tire and WheeI 2E-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BaIancing, WheeI, Off-VehicIe, Unit Repair 2E-7 . . . . . .
BaII Joint and KnuckIe, Front Suspension,
Diagnosis 2C-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BaII Joint, Front Suspension, Unit Repair 2C-16 . . . . . .
Band InstaII, Low/Reverse, 4T40-E
Base Braking Mode,
Basic KnowIedge Required, 4T40-E
Automatic TransaxIe, Diagnosis 5A-50 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery (Off the VehicIe),
Charging a CompIeteIy Discharged,
Battery Load Test, Engine EIectricaI,
Diagnosis 1E-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery Specifications, Engine EIectricaI 1E-2 . . . . . . . .
Battery, Engine EIectricaI 1E-55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Battery/Battery Tray, Engine EIectricaI,
Bearing Adjustment, WheeI,
Rear Suspension, On-VehicIe Service 2D-3 . . . . . . .
Bearing Diagnosis, SeaIed WheeI,
Suspension Diagnosis 2A-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bearing, Hub and, AssembIy with ABS,
Rear Suspension 2D-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bearing, Hub and, AssembIy without ABS,
Rear Suspension 2D-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bearing, Hub and, Front Suspension,
Unit Repair 2C-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bearing, Rack, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6D-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bearing, RoIIer, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6D-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bearing, Support, Front Suspension,
Unit Repair 2C-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bearing, Tapered RoIIer,
Bearings and Connecting Rod Bearings -
Gauging PIastic, Crankshaft,
SOHC Engine MechanicaI 1C-92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BeIt Check and Adjust, Timing, SOHC
Engine MechanicaI, On-VehicIe Service 1C-31 . . . . .
BeIt, Pump Drive, Power Steering Pump,
On-VehicIe Service 6B-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BeIt, Timing, SOHC Engine MechanicaI 1C-95 . . . . . . .
BeIt, Timing, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
BIeeder VaIve, HydrauIic ModuIator,
AntiIock Brake System,
BIeeding System, AntiIock Brake System 4F-189 . . . . .
BIeeding the Power Steering System,
On-VehicIe Service 6A-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BIeeding, Air, CIutch, On-VehicIe Service 5C-16 . . . . . .
BIock Heater, Engine, Engine CooIing 1D-21 . . . . . . . . .
BIower EIectricaI, Heating and
VentiIation System, Diagnosis 7A-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BIower Motor Resistor, ManuaI ControI
Heating, VentiIation, and
Air Conditioning System 7B-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BIower Motor, Heating and
VentiIation System 7A-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BIower Motor, ManuaI ControI Heating,
VentiIation, and Air Conditioning System 7B-29 . . . .
BIower Noise, Heating and
VentiIation System, Diagnosis 7A-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BIower Resistor, Heating and
BIower Switch, ManuaI ControI Heating,
Body-to-Spacer PIate Gasket, VaIve,
Component Locator 5A-37 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Body (TypicaI), ThrottIe, Engine ControIs,
4 INDEX
Body AssembIy, ControI VaIve,
Body Construction, GeneraI,
Frame and Underbody 9N-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Body Front End 9R-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Body Front End Anticorrosion MateriaIs,
Body Front End Fasteners,
Body Front End Lubrication,
Body Rear End Weatherstrip,
On-VehicIe Service 9S-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BoIt Specifications, Standard 0B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster AssembIy, Power,
On-VehicIe Service 4C-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Booster, Power 4C-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Adjustment, Parking 4G-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Adjustment, Rear Drum Brakes 4E-3 . . . . . . . . . .
Brake CabIe, Parking 4G-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake CaIiper AssembIy, Disc 4D-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake FIuid LeveI Switch,
Brake FIuid Reservoir, Master CyIinder 4B-5 . . . . . . . . .
Brake Hose (Front), HydrauIic Brakes 4A-18 . . . . . . . . .
Brake Hose (Rear), HydrauIic Brakes 4A-17 . . . . . . . . .
Brake Hose Inspection, HydrauIic Brakes,
Diagnosis 4A-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Indicator ControI, ABS and,
Brake Lamp Warning Circuit Diagnosis,
HydrauIic Brakes 4A-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Lever, Parking 4G-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake PedaI, HydrauIic Brakes 4A-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Proportioning VaIve, Checking,
Master CyIinder 4B-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake System (ABS), HydrauIic Brakes,
Brake System (Non-ABS), HydrauIic Brakes,
Brake System Testing, HydrauIic Brakes,
Diagnosis, 4A-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake, Parking 4G-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Braking Mode, AntiIock 4F-211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Braking Mode, Base,
Bucket Seat, Front, On-VehicIe Service 9H-2 . . . . . . . .
BuiIt-In Hydrometer, Engine EIectricaI 1E-55 . . . . . . . . .
BuIb Check, SuppIementaI InfIatabIe
Restraints, Diagnosis 8B-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
BuIb Usage Chart, Lighting Systems,
Bumpers 9O-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bushing and/or Bearing Ring,
Gearshift Tube, Boot,
Five-Speed ManuaI TransaxIe 5B-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bushing, Rack, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6D-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bushings, ControI Arm, Front Suspension,
Unit Repair 2C-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bushings, ControI Arm, Rear Suspension,
Unit Repair 2D-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bushings, Linkage Lever and/or,
C
C-PiIIar Trim PaneI (Three-Door Hatchback),
Interior Trim, On-VehicIe Service 9G-25 . . . . . . . . . . .
C-PiIIar Trim PaneI, Interior Trim,
CabIe Adjustment, Temperature,
CabIe, Parking Brake 4G-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CabIe, Shift ControI, 4T40-E Automatic
CaIiper AssembIy, Disc Brake 4D-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CaIiper AssembIy, Front Disc Brakes,
On-VehicIe Service 4D-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CaIiper OverhauI, Front Disc Brakes,
Unit Repair 4D-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camber and Caster Check, Front,
WheeI AIignment, Diagnosis 2B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camber Check, Rear, WheeI AIignment,
Diagnosis 2B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camber, WheeI AIignment 2B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Camshaft Gear, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
Camshaft, SOHC Engine MechanicaI 1C-95 . . . . . . . . .
Camshaft, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
Canister Purge SoIenoid (TypicaI),
Canister, Evaporative Emission,
Canister, Evaporative Emission,
Capacity, A/C System Charging,
Capacity, Reserve, Engine EIectricaI 1E-55 . . . . . . . . . .
Carpet, FIoor, Interior Trim 9G-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carpet, FIoor, Interior Trim,
Carrier and Reaction Gear AssembIy
RemovaI, Input, 4T40-E Automatic
Carrier AssembIe, Direct/Coast CIutch,
Reaction, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-219 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carrier AssembIe, Reaction InternaI Gear,
Input, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carrier AssembIy, Input,
INDEX 5
Carrier AssembIy, Reaction,
Carrier DisassembIe, Direct/Coast CIutch,
Unit Repair 5A-213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carrier DisassembIe, Reaction InternaI
Gear, Input, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carrier InstaII, Direct/Coast CIutch,
Unit Repair 5A-224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carrier InstaII, Reaction InternaI Gear,
Unit Repair 5A-213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carrier Pinion CIearance Check,
Unit Repair 5A-218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carrier Pinion Gear CIearance Check,
Unit Repair 5A-212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Case and Associated Parts (1 of 3),
Case Inspection, 4T40-E Automatic
Case Passages - Bottom,
Case Passages - ChanneI PIate Side,
Case Porosity Repair, 4T40-E Automatic
TransaxIe, Diagnosis 5A-55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Case Porosity Repair, 4T40-E Automatic
Case Side Cover Pan and Gaskets,
On-VehicIe Service 5A-161 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Case Side Cover RemovaI, 4T40-E
Case Side, ChanneI PIate Passages,
Case, DifferentiaI and, Five-Speed ManuaI
TransaxIe, Component Locators 5B-10 . . . . . . . . . . .
Case, Gears and, Five-Speed ManuaI
TransaxIe, Component Locators 5B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Case, Housing, Five-Speed ManuaI
TransaxIe, Unit Repair 5B-73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cassette AM/FM Radio, Stereo, Diagnosis 9F-3 . . . . . .
Cassette Care, Tape PIayer and 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Caster Check, Front Camber and,
Caster, WheeI AIignment 2B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CataIytic Converter 1G-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CataIytic Converter/Connecting Pipe,
Center High-Mounted StopIamp (Hatchback),
Center High-Mounted StopIamp (Notchback),
ChanneI MoIding, Inside, Doors,
On-VehicIe Service 9P-35 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ChanneI MoIding, Outside, Doors,
ChanneI PIate-to-Case Gasket,
ChanneI PIate and Gasket RemovaI,
Unit Repair 5A-187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ChanneI PIate AssembIy AssembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ChanneI PIate AssembIy DisassembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ChanneI PIate AssembIy InstaIIation,
Unit Repair 5A-242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ChanneI PIate Passages - Case Side,
ChanneI PIate Passages - ControI VaIve
Body Side, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
ChanneI PIate Side, Case Passages,
ChanneI PIate Side, ControI VaIve
Body ChanneIs, 4T40-E Automatic
Charging a CompIeteIy Discharged Battery
(Off the VehicIe), Engine EIectricaI 1E-56 . . . . . . . . .
Charging Procedure, Engine EIectricaI 1E-55 . . . . . . . . . .
Charging Procedures for A/C System,
Discharging, Adding OiI, Evacuating, and 7B-23 . . . . .
Charging System, Engine EIectricaI 1E-57 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charging System, Engine EIectricaI,
Schematic and Routing Diagrams 1E-4 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Charging Time Required, Engine EIectricaI 1E-56 . . . . . .
Chart, BuIb Usage, Lighting Systems,
Chart, Fuse, Body Wiring System,
Chart, Wire CoIor, Body Wiring System,
CheckbaII RemovaI, 4T40-E Automatic
6 INDEX
CheckbaIIs InstaIIation, 4T40-E
ChemicaI StabiIity in the Refrigeration
System, Maintaining 7B-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ChiId Seat Tether Anchor 8A-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ChiId Seat Tether Anchor,
On-VehicIe Service 8A-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ChiIdproof Rear Door Lock, Doors 9P-40 . . . . . . . . . . . .
ChiIdproof Rear Door Lock, Doors,
Chime ModuIe, Instrumentation/Driver
Information 9E-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Information, Diagnosis 9E-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Information, On-VehicIe Service 9E-45 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chime, HeadIamps On Reminder, Lighting
Systems, Lighting Systems, Diagnosis 9B-15 . . . . . .
ChuggIes, Surges or, Engine ControIs,
Diagnosis 1F-275 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cigar Lighter, Instrumentation/Driver
Information 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Information, Diagnosis 9E-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuit Check (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6),
FueI Pump ReIay, Engine ControIs,
Diagnosis 1F-56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Circuit Check (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L
DOHC ITMS-6F), FueI Pump ReIay,
Circuit Check - With A/C (1.3L and 1.5L
SOHC IEFI-6), Engine CooIing Fan,
Circuit Check - With A/C (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F), Engine CooIing Fan,
Circuit Check - Without A/C (1.3L and
1.5L SOHC IEFI-6), Engine CooIing Fan,
Circuit Check - Without A/C (1.3L SOHC
and 1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F), Engine
CooIing Fan, Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-92 . . . .
CIeanIiness and Care, Engine,
GeneraI Information 1A-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIearing FauIt Codes, SuppIementaI
InfIatabIe Restraints (SIR), Diagnosis 8B-5 . . . . . . . .
CIearing TroubIe Codes, Engine ControIs,
Diagnosis 1F-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIip RemovaI, ManuaI VaIve, 4T40-E
CIock Spring, SuppIementaI InfIatabIe
Restraints (SIR) 8B-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIock Spring, SuppIementaI InfIatabIe
Restraints (SIR), On-VehicIe Service 8B-41 . . . . . . .
CIock, DigitaI, Diagnosis 9E-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIock, DigitaI, Instrumentation/Driver
Information 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIock, DigitaI, Instrumentation/Driver
CIuster (DeIuxe), Instrument,
Instrumentation/Driver Information 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . .
CIuster (DeIuxe), Instrument,
Instrumentation/Driver Information,
CIuster (Standard), Instrument,
CIuster (Standard), Instrument,
CIuster Gear, Input Shaft and, Five-Speed
ManuaI TransaxIe, Unit Repair 5B-55 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIuster Indicator Lamps, Instrument,
Diagnosis 9E-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch and Low/Reverse Band RemovaI,
Forward, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch and Reaction Gear Set RemovaI,
Direct/Coast, 4T40-E Automatic
CIutch AssembIe, Forward CIutch Support,
Low RoIIer, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch AssembIe, Forward,
Unit Repair 5A-208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch AssembIe, Reverse Input and
Second RoIIer, 4T40-E Automatic
CIutch AssembIies, Direct and Coast,
CIutch AssembIy, Forward,
CIutch AssembIy, Reverse Input,
CIutch CoiI, ManuaI ControI Heating,
Unit Repair 7B-58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch Components, HydrauIic,
Component Locator 5C-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch DisassembIe, Forward CIutch Support,
RoIIer, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INDEX 7
CIutch DisassembIe, Forward,
Unit Repair 5A-206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch DisassembIe, Reverse Input
and Second RoIIer, 4T40-E Automatic
CIutch Disc and ReIated Components,
CIutch FunctionaI Air Check, Forward,
Unit Repair 5A-209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch FunctionaI Air Check, Reverse,
Unit Repair 5A-229 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch FunctionaI Air Check, Second,
Unit Repair 5A-236 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch FunctionaI Air Checks,
Direct and Coast, 4T40-E Automatic
CIutch Housing RemovaI, Reverse Input,
Unit Repair 5A-190 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch Hub AssembIe, Input InternaI Gear,
Unit Repair 5A-211 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch Hub DisassembIe, Input InternaI
Gear, Forward, 4T40-E Automatic
CIutch Hub InstaII, Input InternaI Gear,
Unit Repair 5A-212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch Hub RemovaI, Input InternaI Gear,
Unit Repair 5A-191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch Hub, Input InternaI Gear and
CIutch InstaII, Forward CIutch Support,
Low RoIIer, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch InstaII, Reverse Input and
Second RoIIer, 4T40-E Automatic
CIutch InstaIIation, Forward, 4T40-E
CIutch Master CyIinder AssembIy,
CIutch Master CyIinder, Unit Repair 5C-20 . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch Operation, Diagnosis 5C-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch PedaI Adjustment (HydrauIic),
CIutch PedaI, On-VehicIe Service 5C-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch PIate and Hub AssembIy,
ManuaI ControI Heating, VentiIation, and
Air Conditioning System, Unit Repair 7B-52 . . . . . . .
CIutch PIate Diagnosis,
4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe, Diagnosis 5A-54 . . . . .
CIutch PIate InstaIIation, Second,
Unit Repair 5A-231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch PIates RemovaI, Second,
Unit Repair 5A-189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch ReIease CyIinder AssembIy,
CIutch ReIease CyIinder, Unit Repair 5C-22 . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch ReIease Point Adjustment
(HydrauIic), On-VehicIe Service 5C-16 . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch RemovaI, Forward CIutch Support,
Low RoIIer, 4T40-E Automatic
CIutch Rotor and Bearing, ManuaI
ControI Heating, VentiIation, and
CIutch SoIenoid VaIve (TCC SoI. VaIve),
Torque Converter, 4T40-E Automatic
TransaxIe 5A-271 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch Support AssembIy, Forward,
CIutch Support, Low RoIIer CIutch AssembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-205 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch Support, Low RoIIer CIutch InstaII,
Unit Repair 5A-206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch Support, RoIIer CIutch DisassembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CIutch, Reaction Carrier AssembIe,
CIutch, Reaction Carrier DisassembIe,
CIutch, Reaction Carrier InstaII,
CO Potentiometer (Leaded FueI OnIy),
CO Potentiometer (Leaded FueI OnIy),
Coast CIutch AssembIies, Direct and,
Coat Hook, Roof, On-VehicIe Service 9Q-15 . . . . . . . . .
Coat Hooks, Roof 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Code Diagnosis, TroubIe, Engine ControIs 1F-22 . . . . .
Codes, CIearing TroubIe, Engine ControIs,
Diagnosis 1F-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Coding Procedure, Key, ImmobiIizer
Anti-Theft System, On-VehicIe Service 9T-7 . . . . . . .
CoId Cranking Amperage, Engine EIectricaI 1E-55 . . . .
CoIor Chart, Wire, Body Wiring System,
8 INDEX
CoIumn Diagnosis, Steering 6E-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CoIumn, Standard Steering, Unit Repair 6E-24 . . . . . . .
CoIumn, Steering WheeI and 6E-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CoIumn, Steering, On-VehicIe Service 6E-19 . . . . . . . . .
CoIumn, TiIt Steering, Unit Repair 6E-29 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compact Disc Care 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component DisassembIy, Major,
Component Locator (DOHC),
Engine ControIs 1F-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Locator (SOHC),
Engine ControIs 1F-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Component Resistance Chart,
Component Resistance Check Procedure,
Compression Test, Engine, Diagnosis 1A-1 . . . . . . . . . .
Compressor OverhauI, V5 Air Conditioning,
Compressor, ManuaI ControI Heating,
Compressor, V5, Description of Operation 7B-70 . . . . .
Compressor, V5, GeneraI Description 7B-70 . . . . . . . . .
Compressor, V5, ManuaI ControI Heating,
Component Locator 7B-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Condenser, ManuaI ControI Heating,
VentiIation, and Air Conditioning
System, On-VehicIe Service 7B-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting Pipe, Engine Exhaust 1G-12 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connecting Rod Bearings - Gauging PIastic,
Crankshaft Bearings and,
Connection Box Harness Routing,
Body Wiring System,
Connector (DLC), Data Link,
Connector End View, Engine ControIs,
Schematic and Routing Diagrams 1F-16 . . . . . . . . . .
Connector Face View (1 of 2), EBCM,
AntiIock Brake System 4F-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Connector Face View (2 of 2), EBCM,
Connector, Octane Number,
Connector, Transmission EIectricaI,
ConsoIe, FIoor, Interior Trim 9G-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ConsoIe, FIoor, Interior Trim,
ControI A/C Diagram, 1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC (ITMS-6F ECM),
Schematic and Routing Diagrams 7B-10 . . . . . . . . . .
ControI Arm Bushings, Front Suspension,
Unit Repair 2C-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ControI Arm Bushings, Rear Suspension,
Unit Repair 2D-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ControI Arm, Front Suspension,
ControI AssembIy, Heater, Heating and
VentiIation System, On-VehicIe Service 7A-16 . . . . .
ControI CabIe Adjustment,
ControI ModuIe (1 of 4), Transmission,
Schematic and Routing Diagrams 5A-15 . . . . . . . . . .
ControI Shift Rod, Five-Speed ManuaI
ControI SoIenoid VaIve (PS SoI. VaIve),
Pressure, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe 5A-270 . . . .
ControI System Check (1.3L and 1.5L
SOHC IEFI-6), IdIe Air, Engine ControIs,
Diagnosis 1F-72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ControI System Check (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F), IdIe Air,
ControI VaIve AssembIy and TFP Switch
InstaII, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-252 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ControI VaIve AssembIy, ManuaI
ControI VaIve Body AssembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-248 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ControI VaIve Body AssembIy and
Gasket RemovaI, 4T40-E Automatic
ControI VaIve Body AssembIy,
ControI VaIve Body ChanneIs - ChanneI
PIate Side, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
ControI VaIve Body ChanneIs - OiI Pump
Side, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
ControI VaIve Body DisassembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ControI VaIve Body Side, ChanneI
PIate Passages, 4T40-E Automatic
INDEX 9
ControI VaIve InstaII, OiI LeveI, 4T40-E
ControIs, Heating and VentiIation System 7A-13 . . . . . .
Converter CIutch SoIenoid VaIve
(TCC SoI. VaIve), Torque,
Converter, CataIytic 1G-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Converter/Connecting Pipe, CataIytic,
CooIant Pump, Engine CooIing 1D-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CooIant Pump, Engine CooIing,
On-VehicIe Service 1D-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CooIant Pump/Thermostat (DOHC),
Engine CooIing, Component Locator 1D-6 . . . . . . . . .
CooIant Pump/Thermostat (SOHC),
CooIant Temperature Sensor (DOHC),
CooIant Temperature Sensor (SOHC),
CooIant Temperature Sensor, Engine 1D-21 . . . . . . . . .
CooIant Temperature Sensor,
CooIant Temperature Sensor, Engine,
CooIer FIushing and FIow Test,
CooIer Hoses, OiI, 4T40-E Automatic
CooIer Line SeaI RemovaI, TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CooIer Line SeaIs InstaIIation, TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CooIer Pipes, OiI, 4T40-E Automatic
CooIing Capacity, Engine 1D-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CooIing Fan - AuxiIiary, EIectric,
CooIing Fan - Main, EIectric,
CooIing Fan Circuit Check - With A/C
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6), Engine,
CooIing Fan Circuit Check - With A/C
Engine, Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-104 . . . . . . .
CooIing Fan Circuit Check - Without A/C
(1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6), Engine,
CooIing Fan Circuit Check - Without A/C
Engine, Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-92 . . . . . . . .
CooIing Fan, EIectric, Engine CooIing 1D-21 . . . . . . . . .
CooIing System Diagnosis, Engine CooIing 1D-4 . . . . .
CooIing System, Draining and RefiIIing,
Engine CooIing, On-VehicIe Service 1D-8 . . . . . . . . .
CoupIing AssembIy, FIange and Steering,
Power Steering Gear, Unit Repair 6C-21 . . . . . . . . . .
CoupIing AssembIy, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6D-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CoupIing, FIexibIe, Steering WheeI and
CoIumn, On-VehicIe Service 6E-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Courtesy Lamp, Interior, Lighting Systems 9B-52 . . . . .
Courtesy Lamp, Interior, Lighting Systems,
Cover, Gearshift Lever, Five-Speed
ManuaI TransaxIe, On-VehicIe Service 5B-34 . . . . . .
CowI Vent GriIIe, Body Front End,
Crankshaft Bearings and Connecting
Rod Bearings - Gauging PIastic,
Crankshaft Position Sensor (TypicaI),
Crankshaft Position Sensor,
Crankshaft, SOHC Engine MechanicaI 1C-95 . . . . . . . .
Crankshaft, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
Unit Repair 1C-88 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cross Groove Joint SeaI, ManuaI
TransaxIe Drive AxIe, Unit Repair 3B-10 . . . . . . . . . .
CuphoIder, Instrumentation/Driver
Cuts Out, Misses, Engine ControIs,
CyIinder and Switch, Ignition Lock,
Steering WheeI and CoIumn,
CyIinder AssembIy, Master,
CyIinder AssembIy, WheeI, Rear Drum
Brakes, On-VehicIe Service 4E-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CyIinder Head and Gasket,
CyIinder Head and Gasket,
SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
CyIinder Head and VaIve Train Components,
SOHC Engine MechanicaI, Unit Repair 1C-76 . . . . . . .
CyIinder Lines, HydrauIic,
Power Steering Gear, Unit Repair 6C-23 . . . . . . . . . . .
CyIinder OverhauI, Master, Unit Repair 4B-8 . . . . . . . . . .
CyIinder to Front Head O-Ring,
and Air Conditioning System, Unit Repair 7B-66 . . . . .
CyIinder, Master 4B-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
D
Dampener, Strut, Front Suspension,
Diagnosis 2C-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dash SeaI, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6D-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 INDEX
Dash SeaI, Power Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6C-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Data Link Connector (DLC),
Data TabIe, Scan TooI, Engine ControIs,
Specifications 1F-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deck Lid (Notchback), Rear,
Body Rear End 9S-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deck Lid (Notchback), Rear,
Body Rear End, On-VehicIe Service 9S-4 . . . . . . . . .
Deck Lid Remote CabIe and HandIe, Rear,
Deck Lid SiII PIate Cover (Notchback),
Definitions and Abbreviations, TransaxIe,
Defogger Braided Lead Wire Repair,
Rear Window, On-VehicIe Service 9L-13 . . . . . . . . . .
Defogger Grid Line Repair, Rear Window,
On-VehicIe Service 9L-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defogger Grid Line, Testing Rear Window,
Diagnosis 9L-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defogger Switch AssembIy, A/C/,
Defogger, Rear Window and Outside
Rearview Mirror, Schematic and
Routing Diagrams 9L-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defrosting, Insufficient Heating or,
Heating and VentiIation System,
Diagnosis 7A-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DepIoyed Airbag ModuIe DisposaI
Procedure, On-VehicIe Service 8B-49 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detection CoiI, ImmobiIizer
Anti-Theft System 9T-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detection CoiI, ImmobiIizer
Detent Lever, Park Lock InstaIIation,
ManuaI Shaft, 4T40-E Automatic
Detent Lever, Park Lock RemovaI,
Detonation/Spark Knock, Engine ControIs,
Diagnostic Aids, Engine ControIs,
Diagnosis 1F-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic Circuit Check,
AntiIock Brake System 4F-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic ModuIe (SDM), Sensing and,
SuppIementaI InfIatabIe Restraints (SIR),
Diagnostic ModuIe (SDM),
Sensing and, SuppIementaI InfIatabIe
Restraints (SIR) 8B-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic System Check (1.3L and 1.5L
SOHC IEFI-6), Engine ControIs,
Diagnosis 1F-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic System Check (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F), Engine ControIs,
Diagnosis 1F-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostic TroubIe Code (DTC) Identification,
4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe 5A-78 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diagnostics, Scan TooI,
Diagram (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC - 1 of 5)
(IEFI-6 ECM), ECM Wiring,
Diagram (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC - 1 of 5)
(ITMS-6F ECM), ECM Wiring,
DieseIing, Run-On, Engine ControIs,
Difference Between Left and Right,
WheeI AIignment 2B-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DifferentiaI and Case, Five-Speed ManuaI
DifferentiaI AssembIy InstaII,
FinaI Drive and, 4T40-E Automatic
DifferentiaI AssembIy, FinaI Drive and,
DifferentiaI, Five-Speed ManuaI TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5B-76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DigitaI CIock, Diagnosis 9E-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DigitaI CIock, Instrumentation/Driver
Information 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DigitaI CIock, Instrumentation/Driver
Dimensions and Weights, VehicIe,
INDEX 11
Direct and Coast CIutch AssembIies,
Direct and Coast CIutch FunctionaI Air
Checks, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Direct Ignition System Ignition CoiI
(TypicaI), Engine ControIs,
Direct Ignition System Ignition CoiI,
Direct/Coast CIutch and Reaction Gear
Set RemovaI, 4T40-E Automatic
Direct/Coast CIutch, Reaction Carrier
AssembIe, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-219 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DisassembIe, 4T40-E Automatic
Unit Repair 5A-224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disc and ReIated Components, CIutch,
Disc Brake CaIiper AssembIy 4D-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Discharging, Adding OiI, Evacuating, and
Charging Procedures for A/C System 7B-23 . . . . . . .
DisposaI Procedure, DepIoyed Airbag
ModuIe, On-VehicIe Service 8B-49 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DOHC Drive PuIIey, Power Steering Pump,
DOHC Pump AssembIy, Power Steering
Pump, On-VehicIe Service 6B-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door Escutcheon, Front, Interior Trim,
Door GIass, Front, On-VehicIe Service 9L-13 . . . . . . . .
Door GIass, Rear, On-VehicIe Service 9L-14 . . . . . . . . .
Door HandIe, Inside, Doors,
Door HandIe, Outside, Door,
Door Harness Routing, Body Wiring System,
Door Hatchback, Body Rear End,
Door Hinge, Doors, On-VehicIe Service 9P-34 . . . . . . . .
Door HoId Open Link, Doors,
Door Jamb Switch, Lighting Systems,
Door Lock CyIinder, Door,
Door Lock Striker Adjustment, Doors,
Door Lock Striker, Doors 9P-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door Lock Striker, Doors,
Door Lock Striker, Hatchback,
Body Rear End, On-VehicIe Service 9S-13 . . . . . . . .
Door Lock, ChiIdproof Rear, Doors 9P-40 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door Lock, ChiIdproof Rear, Doors,
Door Lock, Front, Doors,
Door Lock, Hatchback, Body Rear End,
Door Locks (3-Door Hatchback), Power,
Doors, Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9P-3 . . . . .
Door Locks (5-Door Hatchback), Power,
Doors, Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9P-4 . . . . .
Door Locks, Power, Doors 9P-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door Locks, Power, Doors,
Door Opening Weatherstrip, Doors,
Door Remote CabIe and HandIe, FueI FiIIer,
Door SeaI Trim, Doors, On-VehicIe Service 9P-37 . . . .
Door Trim PaneI, Front, Interior Trim,
Door Trim PaneI, Rear, Interior Trim,
Door Weatherstrip, Doors,
Door, FueI FiIIer, Body Rear End,
On-VehicIe Service 9S-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Door, Hatchback, Body Rear End 9S-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Draining and RefiIIing the CooIing System,
Drive and DifferentiaI AssembIy,
FinaI, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Drive AssembIy AssembIe, FinaI,
Unit Repair 5A-201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive AssembIy DisassembIe, FinaI,
Unit Repair 5A-198 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive AxIe AssembIy, Automatic TransaxIe,
Drive AxIe AssembIy, ManuaI TransaxIe,
Drive AxIe OiI SeaI, 4T40-E Automatic
Drive AxIe SeaI, Five-Speed ManuaI
Drive AxIe, Front, Automatic TransaxIe 3A-13 . . . . . . . .
Drive AxIe, Front, ManuaI TransaxIe 3B-12 . . . . . . . . . .
Drive AxIe, Front, ManuaI TransaxIe,
Drive BeIt, Pump, Power Steering Pump,
Drive Link AssembIe, Drive,
Driven Sprockets and, 4T40-E
12 INDEX
Drive Link DisassembIe, Drive, Driven
Sprockets and, 4T40-E Automatic
Drive Link InstaII, Drive, Driven Sprockets
and, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Link RemovaI, Drive, Driven Sprockets,
Unit Repair 5A-188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Pinion End PIay Check,
FinaI, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive PuIIey, DOHC Pump, Power
Steering Pump, On-VehicIe Service 6B-6 . . . . . . . . .
Drive PuIIey, SOHC Pump, Power
Drive Sprocket Support AssembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-235 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Sprocket Support InstaIIation,
Unit Repair 5A-196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive Sprocket Support RemovaI,
Unit Repair 5A-194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive, Driven Sprockets and Drive Link
Unit Repair 5A-239 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unit Repair 5A-240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drive, Driven Sprockets, Drive Link
RemovaI, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driven Members, CIutch 5C-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driven Sprocket AssembIy DisassembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driven Sprocket Support AssembIy
InstaIIation, 4T40-E Automatic
Driven Sprocket Support AssembIy
Unit Repair 5A-189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driven Sprocket Support AssembIy/Second
CIutch, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Driven Sprockets and Drive Link AssembIe,
Drive, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-239 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driven Sprockets and Drive Link DisassembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-238 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driven Sprockets and Drive Link InstaII,
Unit Repair 5A-240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driven Sprockets, Drive Link RemovaI,
Unit Repair 5A-188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver Airbag ModuIe,
Driver Seat BeIt Warning 8A-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver Seat BeIt Warning,
Drives AxIes, Front, Automatic TransaxIe,
Drives in NeutraI, 4T40-E Automatic
TransaxIe, Symptom Diagnosis 5A-74 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving Members, CIutch 5C-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drum Brakes 4E-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drum, One-Piece, Rear Drum Brakes 4E-4 . . . . . . . . . .
Drum, Two-Piece, Rear Drum Brakes 4E-5 . . . . . . . . . .
Drums, Rear Drum Brakes, Diagnosis 4E-1 . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 01 Driver Firing Circuit,
Resistance Too High, SIR 8B-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 01 TCMPWM Low
Resistance Too Low, SIR 8B-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 02 TCMPWM High
Short To Ground, SIR 8B-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 03 Fan Number Two Low
Short To Battery VoItage, SIR 8B-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 04 Fan Number Two High
DTC 05 Fan Number One Low
DTC 05 Passenger Firing Circuit,
Resistance Too High, SIR 8B-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 06 Fan Number One High
Resistance Too Low, SIR 8B-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 07 EGR On/Off SoIenoid Low
Short To Ground, SIR 8B-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 08 EGR On/Off SoIenoid High
Short to Battery VoItage, SIR 8B-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 12 No PuIse Reference,
INDEX 13
DTC 16 Knock Sensor FaiIure
DTC 17 Injector Shorted to Ground/Battery
DTC 18 DSNEF ControI Error FaiIure
DTC 23 Ignition Input Circuit,
VoItage Too High, SIR 8B-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 24 Ignition Input Circuit,
VoItage Too Low, SIR 8B-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic TransaxIe (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC
IEFI-6), Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-184 . . . . . . .
Automatic TransaxIe (1.3L SOHC and
Diagnosis 1F-186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManuaI TransaxIe (1.3L and 1.5L
Diagnosis 1F-180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManuaI TransaxIe (1.3L SOHC and
Diagnosis 1F-182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 25 Warning Lamp FaiIure, SIR 8B-30 . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 27 Air Conditioning Pressure Sensor
High Error (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6),
DTC 27 Air Conditioning Pressure Sensor
High Error (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC
ITMS-6F), Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-194 . . . . .
DTC 29 FueI Pump ReIay Shorted to
Ground (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC
ITMS-6F), Diagnosis, Engine ControIs 1F-196 . . . . .
DTC 31 SDM InternaI FauIt, SIR 8B-33 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 32 FueI Pump ReIay Shorted to
Battery (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC
DTC 32 SDM Crash Recorded, SIR 8B-33 . . . . . . . . . . .
High (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6),
High (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC
Sensor Low (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC
IEFI-6), Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-208 . . . . . . .
Low (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC
DTC 36 Exhaust Gas RecircuIation Error
DTC 41 EIectronic Spark Timing "B" Shorted
to Battery (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6),
Diagnosis, Engine ControIs 1F-226 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
14 INDEX
to Battery (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC
DTC 42 EIectronic Spark Timing "A" Shorted
to Battery (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6),
to Battery (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC
DTC 49 Battery VoItage Too High
DTC 51 ECM Error
(Checksum or KKPGMID Error)
DTC 53 ECM ImmobiIized Error,
ImmobiIizer Anti-Theft System, Diagnosis 9T-4 . . . .
DTC 55 EEPROM or Config Reg Error
DTC 61 ControIIed Canister Purge SoIenoid
Diagnosis 1F-252 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC 62 ControIIed Canister Purge SoIenoid
Diagnosis 1F-254 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
to Ground (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6),
to Ground (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC
to Ground (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6),
to Ground (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC
DTC 87 A/C Cut Shorted to Ground
DTC 88 A/C Cut Shorted to Battery
DTC 93 QDM FaiIure
DTC A014 ABS EnabIe ReIay Contact
Circuit Open 4F-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A015 ABS EnabIe ReIay Circuit
Shorted to Battery or AIways CIosed 4F-26 . . . . . . . .
DTC A016 ABS EnabIe ReIay
CoiI Circuit Open 4F-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CoiI Circuit Shorted to Ground 4F-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CoiI Circuit Shorted to Battery 4F-34 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A021 Left Front WheeI Speed =0 4F-36 . . . . . . . .
DTC A022 Right Front WheeI Speed =0 4F-40 . . . . . .
DTC A023 Left Rear WheeI Speed =0 4F-44 . . . . . . . .
DTC A024 Right Rear WheeI Speed =0 4F-50 . . . . . . .
DTC A025 Left Front Excessive
WheeI Speed Variation 4F-56 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A026 Right Front Excessive
DTC A027 Left Rear Excessive
DTC A028 Right Rear Excessive
DTC A032 Left Front Speed Sensor Circuit
Open or Shorted to Ground or Battery 4F-76 . . . . . .
DTC A033 Right Front Speed Sensor Circuit
DTC A034 Left Rear Speed Sensor Circuit
DTC A035 Right Rear Speed Sensor Circuit
DTC A036 Low System VoItage 4F-92 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A037 High System VoItage 4F-96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A038 Left Front ESB
WiII Not HoId Motor 4F-98 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A041 Right Front ESB
WiII Not HoId Motor 4F-100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A042 Rear AxIe ESB
WiII Not HoId Motor 4F-102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A044 Left Front ChanneI
WiII Not Move 4F-104 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A045 Right Front ChanneI
WiII Not Move 4F-108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INDEX 15
DTC A046 Rear AxIe ChanneI
WiII Not Move 4F-112 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A047 Left Front Motor Free Spins 4F-116 . . . . . . .
DTC A048 Right Front Motor Free Spins 4F-120 . . . . .
DTC A051 Rear Motor Free Spins 4F-124 . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A052 Left Front ChanneI In ReIease
Too Long 4F-128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A053 Right Front ChanneI In ReIease
Too Long 4F-132 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A054 Rear ChanneI In ReIease
Too Long 4F-136 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A055 EBCM MaIfunction 4F-138 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A056 Left Front Motor Circuit Open 4F-140 . . . . .
DTC A057 Left Front Motor Circuit
Shorted to Ground 4F-142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A058 Left Front Motor Circuit
Shorted to Battery or Motor Shorted 4F-144 . . . . . . .
DTC A061 Right Front Motor Circuit Open 4F-146 . . . .
DTC A062 Right Front Motor Circuit
DTC A063 Right Front Motor Circuit
DTC A064 Rear AxIe Motor Circuit Open 4F-152 . . . . .
DTC A065 Rear AxIe Motor Circuit
DTC A066 Rear AxIe Motor Circuit
DTC A076 Left Front SoIenoid Circuit
Open or Shorted to Ground 4F-158 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A077 Left Front SoIenoid Circuit
Shorted to Battery 4F-160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A078 Right Front SoIenoid Circuit
Open or Shorted to Ground 4F-162 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A081 Right Front SoIenoid Circuit
Shorted to Battery 4F-164 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A082 CaIibration MaIfunction 4F-166 . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A086 EBCM Turned on the Red
Brake Warning Lamp 4F-167 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A087 Red Brake Warning Lamp
Circuit Open or Short to Battery 4F-168 . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A091 Open StopIamp Switch
During DeceIeration 4F-172 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A092 Open StopIamp Switch
When ABS Was Required 4F-176 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A093 Code A091 or A092 Set in
Current or Previous Ignition CycIe 4F-180 . . . . . . . . .
DTC A094 StopIamp Switch Contacts
AIways CIosed 4F-182 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC A095 StopIamp Switch Circuit Open 4F-184 . . . . . .
DTC P0218 TransaxIe FIuid Overtemperature,
4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe 5A-80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC P0711 Transmission FIuid Temperature
Sensor Circuit Range/Performance,
DTC P0712 Transmission FIuid
Temperature Sensor Circuit Low Input,
DTC P0713 Transmission FIuid
Temperature Sensor Circuit High Input,
DTC P0716 Automatic Transmission Input
Speed Sensor Circuit Range/Performance,
DTC P0717 Automatic Transmission Input
Speed Sensor Circuit No SignaI,
DTC P0719 Brake Switch Circuit Low,
DTC P0722 Automatic Transmission Output
Speed Sensor (A/T OSS) Low Input,
DTC P0723 Automatic Transmission Output
Speed Sensor (A/T OSS Intermittent,
DTC P0724 Brake Switch Circuit High,
DTC P0726 Engine Speed Sensor
Circuit Intermittent,
DTC P0727 Engine Speed Sensor
Circuit Low Input,
DTC P0730 Incorrect Gear Ratio,
DTC P0741 TCC Circuit Stuck Off,
DTC P0742 TCC Circuit Stock On,
DTC P0748 PC SoIenoid
Circuit EIectricaI, 4T40-E
Automatic TransaxIe 5A-116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC P0751 1-2 Shift SoIenoid
Performance, 4T40-E
DTC P0756 2-3 Shift SoIenoid
Performance, 4T40-E
DTC P1790 TCM Checksum Error,
DTC P1810 Automatic Transmission FIuid
Pressure ManuaI VaIve Position Switch
(TFP VaI. Position Sw.) MaIfunction,
DTC P1811 Maximum Adapt and Long
Shift, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe 5A-134 . . . . . . . .
DTC P1814 Torque Converter Overstress,
DTC P1887 TCC ReIease Switch
Circuit MaIfunction,
DTCs, CIearing, AntiIock Brake System 4F-16 . . . . . . .
DTCs, DispIaying, AntiIock Brake System 4F-16 . . . . . .
DuaI Horns, On-VehicIe Service 9C-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
16 INDEX
E
Each Time the OiI is Changed,
Owner Inspections and Services 0B-14 . . . . . . . . . . .
EBCM Connector Face View (1 of 2),
EBCM Connector Face View (2 of 2),
ECM Wiring Diagram (1.3L and 1.5 L
SOHC - 1 of 5) (IEFI-6 ECM),
1.6L DOHC - 1 of 5) (ITMS-6F ECM),
EIectric ControI Outside Rearview Mirrors,
Diagnosis 9L-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EIectric ControI Outside Rearview Mirrors,
EIectric CooIing Fan - AuxiIiary,
EIectric CooIing Fan - Main,
EIectric CooIing Fan, Engine CooIing 1D-21 . . . . . . . . . .
EIectricaI Connector, Transmission,
EIectricaI/Garage Shift Tests,
EIectronic Brake ControI ModuIe (EBCM) 4F-212 . . . . .
EIectronic Brake ControI ModuIe (EBCM),
EIectronic Component Location Views,
EIectronic ControI ModuIe (TypicaI),
Engine ControIs, On-VehicIe Service 1F-311 . . . . . . . .
EIectronic ControI ModuIe, Engine ControIs 1F-317 . . . . .
EIectronic ControI ModuIe,
ImmobiIizer Anti-Theft System 9T-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EIectronicaIIy Coded Keys,
EmbIems and Lettering, Exterior Trim 9M-4 . . . . . . . . . .
Emission Canister, Evaporative,
Emission Canister, Evaporative,
Emission ControI System Operation,
Evaporative, Engine ControIs 1F-314 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emmissions or Odors, Excessive Exhaust,
Engine ControIs, Symptom Diagnosis 1F-286 . . . . . .
EnabIe ReIay, ABS 4F-213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EnabIe ReIay, ABS, On-VehicIe Service 4F-202 . . . . . .
End PIay Specifications,
End View, Connector, Engine ControIs,
Energy Absorber, Front Bumper,
On-VehicIe Service 9O-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Energy Absorber, Rear Bumper,
Engine BIock Heater, Engine CooIing 1D-21 . . . . . . . . .
Engine ControIs, Specifications 1F-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine CooIant in TransaxIe,
Engine CooIant Temperature Sensor 1D-21 . . . . . . . . . .
Engine CooIant Temperature Sensor,
Engine CooIing Capacity 1D-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
With A/C (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6),
Without A/C (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6),
Without A/C (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC
ITMS-6F), Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-92 . . . . . .
Engine Mount, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
Engine Specifications,
SOHC Engine MechanicaI 1C-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine StaII, Symptom 4T40-E
Automatic TransaxIe, Diagnosis 5A-71 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INDEX 17
Engine Under Covers, Frame and Underbody 9N-7 . . . .
Engine Under Covers, Frame and
Underbody, On-VehicIe Service 9N-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
Evaporative Emission Canister,
Evaporative Emission Canister,
Evaporative Emission ControI System
Operation, Engine ControIs 1F-314 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evaporator Core, ManuaI ControI Heating,
Excessive Exhaust Emissions or Odors,
Excessive Friction Check, Front Suspension,
Diagnosis 2C-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Excessive Friction Check, Rear Suspension,
Diagnosis 2D-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust Emmissions or Odors, Excessive,
Exhaust Gas RecircuIation VaIve (DOHC),
Exhaust Gas RecircuIation VaIve (SOHC),
Exhaust Gas RecircuIation VaIve SoIenoid
Exhaust Gas RecircuIation VaIve,
Exhaust Gas RecircuIation VaIve,
Exhaust ManifoId,
SOHC Engine MechanicaI 1C-95 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust ManifoId, SOHC Engine
MechanicaI, On-VehicIe Service 1C-57 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust Pipe, On-VehicIe Service 1G-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust System 1G-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exhaust System, Component Locator 1G-2 . . . . . . . . . .
ExpIanation of ScheduIed
Maintenance Services 0B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
F
Fan - AuxiIiary, EIectric CooIing,
Fan - Main, EIectric CooIing,
Fan, EIectric CooIing, Engine CooIing 1D-21 . . . . . . . . .
Fan/Radiator, Engine CooIing,
Component Locator 1D-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fascia, Front Bumper, On-VehicIe Service 9O-2 . . . . . .
Fascia, Rear Bumper, On-VehicIe Service 9O-5 . . . . . .
Fasteners, Body Front End,
FauIt Codes, CIearing, SuppIementaI
InfIatabIe Restraints (SIR), Diagnosis 8B-5 . . . . . . . .
FauIt Codes, SuppIementaI InfIatabIe
Restraints (SIR), Diagnosis 8B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FauIt Indication, SuppIementaI InfIatabIe
Feed Pipes AssembIe, OiI,
Unit Repair 5A-261 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fender, Body Front End,
On-VehicIe Service 9R-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FiIter AssembIy and SeaI InstaII,
Unit Repair 5A-262 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FiIter, FueI, Engine ControIs,
FiIter, Pan, Gasket and,
FinaI Drive and DifferentiaI
AssembIy InstaII, 4T40-E Automatic
FinaI Drive and DifferentiaI AssembIy,
FinaI Drive AssembIy AssembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FinaI Drive AssembIy DisassembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-198 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FinaI Drive AssembIy RemovaI,
Output Shaft and, 4T40-E Automatic
FinaI Drive InternaI Gear InstaII,
Fretting Ring, 4T40-E Automatic
FinaI Drive InternaI Gear RemovaI,
Unit Repair 5A-193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FinaI Drive Pinion End PIay Check,
Unit Repair 5A-202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fire Extinquisher, Body Rear End 9S-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First and Fourth Gears OnIy, 4T40-E Automatic
First and Second Gears OnIy, 4T40-E Automatic
First Gear, ManuaI First,
First Gear, Overdrive Range,
Five-Speed ManuaI TransaxIe 5B-93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIange and Steering CoupIing AssembIy,
FIexibIe CoupIing, Steering WheeI
and CoIumn, On-VehicIe Service 6E-19 . . . . . . . . . . .
FIexpIate/Torque Converter Vibration
Test Procedure, 4T40-E Automatic
18 INDEX
FIoor Carpet, Interior Trim 9G-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIoor Carpet, Interior Trim,
FIoor ConsoIe, Interior Trim 9G-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIoor ConsoIe, Interior Trim,
FIoor Harness Routing, Body Wiring System,
FIoor Pan InsuIators, Frame and Underbody,
On-VehicIe Service 9N-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIow Test, CooIer FIushing and,
FIuid Capacity, Specifications,
FIuid Foaming, 4T40-E Automatic
FIuid Leak Diagnosis and Repair,
FIuid Leaks, Repairing, 4T40-E Automatic
FIuid Leaks, 4T40-E Automatic
FIuid LeveI Checking Procedure,
TransaxIe, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
FIuid LeveI Sensor, Master CyIinder 4B-11 . . . . . . . . . . .
FIuid LeveI Set After Service,
FIuid LeveI Switch, Brake,
FIuid LeveI, Checking, Five-Speed
FIuid Pressure ManuaI VaIve Position
Switch Resistance Check,
Automatic Transmission,
FIuid Lever Service Procedure,
FIuid Reservoir, Power Steering System 6A-4 . . . . . . . .
FIuid, Changing, 4T40-E Automatic
FIuid, Checking and Adding,
Power Steering System 6A-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FIuids and Lubricants, Recommended,
FIushing, OiI CooIer, 4T40-E Automatic
Fog Lamps Circuit (Without Rear Fog Lamps),
Front, Lighting Systems,
Fog Lamps Circuit (Without Rear Fog Lamps),
Rear, Lighting Systems,
Fog Lamps Circuit, Front and Rear,
Lighting Systems, Schematic and
Routing Diagrams 9B-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fog Lamps, Front, Lighting Systems,
Fog Lamps, Lighting Systems 9B-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fog Lamps, Lighting Systems, Diagnosis 9B-32 . . . . . .
Fog/Backup Lamps (Hatchback), Rear,
Fog/Backup Lamps (Notchback), Rear,
Forward CIutch and Low/Reverse Band
Unit Repair 5A-191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward CIutch AssembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward CIutch AssembIy,
Forward CIutch DisassembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward CIutch FunctionaI Air Check,
Unit Repair 5A-209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward CIutch Hub AssembIe, Input
InternaI Gear, 4T40-E Automatic
Forward CIutch Hub DisassembIe, Input
Forward CIutch Hub InstaII, Input
Forward CIutch Hub RemovaI, Input
Forward CIutch InstaIIation,
Unit Repair 5A-210 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forward CIutch Support AssembIy,
Forward CIutch Support, Low RoIIer
CIutch AssembIe, 4T40-E Automatic
CIutch InstaII, 4T40-E Automatic
CIutch RemovaI, 4T40-E Automatic
Forward CIutch Support, RoIIer CIutch
Four WheeI AIignment 2B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth Band AssembIy InstaII,
Intermediate, 4T40-E Automatic
Fourth Band RemovaI,
Intermediate, 4T40-E Automatic
INDEX 19
Fourth Gear, Overdrive Range,
Fourth Servo DisassembIe, AssembIe,
and InstaII, Inter, 4T40-E Automatic
Fretting Ring, FinaI Drive InternaI Gear
Unit Repair 5A-203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Friction Check, Excessive, Front Suspension,
Diagnosis 2C-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Friction Check, Excessive, Rear Suspension,
Diagnosis 2D-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front and Rear Fog Lamps Circuit,
Front and Rear Speakers 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Bucket Seat, On-VehicIe Service 9H-2 . . . . . . . . .
Front Bumper Energy Absorber,
Front Bumper Fascia, On-VehicIe Service 9O-2 . . . . . .
Front Bumper Impact Bar,
Front Camber and Caster Check,
Front Door AssembIy, Doors,
Front Door Escutcheon, Interior Trim,
Front Door GIass Run, Doors,
Front Door GIass, On-VehicIe Service 9L-13 . . . . . . . . .
Front Door Lock, Doors, On-VehicIe Service 9P-22 . . .
Front Door Secondary Weatherstrip,
Doors, On-VehicIe Service 9P-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Door Trim PaneI, Interior Trim,
Front Drive AxIe, Automatic TransaxIe 3A-13 . . . . . . . . .
Front Drive AxIe, ManuaI TransaxIe 3B-12 . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Drive AxIe, ManuaI TransaxIe,
Front Drive AxIes, Automatic TransaxIe,
Front End Anticorrosion MateriaIs,
Body, On-VehicIe Service 9R-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front End Fasteners, Body,
Front End Lubrication, Body,
Front End SeaIing, Body Front End,
Front End, Body 9R-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Fog Lamps Circuit (Without Rear
Fog Lamps), Lighting Systems,
Front Fog Lamps, Lighting Systems,
Front Harness Routing, Body Wiring System,
Front MuffIer, On-VehicIe Service 1G-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Rocker Trim PaneI, Interior Trim,
Front Seat Adjusters, On-VehicIe Service 9H-6 . . . . . . .
Front Seat BeIt (Three-Door Hatchback),
Three-Point ELR, On-VehicIe Service 8A-7 . . . . . . . .
Front Seat BeIt (Three-Door Hatchback),
Three-Point WLR/GCC,
Front Seat BeIt (With Airbag),
Three-Point ELR 8A-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Seat BeIt (With Airbag),
Three-Point ELR, On-VehicIe Service 8A-5 . . . . . . . .
Front Seat BeIt Height Adjuster,
Front Seat BeIt, Three-Point WLR 8A-20 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Seat BeIt, Three-Point WLR/GCC,
Front Seat Cushion, On-VehicIe Service 9H-5 . . . . . . . .
Front Seat Trim, Seats, On-VehicIe Service 9H-7 . . . . .
Front Seatback, On-VehicIe Service 9H-4 . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Speakers, On-VehicIe Service 9F-9 . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Spring/Strut Cartridge,
Front Suspension, Unit Repair 2C-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Suspension (DOHC Engine) 2C-26 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Suspension (SOHC Engine) 2C-26 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front Suspension, Component Locator 2C-6 . . . . . . . . .
Front Toe Adjustment, WheeI AIignment,
Diagnosis 2B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front WheeI Speed Sensor Jumper
Harness, AntiIock Brake System,
Front WheeI Speed Sensor Rings,
Front WheeI Speed Sensor, AntiIock
Brake System, On-VehicIe Service 4F-196 . . . . . . . .
Front WheeI Speed Sensors,
FueI ControI System Operation,
FueI Economy, Poor,
FueI FiIIer Door Remote CabIe and HandIe,
FueI FiIIer Door, Body Rear End 9S-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI FiIIer Door, Body Rear End,
FueI FiIter, Engine ControIs,
FueI Gauge (DeIuxe CIuster), Temperature
Gauge and, Instrumentation/Driver
FueI Gauge, Instrumentation/Driver
Information 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI Gauge, Instrumentation/Driver
FueI Injector BaIance Test,
20 INDEX
FueI Injector, Engine ControIs 1F-317 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FueI Pressure ReguIator (DOHC),
FueI Pressure ReguIator (SOHC),
FueI Pump, Engine ControIs,
FueI RaiI and Injectors (DOHC),
FueI RaiI and Injectors (SOHC),
FueI System Pressure Test,
FueI Tank, Engine ControIs,
FunctionaI Air Check, Forward CIutch,
Unit Repair 5A-209 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FunctionaI Air Check, Reverse CIutch,
Unit Repair 5A-229 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FunctionaI Air Check, Second CIutch,
Unit Repair 5A-236 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FunctionaI Air Checks, Direct and
Coast CIutch, 4T40-E Automatic
FunctionaI Check Procedure,
FunctionaI Check, Power Booster, Diagnosis 4C-1 . . . .
Fuse BIock Locator (Engine),
Body Wiring System,
Fuse BIock Locator, (Passenger
Compartment), Body Wiring System,
Fuse Chart, Body Wiring System,
Fuse, ABS SoIenoid, On-VehicIe Service 4F-203 . . . . .
Fuse, AntiIock Brake System 4F-201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
G
Garnish MoIding, Hatchback Door Lower,
Garnish MoIding, Hatchback Door Upper,
Garnish MoIding, Rear Door Interior,
Gas Support AssembIies, Body Rear End,
Gasket and FiIter, Pan, 4T40-E Automatic
Gasket InstaII, OiI Pan and, 4T40-E
Gasket RemovaI, ChanneI PIate and,
Unit Repair 5A-187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gasket RemovaI, ControI VaIve Body
AssembIy and, 4T40-E Automatic
Gasket RemovaI, OiI Pan and,
Unit Repair 5A-183 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gasket RemovaI, Spacer PIate and,
Unit Repair 5A-186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gasket, ChanneI PIate-to-Case,
Gasket, CyIinder Head and,
Gasket, Spacer PIate-to-ChanneI PIate,
Gasket, VaIve Body-to-Spacer PIate,
Gasket, VaIve PIate, Reed PIate, and
O-Ring, Rear Head, ManuaI ControI Heating,
VentiIation and Air Conditioning System,
Unit Repair 7B-64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gaskets, Case Side Cover Pan and,
Gaskets, DisassembIe, AssembIe, InstaII,
Side Cover/, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-254 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gear Cover, AntiIock Brake System 4F-206 . . . . . . . . . .
Gear Ratios, Specifications,
Gear RepIacement, AntiIock Brake System,
Unit Repair 4F-207 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gear Set RemovaI, Direct/Coast CIutch
and Reaction, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-190 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gear Tension ReIief Sequence,
Gear, Speedometer-Driven,
Gears and Case, Five-Speed ManuaI
TransaxIe, Component Locators 5B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gearshift Lever Cover, Five-Speed ManuaI
Gearshift Lever, On-VehicIe Service,
Gearshift Tube, Boot, Bushing and/or Bearing
Ring, Five-Speed ManuaI TransaxIe 5B-17 . . . . . . . .
INDEX 21
GeneraI Diagnosis, Suspension Diagnosis 2A-1 . . . . . .
Generator (C5-121D), Engine EIectricaI,
Unit Repair 1E-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generator (C5-128D), Engine EIectricaI,
Unit Repair 1E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generator Output Test,
Engine EIectricaI, Diagnosis 1E-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generator Specifications, Engine EIectricaI 1E-2 . . . . .
Generator System Check,
Generator, Engine EIectricaI 1E-57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Generator, Engine EIectricaI,
GIass Run, Front Door, Doors,
GIass Run, Rear Door, Doors,
GIass, Front Door, On-VehicIe Service 9L-13 . . . . . . . .
GIass, Rear Door, On-VehicIe Service 9L-14 . . . . . . . . .
GIass, Rear Window, On-VehicIe Service 9L-9 . . . . . . .
GIass, Stationary 9L-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GIove Box, Instrumentation/Driver
Information 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
GIove Box, Instrumentation/Driver
GriIIe, CowI Vent, Body Front End,
GriIIe, Radiator, Body Front End,
Guide RepIacement, Actuator,
Unit Repair 5A-196 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
H
HandIes, Passenger Assist, Roof 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hard Start, Symptom Diagnosis 1F-273 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Harness Routing, Door, Body Wiring System,
Harness Routing, FIoor, Body Wiring System,
Harness Routing, Front, Body Wiring System,
Harness Routing, Left-Hand Drive
Instrument, Body Wiring System,
Harness Routing, Rear, Body Wiring System,
Harness Routing, Right-Hand Drive
Instrument, Body Wiring System,
Harsh Shifts, 4T40-E Automatic
Hatchback Door Lock Striker,
Hatchback Door Lock, Body Rear End,
Hatchback Door Lower Garnish MoIding,
Hatchback Door Upper Garnish MoIding,
Hatchback Door, Body Rear End 9S-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hatchback Door, Body Rear End,
Hazard Lamps Circuit, Turn and,
Routing Diagrams 9B-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head and Gasket, CyIinder,
Head and Gasket, CyIinder,
Head and VaIve Train Components,
CyIinder, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
Unit Repair 1C-76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Head Restraint, On-VehicIe Service 9H-3 . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadIamp LeveIing Circuit, Lighting Systems,
HeadIamp LeveIing, Lighting Systems,
Diagnosis 9B-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadIamps-On Reminder Chime,
Lighting Systems 9B-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lighting Systems, Lighting Systems,
Diagnosis 9B-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadIamps Circuit, Lighting Systems,
HeadIamps, Lighting Systems 9B-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadIamps, Lighting Systems,
Diagnosis 9B-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HeadIamps, Lighting Systems,
HeadIiner, Formed, Roof,
On-VehicIe Service 9Q-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heat, Too Much, Heating and
Heater ControI AssembIy,
Heating and VentiIation System,
Heater Core, Heating and
Heater Core, ManuaI ControI Heating,
Heater Hoses, Heating and
Heater Hoses, ManuaI ControI Heating,
Heater System Diagnosis 7A-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater Temperature Specifications 7A-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heater, Engine BIock, Engine CooIing 1D-21 . . . . . . . . .
22 INDEX
Heater, Rear, Heating and
Heater/Air Distribution Case AssembIy,
Heating and VentiIation System 7A-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Heating and VentiIation System ControIs 7A-13 . . . . . .
Heating or Defrosting, Insufficient, Heating
and VentiIation System, Diagnosis 7A-4 . . . . . . . . . . .
Height Adjuster, Front Seat BeIt,
Hesitation, Sag, StumbIe, Engine ControIs,
High-BIower ReIay, Heating and
High-BIower ReIay, ManuaI ControI Heating,
High or Low Line Pressure, 4T40-E Automatic
High Side Pressure ReIationship Chart,
Low and, ManuaI ControI Heating,
Hinges, Hood, Body Front End,
Hood Hinges, Body Front End,
Hood Latch ReIease CabIe,
Body Front End On-VehicIe Service 9R-7 . . . . . . . . .
Hood Prop Rod, Body Front End,
Hood Secondary Latch, Body Front End,
On-VehicIe Service 9R-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hood, Body Front End, On-VehicIe Service 9R-4 . . . . .
Horn Wiring System,
Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9C-2 . . . . . . . . . . .
Horns 9C-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Horns, DuaI, On-VehicIe Service 9C-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hoses and Pipes, Power Steering System 6A-5 . . . . . .
Hoses, Heater, Heating and
Hoses, Heater, ManuaI ControI Heating,
Hoses, OiI CooIer, 4T40-E Automatic
Hoses, WindshieId Washer,
Housing Case, Five-Speed ManuaI
TransaxIe, Unit Repair 5B-73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hub and Bearing AssembIy with ABS,
Rear Suspension 2D-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hub and Bearing AssembIy without ABS,
Rear Suspension 2D-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hub and Bearing, Front Suspension,
Unit Repair 2C-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hub AssembIy, CIutch PIate and,
ManuaI ControI Heating, VentiIation, and
HVAC CabIes 7B-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hydra-Matic 4T40-E Shift Speed Chart,
HydrauIic CIutch Components,
Component Locator 5C-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HydrauIic CyIinder Lines,
HydrauIic FunctionaI ControI,
HydrauIic ModuIator BIeeder VaIve,
HydrauIic ModuIator, AntiIock Brake
System, Unit Repair 4F-208 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HydrauIic ModuIator/Motor Pack AssembIy,
Hydrometer, BuiIt-In, Engine EIectricaI 1E-55 . . . . . . . .
I
Identification (ID) Code Reprogramming,
Identification, VehicIe and Component,
GeneraI Description 0B-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IdIe Air ControI VaIve (TypicaI),
IdIe Air ControI VaIve, Engine ControIs 1F-316 . . . . . . .
IdIe Air System Operation,
IdIe Learn Procedure,
Ignition CoiI (TypicaI), Direct Ignition System,
Ignition CoiI, Direct Ignition System,
Ignition Key Transponder, ImmobiIizer
Ignition Lock CyIinder and Switch,
Ignition System Check (1.3L and 1.5L
Diagnosis 1F-80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition System Check (1.3L SOHC and
Diagnosis 1F-84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ignition System Operation,
ImmobiIizer and Test Equipment,
Communication Between,
INDEX 23
ImmobiIizer Anti-Theft System Diagnosis 9T-3 . . . . . . .
ImmobiIizer ControI Unit,
ImmobiIizer ControI Unit,
ImmobiIizer Anti-Theft System,
On-VehicIe Service 9T-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ImmobiIizer System,
ImmobiIizer System, Schematic
and Routing Diagrams 9T-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impact Bar, Front Bumper,
Impact Bar, Rear Bumper,
On-VehicIe Service 9O-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Important PreIiminary Checks,
Improper Air DeIivery or No Mode Shift,
Heating and VentiIation System 7A-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inaccurate/Inconsistent Shift Positions,
4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe, Symptom
Diagnosis 5A-66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IncIuded AngIe, WheeI AIignment 2B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inconsistent Shift Positions, Inaccurate/,
4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe, Symptom
Diagnosis 5A-66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Incorrect IdIe, StaIIing, Rough, UnstabIe,
or, Symptom Diagnosis 1F-284 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Independent Lamp Activation,
Microprocessor, SuppIementaI InfIatabIe
Restraints (SIR) 8B-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Indicators, ABS, On-VehicIe Service 4F-204 . . . . . . . . .
Induction System Operation,
VariabIe Geometry,Engine ControIs 1F-314 . . . . . . .
Induction System, VariabIe Geometry,
InfIation of Tires 2E-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
InfIation Pressure Conversion
Specifications 2E-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Injector BaIance Test, FueI,
Injector, FueI, Engine ControIs 1F-317 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Injectors (DOHC), FueI RaiI and,
Injectors (SOHC), FueI RaiI and,
Inner Tie Rod, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Inner Tie Rod, Power Steering Gear,
Inner Tripot SeaI, Automatic TransaxIe
Drive AxIe, Unit Repair 3A-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input (Shaft) Speed Sensor (A/T OSS),
Input and Second RoIIer CIutch AssembIe,
Reverse, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input and Second RoIIer CIutch DisassembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input and Second RoIIer CIutch InstaII,
Unit Repair 5A-231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Carrier and Reaction Gear AssembIy
Unit Repair 5A-191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Carrier AssembIe, Reaction InternaI
Gear, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Carrier AssembIy, 4T40-E Automatic
Input Carrier DisassembIe, Reaction
Input Carrier InstaII, Reaction
Input Carrier Pinion Gear CIearance
Unit Repair 5A-212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input InternaI Gear and Forward
CIutch Hub, 4T40-E Automatic
Input InternaI Gear, Forward CIutch
Hub AssembIe, 4T40-E Automatic
Hub DisassembIe, 4T40-E Automatic
Hub InstaII, 4T40-E Automatic
Hub RemovaI, 4T40-E Automatic
Input Shaft and CIuster Gear,
Five-Speed ManuaI TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5B-55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Speed Sensor InstaII,
Unit Repair 5A-237 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Input Speed Sensor RemovaI,
Unit Repair 5A-188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inside ChanneI MoIding, Doors,
Inside Door HandIe, Doors,
Inside Lock Rod, Doors,
Inside Rearview Mirror 9L-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inside Rearview Mirror,
Instructions, GeneraI Repair 0B-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
24 INDEX
Instrument CIuster (DeIuxe),
Instrument CIuster (DeIuxe),
Instrument CIuster (Standard),
Instrument CIuster (Standard),
Instrument CIuster Indicator Lamps
Specifications, Instrumentation/Driver
Information 9E-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument CIuster Indicator Lamps,
Diagnosis 9E-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument CIuster Trim PaneI Vents,
Instrument CIuster Trim PaneI,
Instrument CIuster, Instrumentation/Driver
Information, Schematic and
Routing Diagrams 9E-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument PaneI IIIumination,
Instrument PaneI IIIumination,
Diagnosis 9E-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument PaneI Vents,
Instrument PaneI, Instrumentation/Driver
Instruments Circuit, Lighting Systems,
Insufficient CooIing ''Quick Check''
Procedure, ManuaI ControI Heating,
Insufficient CooIing Diagnosis,
V5 System Air Conditioning Diagnosis 7B-15 . . . . . .
InsuIators, FIoor Pan, Frame and Underbody,
On-VehicIe Service 9N-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
InsuIators, Springs and, Rear Suspension 2D-5 . . . . . .
InsuIators, StabiIizer Shaft and,
Front Suspension 2C-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intake ManifoId, SOHC Engine MechanicaI 1C-95 . . . .
Intake ManifoId, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
Inter Fourth Servo DisassembIe, AssembIe,
and InstaII, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-259 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inter Fourth Servo RemovaI, 4T40-E
Interior Courtersy Lamp/Power
Sunroof ControI Switch, Roof,
On-VehicIe Service 9Q-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interior Courtesy and Luggage Compartment
Lamp Circuit, Lighting Systems,
Interior Courtesy and Luggage Compartment
Lamps, Lighting Systems, Diagnosis 9B-30 . . . . . . . .
Interior Courtesy Lamp, Lighting Systems 9B-52 . . . . .
Interior Courtesy Lamp, Lighting Systems,
Interior Garnish MoIding, Rear Door,
Interior Trim PaneIs 9G-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intermediate Fourth Band AssembIy InstaII,
Unit Repair 5A-231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intermediate Fourth Band RemovaI,
Unit Repair 5A-190 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intermittent WindshieId Wipers,
Diagnosis 9D-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intermittents and Poor Connections,
Intermittents, Symptom Engine ControIs,
Diagnosis 1F-271 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
InternaI Gear and Forward CIutch Hub,
InternaI Gear RemovaI, FinaI Drive,
Unit Repair 5A-193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
InternaI Gear, Forward CIutch Hub
AssembIe, Input, 4T40-E Automatic
DisassembIe, Input, 4T40-E Automatic
InstaII, Input, 4T40-E Automatic
RemovaI, Input, 4T40-E Automatic
InternaI Gear, Input Carrier AssembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
InternaI Gear, Input Carrier DisassembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
InternaI Gear, Input Carrier InstaII,
Unit Repair 5A-213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
InternaI Wiring Harness Check,
INDEX 25
J
Joint SeaI, Cross Groove, ManuaI
TransaxIe Drive AxIe, Unit Repair 3B-10 . . . . . . . . . .
Joint SeaI, Outer, Automatic TransaxIe
Joint SeaI, Outer, ManuaI TransaxIe
Drive AxIe, Unit Repair 3B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jump-Starting Procedure, Engine EIectricaI 1E-56 . . . .
K
Key Coding Procedure, ImmobiIizer
Key Status Errors, ImmobiIizer
Anti-Theft System, Diagnosis 9T-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Key Transponder, Ignition, ImmobiIizer
Keys, EIectronicaIIy Coded,
Kick PaneI, Interior Trim,
Knock Diagnosis, Engine 1A-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Knock Sensor, Engine ControIs 1F-317 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Knock Sensor, Engine ControIs,
KnuckIe, BaII Joint and, Front Suspension,
Diagnosis 2C-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KnuckIe, Front Suspension, Unit Repair 2C-25 . . . . . . .
KnuckIe/Strut AssembIy, Front Suspension,
L
Lack of Power, SIuggishness, or Sponginess,
Lamp Activation, Microprocessor -
Independent, SuppIementaI InfIatabIe
Restraints (SIR) 8B-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lamp Driver ModuIe, AntiIock Brake System,
Lamp Operation, Warning, HydrauIic Brakes,
Diagnosis 4A-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lamp, SIR Warning 8B-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lead/PuII, RadiaI Tire, WheeI AIignment,
Diagnosis 2B-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leak Inspection Points, 4T40-E Automatic
TransaxIe Component Locator 5A-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leak Test, Power Steering System,
Diagnosis 6A-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leak Testing (ExternaI), ManuaI ControI
Heating, VentiIation, and Air Conditioning
System 7B-68 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leak Testing the Refrigerant System,
Learn Procedure, IdIe, Engine ControIs,
Diagnosis 1F-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Left-Hand Drive Instrument Harness Routing,
Body Wiring System, Schematic and
Routing Diagrams 9A-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lettering, EmbIems and, Exterior Trim 9M-4 . . . . . . . . . .
LeveI Sensor, FIuid, Master CyIinder 4B-11 . . . . . . . . . .
LeveI, Checking FIuid, Five-Speed
Lever and/or Bushings, Linkage,
Lever Cover, Gearshift, Five-Speed
Lever, Gearshift, Five-Speed ManuaI
Lever, Parking Brake 4G-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lever, Shift ControI, 4T40-E Automatic
Lever, Turn SignaI Switch and,
On-VehicIe Service 6E-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lever, Wiper Switch and,
On-VehicIe Service 6E-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
License Lamps Circuit, Position,
TaiI and, Lighting Systems,
License PIate Lamp, Lighting Systems 9B-52 . . . . . . . .
License PIate Lamps, Lighting Systems,
Lighter, Cigar, Instrumentation/Driver
Information 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Information, Diagnosis 9E-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Line Pressure Check Procedure,
Line Pressure Specifications,
Line SeaI RemovaI, TransaxIe CooIer,
Unit Repair 5A-194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lines and Fitting, Refrigerant, HandIing of 7B-22 . . . . .
Lining Inspection, Front Disc Brakes 4D-1 . . . . . . . . . . .
Lining Inspection, Rear Drum Brakes,
Diagnosis 4E-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lining, Shoe and, Front Disc Brakes 4D-3 . . . . . . . . . . .
Lining, Shoe and, Rear Drum Brakes 4E-6 . . . . . . . . . . .
Linkage Adjustment, Shift, Five-Speed
Linkage Lever and/or Bushings,
Linkage, Shift, Five-Speed ManuaI
Load Test, Battery, Engine EIectricaI,
Diagnosis 1E-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
26 INDEX
Locator, Fuse BIock (Engine), Body Wiring
System, Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9A-8 . . . . .
Locator, Fuse BIock, (Passenger
Compartment), Body Wiring System,
Schematic and Routing Diagrmas 9A-8 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lock (Notchback), Luggage Compartment,
Lock AssembIy, Rear Seatback,
On-VehicIe Service 9H-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lock CyIinder and Switch, Ignition,
Lock CyIinder, Door, Doors,
Lock CyIinder, Luggage Compartment,
Lock Rod, Inside, Doors,
Lock Striker (Notchback), Luggage
Compartment, Body Rear End,
Lock Striker Adjustment, Door, Doors,
Lock Striker, Door, Doors 9P-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lock Striker, Door, Doors,
Lock Striker, Hatchback Door,
Lock Striker, Rear Seatback,
Loss of Drive, 4T40-E Automatic
Loss of Power, 4T40-E Automatic
TransaxIe, SymptomDiagnosis 5A-71 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low and High Side Pressure ReIationship
Chart, ManuaI ControI Heating,
VentiIation, and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low Line Pressure, High or, 4T40-E Automatic
Low RoIIer CIutch AssembIe, Forward
CIutch Support, 4T40-E Automatic
Low RoIIer CIutch InstaII, Forward CIutch
Support, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low RoIIer CIutch RemovaI, Forward CIutch
Unit Repair 5A-192 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low/Reverse Band InstaII, 4T40-E
Low/Reverse Band RemovaI, Forward
CIutch and, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low/Reverse Servo AssembIy AssembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-261 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low/Reverse Servo AssembIy DisassembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-261 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Low/Reverse Servo RemovaI, 4T40-E
Lower B-PiIIar Trim PaneI
(Three-Door Hatchback),
Lower B-PiIIar Trim PaneI,
Lower End, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
Component Locator 1C-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lower Garnish MoIding, Hatchback Door,
Lubricants, Recommended FIuids and,
Lubrication, Body Front End,
Lubrication, Maintenance and,
GeneraI Information 0B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage Compartment Lamp Circuit,
Interior Courtesy and, Lighting Systems,
Luggage Compartment Lamp,
Luggage Compartment Lamp,
Luggage Compartment Lamps,
Interior Courtesy and,
Lighting Systems, Diagnosis 9B-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Luggage Compartment Lock (Notchback),
Luggage Compartment Lock CyIinder,
Luggage Compartment Lock Striker
(Notchback), Body Rear End,
Luggage Compartment Rear Quarter
Trim PaneI (Notchback), Interior Trim,
Luggage Compartment Rear Trim PaneI,
Trim PaneI (Hatchback), Interior Trim,
Trim PaneI (Notchback), Interior Trim,
M
Mainshaft, Five-Speed ManuaI TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5B-58 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance and Lubrication,
GeneraI Information 0B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance Charts, ScheduIed,
Maintenance and Lubrication 0B-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Maintenance Services,
ExpIanation of ScheduIed 0B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Major Component AssembIy, Five-Speed
ManuaI TransaxIe, Unit Repair 5B-84 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INDEX 27
Major Component DisassembIy,
ManifoId AbsoIute Pressure Sensor,
ManifoId Air Temperature Sensor (TypicaI),
ManifoId Air Temperature Sensor,
ManifoId, Exhaust, SOHC Engine MechanicaI 1C-95 . .
ManifoId, Exhaust, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
ManifoId, Intake, SOHC Engine MechanicaI 1C-95 . . . .
ManifoId, Intake, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
ManuaI Antenna 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManuaI Antenna, Power Antenna Motor/,
ManuaI BIeeding the Brakes,
HydrauIic Brakes 4A-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
and Air Conditioning System
ControI AssembIy 7B-28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
and Air Conditioning System ControI
AssembIy Knob Lighting 7B-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManuaI First - First Gear,
ManuaI Front Window ReguIator,
ManuaI Rack and Pinion 6D-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManuaI Rack and Pinion Steering Gear,
Diagnosis 6D-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManuaI Rear Window ReguIator, Doors,
ManuaI Second - Second Gear,
ManuaI Shaft, Detent Lever, Park Lock
InstaIIation, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManuaI Shaft, Detent Lever, Park Lock
Unit Repair 5A-193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManuaI Shaft, Parking PaneI and Actuator
AssembIy, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
ManuaI Third - Third Gear,
ManuaI TransaxIe, Five-Speed 5B-93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ManuaI VaIve CIip RemovaI, 4T40-E
ManuaI VaIve InstaII, 4T40-E Automatic
ManuaI Window ReguIator HandIe,
Master CyIinder 4B-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Master CyIinder AssembIy, CIutch,
Master CyIinder AssembIy,
Master CyIinder OverhauI, Unit Repair 4B-8 . . . . . . . . .
Master CyIinder, CIutch, Unit Repair 5C-20 . . . . . . . . . .
Microprocessor - Independent Lamp
Activation, SuppIementaI InfIatabIe
Restraints (SIR) 8B-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mirror, Inside Rearview 9L-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mirror, Outside Rearview 9L-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mirror, Rearview Inside,
Mirrors, EIectric ControI Outside Rearview,
Diagnosis 9L-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mirrors, EIectric ControI Outside Rearview,
Mirrors, Rearview Outside,
Misses, Cuts Out, Engine ControIs,
ModuIator Test, Automated,
ModuIator, HydrauIic,
AntiIock Brake System, Unit Repair 4F-208 . . . . . . . .
ModuIe, Lamp Driver, AntiIock Brake
System, On-VehicIe Service 4F-204 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MoIding (Notchback and Five-Door
Hatchback), B-PiIIar, Exterior Trim,
MoIding (Three-Door Hatchback), B-PiIIar,
Exterior Trim, On-VehicIe Service 9M-2 . . . . . . . . . . .
MoIding, Inside ChanneI, Doors,
MoIding, Outside ChanneI, Doors,
MoIding, Roof, Exterior Trim,
Motor (0.8 KiIowatts), Starter,
Engine EIectricaI, Unit Repair 1E-19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor (1.4 KiIowatts), Starter,
Motor Pack AssembIy, HydrauIic
ModuIator/, AntiIock Brake System,
Motor Pack Diagnosis Test, Automated,
Motor Pack FunctionaI Test,
Motor Pack, AntiIock Brake System,
Unit Repair 4F-206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Motor Rehome Function,
28 INDEX
Motor Testing, AntiIock Brake System,
Diagnosis 4F-186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mount, Engine, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
Mounting and Dismounting, Tire,
Unit Repair 2E-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MovabIe Quarter Window (Three-Door
Hatchback), On-VehicIe Service 9L-16 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mud Guards, Exterior Trim 9M-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MuffIer 1G-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MuffIer - Front, On-VehicIe Service 1G-5 . . . . . . . . . . . .
MuffIer - Rear, On-VehicIe Service 1G-7 . . . . . . . . . . . .
N
NeutraI (Engine Running),
NeutraI Start Switch, 4T40-E Automatic
NeutraI Switch (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6),
Park/, Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-68 . . . . . . . . . .
NeutraI Switch (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC
ITMS-6F), Park/, Engine ControIs,
Diagnosis 1F-70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NeutraI, Drives in, 4T40-E Automatic
No Crank, Engine EIectricaI, Diagnosis 1E-5 . . . . . . . . .
No Engine Braking; AII ManuaI Ranges,
Symptom Diagnosis 5A-73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Engine Braking; ManuaI First - First Gear, 4T40-E
Automatic TransaxIe,
No Engine Braking; ManuaI Second - Second
Gear, 4T40-E Automatic
No First Gear, SIips in First Gear,
No Fourth Gear, SIips in Fourth Gear,
No Gear Movement, AntiIock Brake System,
Diagnosis 4F-186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Gear SeIection, 4T40-E Automatic
No Park, 4T40-E Automatic
No Reverse, SIips in Reverse,
No Second Gear, SIips in Second Gear,
No Shift Mode, Improper Air DeIivery or,
Heating and VentiIation System 7A-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No TCC ReIease, 4T40-E Automatic
No TCC/SIipping/Soft AppIy, 4T40-E Automatic
No Third Gear, SIips in Third Gear, 4T40-E
Automatic TransaxIe, Symptom Diagnosis 5A-69 . . .
Noise Diagnosis, Engine 1A-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noise, IsoIate, Five-Speed ManuaI
TransaxIe, Diagnosis 5B-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noise, Ratcheting, Symptom 4T40-E
Automatic TransaxIe, Diagnosis 5A-72 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noise, Starter Motor, Engine EIectricaI,
Diagnosis 1E-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noise, 4T40-E Automatic
Non-A/C Diagram, Heating and VentiIation
System, Schematic and Routing Diagrams 7A-2 . . . . .
NormaI VehicIe Use, Maintenance
and Lubrication 0B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NozzIe, Rear Window Washer,
NozzIes, WindshieId Washer,
O
O-Ring RepIacement, ManuaI ControI
Heating, VentiIation, and Air
Conditioning System 7B-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Octane Number Connector,
Odometer/Trip Odometer, Speedometer/,
Instrumentation/Driver Information
Odometer/Trip Odometer, Speedometer/,
Odors, Excessive Exhaust Emissions or,
OiI ChanneIs, Pump Body,
OiI CooIer FIushing, 4T40-E Automatic
OiI CooIer Hoses, 4T40-E Automatic
OiI CooIer Pipes, 4T40-E Automatic
OiI Feed Pipes AssembIe, 4T40-E
OiI Feed Pipes RemovaI,
Unit Repair 5A-183 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INDEX 29
OiI FiIter/SeaI, OiI LeveI ControI VaIve
Unit Repair 5A-183 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OiI Leak Diagnosis, Engine 1A-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OiI LeveI ControI VaIve InstaII, 4T40-E
OiI LeveI ControI VaIve RemovaI,
OiI FiIter/SeaI, 4T40-E Automatic
OiI Pan and Gasket InstaII,
Unit Repair 5A-263 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OiI Pan and Gasket RemovaI,
Unit Repair 5A-183 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OiI Pan, SOHC Engine MechanicaI 1C-95 . . . . . . . . . . .
OiI Pan, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
OiI Pressure Test, Engine, Diagnosis 1A-2 . . . . . . . . . . .
OiI Pump and OiI Pump Shaft RemovaI,
Unit Repair 5A-185 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OiI Pump AssembIy InstaIIation,
Unit Repair 5A-254 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OiI Pump AssembIy, 4T40-E Automatic
OiI Pump CIean and Inspect,
Unit Repair 5A-254 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OiI Pump Shaft RemovaI, OiI Pump and,
Unit Repair 5A-185 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OiI Pump Side, ControI VaIve Body ChanneIs,
OiI Pump, SOHC Engine MechanicaI 1C-95 . . . . . . . . . .
OiI Pump, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
OiI SeaI, Drive AxIe, 4T40-E Automatic
On-Engine Service, GeneraI Information 1A-11 . . . . . . .
One-Piece Drum, Rear Drum Brakes 4E-4 . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating Members, CIutch 5C-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OperationaI and FunctionaI Checks,
Seat BeIts 8A-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outer Joint SeaI, Automatic TransaxIe
Outer Joint SeaI, ManuaI TransaxIe
Drive AxIe, Unit Repair 3B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outer Tie Rod, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Outer Tie Rod, Power Steering Gear,
Output (Shaft) Speed Sensor (A/T OSS),
Automatic Transmission, 4T40-E
Output Shaft and FinaI Drive AssembIy
Unit Repair 5A-193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output Shaft and SIeeve AssembIy InstaII,
Unit Repair 5A-257 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output Shaft SIeeve AssembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output Shaft SIeeve RemovaI,
Unit Repair 5A-188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output Speed Sensor InstaIIation,
Unit Repair 5A-259 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Output Speed Sensor, (A/T OSS)
Output Test, Generator,
Outside ChanneI MoIding, Doors,
Outside Door HandIe, Door,
Outside Rearview Mirror 9L-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside Rearview Mirrors,
EIectric ControI, Diagnosis 9L-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Outside Rearview Mirrors,
Overdrive Range - First Gear,
Overdrive Range - Four-Three Downshift,
Overdrive Range - Fourth Gear,
Overdrive Range - Second Gear,
Overdrive Range - Third Gear,
Oxygen Sensor (TypicaI), Engine ControIs,
Oxygen Sensor, Engine ControIs 1F-315 . . . . . . . . . . . .
P
Pan and Gasket InstaII, OiI, 4T40-E
Pan, Gasket, and FiIter, 4T40-E Automatic
Pan, OiI, SOHC Engine MechanicaI 1C-95 . . . . . . . . . . .
Pan, OiI, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
PaneI IIIumination, Instrument,
Diagnosis 9E-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30 INDEX
Park (Engine Running),
Park Lock InstaIIation, ManuaI Shaft,
Detent Lever, 4T40-E Automatic
Park Lock RemovaI, ManuaI Shaft,
Detent Lever, 4T40-E Automatic
Park/NeutraI Switch (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC
IEFI-6), Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-68 . . . . . . . .
Park/NeutraI Switch (1.3L SOHC and
Diagnosis 1F-70 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking and Turn SignaI Lamps,
Parking Brake 4G-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Adjustment 4G-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake CabIe 4G-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Brake Lever 4G-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking Lamps, Lighting Systems,
Parking PaneI and Actuator AssembIy,
Passenger Airbag ModuIe,
Passenger Assist HandIes,
On-VehicIe Service 9Q-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Passenger Assist HandIes, Roof 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PedaI Adjustment (HydrauIic), CIutch,
PedaI, CIutch, On-VehicIe Service 5C-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinion AssembIy (Left-Hand Drive),
Rack and, Power Steering Gear,
Pinion AssembIy (Right-Hand Drive),
Rack and, Power Steering Gear,
Pinion AssembIy,Rack and, ManuaI Steering
Gear, On-VehicIe Service 6D-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinion Boot, Rack and,
ManuaI Steering Gear, Unit Repair 6D-12 . . . . . . . . .
Pinion Boot, Rack and, Power Steering
Gear, Unit Repair 6C-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinion CIearance Check, Reaction Carrier,
Unit Repair 5A-218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinion End PIay Check, FinaI Drive,
Unit Repair 5A-202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinion Gear CIearance Check, Input Carrier,
Unit Repair 5A-212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinion Shaft, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6D-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinion, ManuaI Rack and 6D-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinion, Power Rack and 6C-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinion, Rack and, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6D-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pinion, Rack and, Power Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6C-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe, Connecting, Engine Exhaust 1G-12 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipe, Exhaust, On-VehicIe Service 1G-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pipes AssembIe, OiI Feed, 4T40-E
Pipes, Hoses and, Power Steering System 6A-5 . . . . .
Pipes, OiI CooIer, 4T40-E Automatic
Pistons and Rods, SOHC Engine
MechanicaI, On-VehicIe Service 1C-70 . . . . . . . . . . . .
PIate and Gasket RemovaI, ChanneI,
Unit Repair 5A-187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PIate and Gasket RemovaI, Spacer,
Unit Repair 5A-186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PIate and Gaskets InstaII, Spacer,
Unit Repair 5A-243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PIate AssembIy AssembIe, ChanneI,
Unit Repair 5A-241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PIate AssembIy DisassembIe, ChanneI,
Unit Repair 5A-240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PIate AssembIy InstaIIation, ChanneI,
Unit Repair 5A-242 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PIate, Backing, Rear Drum Brakes 4E-13 . . . . . . . . . . . .
PIates RemovaI, Second CIutch,
Unit Repair 5A-189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Poor Connections, Intermittents and,
Poor FueI Economy, Symptom Diagnosis 1F-283 . . . . .
Porosity Repair, Case,
Porosity Repair, Case,
Position Sensor (TypicaI), Crankshaft,
Position Sensor (TypicaI), ThrottIe,
Position Sensor, Crankshaft,
Position Sensor, ThrottIe,
Position, TaiI and License Lamps Circuit,
Positive Crankcase VentiIation System
Power Antenna 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Antenna Mast, On-VehicIe Service 9F-12 . . . . .
INDEX 31
Power Antenna Motor/ManuaI Antenna,
Power Booster 4C-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Booster AssembIy, On-VehicIe Service 4C-3 . . . .
Power Booster FunctionaI Check, Diagnosis 4C-1 . . . . . .
Power Distribution Schematic,
Body Wiring System 9A-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Door Locks (Three-Door Hatchback),
Doors, Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9P-3 . . . . . .
Power Door Locks (Five-Door Hatchback),
Doors, Schematic and Routing Diagrams 9P-4 . . . . . .
Power Door Locks, Doors 9P-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Door Locks, Doors,
Power Rack and Pinion 6C-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Rack and Pinion Steering Gear
Bench Testing, Diagnosis 6C-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Rack and Pinion Steering Gear,
Diagnosis 6C-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Steering Pump 6B-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Steering Pump Diagnosis 6B-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Steering System 6A-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Steering System Leak Test,
Diagnosis 6A-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Steering System Pressure Test,
Diagnosis 6A-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Steering System, BIeeding the,
Power Sunroof ControI Switch, Interior
Courtesy/, Roof, On-VehicIe Service 9Q-8 . . . . . . . . .
Power Sunroof ControI Switch, Roof 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . .
Power Sunroof System, Roof,
Power Sunroof, Roof 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Sunroof, Roof, Diagnosis 9Q-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Sunroof, Roof, On-VehicIe Service 9Q-5 . . . . . .
Power Window ReguIator, Doors,
Power Windows (Front and Rear), Doors,
Power Windows (Front OnIy), Doors,
Power Windows, Doors 9P-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power Windows, Doors, Diagnosis 9P-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power, Lack of, SIuggishness, or Sponginess,
Precautions, GeneraI, SuppIementaI
InfIatabIe Restraints (SIR) 8B-53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PreIiminary Inspection, WheeI AIignment,
Diagnosis 2B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure-Temperature ReIationship of R-134a,
Pressure BIeeding the Brakes,
HydrauIic Brakes 4A-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Check (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6),
ManifoId AbsoIute, Engine ControIs,
Diagnosis 1F-64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Check (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC
ITMS-6F), ManifoId AbsoIute,
Pressure ControI SoIenoid VaIve (PS SoI.
VaIve) 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe 5A-270 . . . . . . .
Pressure ControI SoIenoid,
Pressure Conversion Specifications,
InfIation 2E-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure ReguIator (DOHC), FueI,
Pressure ReguIator (SOHC), FueI,
Pressure ReIief VaIve, ManuaI ControI
Heating, VentiIation, and
Pressure ReIief Vent, Interior Trim 9G-30 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Sensor (TypicaI), ManifoId AbsoIute,
Pressure Sensor, ManifoId AbsoIute,
Pressure Specifications, Tire Size and 2E-1 . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Switch AssembIy RemovaI,
Unit Repair 5A-185 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Switch AssembIy Resistance
Diagnosis 5A-53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pressure Test Chart (R-134a System),
Pressure Test, FueI System,
Pressure Test, Power Steering System,
Diagnosis 6A-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prop Rod, Hood, Body Front End,
Proportioning VaIve, Checking Brake,
Proportioning VaIves, Master CyIinder 4B-11 . . . . . . . . .
Proportioning VaIves, Master CyIinder,
PuIIey, DOHC Pump Drive, Power
PuIIey, SOHC Pump Drive, Power
Pump AssembIy InstaIIation, OiI,
Unit Repair 5A-254 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pump AssembIy, DOHC, Power
Steering Pump, On-VehicIe Service 6B-14 . . . . . . . .
Pump AssembIy, OiI,
Pump AssembIy, SOHC, Power
32 INDEX
Pump Body OiI ChanneIs,
Pump CIean and Inspect, OiI,
Unit Repair 5A-254 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pump Diagnosis, Power Steering 6B-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pump Drive BeIt, Power Steering Pump,
Pump Drive PuIIey, DOHC, Power
Pump Drive PuIIey, SOHC, Power
Pump ReIay Circuit Check
FueI, Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-56 . . . . . . . . . . .
Pump ReIay Circuit Check
FueI, Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-60 . . . . . . . . . . .
Pump(s), WindshieId Washer,
Pump, CooIant, Engine CooIing 1D-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pump, CooIant, Engine, CooIing,
Pump, FueI, Engine ControIs,
Pump, OiI, SOHC Engine MechanicaI 1C-95 . . . . . . . . .
Pump, OiI, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
Pump, Power Steering 6B-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pump, Power Steering Pump, Unit Repair 6B-22 . . . . .
Q
Quarter Window (Three-Door Hatchback),
MovabIe, On-VehicIe Service 9L-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
R
Rack and Pinion AssembIy
(Left-Hand Drive), Power Steering
Gear, On-VehicIe Service 6C-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack and Pinion AssembIy
(Right-Hand Drive), Power Steering
Gear, On-VehicIe Service 6C-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack and Pinion AssembIy, ManuaI Steering
Gear, On-VehicIe Service 6D-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack and Pinion Boot, ManuaI Steering
Gear, Unit Repair 6D-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack and Pinion Boot, Power Steering
Gear, Unit Repair 6C-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack and Pinion Steering Gear Bench
Testing, Power, Diagnosis 6C-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack and Pinion Steering Gear, ManuaI,
Diagnosis 6D-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack and Pinion Steering Gear, Power,
Diagnosis 6C-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack and Pinion, ManuaI 6D-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack and Pinion, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6D-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack and Pinion, Power 6C-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack and Pinion, Power Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6C-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack Bearing PreIoad On-VehicIe Adjustment,
ManuaI Steering Gear 6D-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack Bearing PreIoad On-VehicIe Adjustment,
Power Steering Gear 6C-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack Bearing, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6D-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack Bushing, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6D-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rack, ManuaI Steering Gear, Unit Repair 6D-17 . . . . . .
RadiaI Tire Lead/PuII, WheeI AIignment,
Diagnosis 2B-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radiator GriIIe, Body Front End,
Radiator, Engine CooIing 1D-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radiator, Engine CooIing,
Radiator/Fan, Engine CooIing,
Component Locator 1D-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Radio, Stereo Cassette AM/FM, Diagnosis 9F-3 . . . . . .
Radius, Scrub, WheeI AIignment 2B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Range Reference Chart,
Range Reference, Specifications,
Ratcheting Noise, 4T40-E Automatic
Ratings, Engine EIectricaI 1E-55 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RattIe Diagnosis, Squeak and 9K-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RattIe Repair, Squeak and,
On-VehicIe Service 9K-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reaction Carrier AssembIe, Direct/Coast
Unit Repair 5A-219 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reaction Carrier AssembIy,
Reaction Carrier DisassembIe, Direct/Coast
Unit Repair 5A-213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reaction Carrier InstaII, Direct/Coast
Unit Repair 5A-224 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reaction Carrier Pinion CIearance Check,
Unit Repair 5A-218 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reaction Gear AssembIy RemovaI,
Input Carrier and, 4T40-E Automatic
Reaction Gear Set RemovaI, Direct/Coast
CIutch and, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-190 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reaction InternaI Gear, Input Carrier
Unit Repair 5A-213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INDEX 33
Unit Repair 5A-213 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear AxIe AssembIy, Rear Suspension 2D-8 . . . . . . . . .
Rear AxIe with ABS, Unit Repair 2D-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear AxIe without ABS, Unit Repair 2D-15 . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Bumper Energy Absorber,
Rear Bumper Fascia, On-VehicIe Service 9O-5 . . . . . . .
Rear Bumper Impact Bar,
On-VehicIe Service 9O-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Camber Check, WheeI AIignment,
Diagnosis 2B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Center Seat BeIt, Two-Point Lap 8A-20 . . . . . . . . .
Rear Center Seat BeIt, Two-Point Lap,
Rear Compartment Security Cover
(Hatchback), Interior Trim 9G-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Deck Lid (Notchback)
Body Rear End 9S-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Deck Lid (Notchback),
Rear Deck Lid Remote CabIe and HandIe,
Rear Door AssembIy, Doors,
Rear Door GIass Run, Doors,
Rear Door GIass, On-VehicIe Service 9L-14 . . . . . . . . .
Rear Door Interior Garnish MoIding,
Rear Door Lock, ChiIdproof, Doors 9P-40 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Door Lock, ChiIdproof, Doors,
Rear Door Secondary Weatherstrip,
Rear Door Trim PaneI, Interior Trim,
Rear Fog Lamps Circuit (Without Front
Fog Lamps), Lighting Systems,
Rear Fog Lamps Circuit, Front and,
Rear Fog/Backup Lamps (Hatchback),
Rear Fog/Backup Lamps (Notchback),
Rear Harness Routing, Body Wiring System,
Rear Head, Gasket, VaIve PIate, Reed PIate,
and O-Ring, ManuaI ControI Heating,
Unit Repair 7B-64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Heater, Heating and
Rear Heating Duct, AirfIow Through Vents
with, Heating and VentiIation System,
Rear MuffIer, On-VehicIe Service 1G-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Outboard Seat BeIt,
Three-Point ELR 8A-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Outboard Seat BeIt,
Three-Point ELR, On-VehicIe Service 8A-16 . . . . . . .
Rear Quarter Trim PaneI (Notchback),
Luggage Compartment, Interior Trim,
Rear Rocker Trim PaneI, Interior Trim,
Rear Seat Cushion, Seats,
On-VehicIe Service 9H-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Seatback Lock AssembIy,
Rear Seatback Lock Striker,
Rear Seatback, On-VehicIe Service 9H-9 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Seatback, SpIit, On-VehicIe Service 9H-10 . . . . . .
Rear Speakers (Hatchback),
Rear Speakers (Notchback),
Rear Speakers, Front and 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Suspension 2D-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Timing BeIt Cover,
Rear Toe Check, WheeI AIignment,
Diagnosis 2B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Trim PaneI, Luggage Compartment,
Rear WheeI Speed Sensor
Jumper Harness, AntiIock Brake
System, On-VehicIe Service 4F-200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear WheeI Speed Sensor, AntiIock
Rear WheeI Speed Sensors and Rings,
Rear Window and Outside Rearview
Mirror Defogger, Schematic and
Routing Diagrams 9L-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Window Defogger Braided Lead
Wire Repair, On-VehicIe Service 9L-13 . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Window Defogger Grid Line Repair,
Rear Window Defogger Grid Line, Testing,
Diagnosis 9L-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Window GIass, On-VehicIe Service 9L-9 . . . . . . .
Rear Window Washer NozzIe,
Rear Window Washer System (Hatchback),
Diagnosis 9D-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Window Wiper (Hatchback),
Diagnosis 9D-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear Window Wiper and Washer System,
34 INDEX
Rear Window Wiper Arm,
Rear Window Wiper Motor,
Rear Window Wiper/Washer System 9D-21 . . . . . . . . . .
Rearview Mirror, Inside 9L-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rearview Mirror, Inside, On-VehicIe Service 9L-18 . . . .
Rearview Mirror, Outside 9L-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rearview Mirrors, EIectric ControI Outside,
Rearview Mirrors, Outside,
Receiver-Dryer, ManuaI ControI Heating,
Recommended FIuids and Lubricants,
Recommended MateriaIs for
WaterIeak Repairs, Specifications 9I-1 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Chart, Range,
RefiIIing the CooIing System, Draining and,
Refrigerant Lines and Fittings,
HandIing of 7B-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refrigerant System, Leak Testing the,
Refrigerant System, Testing the,
Refrigerant, HandIing 7B-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refrigeration System, Maintaining
ChemicaI StabiIity in the 7B-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ReguIator (DOHC), FueI Pressure,
ReguIator (SOHC), FueI Pressure,
Rehome Function, Motor,
ReIay Circuit Check (1.3L and 1.5L
SOHC IEFI-6), FueI Pump,
ReIay Circuit Check (1.3L SOHC and
1.6L DOHC ITMS-6F), FueI Pump,
ReIease CyIinder, CIutch, Unit Repair 5C-22 . . . . . . . . .
ReIief Vent, Pressure, Interior Trim 9G-30 . . . . . . . . . . .
Reminder Chime, HeadIamps-On,
Lighting Systems, Diagnosis 9B-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reminder Chime, HeadIamps-On,
Reserve Capacity, Engine EIectricaI 1E-55 . . . . . . . . . . .
Reservoir, Brake FIuid, Master CyIinder 4B-5 . . . . . . . .
Reservoir, FIuid, Power Steering System 6A-4 . . . . . . .
Reservoir, WindshieId Washer,
Resistance Check, Pressure Switch
AssembIy, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Diagnosis 5A-53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Resistor, BIower Motor, ManuaI ControI
Heating, VentiIation, and Air
Conditioning System 7B-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reverse CIutch FunctionaI Air Check,
Unit Repair 5A-229 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reverse Input and Second RoIIer CIutch
Unit Repair 5A-228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reverse Input and Second RoIIer
CIutch DisassembIe, 4T40-E Automatic
TransaxIe, Unit Repair 5A-225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reverse Input and Second RoIIer CIutch
Unit Repair 5A-231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reverse Input CIutch AssembIy,
Reverse Input CIutch Housing RemovaI,
Unit Repair 5A-190 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reverse, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe 5A-278 . . . . . . .
Reverse/Low Servo AssembIy,
Right-Hand AxIe SeaI AssembIe,
Unit Repair 5A-258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right-Hand AxIe SeaI RemovaI,
Unit Repair 5A-195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Right-Hand Drive Instrument Harness
Routing, Body Wiring System,
Rings, Front WheeI Speed Sensor,
Rings, Rear WheeI Speed Sensors and,
Road Test Procedure,
Rocker Trim PaneI, Front, Interior Trim,
Rocker Trim PaneI, Rear, Interior Trim,
Rod, ControI Shift, Five-Speed ManuaI
Rods, Pistons and, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
RoIIer Bearing, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6D-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RoIIer Bearing, Tapered, Suspension
Diagnosis 2A-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
RoIIer CIutch DisassembIe, Forward CIutch
Unit Repair 5A-203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INDEX 35
Roof 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof MoIding, Exterior Trim,
Rotor Inspection, Front Disc Brakes 4D-1 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rotor, Front Disc Brakes 4D-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rough, UnstabIe, or Incorrect IdIe,
StaIIing, Symptom Diagnosis 1F-284 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Run-On, DieseIing, Engine ControIs,
S
Sag, StumbIe, Hesitation, Engine ControIs,
Scan TooI Data TabIe, Engine ControIs,
Scan TooI Diagnostics,
ScheduIed Maintenance Charts,
Maintenance and Lubrication 0B-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ScheduIed Maintenance Services,
ExpIanation of 0B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Scrub Radius, WheeI AIignment 2B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SDM, SuppIementaI InfIatabIe Restraints
(SIR) 8B-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SDM, SuppIementaI InfIatabIe Restraints
(SIR), On-VehicIe Service 8B-44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SeaI AssembIe, Right-Hand AxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SeaI InstaII, FiIter AssembIy and,
Unit Repair 5A-262 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SeaI InstaII, Side Cover AxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-257 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SeaI InstaIIation, Torque Converter,
Unit Repair 5A-197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SeaI RemovaI, Right-Hand AxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-195 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SeaI RemovaI, Torque Converter,
Unit Repair 5A-194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SeaI Trim, Door, Doors,
SeaI, Dash, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6D-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SeaI, Dash, Power Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6C-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SeaIed WheeI Bearing Diagnosis,
SeaIing, Front End, Body Front End,
SeaIs and Upper Bearing, Stub Shaft,
SeaIs InstaIIation, TransaxIe CooIer Line,
Unit Repair 5A-197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SeaIs, Power Steering Pump 6B-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat Adjuster, Front, On-VehicIe Service 9H-6 . . . . . . .
Seat BeIt (Three-Door Hatchback),
Three-Point ELR, Front,
Seat BeIt (Three-Door Hatchback),
Three-Point WLR/GCC, Front,
Seat BeIt (With Airbag),
Three-Point ELR Front 8A-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat BeIt (With Airbag), Three-Point
ELR Front, On-VehicIe Service 8A-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat BeIt Height Adjuster, Front,
Seat BeIt Warning Lamp is Inoperative,
Diagnosis 8A-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat BeIt Warning, Driver,
Seat BeIt, Three-Point ELR Rear
Outboard 8A-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat BeIt, Three-Point ELR Rear
Outboard, On-VehicIe Service 8A-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat BeIt, Three-Point WLR Front 8A-20 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat BeIt, Three-Point WLR/GCC,
Front, On-VehicIe Service 8A-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat BeIt, Two-Point Lap Rear Center 8A-20 . . . . . . . . .
Seat BeIt, Two-Point Lap Rear Center,
Seat Covers, Seats, On-VehicIe Service 9H-13 . . . . . . .
Seat Cushion, Front, On-VehicIe Service 9H-5 . . . . . . .
Seat Cushion, Rear, Seats,
On-VehicIe Service 9H-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat Trim, Front, Seats, On-VehicIe Service 9H-7 . . . .
Seat, Front Bucket, On-VehicIe Service 9H-2 . . . . . . . .
Seatback Lock AssembIy, Rear,
Seatback Lock Striker, Rear,
Seatback, Front, On-VehicIe Service 9H-4 . . . . . . . . . . .
Seatback, Rear, On-VehicIe Service 9H-9 . . . . . . . . . . .
Seatback, SpIit Rear, On-VehicIe Service 9H-10 . . . . . .
Seats 9H-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second and Third Gears OnIy,
Second CIutch FunctionaI Air Check,
Unit Repair 5A-236 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second CIutch PIate InstaIIation,
Unit Repair 5A-231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second CIutch PIates RemovaI,
Unit Repair 5A-189 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
36 INDEX
Second Gear OnIy, 4T40-E Automatic
Second Gear, ManuaI Second,
Second Gear, Overdrive Range,
Second RoIIer CIutch AssembIe, Reverse
Input and, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-228 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second RoIIer CIutch DisassembIe,
Reverse Input and, 4T40-E Automatic
Second RoIIer CIutch InstaII, Reverse Input
Unit Repair 5A-231 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second/Fourth Servo AssembIy,
Secondary Latch, Hood, Body Front End,
Security Cover (Hatchback),
Rear Compartment, Interior Trim 9G-30 . . . . . . . . . . .
Security System, Audio 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SeIf-Diagnostics, AntiIock Brake System 4F-16 . . . . . . .
Sensing and Diagnostic ModuIe (SDM),
Sensing and Diagnostic ModuIe (SDM),
SuppIementaI InfIatabIe
Restraints (SIR) 8B-51 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensor (DOHC), CooIant Temperature,
Sensor (SOHC), CooIant Temperature,
Sensor (TypicaI), Crankshaft Position,
Sensor (TypicaI), ManifoId AbsoIute
Pressure, Engine ControIs,
Sensor (TypicaI), ManifoId Air Temperature,
Sensor (TypicaI), Oxygen, Engine ControIs,
Sensor (TypicaI), ThrottIe Position,
Sensor Jumper Harness, Front WheeI
Speed, AntiIock Brake System,
Sensor Jumper Harness, Rear WheeI
Speed, AntiIock Brake System,
Sensor Rings, Front WheeI Speed,
Sensor, CooIant Temperature,
Sensor, Crankshaft Position,
Sensor, FIuid LeveI, Master CyIinder 4B-11 . . . . . . . . . .
Sensor, Front WheeI Speed, AntiIock
Sensor, Knock, Engine ControIs, 1F-317 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensor, ManifoId Air Temperature,
Sensor, Oxygen, Engine ControIs 1F-315 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sensor, Rear WheeI Speed, AntiIock
Sensor, ThrottIe Position, Engine ControIs 1F-315 . . . .
Sensor, Transmission FIuid Temperature
(TFT), 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe 5A-272 . . . . . . .
Sensors and Rings, Rear WheeI Speed,
Sensors, Front WheeI Speed,
SeriaI Data Link, ImmobiIizer
Anti-Theft System 9T-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service Precautions,
Servo AssembIy AssembIe, Low/Reverse,
Unit Repair 5A-261 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Servo AssembIy DisassembIe, Low/Reverse,
Unit Repair 5A-261 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Servo AssembIy, Second/Fourth,
Servo DisassembIe, AssembIe, and InstaII,
Fourth Inter, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-259 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Setback, WheeI AIignment 2B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shaft and CIuster Gear, Input, Five-Speed
ManuaI TransaxIe, Unit Repair 5B-55 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shaft and FinaI Drive AssembIy RemovaI,
Output, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shaft and InsuIators, StabiIizer,
Shaft and SIeeve AssembIy InstaII,
Output, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-257 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shaft SeaI RepIacement, ManuaI
Shaft SeaIs and Upper Bearing, Stub,
Shaft SIeeve AssembIe and InstaII, Stub,
Unit Repair 5A-258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shaft SIeeve AssembIe, Output,
Unit Repair 5A-256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shaft SIeeve RemovaI, Output,
Unit Repair 5A-188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
INDEX 37
Shaft, Detent Lever, Park Lock InstaIIation,
ManuaI, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shaft, Detent Lever, Park Lock RemovaI,
ManuaI, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shaft, Pinion, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Unit Repair 6D-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ShieId, SpIash, Front Disc Brakes 4D-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shift ControI CabIe, 4T40-E Automatic
Shift ControI Lever, 4T40-E Automatic
Shift Indicator Indicates Wrong Gear
SeIection, 4T40-E Automatic
TransaxIe, Symptom, Diagnosis 5A-74 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shift Linkage Adjustment, Five-Speed
Shift Linkage, Five-Speed ManuaI
Shift Rod, ControI, Five-Speed ManuaI
Shift SoIenoid, One-Two,
Shift SoIenoid, Two-Three,
Shift SoIenoids: One-Two and Two-Three,
Shift Speed Chart, Hydra-Matic,
Diagnosis 5A-61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shift, Speed, Specifications,
Shock Absorber, Rear Suspension,
Shoe and Lining, Front Disc Brakes 4D-3 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shoe and Lining, Rear Drum Brakes 4E-6 . . . . . . . . . . .
Side Cover AxIe SeaI InstaII, 4T40-E
Side Cover/Gaskets, DisassembIe,
AssembIe, InstaII, 4T40-E Automatic
Side Turn SignaI Lamps, Lighting Systems,
SignaI Switch and Lever, Turn, Steering
WheeI and CoIumn, On-VehicIe Service 6E-7 . . . . . .
SiII PIate Cover (Notchback), Deck Lid,
SIR Component Locator,
SIR FauIt Indication, Diagnosis 8B-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIR System 8B-53 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIR Warning Lamp 8B-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIeeve AssembIe and InstaII, Stub Shaft,
Unit Repair 5A-258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIeeve AssembIe, Output Shaft,
Unit Repair 5A-256 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIeeve AssembIy InstaII, Output Shaft and,
Unit Repair 5A-257 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIeeve RemovaI, Output Shaft,
Unit Repair 5A-188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIipping/Soft AppIy, No TCC/,
Symptom, Diagnosis 5A-76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIips in First Gear, No First Gear,
SIips in Fourth Gear, No Fourth Gear,
SIips in Reverse, No Reverse,
SIips in Second Gear, No Second Gear,
Symptom, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
SIips in Third Gear, No Third Gear,
Soft AppIy, No TCC/SIipping/, 4T40-E Automatic
SOHC Pump AssembIy, Power Steering
Pump, On-VehicIe Service 6B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SOHC Pump Drive PuIIey, Power Steering
Pump, On-VehicIe Service 6B-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SoIenoid (TypicaI), Canister Purge,
SoIenoid (TypicaI), Exhaust Gas
RecircuIation VaIve, Engine ControIs,
SoIenoid Fuse, ABS, On-VehicIe Service 4F-203 . . . . .
SoIenoid Test, AntiIock Brake System,
Diagnosis 4F-187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SoIenoid VaIve (PS SoI. VaIve),
Pressure ControI,
SoIenoid VaIve (TCC SoI. VaIve),
Torque Converter CIutch,
SoIenoid, ABS 4F-193 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SoIenoid, One-Two Shift,
SoIenoid, Pressure ControI,
SoIenoid, TCC, 4T40-E Automatic
SoIenoid, Two-Three Shift,
38 INDEX
SoIenoids: One-Two and Two-Three,
Shift, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe 5A-269 . . . . . . . .
Spacer PIate-to-ChanneI PIate Gasket,
Spacer PIate and Gasket RemovaI,
Unit Repair 5A-186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spacer PIate and Gaskets InstaII,
Unit Repair 5A-243 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spacer PIate, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Spare Tire 2E-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spark Knock/Detonation, Engine ControIs,
Speakers (Hatchback), Rear,
Speakers (Notchback), Rear,
Speakers, Diagnosis 9F-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speakers, Front and Rear 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speakers, Front, On-VehicIe Service 9F-9 . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications, Engine ControIs 1F-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specifications, Standard BoIt 0B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Automatic Transmission Input (Shaft),
Automatic Transmission Output (Shaft),
Speed Sensor InstaII, Input,
Unit Repair 5A-237 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speed Sensor InstaIIation, Output,
Unit Repair 5A-259 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speed Sensor Jumper Harness,
Front WheeI, AntiIock Brake System,
Speed Sensor Jumper Harness,
Rear WheeI, AntiIock Brake System,
Speed Sensor RemovaI, Input,
Unit Repair 5A-188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speed Sensor Rings, Front WheeI,
Speed Sensor, Front WheeI, AntiIock
Speed Sensor, Rear WheeI, AntiIock
Speed Sensors and Rings, Rear WheeI,
Speed Sensors, Front WheeI,
Speed Shift, Specifications,
Speedometer-Driven Gear,
Speedometer, Instrumentation/Driver
Speedometer/Odometer/Trip Odometer,
Speedometer/Odometer/Trip Odometer,
SpIash ShieId, Front Disc Brakes 4D-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SpIit Rear Seatback, On-VehicIe Service 9H-10 . . . . . .
Spring RemovaI, Actuator, 4T40-E
Spring, CIock, SuppIementaI InfIatabIe
Restraints (SIR) 8B-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Spring, CIock, SuppIementaI InfIatabIe
Restraints (SIR), On-VehicIe Service 8B-41 . . . . . . .
Spring/Strut Cartridge, Front,
Springs and InsuIators, Rear Suspension 2D-5 . . . . . . .
Springs InstaII, AccumuIator,
Unit Repair 5A-241 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sprocket AssembIy DisassembIe,
Driven, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-232 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sprocket Support AssembIe, Drive,
Unit Repair 5A-235 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sprocket Support AssembIy InstaIIation,
Unit Repair 5A-236 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sprocket Support AssembIy/Second CIutch,
Sprocket Support RemovaI, Drive,
Unit Repair 5A-194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sprockets and Drive Link AssembIe,
Drive, Driven, 4T40-E Automatic
Sprockets and Drive Link DisassembIe,
Drive, Driven, 4T40-E Automatic
Sprockets and Drive Link InstaII, Drive,
Unit Repair 5A-240 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sprockets, Drive Link RemovaI, Drive,
Unit Repair 5A-188 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Squeak and RattIe Diagnosis 9K-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Squeak and RattIe Repair,
On-VehicIe Service 9K-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
StabiIizer Shaft and InsuIators,
StabiIizer, Rear Suspension, 2D-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
StaIIing, Rough, UnstabIe, or Incorrect IdIe,
INDEX 39
Stand Specifications, Watertest, WaterIeaks 9I-1 . . . . .
Standard Steering CoIumn, Unit Repair 6E-25 . . . . . . . .
Start Switch, NeutraI,
Starter Motor (0.8 KiIowatts),
Starter Motor (1.4 KiIowatts),
Starter Motor Noise, Engine EIectricaI,
Diagnosis 1E-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starter Specifications, Engine EIectricaI 1E-1 . . . . . . . .
Starter, Engine EIectricaI 1E-57 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starter, Engine EIectricaI,
Starting System, Engine EIectricaI 1E-57 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting System, Engine EIectricaI,
Stationary GIass 9L-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steer, Torque, Suspension Diagnosis 2A-6 . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Axis IncIination, WheeI AIignment 2B-9 . . . . . .
Steering CoIumn Diagnosis 6E-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering CoIumn, On-VehicIe Service 6E-19 . . . . . . . . .
Steering CoIumn, Standard, Unit Repair 6E-24 . . . . . . .
Steering CoIumn, TiIt, Unit Repair 6E-29 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering CoupIing AssembIy, FIange and,
Steering Gear Bench Testing, Power
Rack and Pinion, Diagnosis 6C-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Gear, ManuaI Rack and Pinion,
Diagnosis 6D-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Gear, Power Rack and Pinion,
Diagnosis 6C-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Pump Diagnosis, Power 6B-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering Pump, Power 6B-23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering System, Power 6A-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering WheeI and CoIumn 6E-42 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering WheeI with SIR, Steering WheeI
Steering WheeI without SIR, Steering WheeI
Stereo Cassette AM/FM Radio 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stereo Cassette AM/FM Radio, Diagnosis 9F-3 . . . . . .
StopIamp Switch, HydrauIic Brakes 4A-20 . . . . . . . . . . .
StopIamps Circuit, Lighting Systems,
Straight-Ahead Check, ManuaI Steering
Gear, Diagnosis 6D-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Straight-Ahead Check, Power Steering
Gear, On-VehicIe Service 6C-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Strut AssembIy, KnuckIe/, Front Suspension,
Strut Cartridge, Front Spring/,
Strut Dampener, Front Suspension,
Diagnosis 2C-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stub Shaft RemovaI, 4T40-E Automatic
Stub Shaft SeaIs and Upper Bearing,
Stub Shaft SIeeve AssembIe and InstaII,
Unit Repair 5A-258 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
StumbIe, Hesitation, Sag,
Sun Visors, Roof 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sun Visors, Roof, On-VehicIe Service 9Q-13 . . . . . . . . .
Sunroof ControI Switch, Interior Courtesy/
Power, Roof, On-VehicIe Service 9Q-8 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sunroof ControI Switch, Power, Roof 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . .
Sunroof System, Power, Roof,
Sunroof, Power, Roof 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sunroof, Power, Roof, Diagnosis 9Q-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sunroof, Power, Roof, On-VehicIe Service 9Q-5 . . . . . .
FauIt Indication, Diagnosis 8B-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SuppIementaI InfIatabIe Restraints
System (SIR) EIectricaI Schematic 8B-3 . . . . . . . . . .
Support AssembIy/Second CIutch, Driven
Sprocket, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Support Bearing, Front Suspension,
Unit Repair 2C-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surge Tank Cap Test, Engine CooIing,
Diagnosis 1D-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surge Tank, Engine CooIing 1D-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Surge Tank, Engine CooIing,
Surges or ChuggIes, Engine ControIs,
Diagnosis 1F-275 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspension (DOHC Engine), Front 2C-26 . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspension (SOHC Engine), Front 2C-26 . . . . . . . . . . .
Suspension, Front, Component Locator 2C-6 . . . . . . . .
Suspension, Rear 2D-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symptom Diagnosis, Five-Speed
ManuaI TransaxIe 5B-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Check (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC IEFI-6),
Diagnostic, Engine ControIs, Diagnosis 1F-22 . . . . .
System Check (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC
ITMS-6F), Diagnostic, Engine ControIs,
Diagnosis 1F-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
System Check, SuppIementaI InfIatabIe
T
TabIe, Scan TooI Data, Engine ControIs,
Tachometer (DeIuxe CIuster),
Tachometer, Instrumentation/Driver
Tachometer, Instrumentation/Driver
40 INDEX
TaiI and License Lamps Circuit, Position,
TaiIamps (Hatchback), Lighting Systems,
TaiIamps (Notchback), Lighting Systems,
TaiIamps, Lighting Systems 9B-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TaiIamps, Lighting Systems, Diagnosis 9B-21 . . . . . . . .
Tank, FueI, Engine ControIs,
Tank, Surge, Engine CooIing 1D-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tank, Surge, Engine CooIing,
Tape PIayer and Cassette Care 9F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tapered RoIIer Bearing,
TCC AppIy with CoId Engine, 4T40-E Automatic
TCC Shudder, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Diagnosis 5A-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TCC Shudder, 4T40-E Automatic
TCC SoIenoid, 4T40-E Automatic
TCM Inputs that Affect the
4T40-E Transmission 5A-274 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TechnicaI Data, Specifications 0B-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature CabIe Adjustment,
Heating and VentiIation System 7A-16 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature CabIe Adjustment,
Temperature Gauge and FueI Gauge
(DeIuxe CIuster), Instrumentation/Driver
Temperature Gauge, Instrumentation/Driver
Information 9E-47 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temperature Gauge, Instrumentation/Driver
Temperature Sensor (DOHC), CooIant,
Temperature Sensor (SOHC), CooIant,
Temperature Sensor, CooIant,
Temperature Sensor, Engine CooIant 1D-21 . . . . . . . . .
Temperature Sensor, Engine CooIant,
Temperature Specifications, Heater 7A-1 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tension ReIief Sequence, Gear,
Test Equipment, Communication
Between ImmobiIizer and,
Testing the Refrigerant System,
Tether Anchor, ChiId Seat 8A-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tether Anchor, ChiId Seat,
TFP Switch InstaII, ControI VaIve AssembIy
Unit Repair 5A-252 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermostat Test, Engine CooIing, Diagnosis 1D-3 . . . .
Thermostat, Engine CooIing 1D-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermostat, Engine CooIing,
Thermostat/CooIant Pump (DOHC),
Thermostat/CooIant Pump (SOHC),
Third and Fourth Gears OnIy, 4T40-E Automatic
Third Gear, ManuaI Third,
Third Gear, Overdrive Range,
Three-Point ELR Front Seat BeIt
(With Airbag) 8A-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(With Airbag), On-VehicIe Service 8A-5 . . . . . . . . . . .
Three-Point ELR Rear Outboard Seat BeIt 8A-20 . . . . . .
Three-Point ELR Rear Outboard Seat BeIt,
Three-Point WLR Front Seat BeIt 8A-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Three-Point WLR/GCC Front Seat BeIt
Three-Point WLR/GCC Front Seat BeIt,
ThrottIe Body (TypicaI), Engine ControIs,
ThrottIe Position Sensor (TypicaI),
ThrottIe Position Sensor, Engine ControIs 1F-315 . . . . .
Tie Rod, Inner, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Tie Rod, Inner, Power Steering Gear,
Tie Rod, Outer, ManuaI Steering Gear,
Tie Rod, Outer, Power Steering Gear,
TiIt Steering CoIumn, Unit Repair 6E-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Time Required, Charging,
Timing BeIt Check and Adjust,
Timing BeIt Cover, Rear,
INDEX 41
Timing BeIt, SOHC Engine MechanicaI 1C-95 . . . . . . . .
Timing BeIt, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
Tire and WheeI BaIancing 2E-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire and WheeI Match-Mounting,
Unit Repair 2E-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Chain Usage 2E-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Diagnosis, WheeI AIignment 2B-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire LabeI 2E-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Lead/PuII, RadiaI, WheeI AIignment,
Diagnosis 2B-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Mounting and Dismounting,
Unit Repair 2E-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tire Size and Pressure Specifications 2E-1 . . . . . . . . . .
Tire, Spare 2E-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tires and ABS, AntiIock Brake System 4F-212 . . . . . . .
Tires, AII-Season 2E-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tires, Correcting Non-Uniform,
Unit Repair 2E-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tires, InfIation of 2E-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tires, Passenger Metric Sized 2E-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tires, RepIacement 2E-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toe Adjustment, Front, WheeI AIignment,
Diagnosis 2B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toe Check, Rear, WheeI AIignment,
Diagnosis 2B-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Toe, WheeI AIignment 2B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Too Much Heat, Heating and
Torque Converter CIutch,
Torque Converter CIutch SoIenoid VaIve
(TCC SoI. VaIve),
Torque Converter EvaIuation,
Torque Converter InstaIIation, 4T40-E
Torque Converter RemovaI, 4T40-E
Torque Converter SeaI InstaIIation, 4T40-E
Torque Converter SeaI RemovaI, 4T40-E
Torque Rod, Body Rear End,
Torque Steer, Suspension Diagnosis 2A-6 . . . . . . . . . . .
TransaxIe AssembIy, 4T40-E Automatic
TransaxIe AssembIy, Five-Speed ManuaI
TransaxIe Brace, 4T40-E Automatic
TransaxIe Bracket, 4T40-E Automatic
TransaxIe Component and
System Description,
TransaxIe CooIer Line SeaI RemovaI,
Unit Repair 5A-194 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TransaxIe CooIer Line SeaIs InstaIIation,
Unit Repair 5A-197 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TransaxIe Definitions and Abbreviations,
TransaxIe FunctionaI Check Procedure,
TransaxIe GeneraI Description,
TransaxIe GeneraI Specifications,
TransaxIe HoIding Fixture AssembIy,
Unit Repair 5A-181 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TransaxIe Identification Information,
TransaxIe Mount, 4T40-E Automatic
TransaxIe, Five-Speed ManuaI 5B-93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission ControI ModuIe (1 of 4),
Transmission ControI ModuIe (TCM),
Transmission EIectricaI Connector,
Transmission FIuid Pressure ManuaI VaIve
Position Switch (TFP VaI. Position Sw.),
Automatic, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe 5A-271 . . . . .
Transmission FIuid Pressure ManuaI
VaIve Position Switch Resistance Check,
Automatic, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Diagnosis 5A-64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transmission FIuid Temperature (TFT)
Sensor, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe 5A-272 . . . . . .
Transmission, TCM Inputs that Affect the 5A-274 . . . . . .
Transponder, Ignition Key, ImmobiIizer
Anti-Theft System, On-VehicIe Service 9T-8 . . . . . . . .
Trim PaneI, Instrument CIuster,
Trip Odometer, Speedometer/Odometer/,
Trip Odometer, Speedometer/Odometer/,
42 INDEX
Tripot SeaI, Inner, Automatic TransaxIe
TroubIe Code Diagnosis, Engine ControIs 1F-22 . . . . . .
TroubIe Codes, CIearing, Engine ControIs,
Diagnosis 1F-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tube, Boot, Bushing and/or Bearing Ring,
Gearshift, Five-Speed ManuaI TransaxIe 5B-17 . . . .
Turn and Hazard Lamps Circuit,
Turn SignaI Lamps, Parking and,
Turn SignaI Lamps, Side, Lighting Systems,
Turn SignaI Switch and Lever, Steering
Turning AngIe, WheeI AIignment 2B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Two-Piece Drum, Rear Drum Brakes 4E-5 . . . . . . . . . . .
Two-Point Lap Rear Center Seat BeIt 8A-20 . . . . . . . . .
Two-Point Lap Rear Center Seat BeIt,
U
Under Covers, Engine,
Under Covers, Engine, Frame and
Underbody, On-VehicIe Service 9N-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Underbody Dimensions (Hatchback),
Underbody Dimensions (Notchback),
Upper B-PiIIar Trim PaneI
(Three-Door Hatchback), Interior Trim,
Upper B-PiIIar Trim PaneI, Interior Trim,
Upper Bearing, Stub Shaft SeaIs and,
Upper End, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
Component Locator, 1C-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Upper Garnish MoIding, Hatchback Door,
Usage Chart, BuIb, Lighting Systems,
V
V5 System Air Conditioning Diagnosis,
Insufficient CooIing Diagnosis 7B-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vacuum Hose, Power Booster 4C-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VaIve (DOHC), Exhaust Gas RecircuIation,
VaIve (SOHC), Exhaust Gas RecircuIation,
VaIve (TCC SoI. VaIve), Torque
Converter CIutch SoIenoid,
VaIve (TypicaI), IdIe Air ControI,
VaIve AssembIy and TFP Switch InstaII,
ControI, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-252 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VaIve Body-to-Spacer PIate Gasket,
VaIve Body AssembIe, 4T40-E Automatic
VaIve Body AssembIy and Gasket RemovaI,
ControI, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-186 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VaIve Body AssembIy, ControI,
VaIve Body DisassembIe, ControI,
Unit Repair 5A-244 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VaIve CIip RemovaI, ManuaI,
Unit Repair 5A-187 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VaIve Cover, SOHC Engine MechanicaI,
VaIve InstaII, ManuaI, 4T40-E Automatic
VaIve InstaII, OiI LeveI ControI,
Unit Repair 5A-263 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
VaIve PIate, Reed PIate, and O-Ring,
Rear Head, Gasket, ManuaI ControI
Heating, VentiIation and Air
Conditioning System, Unit Repair 7B-64 . . . . . . . . . . . .
VaIve Position Switch (TFP VaI. Position Sw.),
ManuaI, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe 5A-271 . . . . . . .
VaIve SoIenoid (TypicaI), Exhaust Gas
RecircuIation, Engine ControIs,
VaIve Train Components,
CyIinder Head and,
SOHC Engine MechanicaI, Unit Repair 1C-76 . . . . . . .
VaIve, (PS SoI. VaIve), Pressure ControI
SoIenoid, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe 5A-270 . . . . .
VaIve, Checking Brake Proportioning,
VaIve, Exhaust Gas RecircuIation,
VaIve, HydrauIic ModuIator BIeeder,
VaIve, IdIe Air ControI, Engine ControIs 1F-316 . . . . . . .
VaIves, Proportioning, Master CyIinder 4B-11 . . . . . . . .
VaIves, Proportioning, Master CyIinder,
VariabIe Geometry Induction System
INDEX 43
VariabIe Geometry Induction System,
VehicIe and Component Identification,
VehicIe Dimensions and Weights,
VehicIe Lifting Procedures,
VehicIe Use, NormaI, Maintenance
and Lubrication 0B-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vent, Pressure ReIief, Interior Trim 9G-30 . . . . . . . . . . .
VentiIation System ControIs, Heating and 7A-13 . . . . . .
VentiIation System Operation,
Positive Crankcase, Engine ControIs 1F-315 . . . . . .
VentiIation System, Heating and 7A-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vents, Instrument CIuster Trim PaneI,
Vents, Instrument PaneI,
Vibration Diagnosis, WheeI AIignment 2B-5 . . . . . . . . . .
Vibration Test Procedure, FIexpIate/Torque
Converter, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Diagnosis 5A-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vibration, 4T40-E Automatic
Visors, Sun, Roof 9Q-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Visors, Sun, Roof, On-VehicIe Service 9Q-13 . . . . . . . .
VoItage Load Test, AntiIock Brake System 4F-187 . . . .
W
Warning Lamp is Inoperative, Seat BeIt,
Diagnosis 8A-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warning Lamp Operation, HydrauIic Brakes 4A-24 . . . .
Warning Lamp Operation, HydrauIic Brakes,
Diagnosis 4A-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washer Hoses, WindshieId,
Washer Measurement and InstaIIation,
SeIective, 4T40-E Automatic TransaxIe,
Unit Repair 5A-225 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washer NozzIe, Rear Window,
Washer NozzIes, WindshieId,
Washer Pump(s), WindshieId,
Washer Reservoir, WindshieId,
Washer System (Hatchback),
Rear Window, Diagnosis 9D-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washer System, Rear Window Wiper and,
Washer System, WindshieId 9D-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Washer System, WindshieId Wipers and,
Washer System, WindshieId, Diagnosis 9D-8 . . . . . . . .
WaterIeak Diagnosis 9I-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WaterIeak Repair, On-VehicIe Service 9I-5 . . . . . . . . . . .
WaterIeak Repairs, Recommended
MateriaIs for, Specifications 9I-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Watertest Stand Specifications, WaterIeaks 9I-1 . . . . . .
Weatherstrip, Body Rear End,
Weatherstrip, Door Opening, Doors,
Weatherstrip, Door, Doors,
Weatherstrip, Front Door Secondary,
Weatherstrip, Rear Door Secondary,
Weights, VehicIe Dimensions and,
WheeI AIignment Specifications 2B-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WheeI BaIancing, Tire and 2E-9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WheeI Bearing Adjustment,
Rear Suspension, On-VehicIe Service 2D-3 . . . . . . .
WheeI Bearing Diagnosis, SeaIed,
WheeI CyIinder AssembIy, Rear Drum
Brakes, On-VehicIe Service 4E-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WheeI CyIinder, Rear Drum Brakes,
Unit Repair 4E-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WheeI Match- Mounting, Tire and,
Unit Repair 2E-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WheeI Porosity, AIuminum, Unit Repair 2E-4 . . . . . . . . .
WheeI Refinishing, AIuminum, Unit Repair 2E-5 . . . . . .
WheeI Runout, Diagnosis 2E-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WheeI, On-VehicIe Service 2E-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WheeIhouse Trim PaneI (Hatchback),
WheeIhouse Trim PaneI (Notchback),
WheeIs 2E-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WhiIe Operating the VehicIe,
Window Wiper/Washer System, Rear 9D-21 . . . . . . . . .
Windnoise Diagnosis 9J-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windnoise Repair, On-VehicIe Service 9J-2 . . . . . . . . .
Window (Three-Door Hatchback),
MovabIe Quarter, On-VehicIe Service 9L-16 . . . . . . .
Window Defogger Grid Line Repair, Rear,
Window Defogger Grid Line, Testing Rear,
Diagnosis 9L-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Window GIass, Rear, On-VehicIe Service 9L-9 . . . . . . .
44 INDEX
Window ReguIator HandIe, ManuaI, Doors,
Window ReguIator, ManuaI Front, Doors,
Window ReguIator, ManuaI Rear, Doors,
Window ReguIator, Power, Doors,
Window Washer NozzIe, Rear,
Window Washer System (Hatchback),
Rear, Diagnosis 9D-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Window Wiper (Hatchback), Rear, Diagnosis 9D-9 . . . .
Window Wiper and Washer System, Rear,
Window Wiper Arm, Rear,
Window Wiper Motor, Rear,
Windows (Front and Rear), Power, Doors,
Windows (Front OnIy), Power, Doors,
Windows, Power, Doors 9P-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windows, Power, Doors, Diagnosis 9P-7 . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId Washer Hoses,
WindshieId Washer NozzIes,
WindshieId Washer Pump(s),
WindshieId Washer Reservoir,
WindshieId Washer System 9D-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId Washer System, Diagnosis 9D-8 . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId Wiper Arm, On-VehicIe Service 9D-11 . . . .
WindshieId Wiper BIade Insert,
WindshieId Wiper BIade,
WindshieId Wiper Motor,
WindshieId Wiper System 9D-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
WindshieId Wipers and Washer System,
WindshieId Wipers, Intermittent, Diagnosis 9D-4 . . . . . .
WindshieId, On-VehicIe Service 9L-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiper (Hatchback), Rear Window, Diagnosis 9D-9 . . . .
Wiper Arm, Rear Window,
Wiper Arm, WindshieId, On-VehicIe Service 9D-11 . . . .
Wiper BIade Insert, WindshieId,
Wiper BIade, WindshieId,
Wiper Motor, Rear Window,
Wiper Motor, WindshieId, On-VehicIe Service 9D-11 . . . .
Wiper Switch and Lever, Steering
Wiper System, WindshieId 9D-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiper/Washer System, Rear Window 9D-21 . . . . . . . . .
Wire CoIor Chart, Body Wiring System,
Wire Harness Disconnect, 4T40-E
Wire Repair, Rear Window Defogger
Braided Lead, On-VehicIe Service 9L-13 . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagram (1.3L and 1.5L SOHC- 1 of 5)
(IEFI-6 ECM), ECM, Schematic
and Routing Diagrams 1F-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
and Routing Diagrams 1F-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagram (1.3L SOHC and 1.6L DOHC -
1 of 5) (ITMS-6F ECM), ECM,
Wiring Diagram, 4T40-E Automatic
Wiring Harness AssembIy Connect, 4T40-E
Wiring Harness Check, InternaI,
Wiring Harness InstaIIation, 4T40-E
Wiring Harness RemovaI, 4T40-E
Wiring Harness, AntiIock Brake System 4F-213 . . . . . .
Wiring Harness/Connectors, SuppIementaI
InfIatabIe Restraints (SIR) 8B-52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring System, Horn, Schematic and
Routing Diagrams 9C-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wrong Gear SeIection, Shift Indicator
Indicates, 4T40-E Automatic

Daewoo Lanos - Engine Control

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Daewoo Lanos - Engine Control

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DAEWOO T-100 BL3

) sensor varies the voIt-

sensor is Iike an open circuit and produces no voIt-

sensor causes "open Ioop"operation.

sensor is steady between 350 miIIivoIts and

sensor toggIes be-

sensor is sensing the Iean

sensor is sensing the

) sensor reading at different

sensor input toggIing

sensor pigtaiI Iead at the sensor.

sensor input stay fixed at or beIow the

sensor input stay fixed at or above the

sensor connector and the ECM connector termi-

) sensor varies the voItage

sensor causes "open Ioop" operation.

sensor is steady between 340 miIIivoIts and

sensor toggIes be-

sensor is sensing the Iean

sensor is sensing the

) sensor reading at different

sensor input toggIing

sensor pigtaiI Iead at the sensor.

sensor input stay fixed at or beIow the

sensor input stay fixed at or above the

sensor connector and the ECM connector termi-

) sensor varies the voIt-

sensor is Iike an open circuit and produces no voIt-

sensor causes "open Ioop"operation.

sensor voItage is beIow 200 miIIivoIts for at

sensor wire. The O

sensor and the ECM.

sensor voItage stays fixed beIow 350 miIIi-

sensor, there is either

sensor wire tothe ECMor

sensor voItage within the

sensor signaI wire between the O

sensor and eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM)

) sensor varies the voItage

sensor is Iike an open circuit and produces no voItage

sensor causes "open Ioop"operation.

sensor voItage is beIow 274 miIIivoIts.

sensor wire. The O

sensor and the ECM.

sensor voItage stays fixed beIow 350 miIIi-

sensor, there is either

sensor wire tothe ECMor

sensor voItage within the

sensor signaI wire between the O

sensor and eIectronic controI moduIe (ECM)

) sensor varies the voIt-

sensor is Iike an open circuit and produces no voIt-

sensor causes "open Ioop"operation.

sensor voItage is above 800 miIIivoIts for at

sensor. ThiswiII beindicatedbythepresenceof

sensor connector and jumper

sensor voItage be-

) sensor varies the voItage

sensor is Iike an open circuit and produces no voItage

sensor causes "open Ioop"operation.

sensor voItage is above 865 miIIivoIts.

sensor. ThiswiII beindicatedbythepresenceof

sensor connector and jumper